From 211d2d512b87f4d2be8961b75432e4f0d5206c9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Ulrich=20Sp=C3=B6rlein?= Date: Thu, 18 Oct 2012 09:55:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Vendor import of mdocml 1.12.1 It is a suite of ISC licensed tools to compile and render mdoc/man pages and will replace groff for formatting manpages in the base system. http://mdocml.bsd.lv/ --- Makefile | 645 +++++++++ TODO | 372 ++++++ apropos.1 | 328 +++++ apropos.c | 239 ++++ apropos_db.c | 876 ++++++++++++ apropos_db.h | 73 + arch.c | 39 + arch.in | 111 ++ att.c | 39 + att.in | 40 + catman.8 | 111 ++ catman.c | 511 +++++++ cgi.c | 1203 +++++++++++++++++ chars.c | 167 +++ chars.in | 397 ++++++ compat_fgetln.c | 93 ++ compat_getsubopt.c | 104 ++ compat_strlcat.c | 67 + compat_strlcpy.c | 63 + config.h.post | 42 + config.h.pre | 8 + demandoc.1 | 109 ++ demandoc.c | 257 ++++ eqn.7 | 280 ++++ eqn.c | 949 +++++++++++++ eqn_html.c | 81 ++ eqn_term.c | 76 ++ example.style.css | 110 ++ external.png | Bin 0 -> 165 bytes html.c | 699 ++++++++++ html.h | 164 +++ index.css | 48 + index.sgml | 364 +++++ lib.c | 39 + lib.in | 99 ++ libman.h | 85 ++ libmandoc.h | 92 ++ libmdoc.h | 141 ++ libroff.h | 84 ++ main.c | 401 ++++++ main.h | 61 + man-cgi.css | 13 + man.7 | 913 +++++++++++++ man.c | 690 ++++++++++ man.cgi.7 | 123 ++ man.h | 113 ++ man_hash.c | 107 ++ man_html.c | 688 ++++++++++ man_macro.c | 484 +++++++ man_term.c | 1117 ++++++++++++++++ man_validate.c | 550 ++++++++ mandoc.1 | 669 ++++++++++ mandoc.3 | 600 +++++++++ mandoc.c | 735 ++++++++++ mandoc.h | 432 ++++++ mandoc_char.7 | 743 +++++++++++ mandocdb.8 | 293 ++++ mandocdb.c | 1909 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ mandocdb.h | 62 + manpath.c | 225 ++++ manpath.h | 38 + mdoc.7 | 3172 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ mdoc.c | 987 ++++++++++++++ mdoc.h | 392 ++++++ mdoc_argv.c | 716 ++++++++++ mdoc_hash.c | 94 ++ mdoc_html.c | 2284 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ mdoc_macro.c | 1787 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ mdoc_man.c | 637 +++++++++ mdoc_term.c | 2257 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ mdoc_validate.c | 2403 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ msec.c | 37 + msec.in | 40 + out.c | 303 +++++ out.h | 71 + preconv.1 | 158 +++ preconv.c | 528 ++++++++ predefs.in | 65 + read.c | 846 ++++++++++++ roff.7 | 989 ++++++++++++++ roff.c | 1768 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ st.c | 39 + st.in | 78 ++ style.css | 144 ++ tbl.7 | 348 +++++ tbl.c | 175 +++ tbl_data.c | 276 ++++ tbl_html.c | 151 +++ tbl_layout.c | 472 +++++++ tbl_opts.c | 270 ++++ tbl_term.c | 444 +++++++ term.c | 736 ++++++++++ term.h | 128 ++ term_ascii.c | 289 ++++ term_ps.c | 1185 +++++++++++++++++ test-fgetln.c | 11 + test-getsubopt.c | 12 + test-mmap.c | 10 + test-strlcat.c | 8 + test-strlcpy.c | 8 + test-strptime.c | 13 + tree.c | 349 +++++ vol.c | 39 + vol.in | 35 + whatis.1 | 190 +++ 105 files changed, 45115 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Makefile create mode 100644 TODO create mode 100644 apropos.1 create mode 100644 apropos.c create mode 100644 apropos_db.c create mode 100644 apropos_db.h create mode 100644 arch.c create mode 100644 arch.in create mode 100644 att.c create mode 100644 att.in create mode 100644 catman.8 create mode 100644 catman.c create mode 100644 cgi.c create mode 100644 chars.c create mode 100644 chars.in create mode 100644 compat_fgetln.c create mode 100644 compat_getsubopt.c create mode 100644 compat_strlcat.c create mode 100644 compat_strlcpy.c create mode 100644 config.h.post create mode 100644 config.h.pre create mode 100644 demandoc.1 create mode 100644 demandoc.c create mode 100644 eqn.7 create mode 100644 eqn.c create mode 100644 eqn_html.c create mode 100644 eqn_term.c create mode 100644 example.style.css create mode 100644 external.png create mode 100644 html.c create mode 100644 html.h create mode 100644 index.css create mode 100644 index.sgml create mode 100644 lib.c create mode 100644 lib.in create mode 100644 libman.h create mode 100644 libmandoc.h create mode 100644 libmdoc.h create mode 100644 libroff.h create mode 100644 main.c create mode 100644 main.h create mode 100644 man-cgi.css create mode 100644 man.7 create mode 100644 man.c create mode 100644 man.cgi.7 create mode 100644 man.h create mode 100644 man_hash.c create mode 100644 man_html.c create mode 100644 man_macro.c create mode 100644 man_term.c create mode 100644 man_validate.c create mode 100644 mandoc.1 create mode 100644 mandoc.3 create mode 100644 mandoc.c create mode 100644 mandoc.h create mode 100644 mandoc_char.7 create mode 100644 mandocdb.8 create mode 100644 mandocdb.c create mode 100644 mandocdb.h create mode 100644 manpath.c create mode 100644 manpath.h create mode 100644 mdoc.7 create mode 100644 mdoc.c create mode 100644 mdoc.h create mode 100644 mdoc_argv.c create mode 100644 mdoc_hash.c create mode 100644 mdoc_html.c create mode 100644 mdoc_macro.c create mode 100644 mdoc_man.c create mode 100644 mdoc_term.c create mode 100644 mdoc_validate.c create mode 100644 msec.c create mode 100644 msec.in create mode 100644 out.c create mode 100644 out.h create mode 100644 preconv.1 create mode 100644 preconv.c create mode 100644 predefs.in create mode 100644 read.c create mode 100644 roff.7 create mode 100644 roff.c create mode 100644 st.c create mode 100644 st.in create mode 100644 style.css create mode 100644 tbl.7 create mode 100644 tbl.c create mode 100644 tbl_data.c create mode 100644 tbl_html.c create mode 100644 tbl_layout.c create mode 100644 tbl_opts.c create mode 100644 tbl_term.c create mode 100644 term.c create mode 100644 term.h create mode 100644 term_ascii.c create mode 100644 term_ps.c create mode 100644 test-fgetln.c create mode 100644 test-getsubopt.c create mode 100644 test-mmap.c create mode 100644 test-strlcat.c create mode 100644 test-strlcpy.c create mode 100644 test-strptime.c create mode 100644 tree.c create mode 100644 vol.c create mode 100644 vol.in create mode 100644 whatis.1 diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..304237b4782 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,645 @@ +.PHONY: clean install installwww +.SUFFIXES: .sgml .html .md5 .h .h.html +.SUFFIXES: .1 .3 .7 .8 +.SUFFIXES: .1.txt .3.txt .7.txt .8.txt +.SUFFIXES: .1.pdf .3.pdf .7.pdf .8.pdf +.SUFFIXES: .1.ps .3.ps .7.ps .8.ps +.SUFFIXES: .1.html .3.html .7.html .8.html +.SUFFIXES: .1.xhtml .3.xhtml .7.xhtml .8.xhtml + +# Specify this if you want to hard-code the operating system to appear +# in the lower-left hand corner of -mdoc manuals. +# +# CFLAGS += -DOSNAME="\"OpenBSD 4.5\"" + +VERSION = 1.12.1 +VDATE = 23 March 2012 + +# IFF your system supports multi-byte functions (setlocale(), wcwidth(), +# putwchar()) AND has __STDC_ISO_10646__ (that is, wchar_t is simply a +# UCS-4 value) should you define USE_WCHAR. If you define it and your +# system DOESN'T support this, -Tlocale will produce garbage. +# If you don't define it, -Tlocale is a synonym for -Tacsii. +# +CFLAGS += -DUSE_WCHAR + +# If your system has manpath(1), uncomment this. This is most any +# system that's not OpenBSD or NetBSD. If uncommented, apropos(1), +# mandocdb(8), and man.cgi will popen(3) manpath(1) to get the MANPATH +# variable. +#CFLAGS += -DUSE_MANPATH + +# If your system supports static binaries only, uncomment this. This +# appears only to be BSD UNIX systems (Mac OS X has no support and Linux +# requires -pthreads for static libdb). +STATIC = -static + +CFLAGS += -g -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DVERSION="\"$(VERSION)\"" +CFLAGS += -W -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings +PREFIX = /usr/local +WWWPREFIX = /var/www +HTDOCDIR = $(WWWPREFIX)/htdocs +CGIBINDIR = $(WWWPREFIX)/cgi-bin +BINDIR = $(PREFIX)/bin +INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include/mandoc +LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib/mandoc +MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man +EXAMPLEDIR = $(PREFIX)/share/examples/mandoc +INSTALL = install +INSTALL_PROGRAM = $(INSTALL) -m 0755 +INSTALL_DATA = $(INSTALL) -m 0444 +INSTALL_LIB = $(INSTALL) -m 0644 +INSTALL_SOURCE = $(INSTALL) -m 0644 +INSTALL_MAN = $(INSTALL_DATA) + +# Non-BSD systems (Linux, etc.) need -ldb to compile mandocdb and +# apropos. +# However, if you don't have -ldb at all (or it's not native), then +# comment out apropos and mandocdb. +# +#DBLIB = -ldb +DBBIN = apropos mandocdb man.cgi catman whatis +DBLN = llib-lapropos.ln llib-lmandocdb.ln llib-lman.cgi.ln llib-lcatman.ln + +all: mandoc preconv demandoc $(DBBIN) + +SRCS = Makefile \ + TODO \ + apropos.1 \ + apropos.c \ + apropos_db.c \ + apropos_db.h \ + arch.c \ + arch.in \ + att.c \ + att.in \ + catman.8 \ + catman.c \ + cgi.c \ + chars.c \ + chars.in \ + compat_fgetln.c \ + compat_getsubopt.c \ + compat_strlcat.c \ + compat_strlcpy.c \ + config.h.post \ + config.h.pre \ + demandoc.1 \ + demandoc.c \ + eqn.7 \ + eqn.c \ + eqn_html.c \ + eqn_term.c \ + example.style.css \ + external.png \ + html.c \ + html.h \ + index.css \ + index.sgml \ + lib.c \ + lib.in \ + libman.h \ + libmandoc.h \ + libmdoc.h \ + libroff.h \ + main.c \ + main.h \ + man.7 \ + man.c \ + man.cgi.7 \ + man-cgi.css \ + man.h \ + man_hash.c \ + man_html.c \ + man_macro.c \ + man_term.c \ + man_validate.c \ + mandoc.1 \ + mandoc.3 \ + mandoc.c \ + mandoc.h \ + mandoc_char.7 \ + mandocdb.8 \ + mandocdb.c \ + mandocdb.h \ + manpath.c \ + manpath.h \ + mdoc.7 \ + mdoc.c \ + mdoc.h \ + mdoc_argv.c \ + mdoc_hash.c \ + mdoc_html.c \ + mdoc_macro.c \ + mdoc_man.c \ + mdoc_term.c \ + mdoc_validate.c \ + msec.c \ + msec.in \ + out.c \ + out.h \ + preconv.1 \ + preconv.c \ + predefs.in \ + read.c \ + roff.7 \ + roff.c \ + st.c \ + st.in \ + style.css \ + tbl.7 \ + tbl.c \ + tbl_data.c \ + tbl_html.c \ + tbl_layout.c \ + tbl_opts.c \ + tbl_term.c \ + term.c \ + term.h \ + term_ascii.c \ + term_ps.c \ + test-fgetln.c \ + test-getsubopt.c \ + test-mmap.c \ + test-strlcat.c \ + test-strlcpy.c \ + test-strptime.c \ + tree.c \ + vol.c \ + vol.in \ + whatis.1 + +LIBMAN_OBJS = man.o \ + man_hash.o \ + man_macro.o \ + man_validate.o +LIBMAN_LNS = man.ln \ + man_hash.ln \ + man_macro.ln \ + man_validate.ln + +LIBMDOC_OBJS = arch.o \ + att.o \ + lib.o \ + mdoc.o \ + mdoc_argv.o \ + mdoc_hash.o \ + mdoc_macro.o \ + mdoc_validate.o \ + st.o \ + vol.o +LIBMDOC_LNS = arch.ln \ + att.ln \ + lib.ln \ + mdoc.ln \ + mdoc_argv.ln \ + mdoc_hash.ln \ + mdoc_macro.ln \ + mdoc_validate.ln \ + st.ln \ + vol.ln + +LIBROFF_OBJS = eqn.o \ + roff.o \ + tbl.o \ + tbl_data.o \ + tbl_layout.o \ + tbl_opts.o +LIBROFF_LNS = eqn.ln \ + roff.ln \ + tbl.ln \ + tbl_data.ln \ + tbl_layout.ln \ + tbl_opts.ln + +LIBMANDOC_OBJS = $(LIBMAN_OBJS) \ + $(LIBMDOC_OBJS) \ + $(LIBROFF_OBJS) \ + chars.o \ + mandoc.o \ + msec.o \ + read.o +LIBMANDOC_LNS = $(LIBMAN_LNS) \ + $(LIBMDOC_LNS) \ + $(LIBROFF_LNS) \ + chars.ln \ + mandoc.ln \ + msec.ln \ + read.ln + +COMPAT_OBJS = compat_fgetln.o \ + compat_getsubopt.o \ + compat_strlcat.o \ + compat_strlcpy.o +COMPAT_LNS = compat_fgetln.ln \ + compat_getsubopt.ln \ + compat_strlcat.ln \ + compat_strlcpy.ln + +arch.o arch.ln: arch.in +att.o att.ln: att.in +chars.o chars.ln: chars.in +lib.o lib.ln: lib.in +msec.o msec.ln: msec.in +roff.o roff.ln: predefs.in +st.o st.ln: st.in +vol.o vol.ln: vol.in + +$(LIBMAN_OBJS) $(LIBMAN_LNS): libman.h +$(LIBMDOC_OBJS) $(LIBMDOC_LNS): libmdoc.h +$(LIBROFF_OBJS) $(LIBROFF_LNS): libroff.h +$(LIBMANDOC_OBJS) $(LIBMANDOC_LNS): mandoc.h mdoc.h man.h libmandoc.h config.h + +$(COMPAT_OBJS) $(COMPAT_LNS): config.h + +MANDOC_HTML_OBJS = eqn_html.o \ + html.o \ + man_html.o \ + mdoc_html.o \ + tbl_html.o +MANDOC_HTML_LNS = eqn_html.ln \ + html.ln \ + man_html.ln \ + mdoc_html.ln \ + tbl_html.ln + +MANDOC_MAN_OBJS = mdoc_man.o +MANDOC_MAN_LNS = mdoc_man.ln + +MANDOC_TERM_OBJS = eqn_term.o \ + man_term.o \ + mdoc_term.o \ + term.o \ + term_ascii.o \ + term_ps.o \ + tbl_term.o +MANDOC_TERM_LNS = eqn_term.ln \ + man_term.ln \ + mdoc_term.ln \ + term.ln \ + term_ascii.ln \ + term_ps.ln \ + tbl_term.ln + +MANDOC_OBJS = $(MANDOC_HTML_OBJS) \ + $(MANDOC_MAN_OBJS) \ + $(MANDOC_TERM_OBJS) \ + main.o \ + out.o \ + tree.o +MANDOC_LNS = $(MANDOC_HTML_LNS) \ + $(MANDOC_MAN_LNS) \ + $(MANDOC_TERM_LNS) \ + main.ln \ + out.ln \ + tree.ln + +$(MANDOC_HTML_OBJS) $(MANDOC_HTML_LNS): html.h +$(MANDOC_TERM_OBJS) $(MANDOC_TERM_LNS): term.h +$(MANDOC_OBJS) $(MANDOC_LNS): main.h mandoc.h mdoc.h man.h config.h out.h + +MANDOCDB_OBJS = mandocdb.o manpath.o +MANDOCDB_LNS = mandocdb.ln manpath.ln + +$(MANDOCDB_OBJS) $(MANDOCDB_LNS): mandocdb.h mandoc.h mdoc.h man.h config.h manpath.h + +PRECONV_OBJS = preconv.o +PRECONV_LNS = preconv.ln + +$(PRECONV_OBJS) $(PRECONV_LNS): config.h + +APROPOS_OBJS = apropos.o apropos_db.o manpath.o +APROPOS_LNS = apropos.ln apropos_db.ln manpath.ln + +$(APROPOS_OBJS) $(APROPOS_LNS): config.h mandoc.h apropos_db.h manpath.h mandocdb.h + +CGI_OBJS = $(MANDOC_HTML_OBJS) \ + $(MANDOC_MAN_OBJS) \ + $(MANDOC_TERM_OBJS) \ + cgi.o \ + apropos_db.o \ + manpath.o \ + out.o \ + tree.o + +CGI_LNS = $(MANDOC_HTML_LNS) \ + $(MANDOC_MAN_LNS) \ + $(MANDOC_TERM_LNS) \ + cgi.ln \ + apropos_db.ln \ + manpath.ln \ + out.ln \ + tree.ln + +$(CGI_OBJS) $(CGI_LNS): main.h mdoc.h man.h out.h config.h mandoc.h apropos_db.h manpath.h mandocdb.h + +CATMAN_OBJS = catman.o manpath.o +CATMAN_LNS = catman.ln manpath.ln + +$(CATMAN_OBJS) $(CATMAN_LNS): config.h mandoc.h manpath.h mandocdb.h + +DEMANDOC_OBJS = demandoc.o +DEMANDOC_LNS = demandoc.ln + +$(DEMANDOC_OBJS) $(DEMANDOC_LNS): config.h + +INDEX_MANS = apropos.1.html \ + apropos.1.xhtml \ + apropos.1.ps \ + apropos.1.pdf \ + apropos.1.txt \ + catman.8.html \ + catman.8.xhtml \ + catman.8.ps \ + catman.8.pdf \ + catman.8.txt \ + demandoc.1.html \ + demandoc.1.xhtml \ + demandoc.1.ps \ + demandoc.1.pdf \ + demandoc.1.txt \ + mandoc.1.html \ + mandoc.1.xhtml \ + mandoc.1.ps \ + mandoc.1.pdf \ + mandoc.1.txt \ + whatis.1.html \ + whatis.1.xhtml \ + whatis.1.ps \ + whatis.1.pdf \ + whatis.1.txt \ + mandoc.3.html \ + mandoc.3.xhtml \ + mandoc.3.ps \ + mandoc.3.pdf \ + mandoc.3.txt \ + eqn.7.html \ + eqn.7.xhtml \ + eqn.7.ps \ + eqn.7.pdf \ + eqn.7.txt \ + man.7.html \ + man.7.xhtml \ + man.7.ps \ + man.7.pdf \ + man.7.txt \ + man.cgi.7.html \ + man.cgi.7.xhtml \ + man.cgi.7.ps \ + man.cgi.7.pdf \ + man.cgi.7.txt \ + mandoc_char.7.html \ + mandoc_char.7.xhtml \ + mandoc_char.7.ps \ + mandoc_char.7.pdf \ + mandoc_char.7.txt \ + mdoc.7.html \ + mdoc.7.xhtml \ + mdoc.7.ps \ + mdoc.7.pdf \ + mdoc.7.txt \ + preconv.1.html \ + preconv.1.xhtml \ + preconv.1.ps \ + preconv.1.pdf \ + preconv.1.txt \ + roff.7.html \ + roff.7.xhtml \ + roff.7.ps \ + roff.7.pdf \ + roff.7.txt \ + tbl.7.html \ + tbl.7.xhtml \ + tbl.7.ps \ + tbl.7.pdf \ + tbl.7.txt \ + mandocdb.8.html \ + mandocdb.8.xhtml \ + mandocdb.8.ps \ + mandocdb.8.pdf \ + mandocdb.8.txt + +$(INDEX_MANS): mandoc + +INDEX_OBJS = $(INDEX_MANS) \ + man.h.html \ + mandoc.h.html \ + mdoc.h.html \ + mdocml.tar.gz \ + mdocml.md5 + +www: index.html + +lint: llib-lmandoc.ln llib-lpreconv.ln llib-ldemandoc.ln $(DBLN) + +clean: + rm -f libmandoc.a $(LIBMANDOC_OBJS) + rm -f llib-llibmandoc.ln $(LIBMANDOC_LNS) + rm -f mandocdb $(MANDOCDB_OBJS) + rm -f llib-lmandocdb.ln $(MANDOCDB_LNS) + rm -f preconv $(PRECONV_OBJS) + rm -f llib-lpreconv.ln $(PRECONV_LNS) + rm -f apropos whatis $(APROPOS_OBJS) + rm -f llib-lapropos.ln $(APROPOS_LNS) + rm -f man.cgi $(CGI_OBJS) + rm -f llib-lman.cgi.ln $(CGI_LNS) + rm -f catman $(CATMAN_OBJS) + rm -f llib-lcatman.ln $(CATMAN_LNS) + rm -f demandoc $(DEMANDOC_OBJS) + rm -f llib-ldemandoc.ln $(DEMANDOC_LNS) + rm -f mandoc $(MANDOC_OBJS) + rm -f llib-lmandoc.ln $(MANDOC_LNS) + rm -f config.h config.log $(COMPAT_OBJS) $(COMPAT_LNS) + rm -f mdocml.tar.gz mdocml-win32.zip mdocml-win64.zip mdocml-macosx.zip + rm -f index.html $(INDEX_OBJS) + rm -rf test-fgetln.dSYM + rm -rf test-strlcpy.dSYM + rm -rf test-strlcat.dSYM + rm -rf test-strptime.dSYM + rm -rf test-mmap.dSYM + rm -rf test-getsubopt.dSYM + rm -rf apropos.dSYM + rm -rf catman.dSYM + rm -rf mandocdb.dSYM + rm -rf whatis.dSYM + +install: all + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(EXAMPLEDIR) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(INCLUDEDIR) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man1 + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man3 + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man7 + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) mandoc preconv demandoc $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR) + $(INSTALL_LIB) libmandoc.a $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR) + $(INSTALL_LIB) man.h mdoc.h mandoc.h $(DESTDIR)$(INCLUDEDIR) + $(INSTALL_MAN) mandoc.1 preconv.1 demandoc.1 $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man1 + $(INSTALL_MAN) mandoc.3 $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man3 + $(INSTALL_MAN) man.7 mdoc.7 roff.7 eqn.7 tbl.7 mandoc_char.7 $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man7 + $(INSTALL_DATA) example.style.css $(DESTDIR)$(EXAMPLEDIR) + +installcgi: all + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(CGIBINDIR) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(HTDOCDIR) + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) man.cgi $(DESTDIR)$(CGIBINDIR) + $(INSTALL_DATA) example.style.css $(DESTDIR)$(HTDOCDIR)/man.css + $(INSTALL_DATA) man-cgi.css $(DESTDIR)$(HTDOCDIR) + +installwww: www + mkdir -p $(PREFIX)/snapshots + mkdir -p $(PREFIX)/binaries + $(INSTALL_DATA) index.html external.png index.css $(PREFIX) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(INDEX_MANS) style.css $(PREFIX) + $(INSTALL_DATA) mandoc.h.html man.h.html mdoc.h.html $(PREFIX) + $(INSTALL_DATA) mdocml.tar.gz $(PREFIX)/snapshots + $(INSTALL_DATA) mdocml.md5 $(PREFIX)/snapshots + $(INSTALL_DATA) mdocml.tar.gz $(PREFIX)/snapshots/mdocml-$(VERSION).tar.gz + $(INSTALL_DATA) mdocml.md5 $(PREFIX)/snapshots/mdocml-$(VERSION).md5 + +libmandoc.a: $(COMPAT_OBJS) $(LIBMANDOC_OBJS) + $(AR) rs $@ $(COMPAT_OBJS) $(LIBMANDOC_OBJS) + +llib-llibmandoc.ln: $(COMPAT_LNS) $(LIBMANDOC_LNS) + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Clibmandoc $(COMPAT_LNS) $(LIBMANDOC_LNS) + +mandoc: $(MANDOC_OBJS) libmandoc.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(MANDOC_OBJS) libmandoc.a + +llib-lmandoc.ln: $(MANDOC_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Cmandoc $(MANDOC_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + +mandocdb: $(MANDOCDB_OBJS) libmandoc.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(MANDOCDB_OBJS) libmandoc.a $(DBLIB) + +llib-lmandocdb.ln: $(MANDOCDB_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Cmandocdb $(MANDOCDB_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + +preconv: $(PRECONV_OBJS) + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(PRECONV_OBJS) + +llib-lpreconv.ln: $(PRECONV_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Cpreconv $(PRECONV_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + +whatis: apropos + cp -f apropos whatis + +apropos: $(APROPOS_OBJS) libmandoc.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(APROPOS_OBJS) libmandoc.a $(DBLIB) + +llib-lapropos.ln: $(APROPOS_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Capropos $(APROPOS_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + +catman: $(CATMAN_OBJS) libmandoc.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(CATMAN_OBJS) libmandoc.a $(DBLIB) + +llib-lcatman.ln: $(CATMAN_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Ccatman $(CATMAN_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + +man.cgi: $(CGI_OBJS) libmandoc.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) $(STATIC) -o $@ $(CGI_OBJS) libmandoc.a $(DBLIB) + +llib-lman.cgi.ln: $(CGI_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Cman.cgi $(CGI_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + +demandoc: $(DEMANDOC_OBJS) libmandoc.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(DEMANDOC_OBJS) libmandoc.a + +llib-ldemandoc.ln: $(DEMANDOC_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) -Cdemandoc $(DEMANDOC_LNS) llib-llibmandoc.ln + +mdocml.md5: mdocml.tar.gz + md5 mdocml.tar.gz >$@ + +mdocml.tar.gz: $(SRCS) + mkdir -p .dist/mdocml-$(VERSION)/ + $(INSTALL_SOURCE) $(SRCS) .dist/mdocml-$(VERSION) + ( cd .dist/ && tar zcf ../$@ ./ ) + rm -rf .dist/ + +mdocml-win32.zip: $(SRCS) + mkdir -p .win32/mdocml-$(VERSION)/ + $(INSTALL_SOURCE) $(SRCS) .win32 + cp .win32/Makefile .win32/Makefile.old + egrep -v -e DUSE_WCHAR -e ^DBBIN .win32/Makefile.old >.win32/Makefile + ( cd .win32; \ + CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc AR=i686-w64-mingw32-ar CFLAGS='-DOSNAME=\"Windows\"' make; \ + make install PREFIX=mdocml-$(VERSION) ; \ + zip -r ../$@ mdocml-$(VERSION) ) + rm -rf .win32 + +mdocml-win64.zip: $(SRCS) + mkdir -p .win64/mdocml-$(VERSION)/ + $(INSTALL_SOURCE) $(SRCS) .win64 + cp .win64/Makefile .win64/Makefile.old + egrep -v -e DUSE_WCHAR -e ^DBBIN .win64/Makefile.old >.win64/Makefile + ( cd .win64; \ + CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc AR=x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar CFLAGS='-DOSNAME=\"Windows\"' make; \ + make install PREFIX=mdocml-$(VERSION) ; \ + zip -r ../$@ mdocml-$(VERSION) ) + rm -rf .win64 + +mdocml-macosx.zip: $(SRCS) + mkdir -p .macosx/mdocml-$(VERSION)/ + $(INSTALL_SOURCE) $(SRCS) .macosx + ( cd .macosx; \ + CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc" LDFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc" make; \ + make install PREFIX=mdocml-$(VERSION) ; \ + zip -r ../$@ mdocml-$(VERSION) ) + rm -rf .macosx + +index.html: $(INDEX_OBJS) + +config.h: config.h.pre config.h.post + rm -f config.log + ( cat config.h.pre; \ + echo; \ + if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Werror -o test-fgetln test-fgetln.c >> config.log 2>&1; then \ + echo '#define HAVE_FGETLN'; \ + rm test-fgetln; \ + fi; \ + if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Werror -o test-strptime test-strptime.c >> config.log 2>&1; then \ + echo '#define HAVE_STRPTIME'; \ + rm test-strptime; \ + fi; \ + if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Werror -o test-getsubopt test-getsubopt.c >> config.log 2>&1; then \ + echo '#define HAVE_GETSUBOPT'; \ + rm test-getsubopt; \ + fi; \ + if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Werror -o test-strlcat test-strlcat.c >> config.log 2>&1; then \ + echo '#define HAVE_STRLCAT'; \ + rm test-strlcat; \ + fi; \ + if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Werror -o test-mmap test-mmap.c >> config.log 2>&1; then \ + echo '#define HAVE_MMAP'; \ + rm test-mmap; \ + fi; \ + if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Werror -o test-strlcpy test-strlcpy.c >> config.log 2>&1; then \ + echo '#define HAVE_STRLCPY'; \ + rm test-strlcpy; \ + fi; \ + echo; \ + cat config.h.post \ + ) > $@ + +.h.h.html: + highlight -I $< >$@ + +.1.1.txt .3.3.txt .7.7.txt .8.8.txt: + ./mandoc -Tascii -Wall,stop $< | col -b >$@ + +.1.1.html .3.3.html .7.7.html .8.8.html: + ./mandoc -Thtml -Wall,stop -Ostyle=style.css,man=%N.%S.html,includes=%I.html $< >$@ + +.1.1.ps .3.3.ps .7.7.ps .8.8.ps: + ./mandoc -Tps -Wall,stop $< >$@ + +.1.1.xhtml .3.3.xhtml .7.7.xhtml .8.8.xhtml: + ./mandoc -Txhtml -Wall,stop -Ostyle=style.css,man=%N.%S.xhtml,includes=%I.html $< >$@ + +.1.1.pdf .3.3.pdf .7.7.pdf .8.8.pdf: + ./mandoc -Tpdf -Wall,stop $< >$@ + +.sgml.html: + validate --warn $< + sed -e "s!@VERSION@!$(VERSION)!" -e "s!@VDATE@!$(VDATE)!" $< >$@ diff --git a/TODO b/TODO new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8701361290 --- /dev/null +++ b/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +************************************************************************ +* Official mandoc TODO. +* $Id: TODO,v 1.129 2012/03/04 23:53:37 schwarze Exp $ +************************************************************************ + +************************************************************************ +* parser bugs +************************************************************************ + +- ".\}" on its own line gets translated to bare ".\&" + which forces pset() into man(7) + and then triggers an unknown macro error + reported by naddy@ Sun, 3 Jul 2011 21:52:24 +0200 + +************************************************************************ +* formatter bugs +************************************************************************ + +- tbl(7): Horizontal and vertical lines are formatted badly: + With the box option, there is too much white space at the end of cells. + Horizontal lines from "=" lines are a bit too long. + yuri dot pankov at gmail dot com Thu, 14 Apr 2011 05:45:26 +0400 + +************************************************************************ +* missing features +************************************************************************ + +--- missing roff features ---------------------------------------------- + +- The pod2man preamble wants \h'...' with quoted numerical arguments, + see for example AUTHORS in MooseX::Getopt.3p, p5-MooseX-Getopt. + reported by Andreas Voegele + Tue, 22 Nov 2011 15:34:47 +0100 on ports@ + +- .if n \{ + .br\} + should cause an extra space to be raised. + +- .ad (adjust margins) + .ad l -- adjust left margin only (flush left) + .ad r -- adjust right margin only (flush right) + .ad c -- center text on line + .ad b -- adjust both margins (alias: .ad n) + .na -- temporarily disable adjustment without changing the mode + .ad -- re-enable adjustment without changing the mode + Adjustment mode is ignored while in no-fill mode (.nf). + +- .it (line traps) occur in mysql(1), yasm_arch(7) + generated by DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.71.1 + reported by brad@ Sat, 15 Jan 2011 15:48:18 -0500 + +- .ns (no-space mode) occurs in xine-config(1) + reported by brad@ Sat, 15 Jan 2011 15:45:23 -0500 + +- xloadimage(1) wants .ti (temporary indent), rep by naddy@ + +- .ta (tab settings) occurs in ircbug(1) and probably gnats(1) + reported by brad@ Sat, 15 Jan 2011 15:50:51 -0500 + +- \c (interrupted text) occurs in chat(8) + +- using undefined strings or macros defines them to be empty + wl@ Mon, 14 Nov 2011 14:37:01 +0000 + +--- missing mdoc features ---------------------------------------------- + +- fix bad block nesting involving multiple identical explicit blocks + see the OpenBSD mdoc_macro.c 1.47 commit message + +- .Bl -column .Xo support is missing + ultimate goal: + restore .Xr and .Dv to + lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.3 + lib/libc/gen/signal.3 + lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 + +- edge case: decide how to deal with blk_full bad nesting, e.g. + .Sh .Nm .Bk .Nm .Ek .Sh found by jmc@ in ssh-keygen(1) + from jmc@ Wed, 14 Jul 2010 18:10:32 +0100 + +- \\ is now implemented correctly + * when defining strings and macros using .ds and .de + * when parsing roff(7) and man(7) macro arguments + It does not yet work in mdoc(7) macro arguments + because libmdoc does not yet use mandoc_getarg(). + Also check what happens in plain text, it must be identical to \e. + +- .Bd -filled should not be the same as .Bd -ragged, but align both + the left and right margin. In groff, it is implemented in terms + of .ad b, which we don't have either. Found in cksum(1). + +- implement blank `Bl -column', such as + .Bl -column + .It foo Ta bar + .El + +- explicitly disallow nested `Bl -column', which would clobber internal + flags defined for struct mdoc_macro + +- In .Bl -column .It, the end of the line probably has to be regarded + as an implicit .Ta, if there could be one, see the following mildly + ugly code from login.conf(5): + .Bl -column minpasswordlen program xetcxmotd + .It path Ta path Ta value of Dv _PATH_DEFPATH + .br + Default search path. + reported by Michal Mazurek + via jmc@ Thu, 7 Apr 2011 16:00:53 +0059 + +- inside `.Bl -column' phrases, punctuation is handled like normal + text, e.g. `.Bl -column .It Fl x . Ta ...' should give "-x -." + +- inside `.Bl -column' phrases, TERMP_IGNDELIM handling by `Pf' + is not safe, e.g. `.Bl -column .It Pf a b .' gives "ab." + but should give "ab ." + +- set a meaningful default if no `Bl' list type is assigned + +- have a blank `It' head for `Bl -tag' not puke + +- prohibit `Nm' from having non-text HEAD children + (e.g., NetBSD mDNSShared/dns-sd.1) + (mdoc_html.c and mdoc_term.c `Nm' handlers can be slightly simplified) + +- When there is free text in the SYNOPSIS and that free text contains + the .Nm macro, groff somehow understands to treat the .Nm as an in-line + macro, while mandoc treats it as a block macro and breaks the line. + No idea how the logic for distinguishing in-line and block instances + should be, needs investigation. + uqs@ Thu, 2 Jun 2011 11:03:51 +0200 + uqs@ Thu, 2 Jun 2011 11:33:35 +0200 + +--- missing man features ----------------------------------------------- + +- groff an-ext.tmac macros (.UR, .UE) occur in xine(5) + reported by brad@ Sat, 15 Jan 2011 15:45:23 -0500 + +- -T[x]html doesn't stipulate non-collapsing spaces in literal mode + +--- missing tbl features ----------------------------------------------- + +- implement basic non-parametric .de to support e.g. sox(1) + reported by naddy@ Sat, 16 Oct 2010 23:51:57 +0200 + *** sox(1) still doesn't work, tbl(1) errors need investigation + +- allow standalone `.' to be interpreted as an end-of-layout + delimiter instead of being thrown away as a no-op roff line + reported by Yuri Pankov, Wed 18 May 2011 11:34:59 CEST + +--- missing misc features ---------------------------------------------- + +- clean up escape sequence handling, creating three classes: + (1) fully implemented, or parsed and ignored without loss of content + (2) unimplemented, potentially causing loss of content + or serious mangling of formatting (e.g. \n) -> ERROR + see textproc/mgdiff(1) for nice examples + (3) undefined, just output the character -> perhaps WARNING + +- The \t escape sequence is the same as a literal tab, see for example + the ASCII table in hexdump(1) where + .Bl -column \&000_nu \&001_so \&002_st \&003_et \&004_eo + .It \&000\ nul\t001\ soh\t002\ stx\t003\ etx\t004\ eot\t005\ enq + produces + 000 nul 001 soh 002 stx 003 etx 004 eot 005 enq + and the example in oldrdist(1) + +- look at pages generated from reStructeredText, e.g. devel/mercurial hg(1) + These are a weird mixture of man(7) and custom autogenerated low-level + roff stuff. Figure out to what extent we can cope. + For details, see http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html + noted by stsp@ Sat, 24 Apr 2010 09:17:55 +0200 + reminded by nicm@ Mon, 3 May 2010 09:52:41 +0100 + +- check compatibility with Plan9: + http://swtch.com/usr/local/plan9/tmac/tmac.an + http://swtch.com/plan9port/man/man7/man.html + "Anthony J. Bentley" 28 Dec 2010 21:58:40 -0700 + +************************************************************************ +* formatting issues: ugly output +************************************************************************ + +- a column list with blank `Ta' cells triggers a spurrious + start-with-whitespace printing of a newline + +- double quotes inside double quotes are escaped by doubling them + implement this in mdoc(7), too + so far, we only have it in roff(7) and man(7) + reminded by millert@ Thu, 09 Dec 2010 17:29:52 -0500 + +- perl(1) SYNOPSIS looks bad; reported by deraadt@ + 1) man(7) seems to need SYNOPSIS .Nm blocks, too + +- In .Bl -column, + .It Em AuthenticationKey Length + ought to render "Key Length" with emphasis, too, + see OpenBSD iked.conf(5). + reported again Nicolas Joly via wiz@ Wed, 12 Oct 2011 00:20:00 +0200 + +- empty phrases in .Bl column produce too few blanks + try e.g. .Bl -column It Ta Ta + reported by millert Fri, 02 Apr 2010 16:13:46 -0400 + +- .%T can have trailing punctuation. Currently, it puts the trailing + punctuation into a trailing MDOC_TEXT element inside its own scope. + That element should rather be outside its scope, such that the + punctuation does not get underlines. This is not trivial to + implement because .%T then needs some features of in_line_eoln() - + slurp all arguments into one single text element - and one feature + of in_line() - put trailing punctuation out of scope. + Found in mount_nfs(8) and exports(5), search for "Appendix". + +- in enclosures, mandoc sometimes fancies a bogus end of sentence + reminded by jmc@ Thu, 23 Sep 2010 18:13:39 +0059 + +************************************************************************ +* formatting issues: gratuitous differences +************************************************************************ + +- .Rv (and probably .Ex) print different text if an `Nm' has been named + or not (run a manual without `Nm blah' to see this). I'm not sure + that this exists in the wild, but it's still an error. + +- In .Bl -bullet, the groff bullet is "+\b+\bo\bo", the mandoc bullet + is just "o\bo". + see for example OpenBSD ksh(1) + +- The characters "|" and "\*(Ba" should never be bold, + not even in the middle of a word, e.g. ".Cm b\*(Bac" in + "mknod [-m mode] name b|c major minor" + in OpenBSD ksh(1) + +- A bogus .Pp between two .It must not produce a double blank line, + see between -R and -r in OpenBSD rm(1), before "update" in mount(8), + or in DIAGNOSTICS in init(8), or before "is always true" in ksh(1). + The same happens with .Pp just before .El, see bgpd.conf(5). + Also have `It' complain if `Pp' is invoked at certain times (not + -compact?). + +- .Pp between two .It in .Bl -column should produce one, + not two blank lines, see e.g. login.conf(5). + reported by jmc@ Sun, 17 Apr 2011 14:04:58 +0059 + reported again by sthen@ Wed, 18 Jan 2012 02:09:39 +0000 (UTC) + +- If the *first* line after .It is .Pp, break the line right after + the tag, do not pad with space characters before breaking. + See the description of the a, c, and i commands in sed(1). + +- If the first line after .It is .D1, do not assert a blank line + in between, see for example tmux(1). + reported by nicm@ 13 Jan 2011 00:18:57 +0000 + +- .Nx 1.0a + should be "NetBSD 1.0A", not "NetBSD 1.0a", + see OpenBSD ccdconfig(8). + +- In .Bl -tag, if a tag exceeds the right margin and must be continued + on the next line, it must be indented by -width, not width+1; + see "rule block|pass" in OpenBSD ifconfig(8). + +- When the -width string contains macros, the macros must be rendered + before measuring the width, for example + .Bl -tag -width ".Dv message" + in magic(5), located in src/usr.bin/file, is the same + as -width 7n, not -width 11n. + The same applies to .Bl -column column widths; + reported again by Nicolas Joly Thu, 1 Mar 2012 13:41:26 +0100 via wiz@ 5 Mar + +- The \& zero-width character counts as output. + That is, when it is alone on a line between two .Pp, + we want three blank lines, not two as in mandoc. + +- When .Fn arguments exceed one output line, all but the first + should be indented, see e.g. rpc(3); + reported by jmc@ on discuss@ Fri, 29 Oct 2010 13:48:33 +0100 + reported again by Nicolas Joly via wiz@ Sun, 18 Sep 2011 18:24:40 +0200 + Also, we don't want to break the line within the argument of: + .Fa "chtype tl" + +- .Ns should work when called at the end of an input line, see + the following code in vi(1): + .It Xo + .Op Ar line + .Cm a Ns Op Cm ppend Ns + .Op Cm !\& + .Xc + The input text is appended after the specified line. + +- Header lines of excessive length: + Port OpenBSD man_term.c rev. 1.25 to mdoc_term.c + and document it in mdoc(7) and man(7) COMPATIBILITY + found while talking to Chris Bennett + +- In man(7), the sequence + .HP + one line of regular text + .SH + should not produce two blank lines before the .SH, + see for example named-checkconf(8). + +- In man(7), the sequence + .SH HEADER + + .PP + regular text + should not produce any blank lines between the header and the text, + see for example rsync(1). + Reported by naddy@ Mon, 28 Mar 2011 20:45:42 +0200 + +- In man(7), the sequence + regular text + .IP + .IP "tag" + indented text + should produce one, not four blank lines between the regular text + and the tag, see for example rsync(1). + Likewise, + regular text + .IP + indented text + should produce one, not two blank lines in between, and + regular text + .IP + .RS + .IP tag + indented text + should produce one, not three blank lines. + Reported by naddy@ Mon, 28 Mar 2011 20:45:42 +0200 + +- trailing whitespace must be ignored even when followed by a font escape, + see for example + makes + \fBdig \fR + operate in batch mode + in dig(1). + +************************************************************************ +* error reporting issues +************************************************************************ + +- .TP directly followed by .RS gives an assertion. + +************************************************************************ +* performance issues +************************************************************************ + +Several areas can be cleaned up to make mandoc even faster. These are + +- improve hashing mechanism for macros (quite important: performance) + +- improve hashing mechanism for characters (not as important) + +- the PDF file is HUGE: this can be reduced by using relative offsets + +- instead of re-initialising the roff predefined-strings set before each + parse, create a read-only version the first time and copy it + +************************************************************************ +* structural issues +************************************************************************ + +- We use the input line number at several places to distinguish + same-line from different-line input. That plainly doesn't work + with user-defined macros, leading to random breakage. + +- Find better ways to prevent endless loops + in roff(7) macro and string expansion. + +- Finish cleanup of date handling. + Decide which formats should be recognized where. + Update both mdoc(7) and man(7) documentation. + Triggered by Tim van der Molen Tue, 22 Feb 2011 20:30:45 +0100 diff --git a/apropos.1 b/apropos.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7dea132a461 --- /dev/null +++ b/apropos.1 @@ -0,0 +1,328 @@ +.\" $Id: apropos.1,v 1.17 2012/03/24 01:46:25 kristaps Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any +.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES +.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR +.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES +.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN +.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF +.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. +.\" +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 24 2012 $ +.Dt APROPOS 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm apropos +.Nd search manual page databases +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Op Fl C Ar file +.Op Fl M Ar manpath +.Op Fl m Ar manpath +.Op Fl S Ar arch +.Op Fl s Ar section +.Ar expression ... +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm +utility queries manual page databases generated by +.Xr mandocdb 8 , +evaluating on +.Ar expression +for each file in each database. +.Pp +By default, +.Nm +searches for +.Xr mandocdb 8 +databases in the default paths stipulated by +.Xr man 1 , +parses terms as case-sensitive regular expressions +over manual names and descriptions. +Multiple terms imply pairwise +.Fl o . +If standard output is a TTY, a result may be selected from a list and +its manual displayed with the pager. +.Pp +Its arguments are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Fl C Ar file +Specify an alternative configuration +.Ar file +in +.Xr man.conf 5 +format. +.It Fl M Ar manpath +Use the colon-separated path instead of the default list of paths +searched for +.Xr mandocdb 8 +databases. +Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored. +.It Fl m Ar manpath +Prepend the colon-separated paths to the list of paths searched +for +.Xr mandocdb 8 +databases. +Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored. +.It Fl S Ar arch +Search only for a particular architecture. +.It Fl s Ar cat +Search only for a manual section. +See +.Xr man 1 +for a listing of manual sections. +.El +.Pp +An +.Ar expression +consists of search terms joined by logical operators +.Fl a +.Pq and +and +.Fl o +.Pq or . +The +.Fl a +operator has precedence over +.Fl o +and both are evaluated left-to-right. +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It \&( Ar expr No \&) +True if the subexpression +.Ar expr +is true. +.It Ar expr1 Fl a Ar expr2 +True if both +.Ar expr1 +and +.Ar expr2 +are true (logical +.Qq and ) . +.It Ar expr1 Oo Fl o Oc Ar expr2 +True if +.Ar expr1 +and/or +.Ar expr2 +evaluate to true (logical +.Qq or ) . +.It Ar term +True if +.Ar term +is satisfied. +This has syntax +.Li [key[,key]*(=~)]?val , +where operand +.Cm key +is an +.Xr mdoc 7 +macro to query and +.Cm val +is its value. +See +.Sx Macro Keys +for a list of available keys. +Operator +.Li \&= +evaluates a substring, while +.Li \&~ +evaluates a regular expression. +.It Fl i Ar term +If +.Ar term +is a regular expression, it +is evaluated case-insensitively. +Has no effect on substring terms. +.El +.Pp +Results are sorted by manual title, with output formatted as +.Pp +.D1 title(sec) \- description +.Pp +Where +.Qq title +is the manual's title (note multiple manual names may exist for one +title), +.Qq sec +is the manual section, and +.Qq description +is the manual's short description. +If an architecture is specified for the manual, it is displayed as +.Pp +.D1 title(cat/arch) \- description +.Pp +If on a TTY, results are prefixed with a numeric identifier. +.Pp +.D1 [index] title(cat) \- description +.Pp +One may choose a manual be entering the index at the prompt. +Valid choices are displayed using +.Ev MANPAGER , +or failing that , +.Ev PAGER +or just +.Xr more 1 . +Source pages are formatted with +.Xr mandoc 1 ; +preformatted pages with +.Xr cat 1 . +.Ss Macro Keys +Queries evaluate over a subset of +.Xr mdoc 7 +macros indexed by +.Xr mandocdb 8 . +In addition to the macro keys listed below, the special key +.Cm any +may be used to match any available macro key. +.Pp +Names and description: +.Bl -column "xLix" description -offset indent -compact +.It Li \&Nm Ta manual name +.It Li \&Nd Ta one-line manual description +.El +.Pp +Sections and cross references: +.Bl -column "xLix" description -offset indent -compact +.It Li \&Sh Ta section header (excluding standard sections) +.It Li \&Ss Ta subsection header +.It Li \&Xr Ta cross reference to another manual page +.It Li \&Rs Ta bibliographic reference +.El +.Pp +Semantic markup for command line utilities: +.Bl -column "xLix" description -offset indent -compact +.It Li \&Fl Ta command line options (flags) +.It Li \&Cm Ta command modifier +.It Li \&Ar Ta command argument +.It Li \&Ic Ta internal or interactive command +.It Li \&Ev Ta environmental variable +.It Li \&Pa Ta file system path +.El +.Pp +Semantic markup for function libraries: +.Bl -column "xLix" description -offset indent -compact +.It Li \&Lb Ta function library name +.It Li \&In Ta include file +.It Li \&Ft Ta function return type +.It Li \&Fn Ta function name +.It Li \&Fa Ta function argument type and name +.It Li \&Vt Ta variable type +.It Li \&Va Ta variable name +.It Li \&Dv Ta defined variable or preprocessor constant +.It Li \&Er Ta error constant +.It Li \&Ev Ta environmental variable +.El +.Pp +Various semantic markup: +.Bl -column "xLix" description -offset indent -compact +.It Li \&An Ta author name +.It Li \&Lk Ta hyperlink +.It Li \&Mt Ta Do mailto Dc hyperlink +.It Li \&Cd Ta kernel configuration declaration +.It Li \&Ms Ta mathematical symbol +.It Li \&Tn Ta tradename +.El +.Pp +Physical markup: +.Bl -column "xLix" description -offset indent -compact +.It Li \&Em Ta italic font or underline +.It Li \&Sy Ta boldface font +.It Li \&Li Ta typewriter font +.El +.Pp +Text production: +.Bl -column "xLix" description -offset indent -compact +.It Li \&St Ta reference to a standards document +.It Li \&At Ta At No version reference +.It Li \&Bx Ta Bx No version reference +.It Li \&Bsx Ta Bsx No version reference +.It Li \&Nx Ta Nx No version reference +.It Li \&Fx Ta Fx No version reference +.It Li \&Ox Ta Ox No version reference +.It Li \&Dx Ta Dx No version reference +.El +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Ev MANPAGER +Default pager for manuals. +If this is unset, falls back to +.Ev Pager . +.It Ev PAGER +The second choice for a manual pager. +If this is unset, use +.Xr more 1 . +.It Ev MANPATH +Colon-separated paths modifying the default list of paths searched for +manual databases. +Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored. +Overridden by +.Fl M . +If +.Ev MANPATH +begins with a +.Sq \&: , +it is appended to the default list; +else if it ends with +.Sq \&: , +it is prepended to the default list; else if it contains +.Sq \&:: , +the default list is inserted between the colons. +If none of these conditions are met, it overrides the default list. +.El +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width "/etc/man.conf" -compact +.It Pa whatis.db +name of the +.Xr mandocdb 8 +keyword database +.It Pa whatis.index +name of the +.Xr mandocdb 8 +filename database +.It Pa /etc/man.conf +default +.Xr man 1 +configuration file +.El +.Sh EXIT STATUS +.Ex -std +.Sh EXAMPLES +Search for +.Qq mdoc +as a substring and regular expression +within each manual name and description: +.Pp +.Dl $ apropos mdoc +.Dl $ apropos ~^mdoc$ +.Pp +Include matches for +.Qq roff +and +.Qq man +for the regular expression case: +.Pp +.Dl $ apropos ~^mdoc$ roff man +.Dl $ apropos ~^mdoc$ \-o roff \-o man +.Pp +Search for +.Qq optind +and +.Qq optarg +as variable names in the library category: +.Pp +.Dl $ apropos \-s 3 Va~^optind \-a Va~^optarg$ +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr more 1 +.Xr re_format 7 , +.Xr mandocdb 8 +.Sh AUTHORS +The +.Nm +utility was written by +.An Kristaps Dzonsons , +.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv . diff --git a/apropos.c b/apropos.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c3cae96afa --- /dev/null +++ b/apropos.c @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* $Id: apropos.c,v 1.30 2012/03/24 02:18:51 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons + * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "apropos_db.h" +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "manpath.h" + +#define SINGLETON(_res, _sz) \ + ((_sz) && (_res)[0].matched && \ + (1 == (_sz) || 0 == (_res)[1].matched)) +#define EMPTYSET(_res, _sz) \ + ((0 == (_sz)) || 0 == (_res)[0].matched) + +static int cmp(const void *, const void *); +static void list(struct res *, size_t, void *); +static void usage(void); + +static char *progname; + +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int ch, rc, whatis, usecat; + struct res *res; + struct manpaths paths; + const char *prog; + pid_t pid; + char path[PATH_MAX]; + int fds[2]; + size_t terms, ressz, sz; + struct opts opts; + struct expr *e; + char *defpaths, *auxpaths, *conf_file, *cp; + extern int optind; + extern char *optarg; + + progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/'); + if (progname == NULL) + progname = argv[0]; + else + ++progname; + + whatis = 0 == strncmp(progname, "whatis", 6); + + memset(&paths, 0, sizeof(struct manpaths)); + memset(&opts, 0, sizeof(struct opts)); + + usecat = 0; + ressz = 0; + res = NULL; + auxpaths = defpaths = NULL; + conf_file = NULL; + e = NULL; + path[0] = '\0'; + + while (-1 != (ch = getopt(argc, argv, "C:M:m:S:s:"))) + switch (ch) { + case ('C'): + conf_file = optarg; + break; + case ('M'): + defpaths = optarg; + break; + case ('m'): + auxpaths = optarg; + break; + case ('S'): + opts.arch = optarg; + break; + case ('s'): + opts.cat = optarg; + break; + default: + usage(); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + argc -= optind; + argv += optind; + + if (0 == argc) + return(EXIT_SUCCESS); + + rc = 0; + + manpath_parse(&paths, conf_file, defpaths, auxpaths); + + e = whatis ? termcomp(argc, argv, &terms) : + exprcomp(argc, argv, &terms); + + if (NULL == e) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad expression\n", progname); + goto out; + } + + rc = apropos_search + (paths.sz, paths.paths, &opts, + e, terms, NULL, &ressz, &res, list); + + terms = 1; + + if (0 == rc) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad database\n", progname); + goto out; + } else if ( ! isatty(STDOUT_FILENO) || EMPTYSET(res, ressz)) + goto out; + + if ( ! SINGLETON(res, ressz)) { + printf("Which manpage would you like [1]? "); + fflush(stdout); + if (NULL != (cp = fgetln(stdin, &sz)) && + sz > 1 && '\n' == cp[--sz]) { + if ((ch = atoi(cp)) <= 0) + goto out; + terms = (size_t)ch; + } + } + + if (--terms < ressz && res[terms].matched) { + chdir(paths.paths[res[terms].volume]); + strlcpy(path, res[terms].file, PATH_MAX); + usecat = RESTYPE_CAT == res[terms].type; + } +out: + manpath_free(&paths); + resfree(res, ressz); + exprfree(e); + + if ('\0' == path[0]) + return(rc ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE); + + if (-1 == pipe(fds)) { + perror(NULL); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + if (-1 == (pid = fork())) { + perror(NULL); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } else if (pid > 0) { + dup2(fds[0], STDIN_FILENO); + close(fds[1]); + prog = NULL != getenv("MANPAGER") ? + getenv("MANPAGER") : + (NULL != getenv("PAGER") ? + getenv("PAGER") : "more"); + execlp(prog, prog, (char *)NULL); + perror(prog); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + dup2(fds[1], STDOUT_FILENO); + close(fds[0]); + prog = usecat ? "cat" : "mandoc"; + execlp(prog, prog, path, (char *)NULL); + perror(prog); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* ARGSUSED */ +static void +list(struct res *res, size_t sz, void *arg) +{ + size_t i; + + qsort(res, sz, sizeof(struct res), cmp); + + if (EMPTYSET(res, sz) || SINGLETON(res, sz)) + return; + + if ( ! isatty(STDOUT_FILENO)) + for (i = 0; i < sz && res[i].matched; i++) + printf("%s(%s%s%s) - %.70s\n", + res[i].title, res[i].cat, + *res[i].arch ? "/" : "", + *res[i].arch ? res[i].arch : "", + res[i].desc); + else + for (i = 0; i < sz && res[i].matched; i++) + printf("[%zu] %s(%s%s%s) - %.70s\n", i + 1, + res[i].title, res[i].cat, + *res[i].arch ? "/" : "", + *res[i].arch ? res[i].arch : "", + res[i].desc); +} + +static int +cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2) +{ + const struct res *r1 = p1; + const struct res *r2 = p2; + + if (0 == r1->matched) + return(1); + else if (0 == r2->matched) + return(1); + + return(strcasecmp(r1->title, r2->title)); +} + +static void +usage(void) +{ + + fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s " + "[-C file] " + "[-M manpath] " + "[-m manpath] " + "[-S arch] " + "[-s section] " + "expression ...\n", + progname); +} diff --git a/apropos_db.c b/apropos_db.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8aea771da79 --- /dev/null +++ b/apropos_db.c @@ -0,0 +1,876 @@ +/* $Id: apropos_db.c,v 1.31 2012/03/24 01:46:25 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons + * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined(__linux__) +# include +# include +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +# include +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#include "mandocdb.h" +#include "apropos_db.h" +#include "mandoc.h" + +#define RESFREE(_x) \ + do { \ + free((_x)->file); \ + free((_x)->cat); \ + free((_x)->title); \ + free((_x)->arch); \ + free((_x)->desc); \ + free((_x)->matches); \ + } while (/*CONSTCOND*/0) + +struct expr { + int regex; /* is regex? */ + int index; /* index in match array */ + uint64_t mask; /* type-mask */ + int and; /* is rhs of logical AND? */ + char *v; /* search value */ + regex_t re; /* compiled re, if regex */ + struct expr *next; /* next in sequence */ + struct expr *subexpr; +}; + +struct type { + uint64_t mask; + const char *name; +}; + +struct rectree { + struct res *node; /* record array for dir tree */ + int len; /* length of record array */ +}; + +static const struct type types[] = { + { TYPE_An, "An" }, + { TYPE_Ar, "Ar" }, + { TYPE_At, "At" }, + { TYPE_Bsx, "Bsx" }, + { TYPE_Bx, "Bx" }, + { TYPE_Cd, "Cd" }, + { TYPE_Cm, "Cm" }, + { TYPE_Dv, "Dv" }, + { TYPE_Dx, "Dx" }, + { TYPE_Em, "Em" }, + { TYPE_Er, "Er" }, + { TYPE_Ev, "Ev" }, + { TYPE_Fa, "Fa" }, + { TYPE_Fl, "Fl" }, + { TYPE_Fn, "Fn" }, + { TYPE_Fn, "Fo" }, + { TYPE_Ft, "Ft" }, + { TYPE_Fx, "Fx" }, + { TYPE_Ic, "Ic" }, + { TYPE_In, "In" }, + { TYPE_Lb, "Lb" }, + { TYPE_Li, "Li" }, + { TYPE_Lk, "Lk" }, + { TYPE_Ms, "Ms" }, + { TYPE_Mt, "Mt" }, + { TYPE_Nd, "Nd" }, + { TYPE_Nm, "Nm" }, + { TYPE_Nx, "Nx" }, + { TYPE_Ox, "Ox" }, + { TYPE_Pa, "Pa" }, + { TYPE_Rs, "Rs" }, + { TYPE_Sh, "Sh" }, + { TYPE_Ss, "Ss" }, + { TYPE_St, "St" }, + { TYPE_Sy, "Sy" }, + { TYPE_Tn, "Tn" }, + { TYPE_Va, "Va" }, + { TYPE_Va, "Vt" }, + { TYPE_Xr, "Xr" }, + { UINT64_MAX, "any" }, + { 0, NULL } +}; + +static DB *btree_open(void); +static int btree_read(const DBT *, const DBT *, + const struct mchars *, + uint64_t *, recno_t *, char **); +static int expreval(const struct expr *, int *); +static void exprexec(const struct expr *, + const char *, uint64_t, struct res *); +static int exprmark(const struct expr *, + const char *, uint64_t, int *); +static struct expr *exprexpr(int, char *[], int *, int *, size_t *); +static struct expr *exprterm(char *, int); +static DB *index_open(void); +static int index_read(const DBT *, const DBT *, int, + const struct mchars *, struct res *); +static void norm_string(const char *, + const struct mchars *, char **); +static size_t norm_utf8(unsigned int, char[7]); +static int single_search(struct rectree *, const struct opts *, + const struct expr *, size_t terms, + struct mchars *, int); + +/* + * Open the keyword mandoc-db database. + */ +static DB * +btree_open(void) +{ + BTREEINFO info; + DB *db; + + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(BTREEINFO)); + info.lorder = 4321; + info.flags = R_DUP; + + db = dbopen(MANDOC_DB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_BTREE, &info); + if (NULL != db) + return(db); + + return(NULL); +} + +/* + * Read a keyword from the database and normalise it. + * Return 0 if the database is insane, else 1. + */ +static int +btree_read(const DBT *k, const DBT *v, const struct mchars *mc, + uint64_t *mask, recno_t *rec, char **buf) +{ + uint64_t vbuf[2]; + + /* Are our sizes sane? */ + if (k->size < 2 || sizeof(vbuf) != v->size) + return(0); + + /* Is our string nil-terminated? */ + if ('\0' != ((const char *)k->data)[(int)k->size - 1]) + return(0); + + norm_string((const char *)k->data, mc, buf); + memcpy(vbuf, v->data, v->size); + *mask = betoh64(vbuf[0]); + *rec = betoh64(vbuf[1]); + return(1); +} + +/* + * Take a Unicode codepoint and produce its UTF-8 encoding. + * This isn't the best way to do this, but it works. + * The magic numbers are from the UTF-8 packaging. + * They're not as scary as they seem: read the UTF-8 spec for details. + */ +static size_t +norm_utf8(unsigned int cp, char out[7]) +{ + int rc; + + rc = 0; + + if (cp <= 0x0000007F) { + rc = 1; + out[0] = (char)cp; + } else if (cp <= 0x000007FF) { + rc = 2; + out[0] = (cp >> 6 & 31) | 192; + out[1] = (cp & 63) | 128; + } else if (cp <= 0x0000FFFF) { + rc = 3; + out[0] = (cp >> 12 & 15) | 224; + out[1] = (cp >> 6 & 63) | 128; + out[2] = (cp & 63) | 128; + } else if (cp <= 0x001FFFFF) { + rc = 4; + out[0] = (cp >> 18 & 7) | 240; + out[1] = (cp >> 12 & 63) | 128; + out[2] = (cp >> 6 & 63) | 128; + out[3] = (cp & 63) | 128; + } else if (cp <= 0x03FFFFFF) { + rc = 5; + out[0] = (cp >> 24 & 3) | 248; + out[1] = (cp >> 18 & 63) | 128; + out[2] = (cp >> 12 & 63) | 128; + out[3] = (cp >> 6 & 63) | 128; + out[4] = (cp & 63) | 128; + } else if (cp <= 0x7FFFFFFF) { + rc = 6; + out[0] = (cp >> 30 & 1) | 252; + out[1] = (cp >> 24 & 63) | 128; + out[2] = (cp >> 18 & 63) | 128; + out[3] = (cp >> 12 & 63) | 128; + out[4] = (cp >> 6 & 63) | 128; + out[5] = (cp & 63) | 128; + } else + return(0); + + out[rc] = '\0'; + return((size_t)rc); +} + +/* + * Normalise strings from the index and database. + * These strings are escaped as defined by mandoc_char(7) along with + * other goop in mandoc.h (e.g., soft hyphens). + * This function normalises these into a nice UTF-8 string. + * Returns 0 if the database is fucked. + */ +static void +norm_string(const char *val, const struct mchars *mc, char **buf) +{ + size_t sz, bsz; + char utfbuf[7]; + const char *seq, *cpp; + int len, u, pos; + enum mandoc_esc esc; + static const char res[] = { '\\', '\t', + ASCII_NBRSP, ASCII_HYPH, '\0' }; + + /* Pre-allocate by the length of the input */ + + bsz = strlen(val) + 1; + *buf = mandoc_realloc(*buf, bsz); + pos = 0; + + while ('\0' != *val) { + /* + * Halt on the first escape sequence. + * This also halts on the end of string, in which case + * we just copy, fallthrough, and exit the loop. + */ + if ((sz = strcspn(val, res)) > 0) { + memcpy(&(*buf)[pos], val, sz); + pos += (int)sz; + val += (int)sz; + } + + if (ASCII_HYPH == *val) { + (*buf)[pos++] = '-'; + val++; + continue; + } else if ('\t' == *val || ASCII_NBRSP == *val) { + (*buf)[pos++] = ' '; + val++; + continue; + } else if ('\\' != *val) + break; + + /* Read past the slash. */ + + val++; + u = 0; + + /* + * Parse the escape sequence and see if it's a + * predefined character or special character. + */ + + esc = mandoc_escape(&val, &seq, &len); + if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) + break; + + /* + * XXX - this just does UTF-8, but we need to know + * beforehand whether we should do text substitution. + */ + + switch (esc) { + case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL): + if (0 != (u = mchars_spec2cp(mc, seq, len))) + break; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + continue; + } + + /* + * If we have a Unicode codepoint, try to convert that + * to a UTF-8 byte string. + */ + + cpp = utfbuf; + if (0 == (sz = norm_utf8(u, utfbuf))) + continue; + + /* Copy the rendered glyph into the stream. */ + + sz = strlen(cpp); + bsz += sz; + + *buf = mandoc_realloc(*buf, bsz); + + memcpy(&(*buf)[pos], cpp, sz); + pos += (int)sz; + } + + (*buf)[pos] = '\0'; +} + +/* + * Open the filename-index mandoc-db database. + * Returns NULL if opening failed. + */ +static DB * +index_open(void) +{ + DB *db; + + db = dbopen(MANDOC_IDX, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_RECNO, NULL); + if (NULL != db) + return(db); + + return(NULL); +} + +/* + * Safely unpack from an index file record into the structure. + * Returns 1 if an entry was unpacked, 0 if the database is insane. + */ +static int +index_read(const DBT *key, const DBT *val, int index, + const struct mchars *mc, struct res *rec) +{ + size_t left; + char *np, *cp; + char type; + +#define INDEX_BREAD(_dst) \ + do { \ + if (NULL == (np = memchr(cp, '\0', left))) \ + return(0); \ + norm_string(cp, mc, &(_dst)); \ + left -= (np - cp) + 1; \ + cp = np + 1; \ + } while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0) + + if (0 == (left = val->size)) + return(0); + + cp = val->data; + assert(sizeof(recno_t) == key->size); + memcpy(&rec->rec, key->data, key->size); + rec->volume = index; + + if ('d' == (type = *cp++)) + rec->type = RESTYPE_MDOC; + else if ('a' == type) + rec->type = RESTYPE_MAN; + else if ('c' == type) + rec->type = RESTYPE_CAT; + else + return(0); + + left--; + INDEX_BREAD(rec->file); + INDEX_BREAD(rec->cat); + INDEX_BREAD(rec->title); + INDEX_BREAD(rec->arch); + INDEX_BREAD(rec->desc); + return(1); +} + +/* + * Search mandocdb databases in paths for expression "expr". + * Filter out by "opts". + * Call "res" with the results, which may be zero. + * Return 0 if there was a database error, else return 1. + */ +int +apropos_search(int pathsz, char **paths, const struct opts *opts, + const struct expr *expr, size_t terms, void *arg, + size_t *sz, struct res **resp, + void (*res)(struct res *, size_t, void *)) +{ + struct rectree tree; + struct mchars *mc; + int i, rc; + + memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(struct rectree)); + + rc = 0; + mc = mchars_alloc(); + *sz = 0; + *resp = NULL; + + /* + * Main loop. Change into the directory containing manpage + * databases. Run our expession over each database in the set. + */ + + for (i = 0; i < pathsz; i++) { + if (chdir(paths[i])) + continue; + if (single_search(&tree, opts, expr, terms, mc, i)) + continue; + + resfree(tree.node, tree.len); + mchars_free(mc); + return(0); + } + + (*res)(tree.node, tree.len, arg); + *sz = tree.len; + *resp = tree.node; + mchars_free(mc); + return(1); +} + +static int +single_search(struct rectree *tree, const struct opts *opts, + const struct expr *expr, size_t terms, + struct mchars *mc, int vol) +{ + int root, leaf, ch; + DBT key, val; + DB *btree, *idx; + char *buf; + struct res *rs; + struct res r; + uint64_t mask; + recno_t rec; + + root = -1; + leaf = -1; + btree = NULL; + idx = NULL; + buf = NULL; + rs = tree->node; + + memset(&r, 0, sizeof(struct res)); + + if (NULL == (btree = btree_open())) + return(1); + + if (NULL == (idx = index_open())) { + (*btree->close)(btree); + return(1); + } + + while (0 == (ch = (*btree->seq)(btree, &key, &val, R_NEXT))) { + if ( ! btree_read(&key, &val, mc, &mask, &rec, &buf)) + break; + + /* + * See if this keyword record matches any of the + * expressions we have stored. + */ + if ( ! exprmark(expr, buf, mask, NULL)) + continue; + + /* + * O(log n) scan for prior records. Since a record + * number is unbounded, this has decent performance over + * a complex hash function. + */ + + for (leaf = root; leaf >= 0; ) + if (rec > rs[leaf].rec && + rs[leaf].rhs >= 0) + leaf = rs[leaf].rhs; + else if (rec < rs[leaf].rec && + rs[leaf].lhs >= 0) + leaf = rs[leaf].lhs; + else + break; + + /* + * If we find a record, see if it has already evaluated + * to true. If it has, great, just keep going. If not, + * try to evaluate it now and continue anyway. + */ + + if (leaf >= 0 && rs[leaf].rec == rec) { + if (0 == rs[leaf].matched) + exprexec(expr, buf, mask, &rs[leaf]); + continue; + } + + /* + * We have a new file to examine. + * Extract the manpage's metadata from the index + * database, then begin partial evaluation. + */ + + key.data = &rec; + key.size = sizeof(recno_t); + + if (0 != (*idx->get)(idx, &key, &val, 0)) + break; + + r.lhs = r.rhs = -1; + if ( ! index_read(&key, &val, vol, mc, &r)) + break; + + /* XXX: this should be elsewhere, I guess? */ + + if (opts->cat && strcasecmp(opts->cat, r.cat)) + continue; + + if (opts->arch && *r.arch) + if (strcasecmp(opts->arch, r.arch)) + continue; + + tree->node = rs = mandoc_realloc + (rs, (tree->len + 1) * sizeof(struct res)); + + memcpy(&rs[tree->len], &r, sizeof(struct res)); + memset(&r, 0, sizeof(struct res)); + rs[tree->len].matches = + mandoc_calloc(terms, sizeof(int)); + + exprexec(expr, buf, mask, &rs[tree->len]); + + /* Append to our tree. */ + + if (leaf >= 0) { + if (rec > rs[leaf].rec) + rs[leaf].rhs = tree->len; + else + rs[leaf].lhs = tree->len; + } else + root = tree->len; + + tree->len++; + } + + (*btree->close)(btree); + (*idx->close)(idx); + + free(buf); + RESFREE(&r); + return(1 == ch); +} + +void +resfree(struct res *rec, size_t sz) +{ + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < sz; i++) + RESFREE(&rec[i]); + free(rec); +} + +/* + * Compile a list of straight-up terms. + * The arguments are re-written into ~[[:<:]]term[[:>:]], or "term" + * surrounded by word boundaries, then pumped through exprterm(). + * Terms are case-insensitive. + * This emulates whatis(1) behaviour. + */ +struct expr * +termcomp(int argc, char *argv[], size_t *tt) +{ + char *buf; + int pos; + struct expr *e, *next; + size_t sz; + + buf = NULL; + e = NULL; + *tt = 0; + + for (pos = argc - 1; pos >= 0; pos--) { + sz = strlen(argv[pos]) + 18; + buf = mandoc_realloc(buf, sz); + strlcpy(buf, "Nm~[[:<:]]", sz); + strlcat(buf, argv[pos], sz); + strlcat(buf, "[[:>:]]", sz); + if (NULL == (next = exprterm(buf, 0))) { + free(buf); + exprfree(e); + return(NULL); + } + next->next = e; + e = next; + (*tt)++; + } + + free(buf); + return(e); +} + +/* + * Compile a sequence of logical expressions. + * See apropos.1 for a grammar of this sequence. + */ +struct expr * +exprcomp(int argc, char *argv[], size_t *tt) +{ + int pos, lvl; + struct expr *e; + + pos = lvl = 0; + *tt = 0; + + e = exprexpr(argc, argv, &pos, &lvl, tt); + + if (0 == lvl && pos >= argc) + return(e); + + exprfree(e); + return(NULL); +} + +/* + * Compile an array of tokens into an expression. + * An informal expression grammar is defined in apropos(1). + * Return NULL if we fail doing so. All memory will be cleaned up. + * Return the root of the expression sequence if alright. + */ +static struct expr * +exprexpr(int argc, char *argv[], int *pos, int *lvl, size_t *tt) +{ + struct expr *e, *first, *next; + int log; + + first = next = NULL; + + for ( ; *pos < argc; (*pos)++) { + e = next; + + /* + * Close out a subexpression. + */ + + if (NULL != e && 0 == strcmp(")", argv[*pos])) { + if (--(*lvl) < 0) + goto err; + break; + } + + /* + * Small note: if we're just starting, don't let "-a" + * and "-o" be considered logical operators: they're + * just tokens unless pairwise joining, in which case we + * record their existence (or assume "OR"). + */ + log = 0; + + if (NULL != e && 0 == strcmp("-a", argv[*pos])) + log = 1; + else if (NULL != e && 0 == strcmp("-o", argv[*pos])) + log = 2; + + if (log > 0 && ++(*pos) >= argc) + goto err; + + /* + * Now we parse the term part. This can begin with + * "-i", in which case the expression is case + * insensitive. + */ + + if (0 == strcmp("(", argv[*pos])) { + ++(*pos); + ++(*lvl); + next = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct expr)); + next->subexpr = exprexpr(argc, argv, pos, lvl, tt); + if (NULL == next->subexpr) { + free(next); + next = NULL; + } + } else if (0 == strcmp("-i", argv[*pos])) { + if (++(*pos) >= argc) + goto err; + next = exprterm(argv[*pos], 0); + } else + next = exprterm(argv[*pos], 1); + + if (NULL == next) + goto err; + + next->and = log == 1; + next->index = (int)(*tt)++; + + /* Append to our chain of expressions. */ + + if (NULL == first) { + assert(NULL == e); + first = next; + } else { + assert(NULL != e); + e->next = next; + } + } + + return(first); +err: + exprfree(first); + return(NULL); +} + +/* + * Parse a terminal expression with the grammar as defined in + * apropos(1). + * Return NULL if we fail the parse. + */ +static struct expr * +exprterm(char *buf, int cs) +{ + struct expr e; + struct expr *p; + char *key; + int i; + + memset(&e, 0, sizeof(struct expr)); + + /* Choose regex or substring match. */ + + if (NULL == (e.v = strpbrk(buf, "=~"))) { + e.regex = 0; + e.v = buf; + } else { + e.regex = '~' == *e.v; + *e.v++ = '\0'; + } + + /* Determine the record types to search for. */ + + e.mask = 0; + if (buf < e.v) { + while (NULL != (key = strsep(&buf, ","))) { + i = 0; + while (types[i].mask && + strcmp(types[i].name, key)) + i++; + e.mask |= types[i].mask; + } + } + if (0 == e.mask) + e.mask = TYPE_Nm | TYPE_Nd; + + if (e.regex) { + i = REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | (cs ? 0 : REG_ICASE); + if (regcomp(&e.re, e.v, i)) + return(NULL); + } + + e.v = mandoc_strdup(e.v); + + p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct expr)); + memcpy(p, &e, sizeof(struct expr)); + return(p); +} + +void +exprfree(struct expr *p) +{ + struct expr *pp; + + while (NULL != p) { + if (p->subexpr) + exprfree(p->subexpr); + if (p->regex) + regfree(&p->re); + free(p->v); + pp = p->next; + free(p); + p = pp; + } +} + +static int +exprmark(const struct expr *p, const char *cp, + uint64_t mask, int *ms) +{ + + for ( ; p; p = p->next) { + if (p->subexpr) { + if (exprmark(p->subexpr, cp, mask, ms)) + return(1); + continue; + } else if ( ! (mask & p->mask)) + continue; + + if (p->regex) { + if (regexec(&p->re, cp, 0, NULL, 0)) + continue; + } else if (NULL == strcasestr(cp, p->v)) + continue; + + if (NULL == ms) + return(1); + else + ms[p->index] = 1; + } + + return(0); +} + +static int +expreval(const struct expr *p, int *ms) +{ + int match; + + /* + * AND has precedence over OR. Analysis is left-right, though + * it doesn't matter because there are no side-effects. + * Thus, step through pairwise ANDs and accumulate their Boolean + * evaluation. If we encounter a single true AND collection or + * standalone term, the whole expression is true (by definition + * of OR). + */ + + for (match = 0; p && ! match; p = p->next) { + /* Evaluate a subexpression, if applicable. */ + if (p->subexpr && ! ms[p->index]) + ms[p->index] = expreval(p->subexpr, ms); + + match = ms[p->index]; + for ( ; p->next && p->next->and; p = p->next) { + /* Evaluate a subexpression, if applicable. */ + if (p->next->subexpr && ! ms[p->next->index]) + ms[p->next->index] = + expreval(p->next->subexpr, ms); + match = match && ms[p->next->index]; + } + } + + return(match); +} + +/* + * First, update the array of terms for which this expression evaluates + * to true. + * Second, logically evaluate all terms over the updated array of truth + * values. + * If this evaluates to true, mark the expression as satisfied. + */ +static void +exprexec(const struct expr *e, const char *cp, + uint64_t mask, struct res *r) +{ + + assert(0 == r->matched); + exprmark(e, cp, mask, r->matches); + r->matched = expreval(e, r->matches); +} diff --git a/apropos_db.h b/apropos_db.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72d4c204a39 --- /dev/null +++ b/apropos_db.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* $Id: apropos_db.h,v 1.13 2012/03/24 01:46:25 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifndef APROPOS_H +#define APROPOS_H + +enum restype { + RESTYPE_MAN, /* man(7) file */ + RESTYPE_MDOC, /* mdoc(7) file */ + RESTYPE_CAT /* pre-formatted file */ +}; + +struct res { + enum restype type; /* input file type */ + char *file; /* file in file-system */ + char *cat; /* category (3p, 3, etc.) */ + char *title; /* title (FOO, etc.) */ + char *arch; /* arch (or empty string) */ + char *desc; /* description (from Nd) */ + unsigned int rec; /* record in index */ + /* + * The index volume. This indexes into the array of directories + * searched for manual page databases. + */ + unsigned int volume; + /* + * The following fields are used internally. + * + * Maintain a binary tree for checking the uniqueness of `rec' + * when adding elements to the results array. + * Since the results array is dynamic, use offset in the array + * instead of a pointer to the structure. + */ + int lhs; + int rhs; + int matched; /* expression is true */ + int *matches; /* partial truth evaluations */ +}; + +struct opts { + const char *arch; /* restrict to architecture */ + const char *cat; /* restrict to manual section */ +}; + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +struct expr; + +int apropos_search(int, char **, const struct opts *, + const struct expr *, size_t, + void *, size_t *, struct res **, + void (*)(struct res *, size_t, void *)); +struct expr *exprcomp(int, char *[], size_t *); +void exprfree(struct expr *); +void resfree(struct res *, size_t); +struct expr *termcomp(int, char *[], size_t *); + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /*!APROPOS_H*/ diff --git a/arch.c b/arch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e764bfe9931 --- /dev/null +++ b/arch.c @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* $Id: arch.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "mdoc.h" +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "libmdoc.h" + +#define LINE(x, y) \ + if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y); + +const char * +mdoc_a2arch(const char *p) +{ + +#include "arch.in" + + return(NULL); +} diff --git a/arch.in b/arch.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5113446e468 --- /dev/null +++ b/arch.in @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* $Id: arch.in,v 1.12 2012/01/28 14:02:17 joerg Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +/* + * This file defines the architecture token of the .Dt prologue macro. + * All architectures that your system supports (or the manuals of your + * system) should be included here. The right-hand-side is the + * formatted output. + * + * Be sure to escape strings. + * + * REMEMBER TO ADD NEW ARCHITECTURES TO MDOC.7! + */ + +LINE("acorn26", "Acorn26") +LINE("acorn32", "Acorn32") +LINE("algor", "Algor") +LINE("alpha", "Alpha") +LINE("amd64", "AMD64") +LINE("amiga", "Amiga") +LINE("amigappc", "AmigaPPC") +LINE("arc", "ARC") +LINE("arm", "ARM") +LINE("arm26", "ARM26") +LINE("arm32", "ARM32") +LINE("armish", "ARMISH") +LINE("aviion", "AViiON") +LINE("atari", "ATARI") +LINE("beagle", "Beagle") +LINE("bebox", "BeBox") +LINE("cats", "cats") +LINE("cesfic", "CESFIC") +LINE("cobalt", "Cobalt") +LINE("dreamcast", "Dreamcast") +LINE("emips", "EMIPS") +LINE("evbarm", "evbARM") +LINE("evbmips", "evbMIPS") +LINE("evbppc", "evbPPC") +LINE("evbsh3", "evbSH3") +LINE("ews4800mips", "EWS4800MIPS") +LINE("hp300", "HP300") +LINE("hp700", "HP700") +LINE("hpcarm", "HPCARM") +LINE("hpcmips", "HPCMIPS") +LINE("hpcsh", "HPCSH") +LINE("hppa", "HPPA") +LINE("hppa64", "HPPA64") +LINE("ia64", "ia64") +LINE("i386", "i386") +LINE("ibmnws", "IBMNWS") +LINE("iyonix", "Iyonix") +LINE("landisk", "LANDISK") +LINE("loongson", "Loongson") +LINE("luna68k", "Luna68k") +LINE("luna88k", "Luna88k") +LINE("m68k", "m68k") +LINE("mac68k", "Mac68k") +LINE("macppc", "MacPPC") +LINE("mips", "MIPS") +LINE("mips64", "MIPS64") +LINE("mipsco", "MIPSCo") +LINE("mmeye", "mmEye") +LINE("mvme68k", "MVME68k") +LINE("mvme88k", "MVME88k") +LINE("mvmeppc", "MVMEPPC") +LINE("netwinder", "NetWinder") +LINE("news68k", "NeWS68k") +LINE("newsmips", "NeWSMIPS") +LINE("next68k", "NeXT68k") +LINE("ofppc", "OFPPC") +LINE("palm", "Palm") +LINE("pc532", "PC532") +LINE("playstation2", "PlayStation2") +LINE("pmax", "PMAX") +LINE("pmppc", "pmPPC") +LINE("powerpc", "PowerPC") +LINE("prep", "PReP") +LINE("rs6000", "RS6000") +LINE("sandpoint", "Sandpoint") +LINE("sbmips", "SBMIPS") +LINE("sgi", "SGI") +LINE("sgimips", "SGIMIPS") +LINE("sh3", "SH3") +LINE("shark", "Shark") +LINE("socppc", "SOCPPC") +LINE("solbourne", "Solbourne") +LINE("sparc", "SPARC") +LINE("sparc64", "SPARC64") +LINE("sun2", "Sun2") +LINE("sun3", "Sun3") +LINE("tahoe", "Tahoe") +LINE("vax", "VAX") +LINE("x68k", "X68k") +LINE("x86", "x86") +LINE("x86_64", "x86_64") +LINE("xen", "Xen") +LINE("zaurus", "Zaurus") diff --git a/att.c b/att.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..24d757ddf75 --- /dev/null +++ b/att.c @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* $Id: att.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "mdoc.h" +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "libmdoc.h" + +#define LINE(x, y) \ + if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y); + +const char * +mdoc_a2att(const char *p) +{ + +#include "att.in" + + return(NULL); +} diff --git a/att.in b/att.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4ef822158f --- /dev/null +++ b/att.in @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* $Id: att.in,v 1.8 2011/07/31 17:30:33 schwarze Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +/* + * This file defines the AT&T versions of the .At macro. This probably + * isn't going to change. The right-hand side is the formatted string. + * + * Be sure to escape strings. + * The non-breaking blanks prevent ending an output line right before + * a number. Groff prevent line breaks at the same places. + */ + +LINE("v1", "Version\\~1 AT&T UNIX") +LINE("v2", "Version\\~2 AT&T UNIX") +LINE("v3", "Version\\~3 AT&T UNIX") +LINE("v4", "Version\\~4 AT&T UNIX") +LINE("v5", "Version\\~5 AT&T UNIX") +LINE("v6", "Version\\~6 AT&T UNIX") +LINE("v7", "Version\\~7 AT&T UNIX") +LINE("32v", "Version\\~32V AT&T UNIX") +LINE("III", "AT&T System\\~III UNIX") +LINE("V", "AT&T System\\~V UNIX") +LINE("V.1", "AT&T System\\~V Release\\~1 UNIX") +LINE("V.2", "AT&T System\\~V Release\\~2 UNIX") +LINE("V.3", "AT&T System\\~V Release\\~3 UNIX") +LINE("V.4", "AT&T System\\~V Release\\~4 UNIX") diff --git a/catman.8 b/catman.8 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f5246f9a6ce --- /dev/null +++ b/catman.8 @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +.\" $Id: catman.8,v 1.5 2011/12/25 19:35:44 kristaps Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any +.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES +.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR +.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES +.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN +.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF +.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. +.\" +.Dd $Mdocdate: December 25 2011 $ +.Dt CATMAN 8 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm catman +.Nd update a man.cgi manpage cache +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm catman +.Op Fl fv +.Op Fl C Ar file +.Op Fl M Ar manpath +.Op Fl m Ar manpath +.Op Fl o Ar path +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm +utility updates cached manpages for a jailed +.Xr man.cgi 7 . +.Pp +By default, +.Nm +searches for +.Xr mandocdb 8 +databases in the default paths stipulated by +.Xr man 1 +and updates the cache in +.Pa /var/www/cache/man.cgi . +.Pp +Its arguments are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Fl f +Force an update to all files. +.It Fl v +Print each file being updated. +.It Fl C Ar file +Specify an alternative configuration +.Ar file +in +.Xr man.conf 5 +format. +.It Fl M Ar manpath +Use the colon-separated path instead of the default list of paths +searched for +.Xr mandocdb 8 +databases. +Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored. +.It Fl m Ar manpath +Prepend the colon-separated paths to the list of paths searched +for +.Xr mandocdb 8 +databases. +Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored. +.It Fl o Ar path +Update into the directory tree under +.Ar path . +.El +.Pp +Cache updates occur when a +.Xr mandocdb 8 +database is older than the cached copy unless +.Fl f +is specified, in which case files are always considered out of date. +Cached manual pages are only updated if older than the master copy. +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Ev MANPATH +Colon-separated paths modifying the default list of paths searched for +manual databases. +Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored. +Overridden by +.Fl M . +If +.Ev MANPATH +begins with a +.Sq \&: , +it is appended to the default list; +else if it ends with +.Sq \&: , +it is prepended to the default list; else if it contains +.Sq \&:: , +the default list is inserted between the colons. +If none of these conditions are met, it overrides the default list. +.El +.Sh EXIT STATUS +.Ex -std +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr mandoc 1 , +.Xr man.cgi 7 , +.Xr mandocdb 8 +.Sh AUTHORS +The +.Nm +utility was written by +.An Kristaps Dzonsons , +.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv . diff --git a/catman.c b/catman.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d313ea6e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/catman.c @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ +/* $Id: catman.c,v 1.10 2012/01/03 15:17:20 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __linux__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#include "manpath.h" +#include "mandocdb.h" + +#define xstrlcpy(_dst, _src, _sz) \ + do if (strlcpy((_dst), (_src), (_sz)) >= (_sz)) { \ + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Path too long", (_dst)); \ + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \ + } while (/* CONSTCOND */0) + +#define xstrlcat(_dst, _src, _sz) \ + do if (strlcat((_dst), (_src), (_sz)) >= (_sz)) { \ + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Path too long", (_dst)); \ + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \ + } while (/* CONSTCOND */0) + +static int indexhtml(char *, size_t, char *, size_t); +static int manup(const struct manpaths *, char *); +static int mkpath(char *, mode_t, mode_t); +static int treecpy(char *, char *); +static int update(char *, char *); +static void usage(void); + +static const char *progname; +static int verbose; +static int force; + +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int ch; + char *aux, *base, *conf_file; + struct manpaths dirs; + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + extern char *optarg; + extern int optind; + + progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/'); + if (progname == NULL) + progname = argv[0]; + else + ++progname; + + aux = base = conf_file = NULL; + xstrlcpy(buf, "/var/www/cache/man.cgi", MAXPATHLEN); + + while (-1 != (ch = getopt(argc, argv, "C:fm:M:o:v"))) + switch (ch) { + case ('C'): + conf_file = optarg; + break; + case ('f'): + force = 1; + break; + case ('m'): + aux = optarg; + break; + case ('M'): + base = optarg; + break; + case ('o'): + xstrlcpy(buf, optarg, MAXPATHLEN); + break; + case ('v'): + verbose++; + break; + default: + usage(); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + argc -= optind; + argv += optind; + + if (argc > 0) { + usage(); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + memset(&dirs, 0, sizeof(struct manpaths)); + manpath_parse(&dirs, conf_file, base, aux); + ch = manup(&dirs, buf); + manpath_free(&dirs); + return(ch ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static void +usage(void) +{ + + fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s " + "[-fv] " + "[-C file] " + "[-o path] " + "[-m manpath] " + "[-M manpath]\n", + progname); +} + +/* + * If "src" file doesn't exist (errors out), return -1. Otherwise, + * return 1 if "src" is newer (which also happens "dst" doesn't exist) + * and 0 otherwise. + */ +static int +isnewer(const char *dst, const char *src) +{ + struct stat s1, s2; + + if (-1 == stat(src, &s1)) + return(-1); + if (force) + return(1); + + return(-1 == stat(dst, &s2) ? 1 : s1.st_mtime > s2.st_mtime); +} + +/* + * Copy the contents of one file into another. + * Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success. + */ +static int +filecpy(const char *dst, const char *src) +{ + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + int sfd, dfd, rc; + ssize_t rsz, wsz; + + sfd = dfd = -1; + rc = 0; + + if (-1 == (dfd = open(dst, O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY, 0644))) { + perror(dst); + goto out; + } else if (-1 == (sfd = open(src, O_RDONLY, 0))) { + perror(src); + goto out; + } + + while ((rsz = read(sfd, buf, BUFSIZ)) > 0) + if (-1 == (wsz = write(dfd, buf, (size_t)rsz))) { + perror(dst); + goto out; + } else if (wsz < rsz) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Short write\n", dst); + goto out; + } + + if (rsz < 0) + perror(src); + else + rc = 1; +out: + if (-1 != sfd) + close(sfd); + if (-1 != dfd) + close(dfd); + + return(rc); +} + +/* + * Pass over the recno database and re-create HTML pages if they're + * found to be out of date. + * Returns -1 on fatal error, 1 on success. + */ +static int +indexhtml(char *src, size_t ssz, char *dst, size_t dsz) +{ + DB *idx; + DBT key, val; + int c, rc; + unsigned int fl; + const char *f; + char *d; + char fname[MAXPATHLEN]; + pid_t pid; + + pid = -1; + + xstrlcpy(fname, dst, MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(fname, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(fname, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN); + + idx = dbopen(fname, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_RECNO, NULL); + if (NULL == idx) { + perror(fname); + return(-1); + } + + fl = R_FIRST; + while (0 == (c = (*idx->seq)(idx, &key, &val, fl))) { + fl = R_NEXT; + /* + * If the record is zero-length, then it's unassigned. + * Skip past these. + */ + if (0 == val.size) + continue; + + f = (const char *)val.data + 1; + if (NULL == memchr(f, '\0', val.size - 1)) + break; + + src[(int)ssz] = dst[(int)dsz] = '\0'; + + xstrlcat(dst, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, f, MAXPATHLEN); + + xstrlcat(src, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(src, f, MAXPATHLEN); + + if (-1 == (rc = isnewer(dst, src))) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: File missing\n", f); + break; + } else if (0 == rc) + continue; + + d = strrchr(dst, '/'); + assert(NULL != d); + *d = '\0'; + + if (-1 == mkpath(dst, 0755, 0755)) { + perror(dst); + break; + } + + *d = '/'; + + if ( ! filecpy(dst, src)) + break; + if (verbose) + printf("%s\n", dst); + } + + (*idx->close)(idx); + + if (c < 0) + perror(fname); + else if (0 == c) + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Corrupt index\n", fname); + + return(1 == c ? 1 : -1); +} + +/* + * Copy both recno and btree databases into the destination. + * Call in to begin recreating HTML files. + * Return -1 on fatal error and 1 if the update went well. + */ +static int +update(char *dst, char *src) +{ + size_t dsz, ssz; + + dsz = strlen(dst); + ssz = strlen(src); + + xstrlcat(src, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + + xstrlcat(src, MANDOC_DB, MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, MANDOC_DB, MAXPATHLEN); + + if ( ! filecpy(dst, src)) + return(-1); + if (verbose) + printf("%s\n", dst); + + dst[(int)dsz] = src[(int)ssz] = '\0'; + + xstrlcat(src, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + + xstrlcat(src, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN); + + if ( ! filecpy(dst, src)) + return(-1); + if (verbose) + printf("%s\n", dst); + + dst[(int)dsz] = src[(int)ssz] = '\0'; + + return(indexhtml(src, ssz, dst, dsz)); +} + +/* + * See if btree or recno databases in the destination are out of date + * with respect to a single manpath component. + * Return -1 on fatal error, 0 if the source is no longer valid (and + * shouldn't be listed), and 1 if the update went well. + */ +static int +treecpy(char *dst, char *src) +{ + size_t dsz, ssz; + int rc; + + dsz = strlen(dst); + ssz = strlen(src); + + xstrlcat(src, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + + xstrlcat(src, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN); + + if (-1 == (rc = isnewer(dst, src))) + return(0); + + dst[(int)dsz] = src[(int)ssz] = '\0'; + + if (1 == rc) + return(update(dst, src)); + + xstrlcat(src, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + + xstrlcat(src, MANDOC_DB, MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, MANDOC_DB, MAXPATHLEN); + + if (-1 == (rc = isnewer(dst, src))) + return(0); + else if (rc == 0) + return(1); + + dst[(int)dsz] = src[(int)ssz] = '\0'; + + return(update(dst, src)); +} + +/* + * Update the destination's file-tree with respect to changes in the + * source manpath components. + * "Change" is defined by an updated index or btree database. + * Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. + */ +static int +manup(const struct manpaths *dirs, char *base) +{ + char dst[MAXPATHLEN], + src[MAXPATHLEN]; + const char *path; + int i, c; + size_t sz; + FILE *f; + + /* Create the path and file for the catman.conf file. */ + + sz = strlen(base); + xstrlcpy(dst, base, MAXPATHLEN); + xstrlcat(dst, "/etc", MAXPATHLEN); + if (-1 == mkpath(dst, 0755, 0755)) { + perror(dst); + return(0); + } + + xstrlcat(dst, "/catman.conf", MAXPATHLEN); + if (NULL == (f = fopen(dst, "w"))) { + perror(dst); + return(0); + } else if (verbose) + printf("%s\n", dst); + + for (i = 0; i < dirs->sz; i++) { + path = dirs->paths[i]; + dst[(int)sz] = '\0'; + xstrlcat(dst, path, MAXPATHLEN); + if (-1 == mkpath(dst, 0755, 0755)) { + perror(dst); + break; + } + + xstrlcpy(src, path, MAXPATHLEN); + if (-1 == (c = treecpy(dst, src))) + break; + else if (0 == c) + continue; + + /* + * We want to use a relative path here because manpath.h + * will realpath() when invoked with man.cgi, and we'll + * make sure to chdir() into the cache directory before. + * + * This allows the cache directory to be in an arbitrary + * place, working in both chroot() and non-chroot() + * "safe" modes. + */ + assert('/' == path[0]); + fprintf(f, "_whatdb %s/whatis.db\n", path + 1); + } + + fclose(f); + return(i == dirs->sz); +} + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1992, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ +static int +mkpath(char *path, mode_t mode, mode_t dir_mode) +{ + struct stat sb; + char *slash; + int done, exists; + + slash = path; + + for (;;) { + /* LINTED */ + slash += strspn(slash, "/"); + /* LINTED */ + slash += strcspn(slash, "/"); + + done = (*slash == '\0'); + *slash = '\0'; + + /* skip existing path components */ + exists = !stat(path, &sb); + if (!done && exists && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) { + *slash = '/'; + continue; + } + + if (mkdir(path, done ? mode : dir_mode) == 0) { + if (mode > 0777 && chmod(path, mode) < 0) + return (-1); + } else { + if (!exists) { + /* Not there */ + return (-1); + } + if (!S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) { + /* Is there, but isn't a directory */ + errno = ENOTDIR; + return (-1); + } + } + + if (done) + break; + + *slash = '/'; + } + + return (0); +} diff --git a/cgi.c b/cgi.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f5870ff8ef --- /dev/null +++ b/cgi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1203 @@ +/* $Id: cgi.c,v 1.42 2012/03/24 01:46:25 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "apropos_db.h" +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "mdoc.h" +#include "man.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "manpath.h" +#include "mandocdb.h" + +#ifdef __linux__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +enum page { + PAGE_INDEX, + PAGE_SEARCH, + PAGE_SHOW, + PAGE__MAX +}; + +struct paths { + char *name; + char *path; +}; + +/* + * A query as passed to the search function. + */ +struct query { + const char *arch; /* architecture */ + const char *sec; /* manual section */ + const char *expr; /* unparsed expression string */ + int manroot; /* manroot index (or -1)*/ + int legacy; /* whether legacy mode */ +}; + +struct req { + struct query q; + struct paths *p; + size_t psz; + enum page page; +}; + +static int atou(const char *, unsigned *); +static void catman(const struct req *, const char *); +static int cmp(const void *, const void *); +static void format(const struct req *, const char *); +static void html_print(const char *); +static void html_printquery(const struct req *); +static void html_putchar(char); +static int http_decode(char *); +static void http_parse(struct req *, char *); +static void http_print(const char *); +static void http_putchar(char); +static void http_printquery(const struct req *); +static int pathstop(DIR *); +static void pathgen(DIR *, char *, struct req *); +static void pg_index(const struct req *, char *); +static void pg_search(const struct req *, char *); +static void pg_show(const struct req *, char *); +static void resp_bad(void); +static void resp_baddb(void); +static void resp_error400(void); +static void resp_error404(const char *); +static void resp_begin_html(int, const char *); +static void resp_begin_http(int, const char *); +static void resp_end_html(void); +static void resp_index(const struct req *); +static void resp_search(struct res *, size_t, void *); +static void resp_searchform(const struct req *); + +static const char *progname; /* cgi script name */ +static const char *cache; /* cache directory */ +static const char *css; /* css directory */ +static const char *host; /* hostname */ + +static const char * const pages[PAGE__MAX] = { + "index", /* PAGE_INDEX */ + "search", /* PAGE_SEARCH */ + "show", /* PAGE_SHOW */ +}; + +/* + * This is just OpenBSD's strtol(3) suggestion. + * I use it instead of strtonum(3) for portability's sake. + */ +static int +atou(const char *buf, unsigned *v) +{ + char *ep; + long lval; + + errno = 0; + lval = strtol(buf, &ep, 10); + if (buf[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') + return(0); + if ((errno == ERANGE && (lval == LONG_MAX || + lval == LONG_MIN)) || + (lval > INT_MAX || lval < 0)) + return(0); + + *v = (unsigned int)lval; + return(1); +} + +/* + * Print a character, escaping HTML along the way. + * This will pass non-ASCII straight to output: be warned! + */ +static void +html_putchar(char c) +{ + + switch (c) { + case ('"'): + printf(""e;"); + break; + case ('&'): + printf("&"); + break; + case ('>'): + printf(">"); + break; + case ('<'): + printf("<"); + break; + default: + putchar((unsigned char)c); + break; + } +} +static void +http_printquery(const struct req *req) +{ + + printf("&expr="); + http_print(req->q.expr ? req->q.expr : ""); + printf("&sec="); + http_print(req->q.sec ? req->q.sec : ""); + printf("&arch="); + http_print(req->q.arch ? req->q.arch : ""); +} + + +static void +html_printquery(const struct req *req) +{ + + printf("&expr="); + html_print(req->q.expr ? req->q.expr : ""); + printf("&sec="); + html_print(req->q.sec ? req->q.sec : ""); + printf("&arch="); + html_print(req->q.arch ? req->q.arch : ""); +} + +static void +http_print(const char *p) +{ + + if (NULL == p) + return; + while ('\0' != *p) + http_putchar(*p++); +} + +/* + * Call through to html_putchar(). + * Accepts NULL strings. + */ +static void +html_print(const char *p) +{ + + if (NULL == p) + return; + while ('\0' != *p) + html_putchar(*p++); +} + +/* + * Parse out key-value pairs from an HTTP request variable. + * This can be either a cookie or a POST/GET string, although man.cgi + * uses only GET for simplicity. + */ +static void +http_parse(struct req *req, char *p) +{ + char *key, *val, *manroot; + int i, legacy; + + memset(&req->q, 0, sizeof(struct query)); + + legacy = -1; + manroot = NULL; + + while ('\0' != *p) { + key = p; + val = NULL; + + p += (int)strcspn(p, ";&"); + if ('\0' != *p) + *p++ = '\0'; + if (NULL != (val = strchr(key, '='))) + *val++ = '\0'; + + if ('\0' == *key || NULL == val || '\0' == *val) + continue; + + /* Just abort handling. */ + + if ( ! http_decode(key)) + break; + if (NULL != val && ! http_decode(val)) + break; + + if (0 == strcmp(key, "expr")) + req->q.expr = val; + else if (0 == strcmp(key, "query")) + req->q.expr = val; + else if (0 == strcmp(key, "sec")) + req->q.sec = val; + else if (0 == strcmp(key, "sektion")) + req->q.sec = val; + else if (0 == strcmp(key, "arch")) + req->q.arch = val; + else if (0 == strcmp(key, "manpath")) + manroot = val; + else if (0 == strcmp(key, "apropos")) + legacy = 0 == strcmp(val, "0"); + } + + /* Test for old man.cgi compatibility mode. */ + + req->q.legacy = legacy > 0; + + /* + * Section "0" means no section when in legacy mode. + * For some man.cgi scripts, "default" arch is none. + */ + + if (req->q.legacy && NULL != req->q.sec) + if (0 == strcmp(req->q.sec, "0")) + req->q.sec = NULL; + if (req->q.legacy && NULL != req->q.arch) + if (0 == strcmp(req->q.arch, "default")) + req->q.arch = NULL; + + /* Default to first manroot. */ + + if (NULL != manroot) { + for (i = 0; i < (int)req->psz; i++) + if (0 == strcmp(req->p[i].name, manroot)) + break; + req->q.manroot = i < (int)req->psz ? i : -1; + } +} + +static void +http_putchar(char c) +{ + + if (isalnum((unsigned char)c)) { + putchar((unsigned char)c); + return; + } else if (' ' == c) { + putchar('+'); + return; + } + printf("%%%.2x", c); +} + +/* + * HTTP-decode a string. The standard explanation is that this turns + * "%4e+foo" into "n foo" in the regular way. This is done in-place + * over the allocated string. + */ +static int +http_decode(char *p) +{ + char hex[3]; + int c; + + hex[2] = '\0'; + + for ( ; '\0' != *p; p++) { + if ('%' == *p) { + if ('\0' == (hex[0] = *(p + 1))) + return(0); + if ('\0' == (hex[1] = *(p + 2))) + return(0); + if (1 != sscanf(hex, "%x", &c)) + return(0); + if ('\0' == c) + return(0); + + *p = (char)c; + memmove(p + 1, p + 3, strlen(p + 3) + 1); + } else + *p = '+' == *p ? ' ' : *p; + } + + *p = '\0'; + return(1); +} + +static void +resp_begin_http(int code, const char *msg) +{ + + if (200 != code) + printf("Status: %d %s\n", code, msg); + + puts("Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8\n" + "Cache-Control: no-cache\n" + "Pragma: no-cache\n" + ""); + + fflush(stdout); +} + +static void +resp_begin_html(int code, const char *msg) +{ + + resp_begin_http(code, msg); + + printf("\n" + "\n" + "\n" + "\n" + "\n" + "\n" + "System Manpage Reference\n" + "\n" + "\n" + "\n", css, css); +} + +static void +resp_end_html(void) +{ + + puts("\n" + ""); +} + +static void +resp_searchform(const struct req *req) +{ + int i; + + puts(""); + printf("
\n" + "
\n" + "
\n" + "Search Parameters\n" + " for manuals satisfying \n" + "q.expr ? req->q.expr : ""); + printf("\">, section " + "q.sec ? req->q.sec : ""); + printf("\">, arch " + "q.arch ? req->q.arch : ""); + printf("\">"); + if (req->psz > 1) { + puts(", "); + } + puts(".\n" + "\n" + "
\n" + "
\n" + "
"); + puts(""); +} + +static void +resp_index(const struct req *req) +{ + + resp_begin_html(200, NULL); + resp_searchform(req); + resp_end_html(); +} + +static void +resp_error400(void) +{ + + resp_begin_html(400, "Query Malformed"); + printf("

Malformed Query

\n" + "

\n" + "The query your entered was malformed.\n" + "Try again from the\n" + "main page.\n" + "

", progname); + resp_end_html(); +} + +static void +resp_error404(const char *page) +{ + + resp_begin_html(404, "Not Found"); + puts("

Page Not Found

\n" + "

\n" + "The page you're looking for, "); + printf(""); + html_print(page); + printf(",\n" + "could not be found.\n" + "Try searching from the\n" + "main page.\n" + "

", progname); + resp_end_html(); +} + +static void +resp_bad(void) +{ + resp_begin_html(500, "Internal Server Error"); + puts("

Generic badness happened.

"); + resp_end_html(); +} + +static void +resp_baddb(void) +{ + + resp_begin_html(500, "Internal Server Error"); + puts("

Your database is broken.

"); + resp_end_html(); +} + +static void +resp_search(struct res *r, size_t sz, void *arg) +{ + size_t i, matched; + const struct req *req; + + req = (const struct req *)arg; + + if (sz > 0) + assert(req->q.manroot >= 0); + + for (matched = i = 0; i < sz; i++) + if (r[i].matched) + matched++; + + if (1 == matched) { + for (i = 0; i < sz; i++) + if (r[i].matched) + break; + /* + * If we have just one result, then jump there now + * without any delay. + */ + puts("Status: 303 See Other"); + printf("Location: http://%s%s/show/%d/%u/%u.html?", + host, progname, req->q.manroot, + r[i].volume, r[i].rec); + http_printquery(req); + puts("\n" + "Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8\n"); + return; + } + + resp_begin_html(200, NULL); + resp_searchform(req); + + puts("
"); + + if (0 == matched) { + puts("

\n" + "No results found.\n" + "

\n" + "
"); + resp_end_html(); + return; + } + + qsort(r, sz, sizeof(struct res), cmp); + + puts(""); + + for (i = 0; i < sz; i++) { + if ( ! r[i].matched) + continue; + printf("\n" + "\n" + "\n" + ""); + } + + puts("
\n" + "q.manroot, + r[i].volume, r[i].rec); + html_printquery(req); + printf("\">"); + html_print(r[i].title); + putchar('('); + html_print(r[i].cat); + if (r[i].arch && '\0' != *r[i].arch) { + putchar('/'); + html_print(r[i].arch); + } + printf(")\n" + ""); + html_print(r[i].desc); + puts("
\n" + ""); + resp_end_html(); +} + +/* ARGSUSED */ +static void +pg_index(const struct req *req, char *path) +{ + + resp_index(req); +} + +static void +catman(const struct req *req, const char *file) +{ + FILE *f; + size_t len; + int i; + char *p; + int italic, bold; + + if (NULL == (f = fopen(file, "r"))) { + resp_baddb(); + return; + } + + resp_begin_html(200, NULL); + resp_searchform(req); + puts("
\n" + "
");
+
+	while (NULL != (p = fgetln(f, &len))) {
+		bold = italic = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)len - 1; i++) {
+			/* 
+			 * This means that the catpage is out of state.
+			 * Ignore it and keep going (although the
+			 * catpage is bogus).
+			 */
+
+			if ('\b' == p[i] || '\n' == p[i])
+				continue;
+
+			/*
+			 * Print a regular character.
+			 * Close out any bold/italic scopes.
+			 * If we're in back-space mode, make sure we'll
+			 * have something to enter when we backspace.
+			 */
+
+			if ('\b' != p[i + 1]) {
+				if (italic)
+					printf("");
+				if (bold)
+					printf("");
+				italic = bold = 0;
+				html_putchar(p[i]);
+				continue;
+			} else if (i + 2 >= (int)len)
+				continue;
+
+			/* Italic mode. */
+
+			if ('_' == p[i]) {
+				if (bold)
+					printf("");
+				if ( ! italic)
+					printf("");
+				bold = 0;
+				italic = 1;
+				i += 2;
+				html_putchar(p[i]);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* 
+			 * Handle funny behaviour troff-isms.
+			 * These grok'd from the original man2html.c.
+			 */
+
+			if (('+' == p[i] && 'o' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('o' == p[i] && '+' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('|' == p[i] && '=' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('=' == p[i] && '|' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('*' == p[i] && '=' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('=' == p[i] && '*' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('*' == p[i] && '|' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('|' == p[i] && '*' == p[i + 2]))  {
+				if (italic)
+					printf("");
+				if (bold)
+					printf("");
+				italic = bold = 0;
+				putchar('*');
+				i += 2;
+				continue;
+			} else if (('|' == p[i] && '-' == p[i + 2]) ||
+					('-' == p[i] && '|' == p[i + 1]) ||
+					('+' == p[i] && '-' == p[i + 1]) ||
+					('-' == p[i] && '+' == p[i + 1]) ||
+					('+' == p[i] && '|' == p[i + 1]) ||
+					('|' == p[i] && '+' == p[i + 1]))  {
+				if (italic)
+					printf("");
+				if (bold)
+					printf("");
+				italic = bold = 0;
+				putchar('+');
+				i += 2;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* Bold mode. */
+			
+			if (italic)
+				printf("");
+			if ( ! bold)
+				printf("");
+			bold = 1;
+			italic = 0;
+			i += 2;
+			html_putchar(p[i]);
+		}
+
+		/* 
+		 * Clean up the last character.
+		 * We can get to a newline; don't print that. 
+		 */
+
+		if (italic)
+			printf("");
+		if (bold)
+			printf("");
+
+		if (i == (int)len - 1 && '\n' != p[i])
+			html_putchar(p[i]);
+
+		putchar('\n');
+	}
+
+	puts("
\n" + "
\n" + "\n" + ""); + + fclose(f); +} + +static void +format(const struct req *req, const char *file) +{ + struct mparse *mp; + int fd; + struct mdoc *mdoc; + struct man *man; + void *vp; + enum mandoclevel rc; + char opts[MAXPATHLEN + 128]; + + if (-1 == (fd = open(file, O_RDONLY, 0))) { + resp_baddb(); + return; + } + + mp = mparse_alloc(MPARSE_AUTO, MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL, NULL, NULL); + rc = mparse_readfd(mp, fd, file); + close(fd); + + if (rc >= MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL) { + resp_baddb(); + return; + } + + snprintf(opts, sizeof(opts), "fragment," + "man=%s/search.html?sec=%%S&expr=%%N," + /*"includes=/cgi-bin/man.cgi/usr/include/%%I"*/, + progname); + + mparse_result(mp, &mdoc, &man); + if (NULL == man && NULL == mdoc) { + resp_baddb(); + mparse_free(mp); + return; + } + + resp_begin_html(200, NULL); + resp_searchform(req); + + vp = html_alloc(opts); + + if (NULL != mdoc) + html_mdoc(vp, mdoc); + else + html_man(vp, man); + + puts("\n" + ""); + + html_free(vp); + mparse_free(mp); +} + +static void +pg_show(const struct req *req, char *path) +{ + struct manpaths ps; + size_t sz; + char *sub; + char file[MAXPATHLEN]; + const char *cp; + int rc, catm; + unsigned int vol, rec, mr; + DB *idx; + DBT key, val; + + idx = NULL; + + /* Parse out mroot, volume, and record from the path. */ + + if (NULL == path || NULL == (sub = strchr(path, '/'))) { + resp_error400(); + return; + } + *sub++ = '\0'; + if ( ! atou(path, &mr)) { + resp_error400(); + return; + } + path = sub; + if (NULL == (sub = strchr(path, '/'))) { + resp_error400(); + return; + } + *sub++ = '\0'; + if ( ! atou(path, &vol) || ! atou(sub, &rec)) { + resp_error400(); + return; + } else if (mr >= (unsigned int)req->psz) { + resp_error400(); + return; + } + + /* + * Begin by chdir()ing into the manroot. + * This way we can pick up the database files, which are + * relative to the manpath root. + */ + + if (-1 == chdir(req->p[(int)mr].path)) { + perror(req->p[(int)mr].path); + resp_baddb(); + return; + } + + memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(struct manpaths)); + manpath_manconf(&ps, "etc/catman.conf"); + + if (vol >= (unsigned int)ps.sz) { + resp_error400(); + goto out; + } + + sz = strlcpy(file, ps.paths[vol], MAXPATHLEN); + assert(sz < MAXPATHLEN); + strlcat(file, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + strlcat(file, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN); + + /* Open the index recno(3) database. */ + + idx = dbopen(file, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_RECNO, NULL); + if (NULL == idx) { + perror(file); + resp_baddb(); + goto out; + } + + key.data = &rec; + key.size = 4; + + if (0 != (rc = (*idx->get)(idx, &key, &val, 0))) { + rc < 0 ? resp_baddb() : resp_error400(); + goto out; + } else if (0 == val.size) { + resp_baddb(); + goto out; + } + + cp = (char *)val.data; + catm = 'c' == *cp++; + + if (NULL == memchr(cp, '\0', val.size - 1)) + resp_baddb(); + else { + file[(int)sz] = '\0'; + strlcat(file, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + strlcat(file, cp, MAXPATHLEN); + if (catm) + catman(req, file); + else + format(req, file); + } +out: + if (idx) + (*idx->close)(idx); + manpath_free(&ps); +} + +static void +pg_search(const struct req *req, char *path) +{ + size_t tt, ressz; + struct manpaths ps; + int i, sz, rc; + const char *ep, *start; + struct res *res; + char **cp; + struct opts opt; + struct expr *expr; + + if (req->q.manroot < 0 || 0 == req->psz) { + resp_search(NULL, 0, (void *)req); + return; + } + + memset(&opt, 0, sizeof(struct opts)); + + ep = req->q.expr; + opt.arch = req->q.arch; + opt.cat = req->q.sec; + rc = -1; + sz = 0; + cp = NULL; + ressz = 0; + res = NULL; + + /* + * Begin by chdir()ing into the root of the manpath. + * This way we can pick up the database files, which are + * relative to the manpath root. + */ + + assert(req->q.manroot < (int)req->psz); + if (-1 == (chdir(req->p[req->q.manroot].path))) { + perror(req->p[req->q.manroot].path); + resp_search(NULL, 0, (void *)req); + return; + } + + memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(struct manpaths)); + manpath_manconf(&ps, "etc/catman.conf"); + + /* + * Poor man's tokenisation: just break apart by spaces. + * Yes, this is half-ass. But it works for now. + */ + + while (ep && isspace((unsigned char)*ep)) + ep++; + + while (ep && '\0' != *ep) { + cp = mandoc_realloc(cp, (sz + 1) * sizeof(char *)); + start = ep; + while ('\0' != *ep && ! isspace((unsigned char)*ep)) + ep++; + cp[sz] = mandoc_malloc((ep - start) + 1); + memcpy(cp[sz], start, ep - start); + cp[sz++][ep - start] = '\0'; + while (isspace((unsigned char)*ep)) + ep++; + } + + /* + * Pump down into apropos backend. + * The resp_search() function is called with the results. + */ + + expr = req->q.legacy ? + termcomp(sz, cp, &tt) : exprcomp(sz, cp, &tt); + + if (NULL != expr) + rc = apropos_search + (ps.sz, ps.paths, &opt, expr, tt, + (void *)req, &ressz, &res, resp_search); + + /* ...unless errors occured. */ + + if (0 == rc) + resp_baddb(); + else if (-1 == rc) + resp_search(NULL, 0, NULL); + + for (i = 0; i < sz; i++) + free(cp[i]); + + free(cp); + resfree(res, ressz); + exprfree(expr); + manpath_free(&ps); +} + +int +main(void) +{ + int i; + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + DIR *cwd; + struct req req; + char *p, *path, *subpath; + + /* Scan our run-time environment. */ + + if (NULL == (cache = getenv("CACHE_DIR"))) + cache = "/cache/man.cgi"; + + if (NULL == (progname = getenv("SCRIPT_NAME"))) + progname = ""; + + if (NULL == (css = getenv("CSS_DIR"))) + css = ""; + + if (NULL == (host = getenv("HTTP_HOST"))) + host = "localhost"; + + /* + * First we change directory into the cache directory so that + * subsequent scanning for manpath directories is rooted + * relative to the same position. + */ + + if (-1 == chdir(cache)) { + perror(cache); + resp_bad(); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } else if (NULL == (cwd = opendir(cache))) { + perror(cache); + resp_bad(); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + memset(&req, 0, sizeof(struct req)); + + strlcpy(buf, ".", MAXPATHLEN); + pathgen(cwd, buf, &req); + closedir(cwd); + + /* Next parse out the query string. */ + + if (NULL != (p = getenv("QUERY_STRING"))) + http_parse(&req, p); + + /* + * Now juggle paths to extract information. + * We want to extract our filetype (the file suffix), the + * initial path component, then the trailing component(s). + * Start with leading subpath component. + */ + + subpath = path = NULL; + req.page = PAGE__MAX; + + if (NULL == (path = getenv("PATH_INFO")) || '\0' == *path) + req.page = PAGE_INDEX; + + if (NULL != path && '/' == *path && '\0' == *++path) + req.page = PAGE_INDEX; + + /* Strip file suffix. */ + + if (NULL != path && NULL != (p = strrchr(path, '.'))) + if (NULL != p && NULL == strchr(p, '/')) + *p++ = '\0'; + + /* Resolve subpath component. */ + + if (NULL != path && NULL != (subpath = strchr(path, '/'))) + *subpath++ = '\0'; + + /* Map path into one we recognise. */ + + if (NULL != path && '\0' != *path) + for (i = 0; i < (int)PAGE__MAX; i++) + if (0 == strcmp(pages[i], path)) { + req.page = (enum page)i; + break; + } + + /* Route pages. */ + + switch (req.page) { + case (PAGE_INDEX): + pg_index(&req, subpath); + break; + case (PAGE_SEARCH): + pg_search(&req, subpath); + break; + case (PAGE_SHOW): + pg_show(&req, subpath); + break; + default: + resp_error404(path); + break; + } + + for (i = 0; i < (int)req.psz; i++) { + free(req.p[i].path); + free(req.p[i].name); + } + + free(req.p); + return(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} + +static int +cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2) +{ + + return(strcasecmp(((const struct res *)p1)->title, + ((const struct res *)p2)->title)); +} + +/* + * Check to see if an "etc" path consists of a catman.conf file. If it + * does, that means that the path contains a tree created by catman(8) + * and should be used for indexing. + */ +static int +pathstop(DIR *dir) +{ + struct dirent *d; + + while (NULL != (d = readdir(dir))) + if (DT_REG == d->d_type) + if (0 == strcmp(d->d_name, "catman.conf")) + return(1); + + return(0); +} + +/* + * Scan for indexable paths. + * This adds all paths with "etc/catman.conf" to the buffer. + */ +static void +pathgen(DIR *dir, char *path, struct req *req) +{ + struct dirent *d; + char *cp; + DIR *cd; + int rc; + size_t sz, ssz; + + sz = strlcat(path, "/", MAXPATHLEN); + if (sz >= MAXPATHLEN) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Path too long", path); + return; + } + + /* + * First, scan for the "etc" directory. + * If it's found, then see if it should cause us to stop. This + * happens when a catman.conf is found in the directory. + */ + + rc = 0; + while (0 == rc && NULL != (d = readdir(dir))) { + if (DT_DIR != d->d_type || strcmp(d->d_name, "etc")) + continue; + + path[(int)sz] = '\0'; + ssz = strlcat(path, d->d_name, MAXPATHLEN); + + if (ssz >= MAXPATHLEN) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Path too long", path); + return; + } else if (NULL == (cd = opendir(path))) { + perror(path); + return; + } + + rc = pathstop(cd); + closedir(cd); + } + + if (rc > 0) { + /* This also strips the trailing slash. */ + path[(int)--sz] = '\0'; + req->p = mandoc_realloc + (req->p, + (req->psz + 1) * sizeof(struct paths)); + /* + * Strip out the leading "./" unless we're just a ".", + * in which case use an empty string as our name. + */ + req->p[(int)req->psz].path = mandoc_strdup(path); + req->p[(int)req->psz].name = + cp = mandoc_strdup(path + (1 == sz ? 1 : 2)); + req->psz++; + /* + * The name is just the path with all the slashes taken + * out of it. Simple but effective. + */ + for ( ; '\0' != *cp; cp++) + if ('/' == *cp) + *cp = ' '; + return; + } + + /* + * If no etc/catman.conf was found, recursively enter child + * directory and continue scanning. + */ + + rewinddir(dir); + while (NULL != (d = readdir(dir))) { + if (DT_DIR != d->d_type || '.' == d->d_name[0]) + continue; + + path[(int)sz] = '\0'; + ssz = strlcat(path, d->d_name, MAXPATHLEN); + + if (ssz >= MAXPATHLEN) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Path too long", path); + return; + } else if (NULL == (cd = opendir(path))) { + perror(path); + return; + } + + pathgen(cd, path, req); + closedir(cd); + } +} diff --git a/chars.c b/chars.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce03347b5d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/chars.c @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* $Id: chars.c,v 1.52 2011/11/08 00:15:23 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "libmandoc.h" + +#define PRINT_HI 126 +#define PRINT_LO 32 + +struct ln { + struct ln *next; + const char *code; + const char *ascii; + int unicode; +}; + +#define LINES_MAX 328 + +#define CHAR(in, ch, code) \ + { NULL, (in), (ch), (code) }, + +#define CHAR_TBL_START static struct ln lines[LINES_MAX] = { +#define CHAR_TBL_END }; + +#include "chars.in" + +struct mchars { + struct ln **htab; +}; + +static const struct ln *find(const struct mchars *, + const char *, size_t); + +void +mchars_free(struct mchars *arg) +{ + + free(arg->htab); + free(arg); +} + +struct mchars * +mchars_alloc(void) +{ + struct mchars *tab; + struct ln **htab; + struct ln *pp; + int i, hash; + + /* + * Constructs a very basic chaining hashtable. The hash routine + * is simply the integral value of the first character. + * Subsequent entries are chained in the order they're processed. + */ + + tab = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(struct mchars)); + htab = mandoc_calloc(PRINT_HI - PRINT_LO + 1, sizeof(struct ln **)); + + for (i = 0; i < LINES_MAX; i++) { + hash = (int)lines[i].code[0] - PRINT_LO; + + if (NULL == (pp = htab[hash])) { + htab[hash] = &lines[i]; + continue; + } + + for ( ; pp->next; pp = pp->next) + /* Scan ahead. */ ; + pp->next = &lines[i]; + } + + tab->htab = htab; + return(tab); +} + +int +mchars_spec2cp(const struct mchars *arg, const char *p, size_t sz) +{ + const struct ln *ln; + + ln = find(arg, p, sz); + if (NULL == ln) + return(-1); + return(ln->unicode); +} + +char +mchars_num2char(const char *p, size_t sz) +{ + int i; + + if ((i = mandoc_strntoi(p, sz, 10)) < 0) + return('\0'); + return(i > 0 && i < 256 && isprint(i) ? + /* LINTED */ i : '\0'); +} + +int +mchars_num2uc(const char *p, size_t sz) +{ + int i; + + if ((i = mandoc_strntoi(p, sz, 16)) < 0) + return('\0'); + /* FIXME: make sure we're not in a bogus range. */ + return(i > 0x80 && i <= 0x10FFFF ? i : '\0'); +} + +const char * +mchars_spec2str(const struct mchars *arg, + const char *p, size_t sz, size_t *rsz) +{ + const struct ln *ln; + + ln = find(arg, p, sz); + if (NULL == ln) { + *rsz = 1; + return(NULL); + } + + *rsz = strlen(ln->ascii); + return(ln->ascii); +} + +static const struct ln * +find(const struct mchars *tab, const char *p, size_t sz) +{ + const struct ln *pp; + int hash; + + assert(p); + + if (0 == sz || p[0] < PRINT_LO || p[0] > PRINT_HI) + return(NULL); + + hash = (int)p[0] - PRINT_LO; + + for (pp = tab->htab[hash]; pp; pp = pp->next) + if (0 == strncmp(pp->code, p, sz) && + '\0' == pp->code[(int)sz]) + return(pp); + + return(NULL); +} diff --git a/chars.in b/chars.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4c45b3c43e --- /dev/null +++ b/chars.in @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/* $Id: chars.in,v 1.42 2011/10/02 10:02:26 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +/* + * The ASCII translation tables. + * + * The left-hand side corresponds to the input sequence (\x, \(xx, \*(xx + * and so on) whose length is listed second element. The right-hand + * side is what's produced by the front-end, with the fourth element + * being its length. + * + * XXX - C-escape strings! + * XXX - update LINES_MAX if adding more! + */ + +/* Non-breaking, non-collapsing space uses unit separator. */ +static const char ascii_nbrsp[2] = { ASCII_NBRSP, '\0' }; + +CHAR_TBL_START + +/* Spacing. */ +CHAR("c", "", 0) +CHAR("0", " ", 8194) +CHAR(" ", ascii_nbrsp, 160) +CHAR("~", ascii_nbrsp, 160) +CHAR("%", "", 0) +CHAR("&", "", 0) +CHAR("^", "", 0) +CHAR("|", "", 0) +CHAR("}", "", 0) + +/* Accents. */ +CHAR("a\"", "\"", 779) +CHAR("a-", "-", 175) +CHAR("a.", ".", 729) +CHAR("a^", "^", 770) +CHAR("\'", "\'", 769) +CHAR("aa", "\'", 769) +CHAR("ga", "`", 768) +CHAR("`", "`", 768) +CHAR("ab", "`", 774) +CHAR("ac", ",", 807) +CHAR("ad", "\"", 776) +CHAR("ah", "v", 711) +CHAR("ao", "o", 730) +CHAR("a~", "~", 771) +CHAR("ho", ",", 808) +CHAR("ha", "^", 94) +CHAR("ti", "~", 126) + +/* Quotes. */ +CHAR("Bq", ",,", 8222) +CHAR("bq", ",", 8218) +CHAR("lq", "``", 8220) +CHAR("rq", "\'\'", 8221) +CHAR("oq", "`", 8216) +CHAR("cq", "\'", 8217) +CHAR("aq", "\'", 39) +CHAR("dq", "\"", 34) +CHAR("Fo", "<<", 171) +CHAR("Fc", ">>", 187) +CHAR("fo", "<", 8249) +CHAR("fc", ">", 8250) + +/* Brackets. */ +CHAR("lB", "[", 91) +CHAR("rB", "]", 93) +CHAR("lC", "{", 123) +CHAR("rC", "}", 125) +CHAR("la", "<", 60) +CHAR("ra", ">", 62) +CHAR("bv", "|", 9130) +CHAR("braceex", "|", 9130) +CHAR("bracketlefttp", "|", 9121) +CHAR("bracketleftbp", "|", 9123) +CHAR("bracketleftex", "|", 9122) +CHAR("bracketrighttp", "|", 9124) +CHAR("bracketrightbp", "|", 9126) +CHAR("bracketrightex", "|", 9125) +CHAR("lt", ",-", 9127) +CHAR("bracelefttp", ",-", 9127) +CHAR("lk", "{", 9128) +CHAR("braceleftmid", "{", 9128) +CHAR("lb", ",-", 9129) +CHAR("braceleftbp", "`-", 9129) +CHAR("braceleftex", "|", 9130) +CHAR("rt", "-.", 9131) +CHAR("bracerighttp", "-.", 9131) +CHAR("rk", "}", 9132) +CHAR("bracerightmid", "}", 9132) +CHAR("rb", "-\'", 9133) +CHAR("bracerightbp", "-\'", 9133) +CHAR("bracerightex", "|", 9130) +CHAR("parenlefttp", "/", 9115) +CHAR("parenleftbp", "\\", 9117) +CHAR("parenleftex", "|", 9116) +CHAR("parenrighttp", "\\", 9118) +CHAR("parenrightbp", "/", 9120) +CHAR("parenrightex", "|", 9119) + +/* Greek characters. */ +CHAR("*A", "A", 913) +CHAR("*B", "B", 914) +CHAR("*G", "|", 915) +CHAR("*D", "/\\", 916) +CHAR("*E", "E", 917) +CHAR("*Z", "Z", 918) +CHAR("*Y", "H", 919) +CHAR("*H", "O", 920) +CHAR("*I", "I", 921) +CHAR("*K", "K", 922) +CHAR("*L", "/\\", 923) +CHAR("*M", "M", 924) +CHAR("*N", "N", 925) +CHAR("*C", "H", 926) +CHAR("*O", "O", 927) +CHAR("*P", "TT", 928) +CHAR("*R", "P", 929) +CHAR("*S", ">", 931) +CHAR("*T", "T", 932) +CHAR("*U", "Y", 933) +CHAR("*F", "O_", 934) +CHAR("*X", "X", 935) +CHAR("*Q", "Y", 936) +CHAR("*W", "O", 937) +CHAR("*a", "a", 945) +CHAR("*b", "B", 946) +CHAR("*g", "y", 947) +CHAR("*d", "d", 948) +CHAR("*e", "e", 949) +CHAR("*z", "C", 950) +CHAR("*y", "n", 951) +CHAR("*h", "0", 952) +CHAR("*i", "i", 953) +CHAR("*k", "k", 954) +CHAR("*l", "\\", 955) +CHAR("*m", "u", 956) +CHAR("*n", "v", 957) +CHAR("*c", "E", 958) +CHAR("*o", "o", 959) +CHAR("*p", "n", 960) +CHAR("*r", "p", 961) +CHAR("*s", "o", 963) +CHAR("*t", "t", 964) +CHAR("*u", "u", 965) +CHAR("*f", "o", 981) +CHAR("*x", "x", 967) +CHAR("*q", "u", 968) +CHAR("*w", "w", 969) +CHAR("+h", "0", 977) +CHAR("+f", "o", 966) +CHAR("+p", "w", 982) +CHAR("+e", "e", 1013) +CHAR("ts", "s", 962) + +/* Accented letters. */ +CHAR(",C", "C", 199) +CHAR(",c", "c", 231) +CHAR("/L", "L", 321) +CHAR("/O", "O", 216) +CHAR("/l", "l", 322) +CHAR("/o", "o", 248) +CHAR("oA", "A", 197) +CHAR("oa", "a", 229) +CHAR(":A", "A", 196) +CHAR(":E", "E", 203) +CHAR(":I", "I", 207) +CHAR(":O", "O", 214) +CHAR(":U", "U", 220) +CHAR(":a", "a", 228) +CHAR(":e", "e", 235) +CHAR(":i", "i", 239) +CHAR(":o", "o", 246) +CHAR(":u", "u", 252) +CHAR(":y", "y", 255) +CHAR("\'A", "A", 193) +CHAR("\'E", "E", 201) +CHAR("\'I", "I", 205) +CHAR("\'O", "O", 211) +CHAR("\'U", "U", 218) +CHAR("\'a", "a", 225) +CHAR("\'e", "e", 233) +CHAR("\'i", "i", 237) +CHAR("\'o", "o", 243) +CHAR("\'u", "u", 250) +CHAR("^A", "A", 194) +CHAR("^E", "E", 202) +CHAR("^I", "I", 206) +CHAR("^O", "O", 212) +CHAR("^U", "U", 219) +CHAR("^a", "a", 226) +CHAR("^e", "e", 234) +CHAR("^i", "i", 238) +CHAR("^o", "o", 244) +CHAR("^u", "u", 251) +CHAR("`A", "A", 192) +CHAR("`E", "E", 200) +CHAR("`I", "I", 204) +CHAR("`O", "O", 210) +CHAR("`U", "U", 217) +CHAR("`a", "a", 224) +CHAR("`e", "e", 232) +CHAR("`i", "i", 236) +CHAR("`o", "o", 242) +CHAR("`u", "u", 249) +CHAR("~A", "A", 195) +CHAR("~N", "N", 209) +CHAR("~O", "O", 213) +CHAR("~a", "a", 227) +CHAR("~n", "n", 241) +CHAR("~o", "o", 245) + +/* Arrows and lines. */ +CHAR("<-", "<-", 8592) +CHAR("->", "->", 8594) +CHAR("<>", "<>", 8596) +CHAR("da", "v", 8595) +CHAR("ua", "^", 8593) +CHAR("va", "^v", 8597) +CHAR("lA", "<=", 8656) +CHAR("rA", "=>", 8658) +CHAR("hA", "<=>", 8660) +CHAR("dA", "v", 8659) +CHAR("uA", "^", 8657) +CHAR("vA", "^=v", 8661) + +/* Logic. */ +CHAR("AN", "^", 8743) +CHAR("OR", "v", 8744) +CHAR("no", "~", 172) +CHAR("tno", "~", 172) +CHAR("te", "3", 8707) +CHAR("fa", "V", 8704) +CHAR("st", "-)", 8715) +CHAR("tf", ".:.", 8756) +CHAR("3d", ".:.", 8756) +CHAR("or", "|", 124) + +/* Mathematicals. */ +CHAR("pl", "+", 43) +CHAR("mi", "-", 8722) +CHAR("-", "-", 45) +CHAR("-+", "-+", 8723) +CHAR("+-", "+-", 177) +CHAR("t+-", "+-", 177) +CHAR("pc", ".", 183) +CHAR("md", ".", 8901) +CHAR("mu", "x", 215) +CHAR("tmu", "x", 215) +CHAR("c*", "x", 8855) +CHAR("c+", "+", 8853) +CHAR("di", "-:-", 247) +CHAR("tdi", "-:-", 247) +CHAR("f/", "/", 8260) +CHAR("**", "*", 8727) +CHAR("<=", "<=", 8804) +CHAR(">=", ">=", 8805) +CHAR("<<", "<<", 8810) +CHAR(">>", ">>", 8811) +CHAR("eq", "=", 61) +CHAR("!=", "!=", 8800) +CHAR("==", "==", 8801) +CHAR("ne", "!==", 8802) +CHAR("=~", "=~", 8773) +CHAR("-~", "-~", 8771) +CHAR("ap", "~", 8764) +CHAR("~~", "~~", 8776) +CHAR("~=", "~=", 8780) +CHAR("pt", "oc", 8733) +CHAR("es", "{}", 8709) +CHAR("mo", "E", 8712) +CHAR("nm", "!E", 8713) +CHAR("sb", "(=", 8834) +CHAR("nb", "(!=", 8836) +CHAR("sp", "=)", 8835) +CHAR("nc", "!=)", 8837) +CHAR("ib", "(=", 8838) +CHAR("ip", "=)", 8839) +CHAR("ca", "(^)", 8745) +CHAR("cu", "U", 8746) +CHAR("/_", "/_", 8736) +CHAR("pp", "_|_", 8869) +CHAR("is", "I", 8747) +CHAR("integral", "I", 8747) +CHAR("sum", "E", 8721) +CHAR("product", "TT", 8719) +CHAR("coproduct", "U", 8720) +CHAR("gr", "V", 8711) +CHAR("sr", "\\/", 8730) +CHAR("sqrt", "\\/", 8730) +CHAR("lc", "|~", 8968) +CHAR("rc", "~|", 8969) +CHAR("lf", "|_", 8970) +CHAR("rf", "_|", 8971) +CHAR("if", "oo", 8734) +CHAR("Ah", "N", 8501) +CHAR("Im", "I", 8465) +CHAR("Re", "R", 8476) +CHAR("pd", "a", 8706) +CHAR("-h", "/h", 8463) +CHAR("12", "1/2", 189) +CHAR("14", "1/4", 188) +CHAR("34", "3/4", 190) + +/* Ligatures. */ +CHAR("ff", "ff", 64256) +CHAR("fi", "fi", 64257) +CHAR("fl", "fl", 64258) +CHAR("Fi", "ffi", 64259) +CHAR("Fl", "ffl", 64260) +CHAR("AE", "AE", 198) +CHAR("ae", "ae", 230) +CHAR("OE", "OE", 338) +CHAR("oe", "oe", 339) +CHAR("ss", "ss", 223) +CHAR("IJ", "IJ", 306) +CHAR("ij", "ij", 307) + +/* Special letters. */ +CHAR("-D", "D", 208) +CHAR("Sd", "o", 240) +CHAR("TP", "b", 222) +CHAR("Tp", "b", 254) +CHAR(".i", "i", 305) +CHAR(".j", "j", 567) + +/* Currency. */ +CHAR("Do", "$", 36) +CHAR("ct", "c", 162) +CHAR("Eu", "EUR", 8364) +CHAR("eu", "EUR", 8364) +CHAR("Ye", "Y", 165) +CHAR("Po", "L", 163) +CHAR("Cs", "x", 164) +CHAR("Fn", "f", 402) + +/* Lines. */ +CHAR("ba", "|", 124) +CHAR("br", "|", 9474) +CHAR("ul", "_", 95) +CHAR("rl", "-", 8254) +CHAR("bb", "|", 166) +CHAR("sl", "/", 47) +CHAR("rs", "\\", 92) + +/* Text markers. */ +CHAR("ci", "o", 9675) +CHAR("bu", "o", 8226) +CHAR("dd", "=", 8225) +CHAR("dg", "-", 8224) +CHAR("lz", "<>", 9674) +CHAR("sq", "[]", 9633) +CHAR("ps", "9|", 182) +CHAR("sc", "S", 167) +CHAR("lh", "<=", 9756) +CHAR("rh", "=>", 9758) +CHAR("at", "@", 64) +CHAR("sh", "#", 35) +CHAR("CR", "_|", 8629) +CHAR("OK", "\\/", 10003) + +/* Legal symbols. */ +CHAR("co", "(C)", 169) +CHAR("rg", "(R)", 174) +CHAR("tm", "tm", 8482) + +/* Punctuation. */ +CHAR(".", ".", 46) +CHAR("r!", "i", 161) +CHAR("r?", "c", 191) +CHAR("em", "--", 8212) +CHAR("en", "-", 8211) +CHAR("hy", "-", 8208) +CHAR("e", "\\", 92) + +/* Units. */ +CHAR("de", "o", 176) +CHAR("%0", "%o", 8240) +CHAR("fm", "\'", 8242) +CHAR("sd", "\"", 8243) +CHAR("mc", "mu", 181) + +CHAR_TBL_END diff --git a/compat_fgetln.c b/compat_fgetln.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49c9985b6e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat_fgetln.c @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_FGETLN + +int dummy; + +#else + +/* $NetBSD: fgetln.c,v 1.3 2006/09/25 07:18:17 lukem Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation + * by Christos Zoulas. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS + * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF + * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS + * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN + * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +char * +fgetln(fp, len) + FILE *fp; + size_t *len; +{ + static char *buf = NULL; + static size_t bufsiz = 0; + char *ptr; + + + if (buf == NULL) { + bufsiz = BUFSIZ; + if ((buf = malloc(bufsiz)) == NULL) + return NULL; + } + + if (fgets(buf, bufsiz, fp) == NULL) + return NULL; + + *len = 0; + while ((ptr = strchr(&buf[*len], '\n')) == NULL) { + size_t nbufsiz = bufsiz + BUFSIZ; + char *nbuf = realloc(buf, nbufsiz); + + if (nbuf == NULL) { + int oerrno = errno; + free(buf); + errno = oerrno; + buf = NULL; + return NULL; + } else + buf = nbuf; + + *len = bufsiz; + if (fgets(&buf[bufsiz], BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL) + return buf; + + bufsiz = nbufsiz; + } + + *len = (ptr - buf) + 1; + return buf; +} + +#endif diff --git a/compat_getsubopt.c b/compat_getsubopt.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9cd415367da --- /dev/null +++ b/compat_getsubopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_GETSUBOPT + +int dummy; + +#else + +/* $OpenBSD: getsubopt.c,v 1.4 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +/* + * The SVID interface to getsubopt provides no way of figuring out which + * part of the suboptions list wasn't matched. This makes error messages + * tricky... The extern variable suboptarg is a pointer to the token + * which didn't match. + */ +char *suboptarg; + +int +getsubopt(char **optionp, char * const *tokens, char **valuep) +{ + int cnt; + char *p; + + suboptarg = *valuep = NULL; + + if (!optionp || !*optionp) + return(-1); + + /* skip leading white-space, commas */ + for (p = *optionp; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p); + + if (!*p) { + *optionp = p; + return(-1); + } + + /* save the start of the token, and skip the rest of the token. */ + for (suboptarg = p; + *++p && *p != ',' && *p != '=' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t';); + + if (*p) { + /* + * If there's an equals sign, set the value pointer, and + * skip over the value part of the token. Terminate the + * token. + */ + if (*p == '=') { + *p = '\0'; + for (*valuep = ++p; + *p && *p != ',' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t'; ++p); + if (*p) + *p++ = '\0'; + } else + *p++ = '\0'; + /* Skip any whitespace or commas after this token. */ + for (; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p); + } + + /* set optionp for next round. */ + *optionp = p; + + for (cnt = 0; *tokens; ++tokens, ++cnt) + if (!strcmp(suboptarg, *tokens)) + return(cnt); + return(-1); +} + +#endif diff --git a/compat_strlcat.c b/compat_strlcat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..543d40b38b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat_strlcat.c @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_STRLCAT + +int dummy; + +#else + +/* $OpenBSD: strlcat.c,v 1.13 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include +#include + +/* + * Appends src to string dst of size siz (unlike strncat, siz is the + * full size of dst, not space left). At most siz-1 characters + * will be copied. Always NUL terminates (unless siz <= strlen(dst)). + * Returns strlen(src) + MIN(siz, strlen(initial dst)). + * If retval >= siz, truncation occurred. + */ +size_t +strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz) +{ + char *d = dst; + const char *s = src; + size_t n = siz; + size_t dlen; + + /* Find the end of dst and adjust bytes left but don't go past end */ + while (n-- != 0 && *d != '\0') + d++; + dlen = d - dst; + n = siz - dlen; + + if (n == 0) + return(dlen + strlen(s)); + while (*s != '\0') { + if (n != 1) { + *d++ = *s; + n--; + } + s++; + } + *d = '\0'; + + return(dlen + (s - src)); /* count does not include NUL */ +} + +#endif diff --git a/compat_strlcpy.c b/compat_strlcpy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a7c64ff9997 --- /dev/null +++ b/compat_strlcpy.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_STRLCPY + +int dummy; + +#else + +/* $OpenBSD: strlcpy.c,v 1.11 2006/05/05 15:27:38 millert Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include +#include + +/* + * Copy src to string dst of size siz. At most siz-1 characters + * will be copied. Always NUL terminates (unless siz == 0). + * Returns strlen(src); if retval >= siz, truncation occurred. + */ +size_t +strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz) +{ + char *d = dst; + const char *s = src; + size_t n = siz; + + /* Copy as many bytes as will fit */ + if (n != 0) { + while (--n != 0) { + if ((*d++ = *s++) == '\0') + break; + } + } + + /* Not enough room in dst, add NUL and traverse rest of src */ + if (n == 0) { + if (siz != 0) + *d = '\0'; /* NUL-terminate dst */ + while (*s++) + ; + } + + return(s - src - 1); /* count does not include NUL */ +} + +#endif diff --git a/config.h.post b/config.h.post new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..39da2b2f069 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.h.post @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include + +#if !defined(__BEGIN_DECLS) +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" { +# else +# define __BEGIN_DECLS +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(__END_DECLS) +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define __END_DECLS } +# else +# define __END_DECLS +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(__APPLE__) +# define htobe32(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt32(x) +# define betoh32(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt32(x) +# define htobe64(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt64(x) +# define betoh64(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt64(x) +#elif defined(__linux__) +# define betoh32(x) be32toh(x) +# define betoh64(x) be64toh(x) +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT +extern size_t strlcat(char *, const char *, size_t); +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY +extern size_t strlcpy(char *, const char *, size_t); +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_GETSUBOPT +extern int getsubopt(char **, char * const *, char **); +extern char *suboptarg; +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_FGETLN +extern char *fgetln(FILE *, size_t *); +#endif + +#endif /* MANDOC_CONFIG_H */ diff --git a/config.h.pre b/config.h.pre new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc594784856 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.h.pre @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifndef MANDOC_CONFIG_H +#define MANDOC_CONFIG_H + +#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__MINT__) +# define _GNU_SOURCE /* strptime(), getsubopt() */ +#endif + +#include diff --git a/demandoc.1 b/demandoc.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..845b9c14b55 --- /dev/null +++ b/demandoc.1 @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +.\" $Id: demandoc.1,v 1.6 2011/12/25 19:35:44 kristaps Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any +.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES +.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR +.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES +.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN +.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF +.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. +.\" +.Dd $Mdocdate: December 25 2011 $ +.Dt DEMANDOC 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm demandoc +.Nd emit only text of UNIX manuals +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm demandoc +.Op Fl w +.Op Ar +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm +utility emits only the text portions of well-formed +.Xr mdoc 7 +and +.Xr man 7 +.Ux +manual files. +.Pp +By default, +.Nm +parses standard input and outputs only text nodes, preserving line +and column position. +Escape sequences are omitted from the output. +.Pp +Its arguments are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Fl w +Output a word list. +This outputs each word of text on its own line. +A +.Qq word , +in this case, refers to whitespace-delimited terms beginning with at +least two letters and not consisting of any escape sequences. +Words have their leading and trailing punctuation +.Pq double-quotes, sentence punctuation, etc. +stripped. +.It Ar +The input files. +.El +.Pp +If a document is not well-formed, it is skipped. +.Pp +The +.Fl i , +.Fl k , +.Fl m , +and +.Fl p +flags are silently discarded for calling compatibility with the +historical deroff. +.Sh EXIT STATUS +The +.Nm +utility exits with one of the following values: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact +.It 0 +No errors occurred. +.It 6 +An operating system error occurred, for example memory exhaustion or an +error accessing input files. +Such errors cause +.Nm +to exit at once, possibly in the middle of parsing or formatting a file. +The output databases are corrupt and should be removed . +.El +.Sh EXAMPLES +The traditional usage of +.Nm +is for spell-checking manuals on +.Bx . +This is accomplished as follows (assuming British spelling): +.Pp +.Dl $ demandoc -w file.1 | spell -b +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr mandoc 1 , +.Xr man 7 +.Xr mdoc 7 +.Sh HISTORY +.Nm +replaces the historical deroff utility for handling modern +.Xr man 7 +and +.Xr mdoc 7 +documents. +.Sh AUTHORS +The +.Nm +utility was written by +.An Kristaps Dzonsons , +.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv . diff --git a/demandoc.c b/demandoc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2474a358e23 --- /dev/null +++ b/demandoc.c @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/* $Id: demandoc.c,v 1.6 2011/09/01 22:25:53 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "man.h" +#include "mdoc.h" +#include "mandoc.h" + +static void pline(int, int *, int *, int); +static void pman(const struct man_node *, int *, int *, int); +static void pmandoc(struct mparse *, int, const char *, int); +static void pmdoc(const struct mdoc_node *, int *, int *, int); +static void pstring(const char *, int, int *, int); +static void usage(void); + +static const char *progname; + +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + struct mparse *mp; + int ch, i, list; + extern int optind; + + progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/'); + if (progname == NULL) + progname = argv[0]; + else + ++progname; + + mp = NULL; + list = 0; + + while (-1 != (ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ikm:pw"))) + switch (ch) { + case ('i'): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case ('k'): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case ('m'): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case ('p'): + break; + case ('w'): + list = 1; + break; + default: + usage(); + return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG); + } + + argc -= optind; + argv += optind; + + mp = mparse_alloc(MPARSE_AUTO, MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL, NULL, NULL); + assert(mp); + + if (0 == argc) + pmandoc(mp, STDIN_FILENO, "", list); + + for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { + mparse_reset(mp); + pmandoc(mp, -1, argv[i], list); + } + + mparse_free(mp); + return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_OK); +} + +static void +usage(void) +{ + + fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-w] [files...]\n", progname); +} + +static void +pmandoc(struct mparse *mp, int fd, const char *fn, int list) +{ + struct mdoc *mdoc; + struct man *man; + int line, col; + + if (mparse_readfd(mp, fd, fn) >= MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: Parse failure\n", fn); + return; + } + + mparse_result(mp, &mdoc, &man); + line = 1; + col = 0; + + if (mdoc) + pmdoc(mdoc_node(mdoc), &line, &col, list); + else if (man) + pman(man_node(man), &line, &col, list); + else + return; + + if ( ! list) + putchar('\n'); +} + +/* + * Strip the escapes out of a string, emitting the results. + */ +static void +pstring(const char *p, int col, int *colp, int list) +{ + enum mandoc_esc esc; + const char *start, *end; + int emit; + + /* + * Print as many column spaces til we achieve parity with the + * input document. + */ + +again: + if (list && '\0' != *p) { + while (isspace((unsigned char)*p)) + p++; + + while ('\'' == *p || '(' == *p || '"' == *p) + p++; + + emit = isalpha((unsigned char)p[0]) && + isalpha((unsigned char)p[1]); + + for (start = p; '\0' != *p; p++) + if ('\\' == *p) { + p++; + esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL); + if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) + return; + emit = 0; + } else if (isspace((unsigned char)*p)) + break; + + end = p - 1; + + while (end > start) + if ('.' == *end || ',' == *end || + '\'' == *end || '"' == *end || + ')' == *end || '!' == *end || + '?' == *end || ':' == *end || + ';' == *end) + end--; + else + break; + + if (emit && end - start >= 1) { + for ( ; start <= end; start++) + if (ASCII_HYPH == *start) + putchar('-'); + else + putchar((unsigned char)*start); + putchar('\n'); + } + + if (isspace((unsigned char)*p)) + goto again; + + return; + } + + while (*colp < col) { + putchar(' '); + (*colp)++; + } + + /* + * Print the input word, skipping any special characters. + */ + while ('\0' != *p) + if ('\\' == *p) { + p++; + esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL); + if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) + break; + } else { + putchar((unsigned char )*p++); + (*colp)++; + } +} + +static void +pline(int line, int *linep, int *col, int list) +{ + + if (list) + return; + + /* + * Print out as many lines as needed to reach parity with the + * original input. + */ + + while (*linep < line) { + putchar('\n'); + (*linep)++; + } + + *col = 0; +} + +static void +pmdoc(const struct mdoc_node *p, int *line, int *col, int list) +{ + + for ( ; p; p = p->next) { + if (MDOC_LINE & p->flags) + pline(p->line, line, col, list); + if (MDOC_TEXT == p->type) + pstring(p->string, p->pos, col, list); + if (p->child) + pmdoc(p->child, line, col, list); + } +} + +static void +pman(const struct man_node *p, int *line, int *col, int list) +{ + + for ( ; p; p = p->next) { + if (MAN_LINE & p->flags) + pline(p->line, line, col, list); + if (MAN_TEXT == p->type) + pstring(p->string, p->pos, col, list); + if (p->child) + pman(p->child, line, col, list); + } +} diff --git a/eqn.7 b/eqn.7 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f86b9c496bb --- /dev/null +++ b/eqn.7 @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +.\" $Id: eqn.7,v 1.28 2011/09/25 18:37:09 schwarze Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any +.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES +.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR +.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES +.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN +.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF +.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. +.\" +.Dd $Mdocdate: September 25 2011 $ +.Dt EQN 7 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm eqn +.Nd eqn language reference for mandoc +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm eqn +language is an equation-formatting language. +It is used within +.Xr mdoc 7 +and +.Xr man 7 +.Ux +manual pages. +It describes the +.Em structure +of an equation, not its mathematical meaning. +This manual describes the +.Nm +language accepted by the +.Xr mandoc 1 +utility, which corresponds to the Second Edition eqn specification (see +.Sx SEE ALSO +for references). +.Pp +Equations within +.Xr mdoc 7 +or +.Xr man 7 +documents are enclosed by the standalone +.Sq \&.EQ +and +.Sq \&.EN +tags. +Equations are multi-line blocks consisting of formulas and control +statements. +.Sh EQUATION STRUCTURE +Each equation is bracketed by +.Sq \&.EQ +and +.Sq \&.EN +strings. +.Em Note : +these are not the same as +.Xr roff 7 +macros, and may only be invoked as +.Sq \&.EQ . +.Pp +The equation grammar is as follows, where quoted strings are +case-sensitive literals in the input: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +eqn : box | eqn box +box : text + | \*q{\*q eqn \*q}\*q + | \*qdefine\*q text text + | \*qndefine\*q text text + | \*qtdefine\*q text text + | \*qgfont\*q text + | \*qgsize\*q text + | \*qset\*q text text + | \*qundef\*q text + | box pos box + | box mark + | \*qmatrix\*q \*q{\*q [col \*q{\*q list \*q}\*q ]* + | pile \*q{\*q list \*q}\*q + | font box + | \*qsize\*q text box + | \*qleft\*q text eqn [\*qright\*q text] +col : \*qlcol\*q | \*qrcol\*q | \*qccol\*q | \*qcol\*q +text : [^space\e\*q]+ | \e\*q.*\e\*q +pile : \*qlpile\*q | \*qcpile\*q | \*qrpile\*q | \*qpile\*q +pos : \*qover\*q | \*qsup\*q | \*qsub\*q | \*qto\*q | \*qfrom\*q +mark : \*qdot\*q | \*qdotdot\*q | \*qhat\*q | \*qtilde\*q | \*qvec\*q + | \*qdyad\*q | \*qbar\*q | \*qunder\*q +font : \*qroman\*q | \*qitalic\*q | \*qbold\*q | \*qfat\*q +list : eqn + | list \*qabove\*q eqn +space : [\e^~ \et] +.Ed +.Pp +White-space consists of the space, tab, circumflex, and tilde +characters. +If within a quoted string, these space characters are retained. +Quoted strings are also not scanned for replacement definitions. +.Pp +The following text terms are translated into a rendered glyph, if +available: alpha, beta, chi, delta, epsilon, eta, gamma, iota, kappa, +lambda, mu, nu, omega, omicron, phi, pi, psi, rho, sigma, tau, theta, +upsilon, xi, zeta, DELTA, GAMMA, LAMBDA, OMEGA, PHI, PI, PSI, SIGMA, +THETA, UPSILON, XI, inter (intersection), union (union), prod (product), +int (integral), sum (summation), grad (gradient), del (vector +differential), times (multiply), cdot (centre-dot), nothing (zero-width +space), approx (approximately equals), prime (prime), half (one-half), +partial (partial differential), inf (infinity), >> (much greater), << +(much less), \-> (left arrow), <\- (right arrow), += (plus-minus), != +(not equal), == (equivalence), <= (less-than-equal), and >= +(more-than-equal). +.Pp +The following control statements are available: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm define +Replace all occurrences of a key with a value. +Its syntax is as follows: +.Pp +.D1 define Ar key cvalc +.Pp +The first character of the value string, +.Ar c , +is used as the delimiter for the value +.Ar val . +This allows for arbitrary enclosure of terms (not just quotes), such as +.Pp +.D1 define Ar foo 'bar baz' +.D1 define Ar foo cbar bazc +.Pp +It is an error to have an empty +.Ar key +or +.Ar val . +Note that a quoted +.Ar key +causes errors in some +.Nm +implementations and should not be considered portable. +It is not expanded for replacements. +Definitions may refer to other definitions; these are evaluated +recursively when text replacement occurs and not when the definition is +created. +.Pp +Definitions can create arbitrary strings, for example, the following is +a legal construction. +.Bd -literal -offset indent +define foo 'define' +foo bar 'baz' +.Ed +.Pp +Self-referencing definitions will raise an error. +The +.Cm ndefine +statement is a synonym for +.Cm define , +while +.Cm tdefine +is discarded. +.It Cm gfont +Set the default font of subsequent output. +Its syntax is as follows: +.Pp +.D1 gfont Ar font +.Pp +In mandoc, this value is discarded. +.It Cm gsize +Set the default size of subsequent output. +Its syntax is as follows: +.Pp +.D1 gsize Ar size +.Pp +The +.Ar size +value should be an integer. +.It Cm set +Set an equation mode. +In mandoc, both arguments are thrown away. +Its syntax is as follows: +.Pp +.D1 set Ar key val +.Pp +The +.Ar key +and +.Ar val +are not expanded for replacements. +This statement is a GNU extension. +.It Cm undef +Unset a previously-defined key. +Its syntax is as follows: +.Pp +.D1 define Ar key +.Pp +Once invoked, the definition for +.Ar key +is discarded. +The +.Ar key +is not expanded for replacements. +This statement is a GNU extension. +.El +.Sh COMPATIBILITY +This section documents the compatibility of mandoc +.Nm +and the troff +.Nm +implementation (including GNU troff). +.Pp +.Bl -dash -compact +.It +The text string +.Sq \e\*q +is interpreted as a literal quote in troff. +In mandoc, this is interpreted as a comment. +.It +In troff, The circumflex and tilde white-space symbols map to +fixed-width spaces. +In mandoc, these characters are synonyms for the space character. +.It +The troff implementation of +.Nm +allows for equation alignment with the +.Cm mark +and +.Cm lineup +tokens. +mandoc discards these tokens. +The +.Cm back Ar n , +.Cm fwd Ar n , +.Cm up Ar n , +and +.Cm down Ar n +commands are also ignored. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr mandoc 1 , +.Xr man 7 , +.Xr mandoc_char 7 , +.Xr mdoc 7 , +.Xr roff 7 +.Rs +.%A Brian W. Kernighan +.%A Lorinda L. Cherry +.%T System for Typesetting Mathematics +.%J Communications of the ACM +.%V 18 +.%P 151\(en157 +.%D March, 1975 +.Re +.Rs +.%A Brian W. Kernighan +.%A Lorinda L. Cherry +.%T Typesetting Mathematics, User's Guide +.%D 1976 +.Re +.Rs +.%A Brian W. Kernighan +.%A Lorinda L. Cherry +.%T Typesetting Mathematics, User's Guide (Second Edition) +.%D 1978 +.Re +.Sh HISTORY +The eqn utility, a preprocessor for troff, was originally written by +Brian W. Kernighan and Lorinda L. Cherry in 1975. +The GNU reimplementation of eqn, part of the GNU troff package, was +released in 1989 by James Clark. +The eqn component of +.Xr mandoc 1 +was added in 2011. +.Sh AUTHORS +This +.Nm +reference was written by +.An Kristaps Dzonsons , +.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv . diff --git a/eqn.c b/eqn.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..37f01bcb5b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/eqn.c @@ -0,0 +1,949 @@ +/* $Id: eqn.c,v 1.38 2011/07/25 15:37:00 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "libmandoc.h" +#include "libroff.h" + +#define EQN_NEST_MAX 128 /* maximum nesting of defines */ +#define EQN_MSG(t, x) mandoc_msg((t), (x)->parse, (x)->eqn.ln, (x)->eqn.pos, NULL) + +enum eqn_rest { + EQN_DESCOPE, + EQN_ERR, + EQN_OK, + EQN_EOF +}; + +enum eqn_symt { + EQNSYM_alpha, + EQNSYM_beta, + EQNSYM_chi, + EQNSYM_delta, + EQNSYM_epsilon, + EQNSYM_eta, + EQNSYM_gamma, + EQNSYM_iota, + EQNSYM_kappa, + EQNSYM_lambda, + EQNSYM_mu, + EQNSYM_nu, + EQNSYM_omega, + EQNSYM_omicron, + EQNSYM_phi, + EQNSYM_pi, + EQNSYM_ps, + EQNSYM_rho, + EQNSYM_sigma, + EQNSYM_tau, + EQNSYM_theta, + EQNSYM_upsilon, + EQNSYM_xi, + EQNSYM_zeta, + EQNSYM_DELTA, + EQNSYM_GAMMA, + EQNSYM_LAMBDA, + EQNSYM_OMEGA, + EQNSYM_PHI, + EQNSYM_PI, + EQNSYM_PSI, + EQNSYM_SIGMA, + EQNSYM_THETA, + EQNSYM_UPSILON, + EQNSYM_XI, + EQNSYM_inter, + EQNSYM_union, + EQNSYM_prod, + EQNSYM_int, + EQNSYM_sum, + EQNSYM_grad, + EQNSYM_del, + EQNSYM_times, + EQNSYM_cdot, + EQNSYM_nothing, + EQNSYM_approx, + EQNSYM_prime, + EQNSYM_half, + EQNSYM_partial, + EQNSYM_inf, + EQNSYM_muchgreat, + EQNSYM_muchless, + EQNSYM_larrow, + EQNSYM_rarrow, + EQNSYM_pm, + EQNSYM_nequal, + EQNSYM_equiv, + EQNSYM_lessequal, + EQNSYM_moreequal, + EQNSYM__MAX +}; + +enum eqnpartt { + EQN_DEFINE = 0, + EQN_NDEFINE, + EQN_TDEFINE, + EQN_SET, + EQN_UNDEF, + EQN_GFONT, + EQN_GSIZE, + EQN_BACK, + EQN_FWD, + EQN_UP, + EQN_DOWN, + EQN__MAX +}; + +struct eqnstr { + const char *name; + size_t sz; +}; + +#define STRNEQ(p1, sz1, p2, sz2) \ + ((sz1) == (sz2) && 0 == strncmp((p1), (p2), (sz1))) +#define EQNSTREQ(x, p, sz) \ + STRNEQ((x)->name, (x)->sz, (p), (sz)) + +struct eqnpart { + struct eqnstr str; + int (*fp)(struct eqn_node *); +}; + +struct eqnsym { + struct eqnstr str; + const char *sym; +}; + + +static enum eqn_rest eqn_box(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *); +static struct eqn_box *eqn_box_alloc(struct eqn_node *, + struct eqn_box *); +static void eqn_box_free(struct eqn_box *); +static struct eqn_def *eqn_def_find(struct eqn_node *, + const char *, size_t); +static int eqn_do_gfont(struct eqn_node *); +static int eqn_do_gsize(struct eqn_node *); +static int eqn_do_define(struct eqn_node *); +static int eqn_do_ign1(struct eqn_node *); +static int eqn_do_ign2(struct eqn_node *); +static int eqn_do_tdefine(struct eqn_node *); +static int eqn_do_undef(struct eqn_node *); +static enum eqn_rest eqn_eqn(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *); +static enum eqn_rest eqn_list(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *); +static enum eqn_rest eqn_matrix(struct eqn_node *, struct eqn_box *); +static const char *eqn_nexttok(struct eqn_node *, size_t *); +static const char *eqn_nextrawtok(struct eqn_node *, size_t *); +static const char *eqn_next(struct eqn_node *, + char, size_t *, int); +static void eqn_rewind(struct eqn_node *); + +static const struct eqnpart eqnparts[EQN__MAX] = { + { { "define", 6 }, eqn_do_define }, /* EQN_DEFINE */ + { { "ndefine", 7 }, eqn_do_define }, /* EQN_NDEFINE */ + { { "tdefine", 7 }, eqn_do_tdefine }, /* EQN_TDEFINE */ + { { "set", 3 }, eqn_do_ign2 }, /* EQN_SET */ + { { "undef", 5 }, eqn_do_undef }, /* EQN_UNDEF */ + { { "gfont", 5 }, eqn_do_gfont }, /* EQN_GFONT */ + { { "gsize", 5 }, eqn_do_gsize }, /* EQN_GSIZE */ + { { "back", 4 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_BACK */ + { { "fwd", 3 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_FWD */ + { { "up", 2 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_UP */ + { { "down", 4 }, eqn_do_ign1 }, /* EQN_DOWN */ +}; + +static const struct eqnstr eqnmarks[EQNMARK__MAX] = { + { "", 0 }, /* EQNMARK_NONE */ + { "dot", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_DOT */ + { "dotdot", 6 }, /* EQNMARK_DOTDOT */ + { "hat", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_HAT */ + { "tilde", 5 }, /* EQNMARK_TILDE */ + { "vec", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_VEC */ + { "dyad", 4 }, /* EQNMARK_DYAD */ + { "bar", 3 }, /* EQNMARK_BAR */ + { "under", 5 }, /* EQNMARK_UNDER */ +}; + +static const struct eqnstr eqnfonts[EQNFONT__MAX] = { + { "", 0 }, /* EQNFONT_NONE */ + { "roman", 5 }, /* EQNFONT_ROMAN */ + { "bold", 4 }, /* EQNFONT_BOLD */ + { "fat", 3 }, /* EQNFONT_FAT */ + { "italic", 6 }, /* EQNFONT_ITALIC */ +}; + +static const struct eqnstr eqnposs[EQNPOS__MAX] = { + { "", 0 }, /* EQNPOS_NONE */ + { "over", 4 }, /* EQNPOS_OVER */ + { "sup", 3 }, /* EQNPOS_SUP */ + { "sub", 3 }, /* EQNPOS_SUB */ + { "to", 2 }, /* EQNPOS_TO */ + { "from", 4 }, /* EQNPOS_FROM */ +}; + +static const struct eqnstr eqnpiles[EQNPILE__MAX] = { + { "", 0 }, /* EQNPILE_NONE */ + { "pile", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_PILE */ + { "cpile", 5 }, /* EQNPILE_CPILE */ + { "rpile", 5 }, /* EQNPILE_RPILE */ + { "lpile", 5 }, /* EQNPILE_LPILE */ + { "col", 3 }, /* EQNPILE_COL */ + { "ccol", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_CCOL */ + { "rcol", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_RCOL */ + { "lcol", 4 }, /* EQNPILE_LCOL */ +}; + +static const struct eqnsym eqnsyms[EQNSYM__MAX] = { + { { "alpha", 5 }, "*a" }, /* EQNSYM_alpha */ + { { "beta", 4 }, "*b" }, /* EQNSYM_beta */ + { { "chi", 3 }, "*x" }, /* EQNSYM_chi */ + { { "delta", 5 }, "*d" }, /* EQNSYM_delta */ + { { "epsilon", 7 }, "*e" }, /* EQNSYM_epsilon */ + { { "eta", 3 }, "*y" }, /* EQNSYM_eta */ + { { "gamma", 5 }, "*g" }, /* EQNSYM_gamma */ + { { "iota", 4 }, "*i" }, /* EQNSYM_iota */ + { { "kappa", 5 }, "*k" }, /* EQNSYM_kappa */ + { { "lambda", 6 }, "*l" }, /* EQNSYM_lambda */ + { { "mu", 2 }, "*m" }, /* EQNSYM_mu */ + { { "nu", 2 }, "*n" }, /* EQNSYM_nu */ + { { "omega", 5 }, "*w" }, /* EQNSYM_omega */ + { { "omicron", 7 }, "*o" }, /* EQNSYM_omicron */ + { { "phi", 3 }, "*f" }, /* EQNSYM_phi */ + { { "pi", 2 }, "*p" }, /* EQNSYM_pi */ + { { "psi", 2 }, "*q" }, /* EQNSYM_psi */ + { { "rho", 3 }, "*r" }, /* EQNSYM_rho */ + { { "sigma", 5 }, "*s" }, /* EQNSYM_sigma */ + { { "tau", 3 }, "*t" }, /* EQNSYM_tau */ + { { "theta", 5 }, "*h" }, /* EQNSYM_theta */ + { { "upsilon", 7 }, "*u" }, /* EQNSYM_upsilon */ + { { "xi", 2 }, "*c" }, /* EQNSYM_xi */ + { { "zeta", 4 }, "*z" }, /* EQNSYM_zeta */ + { { "DELTA", 5 }, "*D" }, /* EQNSYM_DELTA */ + { { "GAMMA", 5 }, "*G" }, /* EQNSYM_GAMMA */ + { { "LAMBDA", 6 }, "*L" }, /* EQNSYM_LAMBDA */ + { { "OMEGA", 5 }, "*W" }, /* EQNSYM_OMEGA */ + { { "PHI", 3 }, "*F" }, /* EQNSYM_PHI */ + { { "PI", 2 }, "*P" }, /* EQNSYM_PI */ + { { "PSI", 3 }, "*Q" }, /* EQNSYM_PSI */ + { { "SIGMA", 5 }, "*S" }, /* EQNSYM_SIGMA */ + { { "THETA", 5 }, "*H" }, /* EQNSYM_THETA */ + { { "UPSILON", 7 }, "*U" }, /* EQNSYM_UPSILON */ + { { "XI", 2 }, "*C" }, /* EQNSYM_XI */ + { { "inter", 5 }, "ca" }, /* EQNSYM_inter */ + { { "union", 5 }, "cu" }, /* EQNSYM_union */ + { { "prod", 4 }, "product" }, /* EQNSYM_prod */ + { { "int", 3 }, "integral" }, /* EQNSYM_int */ + { { "sum", 3 }, "sum" }, /* EQNSYM_sum */ + { { "grad", 4 }, "gr" }, /* EQNSYM_grad */ + { { "del", 3 }, "gr" }, /* EQNSYM_del */ + { { "times", 5 }, "mu" }, /* EQNSYM_times */ + { { "cdot", 4 }, "pc" }, /* EQNSYM_cdot */ + { { "nothing", 7 }, "&" }, /* EQNSYM_nothing */ + { { "approx", 6 }, "~~" }, /* EQNSYM_approx */ + { { "prime", 5 }, "aq" }, /* EQNSYM_prime */ + { { "half", 4 }, "12" }, /* EQNSYM_half */ + { { "partial", 7 }, "pd" }, /* EQNSYM_partial */ + { { "inf", 3 }, "if" }, /* EQNSYM_inf */ + { { ">>", 2 }, ">>" }, /* EQNSYM_muchgreat */ + { { "<<", 2 }, "<<" }, /* EQNSYM_muchless */ + { { "<-", 2 }, "<-" }, /* EQNSYM_larrow */ + { { "->", 2 }, "->" }, /* EQNSYM_rarrow */ + { { "+-", 2 }, "+-" }, /* EQNSYM_pm */ + { { "!=", 2 }, "!=" }, /* EQNSYM_nequal */ + { { "==", 2 }, "==" }, /* EQNSYM_equiv */ + { { "<=", 2 }, "<=" }, /* EQNSYM_lessequal */ + { { ">=", 2 }, ">=" }, /* EQNSYM_moreequal */ +}; + +/* ARGSUSED */ +enum rofferr +eqn_read(struct eqn_node **epp, int ln, + const char *p, int pos, int *offs) +{ + size_t sz; + struct eqn_node *ep; + enum rofferr er; + + ep = *epp; + + /* + * If we're the terminating mark, unset our equation status and + * validate the full equation. + */ + + if (0 == strncmp(p, ".EN", 3)) { + er = eqn_end(epp); + p += 3; + while (' ' == *p || '\t' == *p) + p++; + if ('\0' == *p) + return(er); + mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, ep->parse, ln, pos, NULL); + return(er); + } + + /* + * Build up the full string, replacing all newlines with regular + * whitespace. + */ + + sz = strlen(p + pos) + 1; + ep->data = mandoc_realloc(ep->data, ep->sz + sz + 1); + + /* First invocation: nil terminate the string. */ + + if (0 == ep->sz) + *ep->data = '\0'; + + ep->sz += sz; + strlcat(ep->data, p + pos, ep->sz + 1); + strlcat(ep->data, " ", ep->sz + 1); + return(ROFF_IGN); +} + +struct eqn_node * +eqn_alloc(const char *name, int pos, int line, struct mparse *parse) +{ + struct eqn_node *p; + size_t sz; + const char *end; + + p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct eqn_node)); + + if (name && '\0' != *name) { + sz = strlen(name); + assert(sz); + do { + sz--; + end = name + (int)sz; + } while (' ' == *end || '\t' == *end); + p->eqn.name = mandoc_strndup(name, sz + 1); + } + + p->parse = parse; + p->eqn.ln = line; + p->eqn.pos = pos; + p->gsize = EQN_DEFSIZE; + + return(p); +} + +enum rofferr +eqn_end(struct eqn_node **epp) +{ + struct eqn_node *ep; + struct eqn_box *root; + enum eqn_rest c; + + ep = *epp; + *epp = NULL; + + ep->eqn.root = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct eqn_box)); + + root = ep->eqn.root; + root->type = EQN_ROOT; + + if (0 == ep->sz) + return(ROFF_IGN); + + if (EQN_DESCOPE == (c = eqn_eqn(ep, root))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNNSCOPE, ep); + c = EQN_ERR; + } + + return(EQN_EOF == c ? ROFF_EQN : ROFF_IGN); +} + +static enum eqn_rest +eqn_eqn(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last) +{ + struct eqn_box *bp; + enum eqn_rest c; + + bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last); + bp->type = EQN_SUBEXPR; + + while (EQN_OK == (c = eqn_box(ep, bp))) + /* Spin! */ ; + + return(c); +} + +static enum eqn_rest +eqn_matrix(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last) +{ + struct eqn_box *bp; + const char *start; + size_t sz; + enum eqn_rest c; + + bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last); + bp->type = EQN_MATRIX; + + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "{", 1)) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + + while (EQN_OK == (c = eqn_box(ep, bp))) + switch (bp->last->pile) { + case (EQNPILE_LCOL): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (EQNPILE_CCOL): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (EQNPILE_RCOL): + continue; + default: + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + }; + + if (EQN_DESCOPE != c) { + if (EQN_EOF == c) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + + eqn_rewind(ep); + start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz); + assert(start); + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1)) + return(EQN_OK); + + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); +} + +static enum eqn_rest +eqn_list(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last) +{ + struct eqn_box *bp; + const char *start; + size_t sz; + enum eqn_rest c; + + bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last); + bp->type = EQN_LIST; + + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "{", 1)) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + + while (EQN_DESCOPE == (c = eqn_eqn(ep, bp))) { + eqn_rewind(ep); + start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz); + assert(start); + if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "above", 5)) + break; + } + + if (EQN_DESCOPE != c) { + if (EQN_ERR != c) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSCOPE, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + + eqn_rewind(ep); + start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz); + assert(start); + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1)) + return(EQN_OK); + + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); +} + +static enum eqn_rest +eqn_box(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *last) +{ + size_t sz; + const char *start; + char *left; + char sym[64]; + enum eqn_rest c; + int i, size; + struct eqn_box *bp; + + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) + return(EQN_EOF); + + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1)) + return(EQN_DESCOPE); + else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "right", 5)) + return(EQN_DESCOPE); + else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "above", 5)) + return(EQN_DESCOPE); + else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "mark", 4)) + return(EQN_OK); + else if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "lineup", 6)) + return(EQN_OK); + + for (i = 0; i < (int)EQN__MAX; i++) { + if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnparts[i].str, start, sz)) + continue; + return((*eqnparts[i].fp)(ep) ? + EQN_OK : EQN_ERR); + } + + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "{", 1)) { + if (EQN_DESCOPE != (c = eqn_eqn(ep, last))) { + if (EQN_ERR != c) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSCOPE, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + eqn_rewind(ep); + start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz); + assert(start); + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "}", 1)) + return(EQN_OK); + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + + for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNPILE__MAX; i++) { + if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnpiles[i], start, sz)) + continue; + if (EQN_OK == (c = eqn_list(ep, last))) + last->last->pile = (enum eqn_pilet)i; + return(c); + } + + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "matrix", 6)) + return(eqn_matrix(ep, last)); + + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "left", 4)) { + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + left = mandoc_strndup(start, sz); + c = eqn_eqn(ep, last); + if (last->last) + last->last->left = left; + else + free(left); + if (EQN_DESCOPE != c) + return(c); + assert(last->last); + eqn_rewind(ep); + start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz); + assert(start); + if ( ! STRNEQ(start, sz, "right", 5)) + return(EQN_DESCOPE); + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + last->last->right = mandoc_strndup(start, sz); + return(EQN_OK); + } + + for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNPOS__MAX; i++) { + if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnposs[i], start, sz)) + continue; + if (NULL == last->last) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + last->last->pos = (enum eqn_post)i; + if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + return(c); + } + + for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNMARK__MAX; i++) { + if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnmarks[i], start, sz)) + continue; + if (NULL == last->last) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + last->last->mark = (enum eqn_markt)i; + if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + return(c); + } + + for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNFONT__MAX; i++) { + if ( ! EQNSTREQ(&eqnfonts[i], start, sz)) + continue; + if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } else if (EQN_OK == c) + last->last->font = (enum eqn_fontt)i; + return(c); + } + + if (STRNEQ(start, sz, "size", 4)) { + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nexttok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } + size = mandoc_strntoi(start, sz, 10); + if (EQN_EOF == (c = eqn_box(ep, last))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(EQN_ERR); + } else if (EQN_OK != c) + return(c); + last->last->size = size; + } + + bp = eqn_box_alloc(ep, last); + bp->type = EQN_TEXT; + for (i = 0; i < (int)EQNSYM__MAX; i++) + if (EQNSTREQ(&eqnsyms[i].str, start, sz)) { + sym[63] = '\0'; + snprintf(sym, 62, "\\[%s]", eqnsyms[i].sym); + bp->text = mandoc_strdup(sym); + return(EQN_OK); + } + + bp->text = mandoc_strndup(start, sz); + return(EQN_OK); +} + +void +eqn_free(struct eqn_node *p) +{ + int i; + + eqn_box_free(p->eqn.root); + + for (i = 0; i < (int)p->defsz; i++) { + free(p->defs[i].key); + free(p->defs[i].val); + } + + free(p->eqn.name); + free(p->data); + free(p->defs); + free(p); +} + +static struct eqn_box * +eqn_box_alloc(struct eqn_node *ep, struct eqn_box *parent) +{ + struct eqn_box *bp; + + bp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct eqn_box)); + bp->parent = parent; + bp->size = ep->gsize; + + if (NULL == parent->first) + parent->first = bp; + else + parent->last->next = bp; + + parent->last = bp; + return(bp); +} + +static void +eqn_box_free(struct eqn_box *bp) +{ + + if (bp->first) + eqn_box_free(bp->first); + if (bp->next) + eqn_box_free(bp->next); + + free(bp->text); + free(bp->left); + free(bp->right); + free(bp); +} + +static const char * +eqn_nextrawtok(struct eqn_node *ep, size_t *sz) +{ + + return(eqn_next(ep, '"', sz, 0)); +} + +static const char * +eqn_nexttok(struct eqn_node *ep, size_t *sz) +{ + + return(eqn_next(ep, '"', sz, 1)); +} + +static void +eqn_rewind(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + + ep->cur = ep->rew; +} + +static const char * +eqn_next(struct eqn_node *ep, char quote, size_t *sz, int repl) +{ + char *start, *next; + int q, diff, lim; + size_t ssz, dummy; + struct eqn_def *def; + + if (NULL == sz) + sz = &dummy; + + lim = 0; + ep->rew = ep->cur; +again: + /* Prevent self-definitions. */ + + if (lim >= EQN_NEST_MAX) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, ep); + return(NULL); + } + + ep->cur = ep->rew; + start = &ep->data[(int)ep->cur]; + q = 0; + + if ('\0' == *start) + return(NULL); + + if (quote == *start) { + ep->cur++; + q = 1; + } + + start = &ep->data[(int)ep->cur]; + + if ( ! q) { + if ('{' == *start || '}' == *start) + ssz = 1; + else + ssz = strcspn(start + 1, " ^~\"{}\t") + 1; + next = start + (int)ssz; + if ('\0' == *next) + next = NULL; + } else + next = strchr(start, quote); + + if (NULL != next) { + *sz = (size_t)(next - start); + ep->cur += *sz; + if (q) + ep->cur++; + while (' ' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur] || + '\t' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur] || + '^' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur] || + '~' == ep->data[(int)ep->cur]) + ep->cur++; + } else { + if (q) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE, ep); + next = strchr(start, '\0'); + *sz = (size_t)(next - start); + ep->cur += *sz; + } + + /* Quotes aren't expanded for values. */ + + if (q || ! repl) + return(start); + + if (NULL != (def = eqn_def_find(ep, start, *sz))) { + diff = def->valsz - *sz; + + if (def->valsz > *sz) { + ep->sz += diff; + ep->data = mandoc_realloc(ep->data, ep->sz + 1); + ep->data[ep->sz] = '\0'; + start = &ep->data[(int)ep->rew]; + } + + diff = def->valsz - *sz; + memmove(start + *sz + diff, start + *sz, + (strlen(start) - *sz) + 1); + memcpy(start, def->val, def->valsz); + goto again; + } + + return(start); +} + +static int +eqn_do_ign1(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + + if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL)) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + else + return(1); + + return(0); +} + +static int +eqn_do_ign2(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + + if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL)) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + else if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL)) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + else + return(1); + + return(0); +} + +static int +eqn_do_tdefine(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + + if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL)) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + else if (NULL == eqn_next(ep, ep->data[(int)ep->cur], NULL, 0)) + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + else + return(1); + + return(0); +} + +static int +eqn_do_define(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + const char *start; + size_t sz; + struct eqn_def *def; + int i; + + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nextrawtok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(0); + } + + /* + * Search for a key that already exists. + * Create a new key if none is found. + */ + + if (NULL == (def = eqn_def_find(ep, start, sz))) { + /* Find holes in string array. */ + for (i = 0; i < (int)ep->defsz; i++) + if (0 == ep->defs[i].keysz) + break; + + if (i == (int)ep->defsz) { + ep->defsz++; + ep->defs = mandoc_realloc + (ep->defs, ep->defsz * + sizeof(struct eqn_def)); + ep->defs[i].key = ep->defs[i].val = NULL; + } + + ep->defs[i].keysz = sz; + ep->defs[i].key = mandoc_realloc + (ep->defs[i].key, sz + 1); + + memcpy(ep->defs[i].key, start, sz); + ep->defs[i].key[(int)sz] = '\0'; + def = &ep->defs[i]; + } + + start = eqn_next(ep, ep->data[(int)ep->cur], &sz, 0); + + if (NULL == start) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(0); + } + + def->valsz = sz; + def->val = mandoc_realloc(def->val, sz + 1); + memcpy(def->val, start, sz); + def->val[(int)sz] = '\0'; + return(1); +} + +static int +eqn_do_gfont(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + + if (NULL == eqn_nextrawtok(ep, NULL)) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(0); + } + return(1); +} + +static int +eqn_do_gsize(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + const char *start; + size_t sz; + + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nextrawtok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(0); + } + ep->gsize = mandoc_strntoi(start, sz, 10); + return(1); +} + +static int +eqn_do_undef(struct eqn_node *ep) +{ + const char *start; + struct eqn_def *def; + size_t sz; + + if (NULL == (start = eqn_nextrawtok(ep, &sz))) { + EQN_MSG(MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, ep); + return(0); + } else if (NULL != (def = eqn_def_find(ep, start, sz))) + def->keysz = 0; + + return(1); +} + +static struct eqn_def * +eqn_def_find(struct eqn_node *ep, const char *key, size_t sz) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < (int)ep->defsz; i++) + if (ep->defs[i].keysz && STRNEQ(ep->defs[i].key, + ep->defs[i].keysz, key, sz)) + return(&ep->defs[i]); + + return(NULL); +} diff --git a/eqn_html.c b/eqn_html.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..80c82f1de5b --- /dev/null +++ b/eqn_html.c @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* $Id: eqn_html.c,v 1.2 2011/07/24 10:09:03 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "out.h" +#include "html.h" + +static const enum htmltag fontmap[EQNFONT__MAX] = { + TAG_SPAN, /* EQNFONT_NONE */ + TAG_SPAN, /* EQNFONT_ROMAN */ + TAG_B, /* EQNFONT_BOLD */ + TAG_B, /* EQNFONT_FAT */ + TAG_I /* EQNFONT_ITALIC */ +}; + + +static void eqn_box(struct html *, const struct eqn_box *); + +void +print_eqn(struct html *p, const struct eqn *ep) +{ + struct htmlpair tag; + struct tag *t; + + PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "eqn"); + t = print_otag(p, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag); + + p->flags |= HTML_NONOSPACE; + eqn_box(p, ep->root); + p->flags &= ~HTML_NONOSPACE; + + print_tagq(p, t); +} + +static void +eqn_box(struct html *p, const struct eqn_box *bp) +{ + struct tag *t; + + t = EQNFONT_NONE == bp->font ? NULL : + print_otag(p, fontmap[(int)bp->font], 0, NULL); + + if (bp->left) + print_text(p, bp->left); + + if (bp->text) + print_text(p, bp->text); + + if (bp->first) + eqn_box(p, bp->first); + + if (NULL != t) + print_tagq(p, t); + if (bp->right) + print_text(p, bp->right); + + if (bp->next) + eqn_box(p, bp->next); +} diff --git a/eqn_term.c b/eqn_term.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cfbd8d48f80 --- /dev/null +++ b/eqn_term.c @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* $Id: eqn_term.c,v 1.4 2011/07/24 10:09:03 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "out.h" +#include "term.h" + +static const enum termfont fontmap[EQNFONT__MAX] = { + TERMFONT_NONE, /* EQNFONT_NONE */ + TERMFONT_NONE, /* EQNFONT_ROMAN */ + TERMFONT_BOLD, /* EQNFONT_BOLD */ + TERMFONT_BOLD, /* EQNFONT_FAT */ + TERMFONT_UNDER /* EQNFONT_ITALIC */ +}; + +static void eqn_box(struct termp *, const struct eqn_box *); + +void +term_eqn(struct termp *p, const struct eqn *ep) +{ + + p->flags |= TERMP_NONOSPACE; + eqn_box(p, ep->root); + term_word(p, " "); + p->flags &= ~TERMP_NONOSPACE; +} + +static void +eqn_box(struct termp *p, const struct eqn_box *bp) +{ + + if (EQNFONT_NONE != bp->font) + term_fontpush(p, fontmap[(int)bp->font]); + if (bp->left) + term_word(p, bp->left); + if (EQN_SUBEXPR == bp->type) + term_word(p, "("); + + if (bp->text) + term_word(p, bp->text); + + if (bp->first) + eqn_box(p, bp->first); + + if (EQN_SUBEXPR == bp->type) + term_word(p, ")"); + if (bp->right) + term_word(p, bp->right); + if (EQNFONT_NONE != bp->font) + term_fontpop(p); + + if (bp->next) + eqn_box(p, bp->next); +} diff --git a/example.style.css b/example.style.css new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..660f4d13200 --- /dev/null +++ b/example.style.css @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* $Id: example.style.css,v 1.49 2011/12/15 12:18:57 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * This is an example style-sheet provided for mandoc(1) and the -Thtml + * or -Txhtml output mode. + * It mimics the appearance of the legacy man.cgi output. + * See mdoc(7) and man(7) for macro explanations. + */ + +div.mandoc { min-width: 102ex; + width: 102ex; + font-family: monospace; } /* This is the outer node of all mandoc -T[x]html documents. */ +div.mandoc h1 { margin-bottom: 0ex; font-size: inherit; margin-left: -4ex; } /* Section header (Sh, SH). */ +div.mandoc h2 { margin-bottom: 0ex; font-size: inherit; margin-left: -2ex; } /* Sub-section header (Ss, SS). */ +div.mandoc table { width: 100%; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* All tables. */ +div.mandoc td { vertical-align: top; } /* All table cells. */ +div.mandoc p { } /* Paragraph: Pp, Lp. */ +div.mandoc blockquote { margin-left: 5ex; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* D1, Dl. */ +div.mandoc div.section { margin-bottom: 2ex; margin-left: 5ex; } /* Sections (Sh, SH). */ +div.mandoc div.subsection { } /* Sub-sections (Ss, SS). */ +div.mandoc table.synopsis { } /* SYNOPSIS section table. */ +div.mandoc table.foot { } /* Document footer. */ +div.mandoc td.foot-date { width: 50%; } /* Document footer: date. */ +div.mandoc td.foot-os { width: 50%; text-align: right; } /* Document footer: OS/source. */ +div.mandoc table.head { } /* Document header. */ +div.mandoc td.head-ltitle { width: 10%; } /* Document header: left-title. */ +div.mandoc td.head-vol { width: 80%; text-align: center; } /* Document header: volume. */ +div.mandoc td.head-rtitle { width: 10%; text-align: right; } /* Document header: right-title. */ +div.mandoc .display { } /* All Bd, D1, Dl. */ +div.mandoc .list { } /* All Bl. */ +div.mandoc i { } /* Italic: BI, IB, I, (implicit). */ +div.mandoc b { } /* Bold: SB, BI, IB, BR, RB, B, (implicit). */ +div.mandoc small { } /* Small: SB, SM. */ +div.mandoc .emph { font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Emphasis: Em, Bl -emphasis. */ +div.mandoc .symb { font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; } /* Symbolic: Sy, Ms, Bf -symbolic. */ +div.mandoc .lit { font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: monospace; } /* Literal: Dl, Li, Ql, Bf -literal, Bl -literal, Bl -unfilled. */ +div.mandoc i.addr { font-weight: normal; } /* Address (Ad). */ +div.mandoc i.arg { font-weight: normal; } /* Command argument (Ar). */ +div.mandoc span.author { } /* Author name (An). */ +div.mandoc b.cmd { font-style: normal; } /* Command (Cm). */ +div.mandoc b.config { font-style: normal; } /* Config statement (Cd). */ +div.mandoc span.define { } /* Defines (Dv). */ +div.mandoc span.desc { } /* Nd. After em-dash. */ +div.mandoc b.diag { font-style: normal; } /* Diagnostic (Bl -diag). */ +div.mandoc span.env { } /* Environment variables (Ev). */ +div.mandoc span.errno { } /* Error string (Er). */ +div.mandoc i.farg { font-weight: normal; } /* Function argument (Fa, Fn). */ +div.mandoc i.file { font-weight: normal; } /* File (Pa). */ +div.mandoc b.flag { font-style: normal; } /* Flag (Fl, Cm). */ +div.mandoc b.fname { font-style: normal; } /* Function name (Fa, Fn, Rv). */ +div.mandoc i.ftype { font-weight: normal; } /* Function types (Ft, Fn). */ +div.mandoc b.includes { font-style: normal; } /* Header includes (In). */ +div.mandoc span.lib { } /* Library (Lb). */ +div.mandoc i.link-sec { font-weight: normal; } /* Section links (Sx). */ +div.mandoc b.macro { font-style: normal; } /* Macro-ish thing (Fd). */ +div.mandoc b.name { font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Nm). */ +div.mandoc span.opt { } /* Options (Op, Oo/Oc). */ +div.mandoc span.ref { } /* Citations (Rs). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-auth { } /* Reference author (%A). */ +div.mandoc i.ref-book { font-weight: normal; } /* Reference book (%B). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-city { } /* Reference city (%C). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-date { } /* Reference date (%D). */ +div.mandoc i.ref-issue { font-weight: normal; } /* Reference issuer/publisher (%I). */ +div.mandoc i.ref-jrnl { font-weight: normal; } /* Reference journal (%J). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-num { } /* Reference number (%N). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-opt { } /* Reference optionals (%O). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-page { } /* Reference page (%P). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-corp { } /* Reference corporate/foreign author (%Q). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-rep { } /* Reference report (%R). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-title { text-decoration: underline; } /* Reference title (%T). */ +div.mandoc span.ref-vol { } /* Reference volume (%V). */ +div.mandoc span.type { font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Variable types (Vt). */ +div.mandoc span.unix { } /* Unices (Ux, Ox, Nx, Fx, Bx, Bsx, Dx). */ +div.mandoc b.utility { font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Ex). */ +div.mandoc b.var { font-style: normal; } /* Variables (Rv). */ +div.mandoc a.link-ext { } /* Off-site link (Lk). */ +div.mandoc a.link-includes { } /* Include-file link (In). */ +div.mandoc a.link-mail { } /* Mailto links (Mt). */ +div.mandoc a.link-man { } /* Manual links (Xr). */ +div.mandoc a.link-ref { } /* Reference section links (%Q). */ +div.mandoc a.link-sec { } /* Section links (Sx). */ +div.mandoc dl.list-diag { } /* Formatting for lists. See mdoc(7). */ +div.mandoc dt.list-diag { } +div.mandoc dd.list-diag { } +div.mandoc dl.list-hang { } +div.mandoc dt.list-hang { } +div.mandoc dd.list-hang { } +div.mandoc dl.list-inset { } +div.mandoc dt.list-inset { } +div.mandoc dd.list-inset { } +div.mandoc dl.list-ohang { } +div.mandoc dt.list-ohang { } +div.mandoc dd.list-ohang { margin-left: 0ex; } +div.mandoc dl.list-tag { } +div.mandoc dt.list-tag { } +div.mandoc dd.list-tag { } +div.mandoc table.list-col { } +div.mandoc tr.list-col { } +div.mandoc td.list-col { } +div.mandoc ul.list-bul { list-style-type: disc; padding-left: 1em; } +div.mandoc li.list-bul { } +div.mandoc ul.list-dash { list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; } +div.mandoc li.list-dash:before { content: "\2014 "; } +div.mandoc ul.list-hyph { list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; } +div.mandoc li.list-hyph:before { content: "\2013 "; } +div.mandoc ul.list-item { list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; } +div.mandoc li.list-item { } +div.mandoc ol.list-enum { padding-left: 2em; } +div.mandoc li.list-enum { } +div.mandoc span.eqn { } /* Equation modes. See eqn(7). */ +div.mandoc table.tbl { } /* Table modes. See tbl(7). */ diff --git a/external.png b/external.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..419c06fb960b0b665791c90044a78621616a4cb8 GIT binary patch literal 165 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^AT}2VGmzZ%#=aj&i3a$DxTeiKV?6WB%rpNP(#|lX z{f7XTR~%D;3fN16{DL7O3{u|AZa^UmPZ!4!iE!1^jzSC$EX7 z>#2$@InOtpuqyg8<+R}9g-+|v&13&5`dCp`{|95_8^+nQkC>(b&0z3!^>bP0l+XkK DO07OF literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/html.c b/html.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..326df035fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/html.c @@ -0,0 +1,699 @@ +/* $Id: html.c,v 1.150 2011/10/05 21:35:17 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "mandoc.h" +#include "libmandoc.h" +#include "out.h" +#include "html.h" +#include "main.h" + +struct htmldata { + const char *name; + int flags; +#define HTML_CLRLINE (1 << 0) +#define HTML_NOSTACK (1 << 1) +#define HTML_AUTOCLOSE (1 << 2) /* Tag has auto-closure. */ +}; + +static const struct htmldata htmltags[TAG_MAX] = { + {"html", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_HTML */ + {"head", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_HEAD */ + {"body", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_BODY */ + {"meta", HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_META */ + {"title", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TITLE */ + {"div", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DIV */ + {"h1", 0}, /* TAG_H1 */ + {"h2", 0}, /* TAG_H2 */ + {"span", 0}, /* TAG_SPAN */ + {"link", HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_LINK */ + {"br", HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_BR */ + {"a", 0}, /* TAG_A */ + {"table", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TABLE */ + {"tbody", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TBODY */ + {"col", HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_COL */ + {"tr", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TR */ + {"td", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_TD */ + {"li", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_LI */ + {"ul", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_UL */ + {"ol", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_OL */ + {"dl", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DL */ + {"dt", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DT */ + {"dd", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_DD */ + {"blockquote", HTML_CLRLINE}, /* TAG_BLOCKQUOTE */ + {"p", HTML_CLRLINE | HTML_NOSTACK | HTML_AUTOCLOSE}, /* TAG_P */ + {"pre", HTML_CLRLINE }, /* TAG_PRE */ + {"b", 0 }, /* TAG_B */ + {"i", 0 }, /* TAG_I */ + {"code", 0 }, /* TAG_CODE */ + {"small", 0 }, /* TAG_SMALL */ +}; + +static const char *const htmlattrs[ATTR_MAX] = { + "http-equiv", /* ATTR_HTTPEQUIV */ + "content", /* ATTR_CONTENT */ + "name", /* ATTR_NAME */ + "rel", /* ATTR_REL */ + "href", /* ATTR_HREF */ + "type", /* ATTR_TYPE */ + "media", /* ATTR_MEDIA */ + "class", /* ATTR_CLASS */ + "style", /* ATTR_STYLE */ + "width", /* ATTR_WIDTH */ + "id", /* ATTR_ID */ + "summary", /* ATTR_SUMMARY */ + "align", /* ATTR_ALIGN */ + "colspan", /* ATTR_COLSPAN */ +}; + +static const char *const roffscales[SCALE_MAX] = { + "cm", /* SCALE_CM */ + "in", /* SCALE_IN */ + "pc", /* SCALE_PC */ + "pt", /* SCALE_PT */ + "em", /* SCALE_EM */ + "em", /* SCALE_MM */ + "ex", /* SCALE_EN */ + "ex", /* SCALE_BU */ + "em", /* SCALE_VS */ + "ex", /* SCALE_FS */ +}; + +static void bufncat(struct html *, const char *, size_t); +static void print_ctag(struct html *, enum htmltag); +static int print_encode(struct html *, const char *, int); +static void print_metaf(struct html *, enum mandoc_esc); +static void print_attr(struct html *, const char *, const char *); +static void *ml_alloc(char *, enum htmltype); + +static void * +ml_alloc(char *outopts, enum htmltype type) +{ + struct html *h; + const char *toks[5]; + char *v; + + toks[0] = "style"; + toks[1] = "man"; + toks[2] = "includes"; + toks[3] = "fragment"; + toks[4] = NULL; + + h = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct html)); + + h->type = type; + h->tags.head = NULL; + h->symtab = mchars_alloc(); + + while (outopts && *outopts) + switch (getsubopt(&outopts, UNCONST(toks), &v)) { + case (0): + h->style = v; + break; + case (1): + h->base_man = v; + break; + case (2): + h->base_includes = v; + break; + case (3): + h->oflags |= HTML_FRAGMENT; + break; + default: + break; + } + + return(h); +} + +void * +html_alloc(char *outopts) +{ + + return(ml_alloc(outopts, HTML_HTML_4_01_STRICT)); +} + + +void * +xhtml_alloc(char *outopts) +{ + + return(ml_alloc(outopts, HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT)); +} + + +void +html_free(void *p) +{ + struct tag *tag; + struct html *h; + + h = (struct html *)p; + + while ((tag = h->tags.head) != NULL) { + h->tags.head = tag->next; + free(tag); + } + + if (h->symtab) + mchars_free(h->symtab); + + free(h); +} + + +void +print_gen_head(struct html *h) +{ + struct htmlpair tag[4]; + + tag[0].key = ATTR_HTTPEQUIV; + tag[0].val = "Content-Type"; + tag[1].key = ATTR_CONTENT; + tag[1].val = "text/html; charset=utf-8"; + print_otag(h, TAG_META, 2, tag); + + tag[0].key = ATTR_NAME; + tag[0].val = "resource-type"; + tag[1].key = ATTR_CONTENT; + tag[1].val = "document"; + print_otag(h, TAG_META, 2, tag); + + if (h->style) { + tag[0].key = ATTR_REL; + tag[0].val = "stylesheet"; + tag[1].key = ATTR_HREF; + tag[1].val = h->style; + tag[2].key = ATTR_TYPE; + tag[2].val = "text/css"; + tag[3].key = ATTR_MEDIA; + tag[3].val = "all"; + print_otag(h, TAG_LINK, 4, tag); + } +} + +static void +print_metaf(struct html *h, enum mandoc_esc deco) +{ + enum htmlfont font; + + switch (deco) { + case (ESCAPE_FONTPREV): + font = h->metal; + break; + case (ESCAPE_FONTITALIC): + font = HTMLFONT_ITALIC; + break; + case (ESCAPE_FONTBOLD): + font = HTMLFONT_BOLD; + break; + case (ESCAPE_FONT): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (ESCAPE_FONTROMAN): + font = HTMLFONT_NONE; + break; + default: + abort(); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + if (h->metaf) { + print_tagq(h, h->metaf); + h->metaf = NULL; + } + + h->metal = h->metac; + h->metac = font; + + if (HTMLFONT_NONE != font) + h->metaf = HTMLFONT_BOLD == font ? + print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL) : + print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL); +} + +int +html_strlen(const char *cp) +{ + int ssz, sz; + const char *seq, *p; + + /* + * Account for escaped sequences within string length + * calculations. This follows the logic in term_strlen() as we + * must calculate the width of produced strings. + * Assume that characters are always width of "1". This is + * hacky, but it gets the job done for approximation of widths. + */ + + sz = 0; + while (NULL != (p = strchr(cp, '\\'))) { + sz += (int)(p - cp); + ++cp; + switch (mandoc_escape(&cp, &seq, &ssz)) { + case (ESCAPE_ERROR): + return(sz); + case (ESCAPE_UNICODE): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL): + sz++; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + assert(sz >= 0); + return(sz + strlen(cp)); +} + +static int +print_encode(struct html *h, const char *p, int norecurse) +{ + size_t sz; + int c, len, nospace; + const char *seq; + enum mandoc_esc esc; + static const char rejs[6] = { '\\', '<', '>', '&', ASCII_HYPH, '\0' }; + + nospace = 0; + + while ('\0' != *p) { + sz = strcspn(p, rejs); + + fwrite(p, 1, sz, stdout); + p += (int)sz; + + if ('\0' == *p) + break; + + switch (*p++) { + case ('<'): + printf("<"); + continue; + case ('>'): + printf(">"); + continue; + case ('&'): + printf("&"); + continue; + case (ASCII_HYPH): + putchar('-'); + continue; + default: + break; + } + + esc = mandoc_escape(&p, &seq, &len); + if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) + break; + + switch (esc) { + case (ESCAPE_UNICODE): + /* Skip passed "u" header. */ + c = mchars_num2uc(seq + 1, len - 1); + if ('\0' != c) + printf("&#x%x;", c); + break; + case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED): + c = mchars_num2char(seq, len); + if ('\0' != c) + putchar(c); + break; + case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL): + c = mchars_spec2cp(h->symtab, seq, len); + if (c > 0) + printf("&#%d;", c); + else if (-1 == c && 1 == len) + putchar((int)*seq); + break; + case (ESCAPE_FONT): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (ESCAPE_FONTPREV): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (ESCAPE_FONTBOLD): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (ESCAPE_FONTITALIC): + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case (ESCAPE_FONTROMAN): + if (norecurse) + break; + print_metaf(h, esc); + break; + case (ESCAPE_NOSPACE): + if ('\0' == *p) + nospace = 1; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + return(nospace); +} + + +static void +print_attr(struct html *h, const char *key, const char *val) +{ + printf(" %s=\"", key); + (void)print_encode(h, val, 1); + putchar('\"'); +} + + +struct tag * +print_otag(struct html *h, enum htmltag tag, + int sz, const struct htmlpair *p) +{ + int i; + struct tag *t; + + /* Push this tags onto the stack of open scopes. */ + + if ( ! (HTML_NOSTACK & htmltags[tag].flags)) { + t = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(struct tag)); + t->tag = tag; + t->next = h->tags.head; + h->tags.head = t; + } else + t = NULL; + + if ( ! (HTML_NOSPACE & h->flags)) + if ( ! (HTML_CLRLINE & htmltags[tag].flags)) { + /* Manage keeps! */ + if ( ! (HTML_KEEP & h->flags)) { + if (HTML_PREKEEP & h->flags) + h->flags |= HTML_KEEP; + putchar(' '); + } else + printf(" "); + } + + if ( ! (h->flags & HTML_NONOSPACE)) + h->flags &= ~HTML_NOSPACE; + else + h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE; + + /* Print out the tag name and attributes. */ + + printf("<%s", htmltags[tag].name); + for (i = 0; i < sz; i++) + print_attr(h, htmlattrs[p[i].key], p[i].val); + + /* Add non-overridable attributes. */ + + if (TAG_HTML == tag && HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT == h->type) { + print_attr(h, "xmlns", "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"); + print_attr(h, "xml:lang", "en"); + print_attr(h, "lang", "en"); + } + + /* Accommodate for XML "well-formed" singleton escaping. */ + + if (HTML_AUTOCLOSE & htmltags[tag].flags) + switch (h->type) { + case (HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT): + putchar('/'); + break; + default: + break; + } + + putchar('>'); + + h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE; + + if ((HTML_AUTOCLOSE | HTML_CLRLINE) & htmltags[tag].flags) + putchar('\n'); + + return(t); +} + + +static void +print_ctag(struct html *h, enum htmltag tag) +{ + + printf("", htmltags[tag].name); + if (HTML_CLRLINE & htmltags[tag].flags) { + h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE; + putchar('\n'); + } +} + +void +print_gen_decls(struct html *h) +{ + const char *doctype; + const char *dtd; + const char *name; + + switch (h->type) { + case (HTML_HTML_4_01_STRICT): + name = "HTML"; + doctype = "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"; + dtd = "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"; + break; + default: + puts(""); + name = "html"; + doctype = "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"; + dtd = "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"; + break; + } + + printf("\n", + name, doctype, dtd); +} + +void +print_text(struct html *h, const char *word) +{ + + if ( ! (HTML_NOSPACE & h->flags)) { + /* Manage keeps! */ + if ( ! (HTML_KEEP & h->flags)) { + if (HTML_PREKEEP & h->flags) + h->flags |= HTML_KEEP; + putchar(' '); + } else + printf(" "); + } + + assert(NULL == h->metaf); + if (HTMLFONT_NONE != h->metac) + h->metaf = HTMLFONT_BOLD == h->metac ? + print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL) : + print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL); + + assert(word); + if ( ! print_encode(h, word, 0)) { + if ( ! (h->flags & HTML_NONOSPACE)) + h->flags &= ~HTML_NOSPACE; + } else + h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE; + + if (h->metaf) { + print_tagq(h, h->metaf); + h->metaf = NULL; + } + + h->flags &= ~HTML_IGNDELIM; +} + + +void +print_tagq(struct html *h, const struct tag *until) +{ + struct tag *tag; + + while ((tag = h->tags.head) != NULL) { + /* + * Remember to close out and nullify the current + * meta-font and table, if applicable. + */ + if (tag == h->metaf) + h->metaf = NULL; + if (tag == h->tblt) + h->tblt = NULL; + print_ctag(h, tag->tag); + h->tags.head = tag->next; + free(tag); + if (until && tag == until) + return; + } +} + + +void +print_stagq(struct html *h, const struct tag *suntil) +{ + struct tag *tag; + + while ((tag = h->tags.head) != NULL) { + if (suntil && tag == suntil) + return; + /* + * Remember to close out and nullify the current + * meta-font and table, if applicable. + */ + if (tag == h->metaf) + h->metaf = NULL; + if (tag == h->tblt) + h->tblt = NULL; + print_ctag(h, tag->tag); + h->tags.head = tag->next; + free(tag); + } +} + +void +bufinit(struct html *h) +{ + + h->buf[0] = '\0'; + h->buflen = 0; +} + +void +bufcat_style(struct html *h, const char *key, const char *val) +{ + + bufcat(h, key); + bufcat(h, ":"); + bufcat(h, val); + bufcat(h, ";"); +} + +void +bufcat(struct html *h, const char *p) +{ + + h->buflen = strlcat(h->buf, p, BUFSIZ); + assert(h->buflen < BUFSIZ); +} + +void +bufcat_fmt(struct html *h, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + (void)vsnprintf(h->buf + (int)h->buflen, + BUFSIZ - h->buflen - 1, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + h->buflen = strlen(h->buf); +} + +static void +bufncat(struct html *h, const char *p, size_t sz) +{ + + assert(h->buflen + sz + 1 < BUFSIZ); + strncat(h->buf, p, sz); + h->buflen += sz; +} + +void +buffmt_includes(struct html *h, const char *name) +{ + const char *p, *pp; + + pp = h->base_includes; + + bufinit(h); + while (NULL != (p = strchr(pp, '%'))) { + bufncat(h, pp, (size_t)(p - pp)); + switch (*(p + 1)) { + case('I'): + bufcat(h, name); + break; + default: + bufncat(h, p, 2); + break; + } + pp = p + 2; + } + if (pp) + bufcat(h, pp); +} + +void +buffmt_man(struct html *h, + const char *name, const char *sec) +{ + const char *p, *pp; + + pp = h->base_man; + + bufinit(h); + while (NULL != (p = strchr(pp, '%'))) { + bufncat(h, pp, (size_t)(p - pp)); + switch (*(p + 1)) { + case('S'): + bufcat(h, sec ? sec : "1"); + break; + case('N'): + bufcat_fmt(h, name); + break; + default: + bufncat(h, p, 2); + break; + } + pp = p + 2; + } + if (pp) + bufcat(h, pp); +} + +void +bufcat_su(struct html *h, const char *p, const struct roffsu *su) +{ + double v; + + v = su->scale; + if (SCALE_MM == su->unit && 0.0 == (v /= 100.0)) + v = 1.0; + + bufcat_fmt(h, "%s: %.2f%s;", p, v, roffscales[su->unit]); +} + +void +bufcat_id(struct html *h, const char *src) +{ + + /* Cf. . */ + + while ('\0' != *src) + bufcat_fmt(h, "%.2x", *src++); +} diff --git a/html.h b/html.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..60960702f19 --- /dev/null +++ b/html.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* $Id: html.h,v 1.47 2011/10/05 21:35:17 kristaps Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifndef HTML_H +#define HTML_H + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +enum htmltag { + TAG_HTML, + TAG_HEAD, + TAG_BODY, + TAG_META, + TAG_TITLE, + TAG_DIV, + TAG_H1, + TAG_H2, + TAG_SPAN, + TAG_LINK, + TAG_BR, + TAG_A, + TAG_TABLE, + TAG_TBODY, + TAG_COL, + TAG_TR, + TAG_TD, + TAG_LI, + TAG_UL, + TAG_OL, + TAG_DL, + TAG_DT, + TAG_DD, + TAG_BLOCKQUOTE, + TAG_P, + TAG_PRE, + TAG_B, + TAG_I, + TAG_CODE, + TAG_SMALL, + TAG_MAX +}; + +enum htmlattr { + ATTR_HTTPEQUIV, + ATTR_CONTENT, + ATTR_NAME, + ATTR_REL, + ATTR_HREF, + ATTR_TYPE, + ATTR_MEDIA, + ATTR_CLASS, + ATTR_STYLE, + ATTR_WIDTH, + ATTR_ID, + ATTR_SUMMARY, + ATTR_ALIGN, + ATTR_COLSPAN, + ATTR_MAX +}; + +enum htmlfont { + HTMLFONT_NONE = 0, + HTMLFONT_BOLD, + HTMLFONT_ITALIC, + HTMLFONT_MAX +}; + +struct tag { + struct tag *next; + enum htmltag tag; +}; + +struct tagq { + struct tag *head; +}; + +struct htmlpair { + enum htmlattr key; + const char *val; +}; + +#define PAIR_INIT(p, t, v) \ + do { \ + (p)->key = (t); \ + (p)->val = (v); \ + } while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0) + +#define PAIR_ID_INIT(p, v) PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_ID, v) +#define PAIR_CLASS_INIT(p, v) PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_CLASS, v) +#define PAIR_HREF_INIT(p, v) PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_HREF, v) +#define PAIR_STYLE_INIT(p, h) PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_STYLE, (h)->buf) +#define PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(p, v) PAIR_INIT(p, ATTR_SUMMARY, v) + +enum htmltype { + HTML_HTML_4_01_STRICT, + HTML_XHTML_1_0_STRICT +}; + +struct html { + int flags; +#define HTML_NOSPACE (1 << 0) /* suppress next space */ +#define HTML_IGNDELIM (1 << 1) +#define HTML_KEEP (1 << 2) +#define HTML_PREKEEP (1 << 3) +#define HTML_NONOSPACE (1 << 4) /* never add spaces */ +#define HTML_LITERAL (1 << 5) /* literal (e.g., 
) context */
+	struct tagq	  tags; /* stack of open tags */
+	struct rofftbl	  tbl; /* current table */
+	struct tag	 *tblt; /* current open table scope */
+	struct mchars	 *symtab; /* character-escapes */
+	char		 *base_man; /* base for manpage href */
+	char		 *base_includes; /* base for include href */
+	char		 *style; /* style-sheet URI */
+	char		  buf[BUFSIZ]; /* see bufcat and friends */
+	size_t		  buflen; 
+	struct tag	 *metaf; /* current open font scope */
+	enum htmlfont	  metal; /* last used font */
+	enum htmlfont	  metac; /* current font mode */
+	enum htmltype	  type; /* output media type */
+	int		  oflags; /* output options */
+#define	HTML_FRAGMENT	 (1 << 0) /* don't emit HTML/HEAD/BODY */
+};
+
+void		  print_gen_decls(struct html *);
+void		  print_gen_head(struct html *);
+struct tag	 *print_otag(struct html *, enum htmltag, 
+				int, const struct htmlpair *);
+void		  print_tagq(struct html *, const struct tag *);
+void		  print_stagq(struct html *, const struct tag *);
+void		  print_text(struct html *, const char *);
+void		  print_tblclose(struct html *);
+void		  print_tbl(struct html *, const struct tbl_span *);
+void		  print_eqn(struct html *, const struct eqn *);
+
+void		  bufcat_fmt(struct html *, const char *, ...);
+void		  bufcat(struct html *, const char *);
+void		  bufcat_id(struct html *, const char *);
+void		  bufcat_style(struct html *, 
+			const char *, const char *);
+void		  bufcat_su(struct html *, const char *, 
+			const struct roffsu *);
+void		  bufinit(struct html *);
+void		  buffmt_man(struct html *, 
+			const char *, const char *);
+void		  buffmt_includes(struct html *, const char *);
+
+int		  html_strlen(const char *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!HTML_H*/
diff --git a/index.css b/index.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d98316eaf31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/index.css
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+html		{ min-width: 40em;
+		  margin-top: 2em;
+		  margin-left: auto;
+		  margin-right: auto;
+		  width: 80%; }
+
+body		{ text-align: justify; 
+		  font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif;
+		  line-height: 120%;
+		  font-size: small; }
+
+p,ul,table	{ margin-left: 3em; }
+
+p.head, 
+p.subhead,
+p.foot		{ margin-left: 0.0em; margin-right: 0.0em; }
+
+p.news		{ margin-left: 2.0em; }
+
+li		{ margin: 0.25em; }
+
+h1		{ font-size: 110%; }
+h2		{ font-size: 105%; margin-left: 1.5em }
+
+p.head		{ margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+		  border-bottom: 1px solid #dddddd; 
+		  padding-bottom: 0.2em; }
+
+p.subhead	{ margin-top: 0em; 
+		  margin-bottom: 1.75em; }
+
+p.foot		{ border-top: 1px solid #dddddd; 
+		  color: #666666;
+		  padding-top: 0.2em;
+		  margin-top: 1.75em; }
+
+span.nm		{ color: green; }
+
+span.file	{ font-style: italic; }
+
+span.attn	{ font-weight: bold; }
+
+span.flag	{ font-weight: bold; }
+
+a		{ text-decoration: none; }
+
+a.external 	{ background: transparent url(external.png) center right no-repeat; 
+		  padding-right: 12px; }
diff --git a/index.sgml b/index.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4386a9ebd95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/index.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+
+
+	
+		
+		
+		mdocml | UNIX manpage compiler
+	
+	
+		

+			mdocml – UNIX manpage compiler, current version @VERSION@ (@VDATE@)
+		

+		

+			Sources: current,
+			cvsweb
+			(archives)
+		

+		

+			Description
+		

+		

+			mdocml is a suite of tools compiling mdoc, the roff macro
+			package of choice for BSD manual pages, and man, the predominant historical package for
+			UNIX manuals.  The mission of mdocml is to deprecate groff, the GNU troff implementation, for displaying mdoc
+			pages whilst providing token support for man.
+		

+		

+			Why?  groff amounts to over 5 MB of source code, most of which is C++ and all of which is GPL.  It runs slowly, produces
+			uncertain output, and varies in operation from system to system.  mdocml strives to fix this (respectively small, C, ISC-licensed, fast and regular).
+		

+		

+			mdocml consists of the libmandoc validating compiler and mandoc, which interfaces with the compiler library to format output for UNIX terminals (with
+			support for wide-character locales), XHTML, HTML, PostScript, and PDF.  
+			It also includes preconv, for recoding multibyte manuals; 
+			demandoc, for emitting only text parts of manuals;
+			mandocdb, for indexing manuals; and
+			apropos, whatis, and
+			man.cgi (via catman) for semantic search of manual content.
+			It is a BSD.lv project.  
+		

+		

+			Disambiguation: mdocml is often referred to by its installed binary, mandoc.
+		

+		

+			Sources
+		

+		

+			mdocml is in plain-old ANSI C and should build and run on any modern system; however, you'll
+			need libdb to build apropos, whatis, man.cgi, catman, and mandocdb (this is installed by default on BSD UNIX
+			systems — see the Makefile if you're running Linux).  To build and install into /usr/local/, just
+			run make install.  Be careful: the preconv, apropos, and whatis binary names are
+			usually taken by existing utilities.
+		

+		

+			Binaries
+		

+		

+			Binary archives consist of pre-compiled binaries, manuals, and other necessary files.
+			Universal (Mac OS X) binaries are compiled for the PCC, i386, and x86_64 architectures.
+			Windows binaries are compiled with MingW for the 32-bit (i686) and
+			64-bit (x86_64) architectures.
+		

+		

+			Downstream
+		

+		

+			Several systems come bundled with mdocml utilities.
+			If your system does not appear below, the maintainers have not contacted me and it should not be considered
+			official.
+			Please contact us if you plan on maintaining a downstream version!
+		

+		
+			+			+			
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+			
+		



DragonFly BSD
+					usr.bin/mandoc
+					
FreeBSD
+					ports/textproc/mdocml
+					
NetBSD
+					src/external/bsd/mdocml
+					
OpenBSD
+					src/usr.bin/mandoc 
+					
pkgsrc
+					textproc/mdocml 
+					
Minix3
+					external/bsd/mdocml
+					

+		

+			Documentation
+		

+		

+			These manuals are generated automatically and refer to the current release.
+			They are the authoritative documentation for the mdocml system.
+		

+
+		
+			+			+			
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+			
+		



apropos(1)
+						search the manual page database
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
demandoc(1)
+						emit only text of UNIX manuals
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
mandoc(1)
+						format and display UNIX manuals
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
preconv(1)
+						recode multibyte UNIX manuals
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
whatis(1)
+						search the manual page database
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
mandoc(3)
+						mandoc macro compiler library
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
man(7)
+						man language reference
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
man.cgi(7)
+						cgi for manpage query and display
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
eqn(7)
+						eqn-mandoc language reference
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
mandoc_char(7)
+						mandoc special characters
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
mdoc(7)
+						mdoc language reference
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
roff(7)
+						roff-mandoc language reference
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
tbl(7)
+						tbl-mandoc language reference
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
catman(8)
+						update a man.cgi manpage cache
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					
mandocdb(8)
+						index UNIX manuals
+							(text | 
+							xhtml |
+							pdf |
+							ps)
+					

+		

+			Contact
+		

+		

+			Use the mailing lists for bug-reports, patches, questions, etc.  Please check the
+			TODO for known issues
+			before posting.  All lists are subscription-only: send a blank e-mail to the listed address to subscribe.  Beyond that,
+			contact Kristaps at kris...@bsd.lv.  Archives are available at Gmane.
+		

+		
+			+			+			
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+				
+					
+					
+				
+			
+		




+						disc...@mdocml.bsd.lv
+					
+						bug-reports, general questions, and announcements 
+					

+						tec...@mdocml.bsd.lv
+					
+						patches and system discussions 
+					

+						sou...@mdocml.bsd.lv
+					
+						source commit messages 
+					

+		

+			News
+		

+		

+			23-03-2011: version 1.12.1
+		

+		

+			Significant work on apropos and mandocdb.  These tools are
+			now much more robust.  
+			A whatis implementation is now handled as an apropos mode.
+			These tools are also able to minimally handle pre-formatted pages, that is, those already formatted by another utility
+			such as GNU troff.
+		

+		

+			The man.cgi script is also now available for wider testing.  It interfaces with mandocdb manuals cached by catman.  HTML output is generated
+			on-the-fly by libmandoc or internal methods to convert pre-formatted pages.
+		

+		

+			The mailing list archive for the discuss and tech lists are being hosted by Gmane at gmane.comp.tools.mdocml.user and gmane.comp.tools.mdocml.devel, respectively.
+		

+		

+			Lastly, I'm no longer providing binaries, as nobody has asked for them.
+		

+		

+			See cvsweb for
+			historical notes.
+		

+		

+			
+				Copyright © 2008–2011 
+				Kristaps Dzonsons, 
+				$Date: 2012/03/24 02:07:32 $
+			
+		

+	
+
diff --git a/lib.c b/lib.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7a18a5dd4fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: lib.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2lib(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "lib.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/lib.in b/lib.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..230a465ad3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib.in
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*	$Id: lib.in,v 1.13 2012/01/28 23:46:28 joerg Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * These are all possible .Lb strings.  When a new library is added, add
+ * its short-string to the left-hand side and formatted string to the
+ * right-hand side.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ */
+
+LINE("libarchive",	"Reading and Writing Streaming Archives Library (libarchive, \\-larchive)")
+LINE("libarm",		"ARM Architecture Library (libarm, \\-larm)")
+LINE("libarm32",	"ARM32 Architecture Library (libarm32, \\-larm32)")
+LINE("libbluetooth",	"Bluetooth Library (libbluetooth, \\-lbluetooth)")
+LINE("libbsm",		"Basic Security Module User Library (libbsm, \\-lbsm)")
+LINE("libc",		"Standard C Library (libc, \\-lc)")
+LINE("libc_r",		"Reentrant C\\~Library (libc_r, \\-lc_r)")
+LINE("libcalendar",	"Calendar Arithmetic Library (libcalendar, \\-lcalendar)")
+LINE("libcam",		"Common Access Method User Library (libcam, \\-lcam)")
+LINE("libcdk",		"Curses Development Kit Library (libcdk, \\-lcdk)")
+LINE("libcipher",	"FreeSec Crypt Library (libcipher, \\-lcipher)")
+LINE("libcompat",	"Compatibility Library (libcompat, \\-lcompat)")
+LINE("libcrypt",	"Crypt Library (libcrypt, \\-lcrypt)")
+LINE("libcurses",	"Curses Library (libcurses, \\-lcurses)")
+LINE("libdevinfo",	"Device and Resource Information Utility Library (libdevinfo, \\-ldevinfo)")
+LINE("libdevstat",	"Device Statistics Library (libdevstat, \\-ldevstat)")
+LINE("libdisk",		"Interface to Slice and Partition Labels Library (libdisk, \\-ldisk)")
+LINE("libdwarf",	"DWARF Access Library (libdwarf, \\-ldwarf)")
+LINE("libedit",		"Command Line Editor Library (libedit, \\-ledit)")
+LINE("libelf",		"ELF Access Library (libelf, \\-lelf)")
+LINE("libevent",	"Event Notification Library (libevent, \\-levent)")
+LINE("libfetch",	"File Transfer Library for URLs (libfetch, \\-lfetch)")
+LINE("libform",		"Curses Form Library (libform, \\-lform)")
+LINE("libgeom",		"Userland API Library for kernel GEOM subsystem (libgeom, \\-lgeom)")
+LINE("libgpib",		"General-Purpose Instrument Bus (GPIB) library (libgpib, \\-lgpib)")
+LINE("libi386",		"i386 Architecture Library (libi386, \\-li386)")
+LINE("libintl",		"Internationalized Message Handling Library (libintl, \\-lintl)")
+LINE("libipsec",	"IPsec Policy Control Library (libipsec, \\-lipsec)")
+LINE("libipx",		"IPX Address Conversion Support Library (libipx, \\-lipx)")
+LINE("libiscsi",	"iSCSI protocol library (libiscsi, \\-liscsi)")
+LINE("libisns",		"Internet Storage Name Service Library (libisns, \\-lisns)")
+LINE("libjail",		"Jail Library (libjail, \\-ljail)")
+LINE("libkiconv",	"Kernel side iconv library (libkiconv, \\-lkiconv)")
+LINE("libkse",		"N:M Threading Library (libkse, \\-lkse)")
+LINE("libkvm",		"Kernel Data Access Library (libkvm, \\-lkvm)")
+LINE("libm",		"Math Library (libm, \\-lm)")
+LINE("libm68k",		"m68k Architecture Library (libm68k, \\-lm68k)")
+LINE("libmagic",	"Magic Number Recognition Library (libmagic, \\-lmagic)")
+LINE("libmd",		"Message Digest (MD4, MD5, etc.) Support Library (libmd, \\-lmd)")
+LINE("libmemstat",	"Kernel Memory Allocator Statistics Library (libmemstat, \\-lmemstat)")
+LINE("libmenu",		"Curses Menu Library (libmenu, \\-lmenu)")
+LINE("libnetgraph",	"Netgraph User Library (libnetgraph, \\-lnetgraph)")
+LINE("libnetpgp",	"Netpgp signing, verification, encryption and decryption (libnetpgp, \\-lnetpgp)")
+LINE("libossaudio",	"OSS Audio Emulation Library (libossaudio, \\-lossaudio)")
+LINE("libpam",		"Pluggable Authentication Module Library (libpam, \\-lpam)")
+LINE("libpcap",		"Capture Library (libpcap, \\-lpcap)")
+LINE("libpci",		"PCI Bus Access Library (libpci, \\-lpci)")
+LINE("libpmc",		"Performance Counters Library (libpmc, \\-lpmc)")
+LINE("libposix",	"POSIX Compatibility Library (libposix, \\-lposix)")
+LINE("libppath",	"Property-List Paths Library (libppath, \\-lppath)")
+LINE("libprop",		"Property Container Object Library (libprop, \\-lprop)")
+LINE("libpthread",	"POSIX Threads Library (libpthread, \\-lpthread)")
+LINE("libpuffs",	"puffs Convenience Library (libpuffs, \\-lpuffs)")
+LINE("libquota",	"Disk Quota Access and Control Library (libquota, \\-lquota)")
+LINE("librefuse",	"File System in Userspace Convenience Library (librefuse, \\-lrefuse)")
+LINE("libresolv",	"DNS Resolver Library (libresolv, \\-lresolv)")
+LINE("librpcsec_gss",	"RPC GSS-API Authentication Library (librpcsec_gss, \\-lrpcsec_gss)")
+LINE("librpcsvc",	"RPC Service Library (librpcsvc, \\-lrpcsvc)")
+LINE("librt",		"POSIX Real\\-time Library (librt, \\-lrt)")
+LINE("libsaslc",	"Simple Authentication and Security Layer client library (libsaslc, \\-lsaslc)")
+LINE("libsdp",		"Bluetooth Service Discovery Protocol User Library (libsdp, \\-lsdp)")
+LINE("libssp",		"Buffer Overflow Protection Library (libssp, \\-lssp)")
+LINE("libSystem",	"System Library (libSystem, \\-lSystem)")
+LINE("libtermcap",	"Termcap Access Library (libtermcap, \\-ltermcap)")
+LINE("libterminfo",	"Terminal Information Library (libterminfo, \\-lterminfo)")
+LINE("libthr",		"1:1 Threading Library (libthr, \\-lthr)")
+LINE("libufs",		"UFS File System Access Library (libufs, \\-lufs)")
+LINE("libugidfw",	"File System Firewall Interface Library (libugidfw, \\-lugidfw)")
+LINE("libulog",		"User Login Record Library (libulog, \\-lulog)")
+LINE("libusbhid",	"USB Human Interface Devices Library (libusbhid, \\-lusbhid)")
+LINE("libutil",		"System Utilities Library (libutil, \\-lutil)")
+LINE("libvgl",		"Video Graphics Library (libvgl, \\-lvgl)")
+LINE("libx86_64",	"x86_64 Architecture Library (libx86_64, \\-lx86_64)")
+LINE("libz",		"Compression Library (libz, \\-lz)")
diff --git a/libman.h b/libman.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4bc5128204f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libman.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*	$Id: libman.h,v 1.55 2011/11/07 01:24:40 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBMAN_H
+#define LIBMAN_H
+
+enum	man_next {
+	MAN_NEXT_SIBLING = 0,
+	MAN_NEXT_CHILD
+};
+
+struct	man {
+	struct mparse	*parse; /* parse pointer */
+	int		 flags; /* parse flags */
+#define	MAN_HALT	(1 << 0) /* badness happened: die */
+#define	MAN_ELINE	(1 << 1) /* Next-line element scope. */
+#define	MAN_BLINE	(1 << 2) /* Next-line block scope. */
+#define	MAN_ILINE	(1 << 3) /* Ignored in next-line scope. */
+#define	MAN_LITERAL	(1 << 4) /* Literal input. */
+#define	MAN_BPLINE	(1 << 5)
+#define	MAN_NEWLINE	(1 << 6) /* first macro/text in a line */
+	enum man_next	 next; /* where to put the next node */
+	struct man_node	*last; /* the last parsed node */
+	struct man_node	*first; /* the first parsed node */
+	struct man_meta	 meta; /* document meta-data */
+	struct roff	*roff;
+};
+
+#define	MACRO_PROT_ARGS	  struct man *m, \
+			  enum mant tok, \
+			  int line, \
+			  int ppos, \
+			  int *pos, \
+			  char *buf
+
+struct	man_macro {
+	int		(*fp)(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MAN_SCOPED	 (1 << 0)
+#define	MAN_EXPLICIT	 (1 << 1)	/* See blk_imp(). */
+#define	MAN_FSCOPED	 (1 << 2)	/* See blk_imp(). */
+#define	MAN_NSCOPED	 (1 << 3)	/* See in_line_eoln(). */
+#define	MAN_NOCLOSE	 (1 << 4)	/* See blk_exp(). */
+#define	MAN_BSCOPE	 (1 << 5)	/* Break BLINE scope. */
+};
+
+extern	const struct man_macro *const man_macros;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define		  man_pmsg(m, l, p, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (l), (p), NULL)
+#define		  man_nmsg(m, n, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (n)->line, (n)->pos, NULL)
+int		  man_word_alloc(struct man *, int, int, const char *);
+int		  man_block_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_head_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_tail_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_body_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+int		  man_elem_alloc(struct man *, int, int, enum mant);
+void		  man_node_delete(struct man *, struct man_node *);
+void		  man_hash_init(void);
+enum mant	  man_hash_find(const char *);
+int		  man_macroend(struct man *);
+int		  man_valid_post(struct man *);
+int		  man_valid_pre(struct man *, struct man_node *);
+int		  man_unscope(struct man *, 
+			const struct man_node *, enum mandocerr);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!LIBMAN_H*/
diff --git a/libmandoc.h b/libmandoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..de422884a21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmandoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*	$Id: libmandoc.h,v 1.29 2011/12/02 01:37:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBMANDOC_H
+#define LIBMANDOC_H
+
+enum	rofferr {
+	ROFF_CONT, /* continue processing line */
+	ROFF_RERUN, /* re-run roff interpreter with offset */
+	ROFF_APPEND, /* re-run main parser, appending next line */
+	ROFF_REPARSE, /* re-run main parser on the result */
+	ROFF_SO, /* include another file */
+	ROFF_IGN, /* ignore current line */
+	ROFF_TBL, /* a table row was successfully parsed */
+	ROFF_EQN, /* an equation was successfully parsed */
+	ROFF_ERR /* badness: puke and stop */
+};
+
+enum	regs {
+	REG_nS = 0, /* nS register */
+	REG__MAX
+};
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	roff;
+struct	mdoc;
+struct	man;
+
+void		 mandoc_msg(enum mandocerr, struct mparse *, 
+			int, int, const char *);
+void		 mandoc_vmsg(enum mandocerr, struct mparse *, 
+			int, int, const char *, ...);
+char		*mandoc_getarg(struct mparse *, char **, int, int *);
+char		*mandoc_normdate(struct mparse *, char *, int, int);
+int		 mandoc_eos(const char *, size_t, int);
+int		 mandoc_getcontrol(const char *, int *);
+int		 mandoc_strntoi(const char *, size_t, int);
+const char	*mandoc_a2msec(const char*);
+
+void	 	 mdoc_free(struct mdoc *);
+struct	mdoc	*mdoc_alloc(struct roff *, struct mparse *);
+void		 mdoc_reset(struct mdoc *);
+int	 	 mdoc_parseln(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+int		 mdoc_endparse(struct mdoc *);
+int		 mdoc_addspan(struct mdoc *, const struct tbl_span *);
+int		 mdoc_addeqn(struct mdoc *, const struct eqn *);
+
+void	 	 man_free(struct man *);
+struct	man	*man_alloc(struct roff *, struct mparse *);
+void		 man_reset(struct man *);
+int	 	 man_parseln(struct man *, int, char *, int);
+int		 man_endparse(struct man *);
+int		 man_addspan(struct man *, const struct tbl_span *);
+int		 man_addeqn(struct man *, const struct eqn *);
+
+void	 	 roff_free(struct roff *);
+struct roff	*roff_alloc(struct mparse *);
+void		 roff_reset(struct roff *);
+enum rofferr	 roff_parseln(struct roff *, int, 
+			char **, size_t *, int, int *);
+void		 roff_endparse(struct roff *);
+int		 roff_regisset(const struct roff *, enum regs);
+unsigned int	 roff_regget(const struct roff *, enum regs);
+void		 roff_regunset(struct roff *, enum regs);
+char		*roff_strdup(const struct roff *, const char *);
+#if 0
+char		 roff_eqndelim(const struct roff *);
+void		 roff_openeqn(struct roff *, const char *, 
+			int, int, const char *);
+int		 roff_closeeqn(struct roff *);
+#endif
+
+const struct tbl_span	*roff_span(const struct roff *);
+const struct eqn	*roff_eqn(const struct roff *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!LIBMANDOC_H*/
diff --git a/libmdoc.h b/libmdoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..af1729268a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libmdoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*	$Id: libmdoc.h,v 1.78 2011/12/02 01:37:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBMDOC_H
+#define LIBMDOC_H
+
+enum	mdoc_next {
+	MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING = 0,
+	MDOC_NEXT_CHILD
+};
+
+struct	mdoc {
+	struct mparse	 *parse; /* parse pointer */
+	int		  flags; /* parse flags */
+#define	MDOC_HALT	 (1 << 0) /* error in parse: halt */
+#define	MDOC_LITERAL	 (1 << 1) /* in a literal scope */
+#define	MDOC_PBODY	 (1 << 2) /* in the document body */
+#define	MDOC_NEWLINE	 (1 << 3) /* first macro/text in a line */
+#define	MDOC_PHRASELIT	 (1 << 4) /* literal within a partila phrase */
+#define	MDOC_PPHRASE	 (1 << 5) /* within a partial phrase */
+#define	MDOC_FREECOL	 (1 << 6) /* `It' invocation should close */
+#define	MDOC_SYNOPSIS	 (1 << 7) /* SYNOPSIS-style formatting */
+	enum mdoc_next	  next; /* where to put the next node */
+	struct mdoc_node *last; /* the last node parsed */
+	struct mdoc_node *first; /* the first node parsed */
+	struct mdoc_meta  meta; /* document meta-data */
+	enum mdoc_sec	  lastnamed;
+	enum mdoc_sec	  lastsec;
+	struct roff	 *roff;
+};
+
+#define	MACRO_PROT_ARGS	struct mdoc *m, \
+			enum mdoct tok, \
+			int line, \
+			int ppos, \
+			int *pos, \
+			char *buf
+
+struct	mdoc_macro {
+	int		(*fp)(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MDOC_CALLABLE	 (1 << 0)
+#define	MDOC_PARSED	 (1 << 1)
+#define	MDOC_EXPLICIT	 (1 << 2)
+#define	MDOC_PROLOGUE	 (1 << 3)
+#define	MDOC_IGNDELIM	 (1 << 4) 
+	/* Reserved words in arguments treated as text. */
+};
+
+enum	margserr {
+	ARGS_ERROR,
+	ARGS_EOLN, /* end-of-line */
+	ARGS_WORD, /* normal word */
+	ARGS_PUNCT, /* series of punctuation */
+	ARGS_QWORD, /* quoted word */
+	ARGS_PHRASE, /* Ta'd phrase (-column) */
+	ARGS_PPHRASE, /* tabbed phrase (-column) */
+	ARGS_PEND /* last phrase (-column) */
+};
+
+enum	margverr {
+	ARGV_ERROR,
+	ARGV_EOLN, /* end of line */
+	ARGV_ARG, /* valid argument */
+	ARGV_WORD /* normal word (or bad argument---same thing) */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A punctuation delimiter is opening, closing, or "middle mark"
+ * punctuation.  These govern spacing.
+ * Opening punctuation (e.g., the opening parenthesis) suppresses the
+ * following space; closing punctuation (e.g., the closing parenthesis)
+ * suppresses the leading space; middle punctuation (e.g., the vertical
+ * bar) can do either.  The middle punctuation delimiter bends the rules
+ * depending on usage.
+ */
+enum	mdelim {
+	DELIM_NONE = 0,
+	DELIM_OPEN,
+	DELIM_MIDDLE,
+	DELIM_CLOSE,
+	DELIM_MAX
+};
+
+extern	const struct mdoc_macro *const mdoc_macros;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define		  mdoc_pmsg(m, l, p, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (l), (p), NULL)
+#define		  mdoc_nmsg(m, n, t) \
+		  mandoc_msg((t), (m)->parse, (n)->line, (n)->pos, NULL)
+int		  mdoc_macro(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+int		  mdoc_word_alloc(struct mdoc *, 
+			int, int, const char *);
+int		  mdoc_elem_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+			enum mdoct, struct mdoc_arg *);
+int		  mdoc_block_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+			enum mdoct, struct mdoc_arg *);
+int		  mdoc_head_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, enum mdoct);
+int		  mdoc_tail_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, enum mdoct);
+int		  mdoc_body_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, enum mdoct);
+int		  mdoc_endbody_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos,
+			enum mdoct tok, struct mdoc_node *body,
+			enum mdoc_endbody end);
+void		  mdoc_node_delete(struct mdoc *, struct mdoc_node *);
+void		  mdoc_hash_init(void);
+enum mdoct	  mdoc_hash_find(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2att(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2lib(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2st(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2arch(const char *);
+const char	 *mdoc_a2vol(const char *);
+int		  mdoc_valid_pre(struct mdoc *, struct mdoc_node *);
+int		  mdoc_valid_post(struct mdoc *);
+enum margverr	  mdoc_argv(struct mdoc *, int, enum mdoct,
+			struct mdoc_arg **, int *, char *);
+void		  mdoc_argv_free(struct mdoc_arg *);
+enum margserr	  mdoc_args(struct mdoc *, int,
+			int *, char *, enum mdoct, char **);
+enum margserr	  mdoc_zargs(struct mdoc *, int, 
+			int *, char *, char **);
+int		  mdoc_macroend(struct mdoc *);
+enum mdelim	  mdoc_isdelim(const char *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!LIBMDOC_H*/
diff --git a/libroff.h b/libroff.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0bdd5a36047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libroff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*	$Id: libroff.h,v 1.27 2011/07/25 15:37:00 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef LIBROFF_H
+#define LIBROFF_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum	tbl_part {
+	TBL_PART_OPTS, /* in options (first line) */
+	TBL_PART_LAYOUT, /* describing layout */
+	TBL_PART_DATA, /* creating data rows */
+	TBL_PART_CDATA /* continue previous row */
+};
+
+struct	tbl_node {
+	struct mparse	 *parse; /* parse point */
+	int		  pos; /* invocation column */
+	int		  line; /* invocation line */
+	enum tbl_part	  part;
+	struct tbl	  opts;
+	struct tbl_row	 *first_row;
+	struct tbl_row	 *last_row;
+	struct tbl_span	 *first_span;
+	struct tbl_span	 *current_span;
+	struct tbl_span	 *last_span;
+	struct tbl_head	 *first_head;
+	struct tbl_head	 *last_head;
+	struct tbl_node	 *next;
+};
+
+struct	eqn_node {
+	struct eqn_def	 *defs;
+	size_t		  defsz;
+	char		 *data;
+	size_t		  rew;
+	size_t		  cur;
+	size_t		  sz;
+	int		  gsize;
+	struct eqn	  eqn;
+	struct mparse	 *parse;
+	struct eqn_node  *next;
+};
+
+struct	eqn_def {
+	char		 *key;
+	size_t		  keysz;
+	char		 *val;
+	size_t		  valsz;
+};
+
+struct tbl_node	*tbl_alloc(int, int, struct mparse *);
+void		 tbl_restart(int, int, struct tbl_node *);
+void		 tbl_free(struct tbl_node *);
+void		 tbl_reset(struct tbl_node *);
+enum rofferr 	 tbl_read(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *, int);
+int		 tbl_option(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+int		 tbl_layout(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+int		 tbl_data(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+int		 tbl_cdata(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *);
+const struct tbl_span	*tbl_span(struct tbl_node *);
+void		 tbl_end(struct tbl_node **);
+struct eqn_node	*eqn_alloc(const char *, int, int, struct mparse *);
+enum rofferr	 eqn_end(struct eqn_node **);
+void		 eqn_free(struct eqn_node *);
+enum rofferr 	 eqn_read(struct eqn_node **, int, 
+			const char *, int, int *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*LIBROFF_H*/
diff --git a/main.c b/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fec83fba513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+/*	$Id: main.c,v 1.165 2011/10/06 22:29:12 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ < 2)
+# if !defined(lint)
+#  define __attribute__(x)
+# endif
+#endif /* !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ < 2) */
+
+typedef	void		(*out_mdoc)(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+typedef	void		(*out_man)(void *, const struct man *);
+typedef	void		(*out_free)(void *);
+
+enum	outt {
+	OUTT_ASCII = 0,	/* -Tascii */
+	OUTT_LOCALE,	/* -Tlocale */
+	OUTT_UTF8,	/* -Tutf8 */
+	OUTT_TREE,	/* -Ttree */
+	OUTT_MAN,	/* -Tman */
+	OUTT_HTML,	/* -Thtml */
+	OUTT_XHTML,	/* -Txhtml */
+	OUTT_LINT,	/* -Tlint */
+	OUTT_PS,	/* -Tps */
+	OUTT_PDF	/* -Tpdf */
+};
+
+struct	curparse {
+	struct mparse	 *mp;
+	enum mandoclevel  wlevel;	/* ignore messages below this */
+	int		  wstop;	/* stop after a file with a warning */
+	enum outt	  outtype; 	/* which output to use */
+	out_mdoc	  outmdoc;	/* mdoc output ptr */
+	out_man	  	  outman;	/* man output ptr */
+	out_free	  outfree;	/* free output ptr */
+	void		 *outdata;	/* data for output */
+	char		  outopts[BUFSIZ]; /* buf of output opts */
+};
+
+static	int		  moptions(enum mparset *, char *);
+static	void		  mmsg(enum mandocerr, enum mandoclevel,
+				const char *, int, int, const char *);
+static	void		  parse(struct curparse *, int, 
+				const char *, enum mandoclevel *);
+static	int		  toptions(struct curparse *, char *);
+static	void		  usage(void) __attribute__((noreturn));
+static	void		  version(void) __attribute__((noreturn));
+static	int		  woptions(struct curparse *, char *);
+
+static	const char	 *progname;
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int		 c;
+	struct curparse	 curp;
+	enum mparset	 type;
+	enum mandoclevel rc;
+
+	progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+	if (progname == NULL)
+		progname = argv[0];
+	else
+		++progname;
+
+	memset(&curp, 0, sizeof(struct curparse));
+
+	type = MPARSE_AUTO;
+	curp.outtype = OUTT_ASCII;
+	curp.wlevel  = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	while (-1 != (c = getopt(argc, argv, "m:O:T:VW:")))
+		switch (c) {
+		case ('m'):
+			if ( ! moptions(&type, optarg))
+				return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+			break;
+		case ('O'):
+			(void)strlcat(curp.outopts, optarg, BUFSIZ);
+			(void)strlcat(curp.outopts, ",", BUFSIZ);
+			break;
+		case ('T'):
+			if ( ! toptions(&curp, optarg))
+				return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+			break;
+		case ('W'):
+			if ( ! woptions(&curp, optarg))
+				return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+			break;
+		case ('V'):
+			version();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		default:
+			usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+	curp.mp = mparse_alloc(type, curp.wlevel, mmsg, &curp);
+
+	/*
+	 * Conditionally start up the lookaside buffer before parsing.
+	 */
+	if (OUTT_MAN == curp.outtype)
+		mparse_keep(curp.mp);
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	rc = MANDOCLEVEL_OK;
+
+	if (NULL == *argv)
+		parse(&curp, STDIN_FILENO, "", &rc);
+
+	while (*argv) {
+		parse(&curp, -1, *argv, &rc);
+		if (MANDOCLEVEL_OK != rc && curp.wstop)
+			break;
+		++argv;
+	}
+
+	if (curp.outfree)
+		(*curp.outfree)(curp.outdata);
+	if (curp.mp)
+		mparse_free(curp.mp);
+
+	return((int)rc);
+}
+
+static void
+version(void)
+{
+
+	printf("%s %s\n", progname, VERSION);
+	exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_OK);
+}
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s "
+			"[-V] "
+			"[-foption] "
+			"[-mformat] "
+			"[-Ooption] "
+			"[-Toutput] "
+			"[-Wlevel] "
+			"[file...]\n", 
+			progname);
+
+	exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+}
+
+static void
+parse(struct curparse *curp, int fd, 
+		const char *file, enum mandoclevel *level)
+{
+	enum mandoclevel  rc;
+	struct mdoc	 *mdoc;
+	struct man	 *man;
+
+	/* Begin by parsing the file itself. */
+
+	assert(file);
+	assert(fd >= -1);
+
+	rc = mparse_readfd(curp->mp, fd, file);
+
+	/* Stop immediately if the parse has failed. */
+
+	if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= rc)
+		goto cleanup;
+
+	/*
+	 * With -Wstop and warnings or errors of at least the requested
+	 * level, do not produce output.
+	 */
+
+	if (MANDOCLEVEL_OK != rc && curp->wstop)
+		goto cleanup;
+
+	/* If unset, allocate output dev now (if applicable). */
+
+	if ( ! (curp->outman && curp->outmdoc)) {
+		switch (curp->outtype) {
+		case (OUTT_XHTML):
+			curp->outdata = xhtml_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = html_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_HTML):
+			curp->outdata = html_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = html_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_UTF8):
+			curp->outdata = utf8_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = ascii_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_LOCALE):
+			curp->outdata = locale_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = ascii_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_ASCII):
+			curp->outdata = ascii_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = ascii_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_PDF):
+			curp->outdata = pdf_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = pspdf_free;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_PS):
+			curp->outdata = ps_alloc(curp->outopts);
+			curp->outfree = pspdf_free;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		switch (curp->outtype) {
+		case (OUTT_HTML):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_XHTML):
+			curp->outman = html_man;
+			curp->outmdoc = html_mdoc;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_TREE):
+			curp->outman = tree_man;
+			curp->outmdoc = tree_mdoc;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_MAN):
+			curp->outmdoc = man_mdoc;
+			curp->outman = man_man;
+			break;
+		case (OUTT_PDF):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_ASCII):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_UTF8):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_LOCALE):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (OUTT_PS):
+			curp->outman = terminal_man;
+			curp->outmdoc = terminal_mdoc;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	mparse_result(curp->mp, &mdoc, &man);
+
+	/* Execute the out device, if it exists. */
+
+	if (man && curp->outman)
+		(*curp->outman)(curp->outdata, man);
+	if (mdoc && curp->outmdoc)
+		(*curp->outmdoc)(curp->outdata, mdoc);
+
+ cleanup:
+
+	mparse_reset(curp->mp);
+
+	if (*level < rc)
+		*level = rc;
+}
+
+static int
+moptions(enum mparset *tflags, char *arg)
+{
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(arg, "doc"))
+		*tflags = MPARSE_MDOC;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "andoc"))
+		*tflags = MPARSE_AUTO;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "an"))
+		*tflags = MPARSE_MAN;
+	else {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad argument\n", arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+toptions(struct curparse *curp, char *arg)
+{
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(arg, "ascii"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_ASCII;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "lint")) {
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_LINT;
+		curp->wlevel  = MANDOCLEVEL_WARNING;
+	} else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "tree"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_TREE;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "man"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_MAN;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "html"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_HTML;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "utf8"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_UTF8;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "locale"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_LOCALE;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "xhtml"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_XHTML;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "ps"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_PS;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(arg, "pdf"))
+		curp->outtype = OUTT_PDF;
+	else {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad argument\n", arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+woptions(struct curparse *curp, char *arg)
+{
+	char		*v, *o;
+	const char	*toks[6]; 
+
+	toks[0] = "stop";
+	toks[1] = "all";
+	toks[2] = "warning";
+	toks[3] = "error";
+	toks[4] = "fatal";
+	toks[5] = NULL;
+
+	while (*arg) {
+		o = arg;
+		switch (getsubopt(&arg, UNCONST(toks), &v)) {
+		case (0):
+			curp->wstop = 1;
+			break;
+		case (1):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (2):
+			curp->wlevel = MANDOCLEVEL_WARNING;
+			break;
+		case (3):
+			curp->wlevel = MANDOCLEVEL_ERROR;
+			break;
+		case (4):
+			curp->wlevel = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+			break;
+		default:
+			fprintf(stderr, "-W%s: Bad argument\n", o);
+			return(0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+mmsg(enum mandocerr t, enum mandoclevel lvl, 
+		const char *file, int line, int col, const char *msg)
+{
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:%d: %s: %s", 
+			file, line, col + 1, 
+			mparse_strlevel(lvl),
+			mparse_strerror(t));
+
+	if (msg)
+		fprintf(stderr, ": %s", msg);
+
+	fputc('\n', stderr);
+}
diff --git a/main.h b/main.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79dcf489ae6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/main.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*	$Id: main.h,v 1.15 2011/10/06 22:29:12 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef	MAIN_H
+#define	MAIN_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	mdoc;
+struct	man;
+
+#define	UNCONST(a)	((void *)(uintptr_t)(const void *)(a))
+
+
+/* 
+ * Definitions for main.c-visible output device functions, e.g., -Thtml
+ * and -Tascii.  Note that ascii_alloc() is named as such in
+ * anticipation of latin1_alloc() and so on, all of which map into the
+ * terminal output routines with different character settings.
+ */
+
+void		 *html_alloc(char *);
+void		 *xhtml_alloc(char *);
+void		  html_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  html_man(void *, const struct man *);
+void		  html_free(void *);
+
+void		  tree_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  tree_man(void *, const struct man *);
+
+void		  man_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  man_man(void *, const struct man *);
+
+void		 *locale_alloc(char *);
+void		 *utf8_alloc(char *);
+void		 *ascii_alloc(char *);
+void		  ascii_free(void *);
+
+void		 *pdf_alloc(char *);
+void		 *ps_alloc(char *);
+void		  pspdf_free(void *);
+
+void		  terminal_mdoc(void *, const struct mdoc *);
+void		  terminal_man(void *, const struct man *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MAIN_H*/
diff --git a/man-cgi.css b/man-cgi.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5300267cfbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man-cgi.css
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+body				{ font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; }
+body > div			{ padding-left: 2em; 
+				  padding-top: 1em; }
+body > div#mancgi		{ padding-left: 0em; 
+				  padding-top: 0em; }
+body > div.results		{ font-size: smaller; }
+#mancgi fieldset		{ text-align: center; 
+				  border: thin solid silver;
+				  border-radius: 1em;
+			  	  font-size: small; }
+#mancgi input[name=expr] 	{ width: 25%; }
+.results td.title		{ vertical-align: top;
+				  padding-right: 1em; }
diff --git a/man.7 b/man.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1715a7ca119
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man.7
@@ -0,0 +1,913 @@
+.\"	$Id: man.7,v 1.113 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze 
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2012 $
+.Dt MAN 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm man
+.Nd legacy formatting language for manual pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Traditionally, the
+.Nm man
+language has been used to write
+.Ux
+manuals for the
+.Xr man 1
+utility.
+It supports limited control of presentational details like fonts,
+indentation and spacing.
+This reference document describes the structure of manual pages
+and the syntax and usage of the man language.
+.Pp
+.Bf -emphasis
+Do not use
+.Nm
+to write your manuals:
+.Ef
+It lacks support for semantic markup.
+Use the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+language, instead.
+.Pp
+In a
+.Nm
+document, lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are called
+.Dq macro lines .
+The first word is the macro name.
+It usually consists of two capital letters.
+For a list of available macros, see
+.Sx MACRO OVERVIEW .
+The words following the macro name are arguments to the macro.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with the control character are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.SH Macro lines change control state.
+Text lines are interpreted within the current state.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Many aspects of the basic syntax of the
+.Nm
+language are based on the
+.Xr roff 7
+language; see the
+.Em LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+and
+.Em MACRO SYNTAX
+sections in the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual for details, in particular regarding
+comments, escape sequences, whitespace, and quoting.
+.Sh MANUAL STRUCTURE
+Each
+.Nm
+document must contain the
+.Sx \&TH
+macro describing the document's section and title.
+It may occur anywhere in the document, although conventionally it
+appears as the first macro.
+.Pp
+Beyond
+.Sx \&TH ,
+at least one macro or text line must appear in the document.
+.Pp
+The following is a well-formed skeleton
+.Nm
+file for a utility
+.Qq progname :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TH PROGNAME 1 2009-10-10
+\&.SH NAME
+\efBprogname\efR \e(en a description goes here
+\&.\e\(dq .SH LIBRARY
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2 & 3 only.
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.SH SYNOPSIS
+\efBprogname\efR [\efB\e-options\efR] arguments...
+\&.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \efBfoo\efR utility processes files...
+\&.\e\(dq .SH IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH RETURN VALUES
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH ENVIRONMENT
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH FILES
+\&.\e\(dq .SH EXIT STATUS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH EXAMPLES
+\&.\e\(dq .SH DIAGNOSTICS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 4, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH ERRORS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .SH SEE ALSO
+\&.\e\(dq .BR foo ( 1 )
+\&.\e\(dq .SH STANDARDS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH HISTORY
+\&.\e\(dq .SH AUTHORS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH CAVEATS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH BUGS
+\&.\e\(dq .SH SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The sections in a
+.Nm
+document are conventionally ordered as they appear above.
+Sections should be composed as follows:
+.Bl -ohang -offset indent
+.It Em NAME
+The name(s) and a short description of the documented material.
+The syntax for this is generally as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 \efBname\efR \e(en description
+.It Em LIBRARY
+The name of the library containing the documented material, which is
+assumed to be a function in a section 2 or 3 manual.
+For functions in the C library, this may be as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Standard C Library (libc, -lc)
+.It Em SYNOPSIS
+Documents the utility invocation syntax, function call syntax, or device
+configuration.
+.Pp
+For the first, utilities (sections 1, 6, and 8), this is
+generally structured as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 \efBname\efR [-\efBab\efR] [-\efBc\efR\efIarg\efR] \efBpath\efR...
+.Pp
+For the second, function calls (sections 2, 3, 9):
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.B char *name(char *\efIarg\efR);
+.Pp
+And for the third, configurations (section 4):
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.B name* at cardbus ? function ?
+.Pp
+Manuals not in these sections generally don't need a
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+.It Em DESCRIPTION
+This expands upon the brief, one-line description in
+.Em NAME .
+It usually contains a break-down of the options (if documenting a
+command).
+.It Em IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+Implementation-specific notes should be kept here.
+This is useful when implementing standard functions that may have side
+effects or notable algorithmic implications.
+.It Em RETURN VALUES
+This section documents the return values of functions in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.It Em ENVIRONMENT
+Documents any usages of environment variables, e.g.,
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.It Em FILES
+Documents files used.
+It's helpful to document both the file name and a short description of how
+the file is used (created, modified, etc.).
+.It Em EXIT STATUS
+This section documents the command exit status for
+section 1, 6, and 8 utilities.
+Historically, this information was described in
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS ,
+a practise that is now discouraged.
+.It Em EXAMPLES
+Example usages.
+This often contains snippets of well-formed,
+well-tested invocations.
+Make sure that examples work properly!
+.It Em DIAGNOSTICS
+Documents error conditions.
+This is most useful in section 4 manuals.
+Historically, this section was used in place of
+.Em EXIT STATUS
+for manuals in sections 1, 6, and 8; however, this practise is
+discouraged.
+.It Em ERRORS
+Documents error handling in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.It Em SEE ALSO
+References other manuals with related topics.
+This section should exist for most manuals.
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.BR bar \&( 1 \&),
+.Pp
+Cross-references should conventionally be ordered
+first by section, then alphabetically.
+.It Em STANDARDS
+References any standards implemented or used, such as
+.Pp
+.D1 IEEE Std 1003.2 (\e(lqPOSIX.2\e(rq)
+.Pp
+If not adhering to any standards, the
+.Em HISTORY
+section should be used.
+.It Em HISTORY
+A brief history of the subject, including where support first appeared.
+.It Em AUTHORS
+Credits to the person or persons who wrote the code and/or documentation.
+Authors should generally be noted by both name and email address.
+.It Em CAVEATS
+Common misuses and misunderstandings should be explained
+in this section.
+.It Em BUGS
+Known bugs, limitations, and work-arounds should be described
+in this section.
+.It Em SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+Documents any security precautions that operators should consider.
+.El
+.Sh MACRO OVERVIEW
+This overview is sorted such that macros of similar purpose are listed
+together, to help find the best macro for any given purpose.
+Deprecated macros are not included in the overview, but can be found
+in the alphabetical reference below.
+.Ss Page header and footer meta-data
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx TH Ta set the title: Ar title section date Op Ar source Op Ar volume
+.It Sx AT Ta display AT&T UNIX version in the page footer (<= 1 argument)
+.It Sx UC Ta display BSD version in the page footer (<= 1 argument)
+.El
+.Ss Sections and paragraphs
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx SH Ta section header (one line)
+.It Sx SS Ta subsection header (one line)
+.It Sx PP , LP , P Ta start an undecorated paragraph (no arguments)
+.It Sx RS , RE Ta reset the left margin: Op Ar width
+.It Sx IP Ta indented paragraph: Op Ar head Op Ar width
+.It Sx TP Ta tagged paragraph: Op Ar width
+.It Sx HP Ta hanged paragraph: Op Ar width
+.It Sx \&br Ta force output line break in text mode (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&sp Ta force vertical space: Op Ar height
+.It Sx fi , nf Ta fill mode and no-fill mode (no arguments)
+.It Sx in Ta additional indent: Op Ar width
+.El
+.Ss Physical markup
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx B Ta boldface font
+.It Sx I Ta italic font
+.It Sx R Ta roman (default) font
+.It Sx SB Ta small boldface font
+.It Sx SM Ta small roman font
+.It Sx BI Ta alternate between boldface and italic fonts
+.It Sx BR Ta alternate between boldface and roman fonts
+.It Sx IB Ta alternate between italic and boldface fonts
+.It Sx IR Ta alternate between italic and roman fonts
+.It Sx RB Ta alternate between roman and boldface fonts
+.It Sx RI Ta alternate between roman and italic fonts
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup
+.Bl -column "PP, LP, P" description
+.It Sx OP Ta optional arguments
+.El
+.Sh MACRO REFERENCE
+This section is a canonical reference to all macros, arranged
+alphabetically.
+For the scoping of individual macros, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX .
+.Ss \&AT
+Sets the volume for the footer for compatibility with man pages from
+.Tn AT&T UNIX
+releases.
+The optional arguments specify which release it is from.
+.Ss \&B
+Text is rendered in bold face.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&I
+and
+.Sx \&R .
+.Ss \&BI
+Text is rendered alternately in bold face and italic.
+Thus,
+.Sq .BI this word and that
+causes
+.Sq this
+and
+.Sq and
+to render in bold face, while
+.Sq word
+and
+.Sq that
+render in italics.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.BI bold italic bold italic
+.Pp
+The output of this example will be emboldened
+.Dq bold
+and italicised
+.Dq italic ,
+with spaces stripped between arguments.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&BR
+Text is rendered alternately in bold face and roman (the default font).
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&DT
+Has no effect.
+Included for compatibility.
+.Ss \&HP
+Begin a paragraph whose initial output line is left-justified, but
+subsequent output lines are indented, with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&HP
+.Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If specified, it's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if unspecified, the
+saved or default width is used.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&I
+Text is rendered in italics.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&B
+and
+.Sx \&R .
+.Ss \&IB
+Text is rendered alternately in italics and bold face.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&IP
+Begin an indented paragraph with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&IP
+.Op Cm head Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument defines the width of the left margin and is defined by
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+It's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if unspecified, the saved or
+default width is used.
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm head
+argument is used as a leading term, flushed to the left margin.
+This is useful for bulleted paragraphs and so on.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&IR
+Text is rendered alternately in italics and roman (the default font).
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+and
+.Sx \&RI .
+.Ss \&LP
+Begin an undecorated paragraph.
+The scope of a paragraph is closed by a subsequent paragraph,
+sub-section, section, or end of file.
+The saved paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&OP
+Optional command-line argument.
+This has the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&OP
+.Cm key Op Cm value
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm key
+is usually a command-line flag and
+.Cm value
+its argument.
+.Ss \&P
+Synonym for
+.Sx \&LP .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&PP
+Synonym for
+.Sx \&LP .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+and
+.Sx \&TP .
+.Ss \&R
+Text is rendered in roman (the default font).
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&I
+and
+.Sx \&B .
+.Ss \&RB
+Text is rendered alternately in roman (the default font) and bold face.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RI ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&RE
+Explicitly close out the scope of a prior
+.Sx \&RS .
+The default left margin is restored to the state of the original
+.Sx \&RS
+invocation.
+.Ss \&RI
+Text is rendered alternately in roman (the default font) and italics.
+Whitespace between arguments is omitted in output.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&BI
+for an equivalent example.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&BI ,
+.Sx \&IB ,
+.Sx \&BR ,
+.Sx \&RB ,
+and
+.Sx \&IR .
+.Ss \&RS
+Temporarily reset the default left margin.
+This has the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&RS
+.Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If not specified, the saved or default width is used.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&RE .
+.Ss \&SB
+Text is rendered in small size (one point smaller than the default font)
+bold face.
+.Ss \&SH
+Begin a section.
+The scope of a section is only closed by another section or the end of
+file.
+The paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.Ss \&SM
+Text is rendered in small size (one point smaller than the default
+font).
+.Ss \&SS
+Begin a sub-section.
+The scope of a sub-section is closed by a subsequent sub-section,
+section, or end of file.
+The paragraph left-margin width is reset to the default.
+.Ss \&TH
+Sets the title of the manual page with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&TH
+.Ar title section date
+.Op Ar source Op Ar volume
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Conventionally, the document
+.Ar title
+is given in all caps.
+The recommended
+.Ar date
+format is
+.Sy YYYY-MM-DD
+as specified in the ISO-8601 standard;
+if the argument does not conform, it is printed verbatim.
+If the
+.Ar date
+is empty or not specified, the current date is used.
+The optional
+.Ar source
+string specifies the organisation providing the utility.
+The
+.Ar volume
+string replaces the default rendered volume, which is dictated by the
+manual section.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.TH CVS 5 "1992-02-12" GNU
+.Ss \&TP
+Begin a paragraph where the head, if exceeding the indentation width, is
+followed by a newline; if not, the body follows on the same line after a
+buffer to the indentation width.
+Subsequent output lines are indented.
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&TP
+.Op Cm width
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Cm width
+argument must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If specified, it's saved for later paragraph left-margins; if
+unspecified, the saved or default width is used.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+and
+.Sx \&PP .
+.Ss \&UC
+Sets the volume for the footer for compatibility with man pages from
+BSD releases.
+The optional first argument specifies which release it is from.
+.Ss \&br
+Breaks the current line.
+Consecutive invocations have no further effect.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&sp .
+.Ss \&fi
+End literal mode begun by
+.Sx \&nf .
+.Ss \&ft
+Change the current font mode.
+See
+.Sx Text Decoration
+for a listing of available font modes.
+.Ss \&in
+Indent relative to the current indentation:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&in Op Cm width
+.Pp
+If
+.Cm width
+is signed, the new offset is relative.
+Otherwise, it is absolute.
+This value is reset upon the next paragraph, section, or sub-section.
+.Ss \&na
+Don't align to the right margin.
+.Ss \&nf
+Begin literal mode: all subsequent free-form lines have their end of
+line boundaries preserved.
+May be ended by
+.Sx \&fi .
+Literal mode is implicitly ended by
+.Sx \&SH
+or
+.Sx \&SS .
+.Ss \&sp
+Insert vertical spaces into output with the following syntax:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&sp
+.Op Cm height
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Insert
+.Cm height
+spaces, which must conform to
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If 0, this is equivalent to the
+.Sx \&br
+macro.
+Defaults to 1, if unspecified.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&br .
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+The
+.Nm
+macros are classified by scope: line scope or block scope.
+Line macros are only scoped to the current line (and, in some
+situations, the subsequent line).
+Block macros are scoped to the current line and subsequent lines until
+closed by another block macro.
+.Ss Line Macros
+Line macros are generally scoped to the current line, with the body
+consisting of zero or more arguments.
+If a macro is scoped to the next line and the line arguments are empty,
+the next line, which must be text, is used instead.
+Thus:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.I
+foo
+.Ed
+.Pp
+is equivalent to
+.Sq \&.I foo .
+If next-line macros are invoked consecutively, only the last is used.
+If a next-line macro is followed by a non-next-line macro, an error is
+raised, except for
+.Sx \&br ,
+.Sx \&sp ,
+and
+.Sx \&na .
+.Pp
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.YO \(lBbody...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "ArgumentsX" "ScopeXXXXX" "CompatX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Arguments Ta Em Scope     Ta Em Notes
+.It Sx \&AT  Ta    <=1       Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&B   Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&BI  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&BR  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&DT  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&I   Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&IB  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&IR  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&OP  Ta    0, 1      Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&R   Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&RB  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&RI  Ta    n         Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&SB  Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&SM  Ta    n         Ta    next-line Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&TH  Ta    >1, <6    Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&UC  Ta    <=1       Ta    current   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&br  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&fi  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&ft  Ta    1         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&in  Ta    1         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&na  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&nf  Ta    0         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&sp  Ta    1         Ta    current   Ta    compat
+.El
+.Pp
+Macros marked as
+.Qq compat
+are included for compatibility with the significant corpus of existing
+manuals that mix dialects of roff.
+These macros should not be used for portable
+.Nm
+manuals.
+.Ss Block Macros
+Block macros comprise a head and body.
+As with in-line macros, the head is scoped to the current line and, in
+one circumstance, the next line (the next-line stipulations as in
+.Sx Line Macros
+apply here as well).
+.Pp
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.YO \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The closure of body scope may be to the section, where a macro is closed
+by
+.Sx \&SH ;
+sub-section, closed by a section or
+.Sx \&SS ;
+part, closed by a section, sub-section, or
+.Sx \&RE ;
+or paragraph, closed by a section, sub-section, part,
+.Sx \&HP ,
+.Sx \&IP ,
+.Sx \&LP ,
+.Sx \&P ,
+.Sx \&PP ,
+or
+.Sx \&TP .
+No closure refers to an explicit block closing macro.
+.Pp
+As a rule, block macros may not be nested; thus, calling a block macro
+while another block macro scope is open, and the open scope is not
+implicitly closed, is syntactically incorrect.
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "ArgumentsX" "Head ScopeX" "sub-sectionX" "compatX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Arguments Ta Em Head Scope Ta Em Body Scope  Ta Em Notes
+.It Sx \&HP  Ta    <2        Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&IP  Ta    <3        Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&LP  Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&P   Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&PP  Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&RE  Ta    0         Ta    current    Ta    none        Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&RS  Ta    1         Ta    current    Ta    part        Ta    compat
+.It Sx \&SH  Ta    >0        Ta    next-line  Ta    section     Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&SS  Ta    >0        Ta    next-line  Ta    sub-section Ta    \&
+.It Sx \&TP  Ta    n         Ta    next-line  Ta    paragraph   Ta    \&
+.El
+.Pp
+Macros marked
+.Qq compat
+are as mentioned in
+.Sx Line Macros .
+.Pp
+If a block macro is next-line scoped, it may only be followed by in-line
+macros for decorating text.
+.Ss Font handling
+In
+.Nm
+documents, both
+.Sx Physical markup
+macros and
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ql \ef
+font escape sequences can be used to choose fonts.
+In text lines, the effect of manual font selection by escape sequences
+only lasts until the next macro invocation; in macro lines, it only lasts
+until the end of the macro scope.
+Note that macros like
+.Sx \&BR
+open and close a font scope for each argument.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents areas of questionable portability between
+implementations of the
+.Nm
+language.
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+Do not depend on
+.Sx \&SH
+or
+.Sx \&SS
+to close out a literal context opened with
+.Sx \&nf .
+This behaviour may not be portable.
+.It
+In quoted literals, GNU troff allowed pair-wise double-quotes to produce
+a standalone double-quote in formatted output.
+It is not known whether this behaviour is exhibited by other formatters.
+.It
+troff suppresses a newline before
+.Sq \(aq
+macro output; in mandoc, it is an alias for the standard
+.Sq \&.
+control character.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \eh
+.Pq horizontal position ,
+.Sq \ev
+.Pq vertical position ,
+.Sq \em
+.Pq text colour ,
+.Sq \eM
+.Pq text filling colour ,
+.Sq \ez
+.Pq zero-length character ,
+.Sq \ew
+.Pq string length ,
+.Sq \ek
+.Pq horizontal position marker ,
+.Sq \eo
+.Pq text overstrike ,
+and
+.Sq \es
+.Pq text size
+escape sequences are all discarded in mandoc.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \ef
+scaling unit is accepted by mandoc, but rendered as the default unit.
+.It
+The
+.Sx \&sp
+macro does not accept negative values in mandoc.
+In GNU troff, this would result in strange behaviour.
+.It
+In page header lines, GNU troff versions up to and including 1.21
+only print
+.Ar volume
+names explicitly specified in the
+.Sx \&TH
+macro; mandoc and newer groff print the default volume name
+corresponding to the
+.Ar section
+number when no
+.Ar volume
+is given, like in
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Sx OP
+macro is part of the extended
+.Nm
+macro set, and may not be portable to non-GNU troff implementations.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+language first appeared as a macro package for the roff typesetting
+system in
+.At v7 .
+It was later rewritten by James Clark as a macro package for groff.
+Eric S. Raymond wrote the extended
+.Nm
+macros for groff in 2007.
+The stand-alone implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility written by Kristaps Dzonsons appeared in
+.Ox 4.6 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Do not use this language.
+Use
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+instead.
diff --git a/man.c b/man.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1bea5610e3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man.c
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+/*	$Id: man.c,v 1.115 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+const	char *const __man_macronames[MAN_MAX] = {		 
+	"br",		"TH",		"SH",		"SS",
+	"TP", 		"LP",		"PP",		"P",
+	"IP",		"HP",		"SM",		"SB",
+	"BI",		"IB",		"BR",		"RB",
+	"R",		"B",		"I",		"IR",
+	"RI",		"na",		"sp",		"nf",
+	"fi",		"RE",		"RS",		"DT",
+	"UC",		"PD",		"AT",		"in",
+	"ft",		"OP"
+	};
+
+const	char * const *man_macronames = __man_macronames;
+
+static	struct man_node	*man_node_alloc(struct man *, int, int, 
+				enum man_type, enum mant);
+static	int		 man_node_append(struct man *, 
+				struct man_node *);
+static	void		 man_node_free(struct man_node *);
+static	void		 man_node_unlink(struct man *, 
+				struct man_node *);
+static	int		 man_ptext(struct man *, int, char *, int);
+static	int		 man_pmacro(struct man *, int, char *, int);
+static	void		 man_free1(struct man *);
+static	void		 man_alloc1(struct man *);
+static	int		 man_descope(struct man *, int, int);
+
+
+const struct man_node *
+man_node(const struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(m->first);
+}
+
+
+const struct man_meta *
+man_meta(const struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(&m->meta);
+}
+
+
+void
+man_reset(struct man *man)
+{
+
+	man_free1(man);
+	man_alloc1(man);
+}
+
+
+void
+man_free(struct man *man)
+{
+
+	man_free1(man);
+	free(man);
+}
+
+
+struct man *
+man_alloc(struct roff *roff, struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct man	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct man));
+
+	man_hash_init();
+	p->parse = parse;
+	p->roff = roff;
+
+	man_alloc1(p);
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_endparse(struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+	if (man_macroend(m))
+		return(1);
+	m->flags |= MAN_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_parseln(struct man *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+
+	m->flags |= MAN_NEWLINE;
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	return (mandoc_getcontrol(buf, &offs) ?
+			man_pmacro(m, ln, buf, offs) : 
+			man_ptext(m, ln, buf, offs));
+}
+
+
+static void
+man_free1(struct man *man)
+{
+
+	if (man->first)
+		man_node_delete(man, man->first);
+	if (man->meta.title)
+		free(man->meta.title);
+	if (man->meta.source)
+		free(man->meta.source);
+	if (man->meta.date)
+		free(man->meta.date);
+	if (man->meta.vol)
+		free(man->meta.vol);
+	if (man->meta.msec)
+		free(man->meta.msec);
+}
+
+
+static void
+man_alloc1(struct man *m)
+{
+
+	memset(&m->meta, 0, sizeof(struct man_meta));
+	m->flags = 0;
+	m->last = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct man_node));
+	m->first = m->last;
+	m->last->type = MAN_ROOT;
+	m->last->tok = MAN_MAX;
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+}
+
+
+static int
+man_node_append(struct man *man, struct man_node *p)
+{
+
+	assert(man->last);
+	assert(man->first);
+	assert(MAN_ROOT != p->type);
+
+	switch (man->next) {
+	case (MAN_NEXT_SIBLING):
+		man->last->next = p;
+		p->prev = man->last;
+		p->parent = man->last->parent;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_NEXT_CHILD):
+		man->last->child = p;
+		p->parent = man->last;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	
+	assert(p->parent);
+	p->parent->nchild++;
+
+	if ( ! man_valid_pre(man, p))
+		return(0);
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->head = p;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TAIL):
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->tail = p;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->body = p;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	man->last = p;
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		if ( ! man_valid_post(man))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static struct man_node *
+man_node_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum man_type type, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct man_node));
+	p->line = line;
+	p->pos = pos;
+	p->type = type;
+	p->tok = tok;
+
+	if (MAN_NEWLINE & m->flags)
+		p->flags |= MAN_LINE;
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_NEWLINE;
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_elem_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_ELEM, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_tail_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_TAIL, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_head_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_HEAD, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_body_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_BODY, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_block_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node *p;
+
+	p = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_BLOCK, tok);
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+int
+man_word_alloc(struct man *m, int line, int pos, const char *word)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	n = man_node_alloc(m, line, pos, MAN_TEXT, MAN_MAX);
+	n->string = roff_strdup(m->roff, word);
+
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Free all of the resources held by a node.  This does NOT unlink a
+ * node from its context; for that, see man_node_unlink().
+ */
+static void
+man_node_free(struct man_node *p)
+{
+
+	if (p->string)
+		free(p->string);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+man_node_delete(struct man *m, struct man_node *p)
+{
+
+	while (p->child)
+		man_node_delete(m, p->child);
+
+	man_node_unlink(m, p);
+	man_node_free(p);
+}
+
+int
+man_addeqn(struct man *m, const struct eqn *ep)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	n = man_node_alloc(m, ep->ln, ep->pos, MAN_EQN, MAN_MAX);
+	n->eqn = ep;
+
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(man_descope(m, ep->ln, ep->pos));
+}
+
+int
+man_addspan(struct man *m, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	assert( ! (MAN_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	n = man_node_alloc(m, sp->line, 0, MAN_TBL, MAN_MAX);
+	n->span = sp;
+
+	if ( ! man_node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(man_descope(m, sp->line, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+man_descope(struct man *m, int line, int offs)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Co-ordinate what happens with having a next-line scope open:
+	 * first close out the element scope (if applicable), then close
+	 * out the block scope (also if applicable).
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_ELINE & m->flags) {
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ELINE;
+		if ( ! man_unscope(m, m->last->parent, MANDOCERR_MAX))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_BLINE & m->flags))
+		return(1);
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+
+	if ( ! man_unscope(m, m->last->parent, MANDOCERR_MAX))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, line, offs, m->last->tok));
+}
+
+static int
+man_ptext(struct man *m, int line, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	/* Literal free-form text whitespace is preserved. */
+
+	if (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags) {
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, offs, buf + offs))
+			return(0);
+		return(man_descope(m, line, offs));
+	}
+
+	/* Pump blank lines directly into the backend. */
+
+	for (i = offs; ' ' == buf[i]; i++)
+		/* Skip leading whitespace. */ ;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[i]) {
+		/* Allocate a blank entry. */
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, offs, ""))
+			return(0);
+		return(man_descope(m, line, offs));
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Warn if the last un-escaped character is whitespace. Then
+	 * strip away the remaining spaces (tabs stay!).   
+	 */
+
+	i = (int)strlen(buf);
+	assert(i);
+
+	if (' ' == buf[i - 1] || '\t' == buf[i - 1]) {
+		if (i > 1 && '\\' != buf[i - 2])
+			man_pmsg(m, line, i - 1, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+		for (--i; i && ' ' == buf[i]; i--)
+			/* Spin back to non-space. */ ;
+
+		/* Jump ahead of escaped whitespace. */
+		i += '\\' == buf[i] ? 2 : 1;
+
+		buf[i] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, offs, buf + offs))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * End-of-sentence check.  If the last character is an unescaped
+	 * EOS character, then flag the node as being the end of a
+	 * sentence.  The front-end will know how to interpret this.
+	 */
+
+	assert(i);
+	if (mandoc_eos(buf, (size_t)i, 0))
+		m->last->flags |= MAN_EOS;
+
+	return(man_descope(m, line, offs));
+}
+
+static int
+man_pmacro(struct man *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	int		 i, ppos;
+	enum mant	 tok;
+	char		 mac[5];
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	if ('"' == buf[offs]) {
+		man_pmsg(m, ln, offs, MANDOCERR_BADCOMMENT);
+		return(1);
+	} else if ('\0' == buf[offs])
+		return(1);
+
+	ppos = offs;
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy the first word into a nil-terminated buffer.
+	 * Stop copying when a tab, space, or eoln is encountered.
+	 */
+
+	i = 0;
+	while (i < 4 && '\0' != buf[offs] && 
+			' ' != buf[offs] && '\t' != buf[offs])
+		mac[i++] = buf[offs++];
+
+	mac[i] = '\0';
+
+	tok = (i > 0 && i < 4) ? man_hash_find(mac) : MAN_MAX;
+
+	if (MAN_MAX == tok) {
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_MACRO, m->parse, ln, 
+				ppos, "%s", buf + ppos - 1);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* The macro is sane.  Jump to the next word. */
+
+	while (buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs])
+		offs++;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Trailing whitespace.  Note that tabs are allowed to be passed
+	 * into the parser as "text", so we only warn about spaces here.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs - 1])
+		man_pmsg(m, ln, offs - 1, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Remove prior ELINE macro, as it's being clobbered by a new
+	 * macro.  Note that NSCOPED macros do not close out ELINE
+	 * macros---they don't print text---so we let those slip by.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) &&
+			m->flags & MAN_ELINE) {
+		n = m->last;
+		assert(MAN_TEXT != n->type);
+
+		/* Remove repeated NSCOPED macros causing ELINE. */
+
+		if (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[n->tok].flags)
+			n = n->parent;
+
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_LINESCOPE, m->parse, n->line, 
+		    n->pos, "%s breaks %s", man_macronames[tok],
+		    man_macronames[n->tok]);
+
+		man_node_delete(m, n);
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ELINE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Remove prior BLINE macro that is being clobbered.
+	 */
+	if ((m->flags & MAN_BLINE) &&
+	    (MAN_BSCOPE & man_macros[tok].flags)) {
+		n = m->last;
+
+		/* Might be a text node like 8 in
+		 * .TP 8
+		 * .SH foo
+		 */
+		if (MAN_TEXT == n->type)
+			n = n->parent;
+
+		/* Remove element that didn't end BLINE, if any. */
+		if ( ! (MAN_BSCOPE & man_macros[n->tok].flags))
+			n = n->parent;
+
+		assert(MAN_HEAD == n->type);
+		n = n->parent;
+		assert(MAN_BLOCK == n->type);
+		assert(MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[n->tok].flags);
+
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_LINESCOPE, m->parse, n->line, 
+		    n->pos, "%s breaks %s", man_macronames[tok],
+		    man_macronames[n->tok]);
+
+		man_node_delete(m, n);
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Save the fact that we're in the next-line for a block.  In
+	 * this way, embedded roff instructions can "remember" state
+	 * when they exit.
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_BLINE & m->flags)
+		m->flags |= MAN_BPLINE;
+
+	/* Call to handler... */
+
+	assert(man_macros[tok].fp);
+	if ( ! (*man_macros[tok].fp)(m, tok, ln, ppos, &offs, buf))
+		goto err;
+
+	/* 
+	 * We weren't in a block-line scope when entering the
+	 * above-parsed macro, so return.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_BPLINE & m->flags)) {
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ILINE; 
+		return(1);
+	}
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BPLINE;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in a block scope, then allow this macro to slip by
+	 * without closing scope around it.
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_ILINE & m->flags) {
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_ILINE;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * If we've opened a new next-line element scope, then return
+	 * now, as the next line will close out the block scope.
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_ELINE & m->flags)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* Close out the block scope opened in the prior line.  */
+
+	assert(MAN_BLINE & m->flags);
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+
+	if ( ! man_unscope(m, m->last->parent, MANDOCERR_MAX))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, ln, ppos, m->last->tok));
+
+err:	/* Error out. */
+
+	m->flags |= MAN_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Unlink a node from its context.  If "m" is provided, the last parse
+ * point will also be adjusted accordingly.
+ */
+static void
+man_node_unlink(struct man *m, struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	/* Adjust siblings. */
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		n->prev->next = n->next;
+	if (n->next)
+		n->next->prev = n->prev;
+
+	/* Adjust parent. */
+
+	if (n->parent) {
+		n->parent->nchild--;
+		if (n->parent->child == n)
+			n->parent->child = n->prev ? n->prev : n->next;
+	}
+
+	/* Adjust parse point, if applicable. */
+
+	if (m && m->last == n) {
+		/*XXX: this can occur when bailing from validation. */
+		/*assert(NULL == n->next);*/
+		if (n->prev) {
+			m->last = n->prev;
+			m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+		} else {
+			m->last = n->parent;
+			m->next = MAN_NEXT_CHILD;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (m && m->first == n)
+		m->first = NULL;
+}
+
+const struct mparse *
+man_mparse(const struct man *m)
+{
+
+	assert(m && m->parse);
+	return(m->parse);
+}
diff --git a/man.cgi.7 b/man.cgi.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7afd84b907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man.cgi.7
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 24 2012 $
+.Dt MAN.CGI 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm man.cgi
+.Nd cgi for manpage query and display
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+script queries and displays manual pages.
+It interfaces with
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+databases cached with
+.Xr catman 8 .
+.Pp
+To use
+.Nm ,
+create a manual cache in
+.Xr catman 8 .
+Assign this directory to the environment variable
+.Ev CACHE_DIR ,
+defaulting to
+.Pa /cache/man.cgi .
+Copy the
+.Pa man.cgi
+script into your CGI directory (see
+.Sx FILES
+for other relevant files).
+.Pp
+Multiple
+.Xr catman 8
+trees may be managed by
+.Nm :
+directories under
+.Ev CACHE_DIR
+containing
+.Pa etc/catman.conf
+are identified as
+.Qq manroots .
+The path of a manroot under
+.Ev CACHE_DIR
+is converted to a name by replacing path separators with spaces.
+.Pp
+Thus, if
+.Ev CACHE_DIR
+is the default
+.Pa /cache/man.cgi ,
+the web-server is jailed to
+.Pa /var/www ,
+and cache subdirectories
+.Pa ./foo/1
+and
+.Pa ./bar/2
+contain
+.Pa etc/catman.conf ,
+.Nm
+will assign these to manroots
+.Qq foo 1
+and
+.Qq bar 2 ,
+respectively.
+These names will appear as choices when searching for manuals.
+.Pp
+If
+.Nm
+finds only one manroot, or none, then the selection box is omitted.
+If no manroot is specified during search, the first manroot is used by
+default.
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ev CACHE_DIR
+The absolute path of the
+.Xr catman 8
+cache directory.
+This must not have a trailing slash.
+.It Ev CSS_DIR
+Prepended to CSS file links in outputted HTML files.
+This must not have a trailing slash.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Pa etc/catman.conf
+Built by
+.Xr catman 8
+and must exist at least once under the configuration directory root.
+.It Pa man.css
+Should be visible in the server document root or within
+.Ev CSS_DIR .
+Included in each page after
+.Pa man-cgi.css ,
+ostensibly for
+.Xr mandoc 1
+HTML output styling.
+.It Pa man.cgi.css
+Should be visible in the server document root or within
+.Ev CSS_DIR .
+Included in each page, ostensibly for general
+.Nm
+styling.
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The
+.Nm
+script is call-compatible with queries from the traditional
+.Pa man.cgi
+script by Wolfram Schneider.
+However, the results may not be quite the same.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr catman 8 ,
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+utility was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+If you're running in a jailed web-server, make sure the
+.Pa /tmp
+directory exists and is writable.
+The databases may need this for scratch space.
diff --git a/man.h b/man.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4fc3934e6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*	$Id: man.h,v 1.60 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MAN_H
+#define MAN_H
+
+enum	mant {
+	MAN_br = 0,
+	MAN_TH,
+	MAN_SH,
+	MAN_SS,
+	MAN_TP,
+	MAN_LP,
+	MAN_PP,
+	MAN_P,
+	MAN_IP,
+	MAN_HP,
+	MAN_SM,
+	MAN_SB,
+	MAN_BI,
+	MAN_IB,
+	MAN_BR,
+	MAN_RB,
+	MAN_R,
+	MAN_B,
+	MAN_I,
+	MAN_IR,
+	MAN_RI,
+	MAN_na,
+	MAN_sp,
+	MAN_nf,
+	MAN_fi,
+	MAN_RE,
+	MAN_RS,
+	MAN_DT,
+	MAN_UC,
+	MAN_PD,
+	MAN_AT,
+	MAN_in,
+	MAN_ft,
+	MAN_OP,
+	MAN_MAX
+};
+
+enum	man_type {
+	MAN_TEXT,
+	MAN_ELEM,
+	MAN_ROOT,
+	MAN_BLOCK,
+	MAN_HEAD,
+	MAN_BODY,
+	MAN_TAIL,
+	MAN_TBL,
+	MAN_EQN
+};
+
+struct	man_meta {
+	char		*msec; /* `TH' section (1, 3p, etc.) */
+	char		*date; /* `TH' normalised date */
+	char		*vol; /* `TH' volume */
+	char		*title; /* `TH' title (e.g., FOO) */
+	char		*source; /* `TH' source (e.g., GNU) */
+};
+
+struct	man_node {
+	struct man_node	*parent; /* parent AST node */
+	struct man_node	*child; /* first child AST node */
+	struct man_node	*next; /* sibling AST node */
+	struct man_node	*prev; /* prior sibling AST node */
+	int		 nchild; /* number children */
+	int		 line;
+	int		 pos;
+	enum mant	 tok; /* tok or MAN__MAX if none */
+	int		 flags;
+#define	MAN_VALID	(1 << 0) /* has been validated */
+#define	MAN_EOS		(1 << 2) /* at sentence boundary */
+#define	MAN_LINE	(1 << 3) /* first macro/text on line */
+	enum man_type	 type; /* AST node type */
+	char		*string; /* TEXT node argument */
+	struct man_node	*head; /* BLOCK node HEAD ptr */
+	struct man_node *tail; /* BLOCK node TAIL ptr */
+	struct man_node	*body; /* BLOCK node BODY ptr */
+	const struct tbl_span *span; /* TBL */
+	const struct eqn *eqn; /* EQN */
+};
+
+/* Names of macros.  Index is enum mant. */
+extern	const char *const *man_macronames;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	man;
+
+const struct man_node *man_node(const struct man *);
+const struct man_meta *man_meta(const struct man *);
+const struct mparse   *man_mparse(const struct man *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MAN_H*/
diff --git a/man_hash.c b/man_hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..86c5c40a199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man_hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*	$Id: man_hash.c,v 1.25 2011/07/24 18:15:14 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+
+#define	HASH_DEPTH	 6
+
+#define	HASH_ROW(x) do { \
+		if (isupper((unsigned char)(x))) \
+			(x) -= 65; \
+		else \
+			(x) -= 97; \
+		(x) *= HASH_DEPTH; \
+	} while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+/*
+ * Lookup table is indexed first by lower-case first letter (plus one
+ * for the period, which is stored in the last row), then by lower or
+ * uppercase second letter.  Buckets correspond to the index of the
+ * macro (the integer value of the enum stored as a char to save a bit
+ * of space).
+ */
+static	unsigned char	 table[26 * HASH_DEPTH];
+
+/*
+ * XXX - this hash has global scope, so if intended for use as a library
+ * with multiple callers, it will need re-invocation protection.
+ */
+void
+man_hash_init(void)
+{
+	int		 i, j, x;
+
+	memset(table, UCHAR_MAX, sizeof(table));
+
+	assert(/* LINTED */ 
+			MAN_MAX < UCHAR_MAX);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)MAN_MAX; i++) {
+		x = man_macronames[i][0];
+
+		assert(isalpha((unsigned char)x));
+
+		HASH_ROW(x);
+
+		for (j = 0; j < HASH_DEPTH; j++)
+			if (UCHAR_MAX == table[x + j]) {
+				table[x + j] = (unsigned char)i;
+				break;
+			}
+
+		assert(j < HASH_DEPTH);
+	}
+}
+
+
+enum mant
+man_hash_find(const char *tmp)
+{
+	int		 x, y, i;
+	enum mant	 tok;
+
+	if ('\0' == (x = tmp[0]))
+		return(MAN_MAX);
+	if ( ! (isalpha((unsigned char)x)))
+		return(MAN_MAX);
+
+	HASH_ROW(x);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < HASH_DEPTH; i++) {
+		if (UCHAR_MAX == (y = table[x + i]))
+			return(MAN_MAX);
+
+		tok = (enum mant)y;
+		if (0 == strcmp(tmp, man_macronames[tok]))
+			return(tok);
+	}
+
+	return(MAN_MAX);
+}
diff --git a/man_html.c b/man_html.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a76ea2d7070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man_html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
+/*	$Id: man_html.c,v 1.86 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+/* TODO: preserve ident widths. */
+/* FIXME: have PD set the default vspace width. */
+
+#define	INDENT		  5
+
+#define	MAN_ARGS	  const struct man_meta *m, \
+			  const struct man_node *n, \
+			  struct mhtml *mh, \
+			  struct html *h
+
+struct	mhtml {
+	int		  fl;
+#define	MANH_LITERAL	 (1 << 0) /* literal context */
+};
+
+struct	htmlman {
+	int		(*pre)(MAN_ARGS);
+	int		(*post)(MAN_ARGS);
+};
+
+static	void		  print_bvspace(struct html *, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+static	void		  print_man(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_head(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_nodelist(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_node(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  a2width(const struct man_node *,
+				struct roffsu *);
+static	int		  man_B_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_HP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_IP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_I_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_OP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_PP_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_RS_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_SH_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_SM_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_SS_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_alt_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_br_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_ign_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_in_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	int		  man_literal_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  man_root_post(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  man_root_pre(MAN_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct htmlman mans[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ man_br_pre, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* TH */
+	{ man_SH_pre, NULL }, /* SH */
+	{ man_SS_pre, NULL }, /* SS */
+	{ man_IP_pre, NULL }, /* TP */
+	{ man_PP_pre, NULL }, /* LP */
+	{ man_PP_pre, NULL }, /* PP */
+	{ man_PP_pre, NULL }, /* P */
+	{ man_IP_pre, NULL }, /* IP */
+	{ man_HP_pre, NULL }, /* HP */ 
+	{ man_SM_pre, NULL }, /* SM */
+	{ man_SM_pre, NULL }, /* SB */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* BI */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* IB */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* BR */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* RB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* R */
+	{ man_B_pre, NULL }, /* B */
+	{ man_I_pre, NULL }, /* I */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* IR */
+	{ man_alt_pre, NULL }, /* RI */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* na */
+	{ man_br_pre, NULL }, /* sp */
+	{ man_literal_pre, NULL }, /* nf */
+	{ man_literal_pre, NULL }, /* fi */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RE */
+	{ man_RS_pre, NULL }, /* RS */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* DT */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* UC */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* PD */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* AT */
+	{ man_in_pre, NULL }, /* in */
+	{ man_ign_pre, NULL }, /* ft */
+	{ man_OP_pre, NULL }, /* OP */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Printing leading vertical space before a block.
+ * This is used for the paragraph macros.
+ * The rules are pretty simple, since there's very little nesting going
+ * on here.  Basically, if we're the first within another block (SS/SH),
+ * then don't emit vertical space.  If we are (RS), then do.  If not the
+ * first, print it.
+ */
+static void
+print_bvspace(struct html *h, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	if (n->body && n->body->child)
+		if (MAN_TBL == n->body->child->type)
+			return;
+
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type || MAN_RS != n->parent->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			return;
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+void
+html_man(void *arg, const struct man *m)
+{
+	struct mhtml	 mh;
+
+	memset(&mh, 0, sizeof(struct mhtml));
+	print_man(man_meta(m), man_node(m), &mh, (struct html *)arg);
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+print_man(MAN_ARGS) 
+{
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "mandoc");
+
+	if ( ! (HTML_FRAGMENT & h->oflags)) {
+		print_gen_decls(h);
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_HTML, 0, NULL);
+		tt = print_otag(h, TAG_HEAD, 0, NULL);
+		print_man_head(m, n, mh, h);
+		print_tagq(h, tt);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BODY, 0, NULL);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+	} else 
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	print_man_nodelist(m, n, mh, h);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+print_man_head(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_gen_head(h);
+	assert(m->title);
+	assert(m->msec);
+	bufcat_fmt(h, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TITLE, 0, NULL);
+	print_text(h, h->buf);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_nodelist(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_man_node(m, n, mh, h);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_man_nodelist(m, n->next, mh, h);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_node(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 child;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	child = 1;
+	t = h->tags.head;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		man_root_pre(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		/*
+		 * If we have a blank line, output a vertical space.
+		 * If we have a space as the first character, break
+		 * before printing the line's data.
+		 */
+		if ('\0' == *n->string) {
+			print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (' ' == *n->string && MAN_LINE & n->flags)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		else if (MANH_LITERAL & mh->fl && n->prev)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		return;
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		print_eqn(h, n->eqn);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/*
+		 * This will take care of initialising all of the table
+		 * state data for the first table, then tearing it down
+		 * for the last one.
+		 */
+		print_tbl(h, n->span);
+		return;
+	default:
+		/* 
+		 * Close out scope of font prior to opening a macro
+		 * scope.
+		 */
+		if (HTMLFONT_NONE != h->metac) {
+			h->metal = h->metac;
+			h->metac = HTMLFONT_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Close out the current table, if it's open, and unset
+		 * the "meta" table state.  This will be reopened on the
+		 * next table element.
+		 */
+		if (h->tblt) {
+			print_tblclose(h);
+			t = h->tags.head;
+		}
+		if (mans[n->tok].pre)
+			child = (*mans[n->tok].pre)(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (child && n->child)
+		print_man_nodelist(m, n->child, mh, h);
+
+	/* This will automatically close out any font scope. */
+	print_stagq(h, t);
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		man_root_post(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (mans[n->tok].post)
+			(*mans[n->tok].post)(m, n, mh, h);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+static int
+a2width(const struct man_node *n, struct roffsu *su)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_TEXT != n->type)
+		return(0);
+	if (a2roffsu(n->string, su, SCALE_BU))
+		return(1);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+man_root_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	char		 b[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+
+	b[0] = 0;
+	if (m->vol)
+		(void)strlcat(b, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+
+	assert(m->title);
+	assert(m->msec);
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ - 1, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Header");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "head");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "30%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-ltitle");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-vol");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "center");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, b);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-rtitle");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+man_root_post(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Footer");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "foot");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "50%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-date");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+
+	assert(m->date);
+	print_text(h, m->date);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-os");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+
+	if (m->source)
+		print_text(h, m->source);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_br_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 1);
+
+	if (MAN_sp == n->tok) {
+		if (NULL != (n = n->child))
+			if ( ! a2roffsu(n->string, &su, SCALE_VS))
+				SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(n->string));
+	} else
+		su.scale = 0;
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "height", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	/* So the div isn't empty: */
+	print_text(h, "\\~");
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_SH_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "section");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MAN_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_H1, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_alt_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	int		 i, savelit;
+	enum htmltag	 fp;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	if ((savelit = mh->fl & MANH_LITERAL)) 
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+
+	for (i = 0, nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next, i++) {
+		t = NULL;
+		switch (n->tok) {
+		case (MAN_BI):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_I : TAG_B;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_IB):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_B : TAG_I;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_RI):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_I : TAG_MAX;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_IR):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_MAX : TAG_I;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_BR):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_MAX : TAG_B;
+			break;
+		case (MAN_RB):
+			fp = i % 2 ? TAG_B : TAG_MAX;
+			break;
+		default:
+			abort();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+		if (i)
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+		if (TAG_MAX != fp)
+			t = print_otag(h, fp, 0, NULL);
+
+		print_man_node(m, nn, mh, h);
+
+		if (t)
+			print_tagq(h, t);
+	}
+
+	if (savelit)
+		mh->fl |= MANH_LITERAL;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_SM_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SMALL, 0, NULL);
+	if (MAN_SB == n->tok)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_SS_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "subsection");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MAN_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_H2, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_PP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type)
+		print_bvspace(h, n);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_IP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	if (MAN_BODY == n->type) { 
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DD, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MAN_HEAD != n->type) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DL, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* FIXME: width specification. */
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DT, 0, NULL);
+
+	/* For IP, only print the first header element. */
+
+	if (MAN_IP == n->tok && n->child)
+		print_man_node(m, n->child, mh, h);
+
+	/* For TP, only print next-line header elements. */
+
+	if (MAN_TP == n->tok)
+		for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next)
+			if (nn->line > n->line)
+				print_man_node(m, nn, mh, h);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_HP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	const struct man_node *np;
+
+	if (MAN_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MAN_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	np = n->head->child;
+
+	if (NULL == np || ! a2width(np, &su))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, INDENT);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+
+	print_bvspace(h, n);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	su.scale = -su.scale;
+	bufcat_su(h, "text-indent", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_P, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_OP_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*tt;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	print_text(h, "[");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "opt");
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	if (NULL != n && NULL != n->next) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL);
+		print_text(h, n->next->string);
+	}
+
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "]");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_B_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_I_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_literal_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_nf != n->tok) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		mh->fl &= ~MANH_LITERAL;
+	} else
+		mh->fl |= MANH_LITERAL;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_in_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_ign_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+man_RS_pre(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if (MAN_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MAN_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, INDENT);
+	if (n->head->child)
+		a2width(n->head->child, &su);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/man_macro.c b/man_macro.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4bbbc4fa7f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man_macro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/*	$Id: man_macro.c,v 1.71 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+
+enum	rew {
+	REW_REWIND,
+	REW_NOHALT,
+	REW_HALT
+};
+
+static	int		 blk_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 blk_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 blk_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int		 man_args(struct man *, int, 
+				int *, char *, char **);
+
+static	int		 rew_scope(enum man_type, 
+				struct man *, enum mant);
+static	enum rew	 rew_dohalt(enum mant, enum man_type, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+static	enum rew	 rew_block(enum mant, enum man_type, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+static	void		 rew_warn(struct man *, 
+				struct man_node *, enum mandocerr);
+
+const	struct man_macro __man_macros[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_NSCOPED }, /* br */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* TH */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE | MAN_SCOPED }, /* SH */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE | MAN_SCOPED }, /* SS */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE | MAN_SCOPED | MAN_FSCOPED }, /* TP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* LP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* PP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* P */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* IP */
+	{ blk_imp, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* HP */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* SM */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* SB */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* BI */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* IB */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* BR */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* RB */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* R */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* B */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_SCOPED }, /* I */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* IR */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* RI */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_NSCOPED }, /* na */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_NSCOPED }, /* sp */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* nf */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MAN_BSCOPE }, /* fi */
+	{ blk_close, 0 }, /* RE */
+	{ blk_exp, MAN_EXPLICIT }, /* RS */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* DT */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* UC */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* PD */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* AT */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* in */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* ft */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* OP */
+};
+
+const	struct man_macro * const man_macros = __man_macros;
+
+
+/*
+ * Warn when "n" is an explicit non-roff macro.
+ */
+static void
+rew_warn(struct man *m, struct man_node *n, enum mandocerr er)
+{
+
+	if (er == MANDOCERR_MAX || MAN_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return;
+	if (MAN_VALID & n->flags)
+		return;
+	if ( ! (MAN_EXPLICIT & man_macros[n->tok].flags))
+		return;
+
+	assert(er < MANDOCERR_FATAL);
+	man_nmsg(m, n, er);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Rewind scope.  If a code "er" != MANDOCERR_MAX has been provided, it
+ * will be used if an explicit block scope is being closed out.
+ */
+int
+man_unscope(struct man *m, const struct man_node *to, 
+		enum mandocerr er)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	assert(to);
+
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	while (m->last != to) {
+		/*
+		 * Save the parent here, because we may delete the
+		 * m->last node in the post-validation phase and reset
+		 * it to m->last->parent, causing a step in the closing
+		 * out to be lost.
+		 */
+		n = m->last->parent;
+		rew_warn(m, m->last, er);
+		if ( ! man_valid_post(m))
+			return(0);
+		m->last = n;
+		assert(m->last);
+	}
+
+	rew_warn(m, m->last, er);
+	if ( ! man_valid_post(m))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static enum rew
+rew_block(enum mant ntok, enum man_type type, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == type && ntok == n->parent->tok && 
+			MAN_BODY == n->parent->type)
+		return(REW_REWIND);
+	return(ntok == n->tok ? REW_HALT : REW_NOHALT);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * There are three scope levels: scoped to the root (all), scoped to the
+ * section (all less sections), and scoped to subsections (all less
+ * sections and subsections).
+ */
+static enum rew 
+rew_dohalt(enum mant tok, enum man_type type, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+	enum rew	 c;
+
+	/* We cannot progress beyond the root ever. */
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->type)
+		return(REW_HALT);
+
+	assert(n->parent);
+
+	/* Normal nodes shouldn't go to the level of the root. */
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type)
+		return(REW_REWIND);
+
+	/* Already-validated nodes should be closed out. */
+	if (MAN_VALID & n->flags)
+		return(REW_NOHALT);
+
+	/* First: rewind to ourselves. */
+	if (type == n->type && tok == n->tok)
+		return(REW_REWIND);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Next follow the implicit scope-smashings as defined by man.7:
+	 * section, sub-section, etc.
+	 */
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MAN_SH):
+		break;
+	case (MAN_SS):
+		/* Rewind to a section, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SH, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_RS):
+		/* Rewind to a subsection, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SS, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		/* Rewind to a section, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SH, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		break;
+	default:
+		/* Rewind to an offsetter, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_RS, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		/* Rewind to a subsection, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SS, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		/* Rewind to a section, if a block. */
+		if (REW_NOHALT != (c = rew_block(MAN_SH, type, n)))
+			return(c);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(REW_NOHALT);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Rewinding entails ascending the parse tree until a coherent point,
+ * for example, the `SH' macro will close out any intervening `SS'
+ * scopes.  When a scope is closed, it must be validated and actioned.
+ */
+static int
+rew_scope(enum man_type type, struct man *m, enum mant tok)
+{
+	struct man_node	*n;
+	enum rew	 c;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	for (n = m->last; n; n = n->parent) {
+		/* 
+		 * Whether we should stop immediately (REW_HALT), stop
+		 * and rewind until this point (REW_REWIND), or keep
+		 * rewinding (REW_NOHALT).
+		 */
+		c = rew_dohalt(tok, type, n);
+		if (REW_HALT == c)
+			return(1);
+		if (REW_REWIND == c)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Rewind until the current point.  Warn if we're a roff
+	 * instruction that's mowing over explicit scopes.
+	 */
+	assert(n);
+
+	return(man_unscope(m, n, MANDOCERR_MAX));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Close out a generic explicit macro.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+blk_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	enum mant	 	 ntok;
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MAN_RE):
+		ntok = MAN_RS;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	for (nn = m->last->parent; nn; nn = nn->parent)
+		if (ntok == nn->tok)
+			break;
+
+	if (NULL == nn)
+		man_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE);
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BODY, m, ntok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BLOCK, m, ntok))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+blk_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	char		*p;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Close out prior scopes.  "Regular" explicit macros cannot be
+	 * nested, but we allow roff macros to be placed just about
+	 * anywhere.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! man_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! man_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		if ( ! man_args(m, line, pos, buf, &p))
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, la, p))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(m);
+	assert(tok != MAN_MAX);
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_HEAD, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok));
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse an implicit-block macro.  These contain a MAN_HEAD and a
+ * MAN_BODY contained within a MAN_BLOCK.  Rules for closing out other
+ * scopes, such as `SH' closing out an `SS', are defined in the rew
+ * routines.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+blk_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	char		*p;
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	/* Close out prior scopes. */
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BODY, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_BLOCK, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Allocate new block & head scope. */
+
+	if ( ! man_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! man_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	n = m->last;
+
+	/* Add line arguments. */
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		if ( ! man_args(m, line, pos, buf, &p))
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, la, p))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Close out head and open body (unless MAN_SCOPE). */
+
+	if (MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+		/* If we're forcing scope (`TP'), keep it open. */
+		if (MAN_FSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+			m->flags |= MAN_BLINE;
+			return(1);
+		} else if (n == m->last) {
+			m->flags |= MAN_BLINE;
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ! rew_scope(MAN_HEAD, m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	return(man_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	char		*p;
+	struct man_node	*n;
+
+	if ( ! man_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	n = m->last;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		if ( ! man_args(m, line, pos, buf, &p))
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_word_alloc(m, line, la, p))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If no arguments are specified and this is MAN_SCOPED (i.e.,
+	 * next-line scoped), then set our mode to indicate that we're
+	 * waiting for terms to load into our context.
+	 */
+
+	if (n == m->last && MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+		assert( ! (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags));
+		m->flags |= MAN_ELINE;
+		return(1);
+	} 
+
+	/* Set ignorable context, if applicable. */
+
+	if (MAN_NSCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags) {
+		assert( ! (MAN_SCOPED & man_macros[tok].flags));
+		m->flags |= MAN_ILINE;
+	}
+
+	assert(MAN_ROOT != m->last->type);
+	m->next = MAN_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	
+	/*
+	 * Rewind our element scope.  Note that when TH is pruned, we'll
+	 * be back at the root, so make sure that we don't clobber as
+	 * its sibling.
+	 */
+
+	for ( ; m->last; m->last = m->last->parent) {
+		if (m->last == n)
+			break;
+		if (m->last->type == MAN_ROOT)
+			break;
+		if ( ! man_valid_post(m))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(m->last);
+
+	/*
+	 * Same here regarding whether we're back at the root. 
+	 */
+
+	if (m->last->type != MAN_ROOT && ! man_valid_post(m))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_macroend(struct man *m)
+{
+
+	return(man_unscope(m, m->first, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT));
+}
+
+static int
+man_args(struct man *m, int line, int *pos, char *buf, char **v)
+{
+	char	 *start;
+
+	assert(*pos);
+	*v = start = buf + *pos;
+	assert(' ' != *start);
+
+	if ('\0' == *start)
+		return(0);
+
+	*v = mandoc_getarg(m->parse, v, line, pos);
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/man_term.c b/man_term.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..69c5c95e442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man_term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1117 @@
+/*	$Id: man_term.c,v 1.127 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#define	MAXMARGINS	  64 /* maximum number of indented scopes */
+
+/* FIXME: have PD set the default vspace width. */
+
+struct	mtermp {
+	int		  fl;
+#define	MANT_LITERAL	 (1 << 0)
+	size_t		  lmargin[MAXMARGINS]; /* margins (incl. visible page) */
+	int		  lmargincur; /* index of current margin */
+	int		  lmarginsz; /* actual number of nested margins */
+	size_t		  offset; /* default offset to visible page */
+};
+
+#define	DECL_ARGS 	  struct termp *p, \
+			  struct mtermp *mt, \
+			  const struct man_node *n, \
+			  const struct man_meta *m
+
+struct	termact {
+	int		(*pre)(DECL_ARGS);
+	void		(*post)(DECL_ARGS);
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MAN_NOTEXT	 (1 << 0) /* Never has text children. */
+};
+
+static	int		  a2width(const struct termp *, const char *);
+static	size_t		  a2height(const struct termp *, const char *);
+
+static	void		  print_man_nodelist(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_node(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_man_head(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void		  print_man_foot(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void		  print_bvspace(struct termp *, 
+				const struct man_node *);
+
+static	int		  pre_B(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_HP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_I(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_IP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_OP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_PP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_RS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_SH(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_SS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_TP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_alternate(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_ft(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_ign(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_in(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_literal(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int		  pre_sp(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	void		  post_IP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_HP(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_RS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_SH(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_SS(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void		  post_TP(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct termact termacts[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ pre_sp, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* TH */
+	{ pre_SH, post_SH, 0 }, /* SH */
+	{ pre_SS, post_SS, 0 }, /* SS */
+	{ pre_TP, post_TP, 0 }, /* TP */
+	{ pre_PP, NULL, 0 }, /* LP */
+	{ pre_PP, NULL, 0 }, /* PP */
+	{ pre_PP, NULL, 0 }, /* P */
+	{ pre_IP, post_IP, 0 }, /* IP */
+	{ pre_HP, post_HP, 0 }, /* HP */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* SM */
+	{ pre_B, NULL, 0 }, /* SB */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* BI */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* IB */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* BR */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* RB */
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* R */
+	{ pre_B, NULL, 0 }, /* B */
+	{ pre_I, NULL, 0 }, /* I */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* IR */
+	{ pre_alternate, NULL, 0 }, /* RI */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* na */
+	{ pre_sp, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* sp */
+	{ pre_literal, NULL, 0 }, /* nf */
+	{ pre_literal, NULL, 0 }, /* fi */
+	{ NULL, NULL, 0 }, /* RE */
+	{ pre_RS, post_RS, 0 }, /* RS */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* DT */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* UC */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* PD */
+	{ pre_ign, NULL, 0 }, /* AT */
+	{ pre_in, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* in */
+	{ pre_ft, NULL, MAN_NOTEXT }, /* ft */
+	{ pre_OP, NULL, 0 }, /* OP */
+};
+
+
+
+void
+terminal_man(void *arg, const struct man *man)
+{
+	struct termp		*p;
+	const struct man_node	*n;
+	const struct man_meta	*m;
+	struct mtermp		 mt;
+
+	p = (struct termp *)arg;
+
+	if (0 == p->defindent)
+		p->defindent = 7;
+
+	p->overstep = 0;
+	p->maxrmargin = p->defrmargin;
+	p->tabwidth = term_len(p, 5);
+
+	if (NULL == p->symtab)
+		p->symtab = mchars_alloc();
+
+	n = man_node(man);
+	m = man_meta(man);
+
+	term_begin(p, print_man_head, print_man_foot, m);
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	memset(&mt, 0, sizeof(struct mtermp));
+
+	mt.lmargin[mt.lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+	mt.offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_man_nodelist(p, &mt, n->child, m);
+
+	term_end(p);
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2height(const struct termp *p, const char *cp)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(cp, &su, SCALE_VS))
+		SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(cp));
+
+	return(term_vspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+static int
+a2width(const struct termp *p, const char *cp)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(cp, &su, SCALE_BU))
+		return(-1);
+
+	return((int)term_hspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Printing leading vertical space before a block.
+ * This is used for the paragraph macros.
+ * The rules are pretty simple, since there's very little nesting going
+ * on here.  Basically, if we're the first within another block (SS/SH),
+ * then don't emit vertical space.  If we are (RS), then do.  If not the
+ * first, print it.
+ */
+static void
+print_bvspace(struct termp *p, const struct man_node *n)
+{
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (n->body && n->body->child)
+		if (MAN_TBL == n->body->child->type)
+			return;
+
+	if (MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type || MAN_RS != n->parent->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			return;
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_ign(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_I(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_literal(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (MAN_nf == n->tok)
+		mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+	else
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+	/*
+	 * Unlike .IP and .TP, .HP does not have a HEAD.
+	 * So in case a second call to term_flushln() is needed,
+	 * indentation has to be set up explicitly.
+	 */
+	if (MAN_HP == n->parent->tok && p->rmargin < p->maxrmargin) {
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_TWOSPACE);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_alternate(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	enum termfont		 font[2];
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	int			 savelit, i;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MAN_RB):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_RI):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BR):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BI):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_IR):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_NONE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_IB):
+		font[0] = TERMFONT_UNDER;
+		font[1] = TERMFONT_BOLD;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+	}
+
+	savelit = MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl;
+	mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+	for (i = 0, nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next, i = 1 - i) {
+		term_fontrepl(p, font[i]);
+		if (savelit && NULL == nn->next)
+			mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+		print_man_node(p, mt, nn, m);
+		if (nn->next)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_B(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_OP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_word(p, "[");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+	}
+	if (NULL != n && NULL != n->next) {
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		term_word(p, n->next->string);
+	}
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "]");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_ft(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	if (NULL == n->child) {
+		term_fontlast(p);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	cp = n->child->string;
+	switch (*cp) {
+	case ('4'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('3'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('B'):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		break;
+	case ('2'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('I'):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		break;
+	case ('P'):
+		term_fontlast(p);
+		break;
+	case ('1'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('C'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('R'):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_in(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 len, less;
+	size_t		 v;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (NULL == n->child) {
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	cp = n->child->string;
+	less = 0;
+
+	if ('-' == *cp)
+		less = -1;
+	else if ('+' == *cp)
+		less = 1;
+	else
+		cp--;
+
+	if ((len = a2width(p, ++cp)) < 0)
+		return(0);
+
+	v = (size_t)len;
+
+	if (less < 0)
+		p->offset -= p->offset > v ? v : p->offset;
+	else if (less > 0)
+		p->offset += v;
+	else 
+		p->offset = v;
+
+	/* Don't let this creep beyond the right margin. */
+
+	if (p->offset > p->rmargin)
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_sp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 i, len;
+
+	if ((NULL == n->prev && n->parent)) {
+		if (MAN_SS == n->parent->tok)
+			return(0);
+		if (MAN_SH == n->parent->tok)
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MAN_br):
+		len = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		len = n->child ? a2height(p, n->child->string) : 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == len)
+		term_newln(p);
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		term_vspace(p);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_HP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t			 len, one;
+	int			 ival;
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		return(1);
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	len = mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur];
+	ival = -1;
+
+	/* Calculate offset. */
+
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->parent->head->child))
+		if ((ival = a2width(p, nn->string)) >= 0)
+			len = (size_t)ival;
+
+	one = term_len(p, 1);
+	if (len < one)
+		len = one;
+
+	p->offset = mt->offset;
+	p->rmargin = mt->offset + len;
+
+	if (ival >= 0)
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = (size_t)ival;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_HP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_PP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		break;
+	default:
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(MAN_HEAD != n->type);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_IP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	size_t			 len;
+	int			 savelit, ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	len = mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur];
+	ival = -1;
+
+	/* Calculate the offset from the optional second argument. */
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->parent->head->child))
+		if (NULL != (nn = nn->next))
+			if ((ival = a2width(p, nn->string)) >= 0)
+				len = (size_t)ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		/* Handle zero-width lengths. */
+		if (0 == len)
+			len = term_len(p, 1);
+
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		p->rmargin = mt->offset + len;
+		if (ival < 0)
+			break;
+
+		/* Set the saved left-margin. */
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = (size_t)ival;
+
+		savelit = MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl;
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+		if (n->child)
+			print_man_node(p, mt, n->child, m);
+
+		if (savelit)
+			mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+
+		return(0);
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset + len;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_IP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_TP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node	*nn;
+	size_t			 len;
+	int			 savelit, ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		print_bvspace(p, n);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	len = (size_t)mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur];
+	ival = -1;
+
+	/* Calculate offset. */
+
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->parent->head->child))
+		if (nn->string && nn->parent->line == nn->line)
+			if ((ival = a2width(p, nn->string)) >= 0)
+				len = (size_t)ival;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		/* Handle zero-length properly. */
+		if (0 == len)
+			len = term_len(p, 1);
+
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		p->rmargin = mt->offset + len;
+
+		savelit = MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl;
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+
+		/* Don't print same-line elements. */
+		for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next)
+			if (nn->line > n->line)
+				print_man_node(p, mt, nn, m);
+
+		if (savelit)
+			mt->fl |= MANT_LITERAL;
+		if (ival >= 0)
+			mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = (size_t)ival;
+
+		return(0);
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset + len;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_TP(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_SS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		mt->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		/* If following a prior empty `SS', no vspace. */
+		if (n->prev && MAN_SS == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				break;
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			break;
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		p->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent/2);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_SS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_SH(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		mt->fl &= ~MANT_LITERAL;
+		mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		mt->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		/* If following a prior empty `SH', no vspace. */
+		if (n->prev && MAN_SH == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				break;
+		/* If the first macro, no vspae. */
+		if (NULL == n->prev)
+			break;
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		p->offset = 0;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p->offset = mt->offset;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_SH(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pre_RS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 ival;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		term_newln(p);
+		return(1);
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		return(0);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	sz = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->parent->head->child))
+		if ((ival = a2width(p, n->string)) >= 0) 
+			sz = (size_t)ival;
+
+	mt->offset += sz;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->offset = mt->offset < p->rmargin ? mt->offset : p->rmargin;
+
+	if (++mt->lmarginsz < MAXMARGINS)
+		mt->lmargincur = mt->lmarginsz;
+
+	mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur] = mt->lmargin[mt->lmargincur - 1];
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+post_RS(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 ival;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		return;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		return;
+	default:
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	sz = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->parent->head->child)) 
+		if ((ival = a2width(p, n->string)) >= 0) 
+			sz = (size_t)ival;
+
+	mt->offset = mt->offset < sz ?  0 : mt->offset - sz;
+	p->offset = mt->offset;
+
+	if (--mt->lmarginsz < MAXMARGINS)
+		mt->lmargincur = mt->lmarginsz;
+}
+
+static void
+print_man_node(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 rm, rmax;
+	int		 c;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case(MAN_TEXT):
+		/*
+		 * If we have a blank line, output a vertical space.
+		 * If we have a space as the first character, break
+		 * before printing the line's data.
+		 */
+		if ('\0' == *n->string) {
+			term_vspace(p);
+			return;
+		} else if (' ' == *n->string && MAN_LINE & n->flags)
+			term_newln(p);
+
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+
+		/*
+		 * If we're in a literal context, make sure that words
+		 * togehter on the same line stay together.  This is a
+		 * POST-printing call, so we check the NEXT word.  Since
+		 * -man doesn't have nested macros, we don't need to be
+		 * more specific than this.
+		 */
+		if (MANT_LITERAL & mt->fl && ! (TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags) &&
+				(NULL == n->next || 
+				 n->next->line > n->line)) {
+			rm = p->rmargin;
+			rmax = p->maxrmargin;
+			p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_flushln(p);
+			p->rmargin = rm;
+			p->maxrmargin = rmax;
+		}
+
+		if (MAN_EOS & n->flags)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+		return;
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		term_eqn(p, n->eqn);
+		return;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/*
+		 * Tables are preceded by a newline.  Then process a
+		 * table line, which will cause line termination,
+		 */
+		if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & n->span->flags) 
+			term_newln(p);
+		term_tbl(p, n->span);
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_NOTEXT & termacts[n->tok].flags))
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	c = 1;
+	if (termacts[n->tok].pre)
+		c = (*termacts[n->tok].pre)(p, mt, n, m);
+
+	if (c && n->child)
+		print_man_nodelist(p, mt, n->child, m);
+
+	if (termacts[n->tok].post)
+		(*termacts[n->tok].post)(p, mt, n, m);
+	if ( ! (MAN_NOTEXT & termacts[n->tok].flags))
+		term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	if (MAN_EOS & n->flags)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_nodelist(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_man_node(p, mt, n, m);
+	if ( ! n->next)
+		return;
+	print_man_nodelist(p, mt, n->next, m);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_foot(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	char		title[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		datelen;
+	const struct man_meta *meta;
+
+	meta = (const struct man_meta *)arg;
+	assert(meta->title);
+	assert(meta->msec);
+	assert(meta->date);
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+
+	/*
+	 * Temporary, undocumented option to imitate mdoc(7) output.
+	 * In the bottom right corner, use the source instead of
+	 * the title.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! p->mdocstyle) {
+		term_vspace(p);
+		term_vspace(p);
+		snprintf(title, BUFSIZ, "%s(%s)", meta->title, meta->msec);
+	} else if (meta->source) {
+		strlcpy(title, meta->source, BUFSIZ);
+	} else {
+		title[0] = '\0';
+	}
+	datelen = term_strlen(p, meta->date);
+
+	/* Bottom left corner: manual source. */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE | TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = (p->maxrmargin - datelen + term_len(p, 1)) / 2;
+
+	if (meta->source)
+		term_word(p, meta->source);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* At the bottom in the middle: manual date. */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin - term_strlen(p, title);
+	if (p->offset + datelen >= p->rmargin)
+		p->rmargin = p->offset + datelen;
+
+	term_word(p, meta->date);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* Bottom right corner: manual title and section. */
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	term_word(p, title);
+	term_flushln(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man_head(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	char		buf[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		buflen, titlen;
+	const struct man_meta *m;
+
+	m = (const struct man_meta *)arg;
+	assert(m->title);
+	assert(m->msec);
+
+	if (m->vol)
+		strlcpy(buf, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+	else
+		buf[0] = '\0';
+	buflen = term_strlen(p, buf);
+
+	/* Top left corner: manual title and section. */
+
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+	titlen = term_strlen(p, title);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = 2 * (titlen+1) + buflen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    (p->maxrmargin - 
+	     term_strlen(p, buf) + term_len(p, 1)) / 2 :
+	    p->maxrmargin - buflen;
+
+	term_word(p, title);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* At the top in the middle: manual volume. */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->offset + buflen + titlen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    p->maxrmargin - titlen : p->maxrmargin;
+
+	term_word(p, buf);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	/* Top right corner: title and section, again. */
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	if (p->rmargin + titlen <= p->maxrmargin) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		term_word(p, title);
+		term_flushln(p);
+	}
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Groff prints three blank lines before the content.
+	 * Do the same, except in the temporary, undocumented
+	 * mode imitating mdoc(7) output.
+	 */
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+	if ( ! p->mdocstyle) {
+		term_vspace(p);
+		term_vspace(p);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/man_validate.c b/man_validate.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e40b089f53b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man_validate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+/*	$Id: man_validate.c,v 1.80 2012/01/03 15:16:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libman.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define	CHKARGS	  struct man *m, struct man_node *n
+
+typedef	int	(*v_check)(CHKARGS);
+
+struct	man_valid {
+	v_check	 *pres;
+	v_check	 *posts;
+};
+
+static	int	  check_eq0(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_eq2(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_le1(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_ge2(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_le5(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_par(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_part(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  check_root(CHKARGS);
+static	void	  check_text(CHKARGS);
+
+static	int	  post_AT(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_vs(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_fi(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_ft(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_nf(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_sec(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_TH(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  post_UC(CHKARGS);
+static	int	  pre_sec(CHKARGS);
+
+static	v_check	  posts_at[] = { post_AT, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_br[] = { post_vs, check_eq0, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_eq0[] = { check_eq0, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_eq2[] = { check_eq2, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_fi[] = { check_eq0, post_fi, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_ft[] = { post_ft, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_nf[] = { check_eq0, post_nf, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_par[] = { check_par, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_part[] = { check_part, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_sec[] = { post_sec, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_sp[] = { post_vs, check_le1, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_th[] = { check_ge2, check_le5, post_TH, NULL };
+static	v_check	  posts_uc[] = { post_UC, NULL };
+static	v_check	  pres_sec[] = { pre_sec, NULL };
+
+static	const struct man_valid man_valids[MAN_MAX] = {
+	{ NULL, posts_br }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, posts_th }, /* TH */
+	{ pres_sec, posts_sec }, /* SH */
+	{ pres_sec, posts_sec }, /* SS */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* TP */
+	{ NULL, posts_par }, /* LP */
+	{ NULL, posts_par }, /* PP */
+	{ NULL, posts_par }, /* P */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* IP */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* HP */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* SM */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* SB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* BI */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* IB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* BR */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RB */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* R */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* B */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* I */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* IR */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RI */
+	{ NULL, posts_eq0 }, /* na */
+	{ NULL, posts_sp }, /* sp */
+	{ NULL, posts_nf }, /* nf */
+	{ NULL, posts_fi }, /* fi */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* RE */
+	{ NULL, posts_part }, /* RS */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* DT */
+	{ NULL, posts_uc }, /* UC */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* PD */
+	{ NULL, posts_at }, /* AT */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* in */
+	{ NULL, posts_ft }, /* ft */
+	{ NULL, posts_eq2 }, /* OP */
+};
+
+
+int
+man_valid_pre(struct man *m, struct man_node *n)
+{
+	v_check		*cp;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == (cp = man_valids[n->tok].pres))
+		return(1);
+	for ( ; *cp; cp++)
+		if ( ! (*cp)(m, n)) 
+			return(0);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+man_valid_post(struct man *m)
+{
+	v_check		*cp;
+
+	if (MAN_VALID & m->last->flags)
+		return(1);
+	m->last->flags |= MAN_VALID;
+
+	switch (m->last->type) {
+	case (MAN_TEXT): 
+		check_text(m, m->last);
+		return(1);
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		return(check_root(m, m->last));
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == (cp = man_valids[m->last->tok].posts))
+		return(1);
+	for ( ; *cp; cp++)
+		if ( ! (*cp)(m, m->last))
+			return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+check_root(CHKARGS) 
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BLINE & m->flags)
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT);
+	else if (MAN_ELINE & m->flags)
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT);
+
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_BLINE;
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_ELINE;
+
+	if (NULL == m->first->child) {
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (NULL == m->meta.title) {
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_NOTITLE);
+
+		/*
+		 * If a title hasn't been set, do so now (by
+		 * implication, date and section also aren't set).
+		 */
+
+	        m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("unknown");
+		m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		m->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+			(m->parse, NULL, n->line, n->pos);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+check_text(CHKARGS)
+{
+	char		*cp, *p;
+
+	if (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		return;
+
+	cp = n->string;
+	for (p = cp; NULL != (p = strchr(p, '\t')); p++)
+		man_pmsg(m, n->line, (int)(p - cp), MANDOCERR_BADTAB);
+}
+
+#define	INEQ_DEFINE(x, ineq, name) \
+static int \
+check_##name(CHKARGS) \
+{ \
+	if (n->nchild ineq (x)) \
+		return(1); \
+	mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, m->parse, n->line, n->pos, \
+			"line arguments %s %d (have %d)", \
+			#ineq, (x), n->nchild); \
+	return(1); \
+}
+
+INEQ_DEFINE(0, ==, eq0)
+INEQ_DEFINE(2, ==, eq2)
+INEQ_DEFINE(1, <=, le1)
+INEQ_DEFINE(2, >=, ge2)
+INEQ_DEFINE(5, <=, le5)
+
+static int
+post_ft(CHKARGS)
+{
+	char	*cp;
+	int	 ok;
+
+	if (0 == n->nchild)
+		return(1);
+
+	ok = 0;
+	cp = n->child->string;
+	switch (*cp) {
+	case ('1'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('2'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('3'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('4'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('I'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('P'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('R'):
+		if ('\0' == cp[1])
+			ok = 1;
+		break;
+	case ('B'):
+		if ('\0' == cp[1] || ('I' == cp[1] && '\0' == cp[2]))
+			ok = 1;
+		break;
+	case ('C'):
+		if ('W' == cp[1] && '\0' == cp[2])
+			ok = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == ok) {
+		mandoc_vmsg
+			(MANDOCERR_BADFONT, m->parse,
+			 n->line, n->pos, "%s", cp);
+		*cp = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if (1 < n->nchild)
+		mandoc_vmsg
+			(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, m->parse, n->line, 
+			 n->pos, "want one child (have %d)", 
+			 n->nchild);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_sec(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BLOCK == n->type)
+		m->flags &= ~MAN_LITERAL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sec(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_HEAD == n->type && 0 == n->nchild)) 
+		return(1);
+
+	man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SYNTARGCOUNT);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+check_part(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_BODY == n->type && 0 == n->nchild)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGCWARN, m->parse, n->line, 
+				n->pos, "want children (have none)");
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+check_par(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		if (0 == n->body->nchild)
+			man_node_delete(m, n);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		if (0 == n->nchild)
+			man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		if (n->nchild)
+			man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_TH(CHKARGS)
+{
+	const char	*p;
+	int		 line, pos;
+
+	if (m->meta.title)
+		free(m->meta.title);
+	if (m->meta.vol)
+		free(m->meta.vol);
+	if (m->meta.source)
+		free(m->meta.source);
+	if (m->meta.msec)
+		free(m->meta.msec);
+	if (m->meta.date)
+		free(m->meta.date);
+
+	line = n->line;
+	pos = n->pos;
+	m->meta.title = m->meta.vol = m->meta.date =
+		m->meta.msec = m->meta.source = NULL;
+
+	/* ->TITLE<- MSEC DATE SOURCE VOL */
+
+	n = n->child;
+	if (n && n->string) {
+		for (p = n->string; '\0' != *p; p++) {
+			/* Only warn about this once... */
+			if (isalpha((unsigned char)*p) && 
+					! isupper((unsigned char)*p)) {
+				man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_UPPERCASE);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+	} else
+		m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("");
+
+	/* TITLE ->MSEC<- DATE SOURCE VOL */
+
+	if (n)
+		n = n->next;
+	if (n && n->string)
+		m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+	else
+		m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("");
+
+	/* TITLE MSEC ->DATE<- SOURCE VOL */
+
+	if (n)
+		n = n->next;
+	if (n && n->string && '\0' != n->string[0]) {
+		pos = n->pos;
+		m->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+		    (m->parse, n->string, line, pos);
+	} else
+		m->meta.date = mandoc_strdup("");
+
+	/* TITLE MSEC DATE ->SOURCE<- VOL */
+
+	if (n && (n = n->next))
+		m->meta.source = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+
+	/* TITLE MSEC DATE SOURCE ->VOL<- */
+	/* If missing, use the default VOL name for MSEC. */
+
+	if (n && (n = n->next))
+		m->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(n->string);
+	else if ('\0' != m->meta.msec[0] &&
+	    (NULL != (p = mandoc_a2msec(m->meta.msec))))
+		m->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	/*
+	 * Remove the `TH' node after we've processed it for our
+	 * meta-data.
+	 */
+	man_node_delete(m, m->last);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_nf(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEREP);
+
+	m->flags |= MAN_LITERAL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_fi(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MAN_LITERAL & m->flags))
+		man_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_WNOSCOPE);
+
+	m->flags &= ~MAN_LITERAL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_UC(CHKARGS)
+{
+	static const char * const bsd_versions[] = {
+	    "3rd Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4th Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4.2 Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4.3 Berkeley Distribution",
+	    "4.4 Berkeley Distribution",
+	};
+
+	const char	*p, *s;
+
+	n = n->child;
+
+	if (NULL == n || MAN_TEXT != n->type)
+		p = bsd_versions[0];
+	else {
+		s = n->string;
+		if (0 == strcmp(s, "3"))
+			p = bsd_versions[0];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "4"))
+			p = bsd_versions[1];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "5"))
+			p = bsd_versions[2];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "6"))
+			p = bsd_versions[3];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "7"))
+			p = bsd_versions[4];
+		else
+			p = bsd_versions[0];
+	}
+
+	if (m->meta.source)
+		free(m->meta.source);
+
+	m->meta.source = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_AT(CHKARGS)
+{
+	static const char * const unix_versions[] = {
+	    "7th Edition",
+	    "System III",
+	    "System V",
+	    "System V Release 2",
+	};
+
+	const char	*p, *s;
+	struct man_node	*nn;
+
+	n = n->child;
+
+	if (NULL == n || MAN_TEXT != n->type)
+		p = unix_versions[0];
+	else {
+		s = n->string;
+		if (0 == strcmp(s, "3"))
+			p = unix_versions[0];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "4"))
+			p = unix_versions[1];
+		else if (0 == strcmp(s, "5")) {
+			nn = n->next;
+			if (nn && MAN_TEXT == nn->type && nn->string[0])
+				p = unix_versions[3];
+			else
+				p = unix_versions[2];
+		} else
+			p = unix_versions[0];
+	}
+
+	if (m->meta.source)
+		free(m->meta.source);
+
+	m->meta.source = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_vs(CHKARGS)
+{
+
+	/* 
+	 * Don't warn about this because it occurs in pod2man and would
+	 * cause considerable (unfixable) warnage.
+	 */
+	if (NULL == n->prev && MAN_ROOT == n->parent->type)
+		man_node_delete(m, n);
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/mandoc.1 b/mandoc.1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dbff0e31caa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandoc.1
@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+.\"	$Id: mandoc.1,v 1.100 2011/12/25 19:35:44 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 25 2011 $
+.Dt MANDOC 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandoc
+.Nd format and display UNIX manuals
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm mandoc
+.Op Fl V
+.Op Fl m Ns Ar format
+.Op Fl O Ns Ar option
+.Op Fl T Ns Ar output
+.Op Fl W Ns Ar level
+.Op Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility formats
+.Ux
+manual pages for display.
+.Pp
+By default,
+.Nm
+reads
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+text from stdin, implying
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc ,
+and produces
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+output.
+.Pp
+The arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl m Ns Ar format
+Input format.
+See
+.Sx Input Formats
+for available formats.
+Defaults to
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc .
+.It Fl O Ns Ar option
+Comma-separated output options.
+.It Fl T Ns Ar output
+Output format.
+See
+.Sx Output Formats
+for available formats.
+Defaults to
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii .
+.It Fl V
+Print version and exit.
+.It Fl W Ns Ar level
+Specify the minimum message
+.Ar level
+to be reported on the standard error output and to affect the exit status.
+The
+.Ar level
+can be
+.Cm warning ,
+.Cm error ,
+or
+.Cm fatal .
+The default is
+.Fl W Ns Cm fatal ;
+.Fl W Ns Cm all
+is an alias for
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning .
+See
+.Sx EXIT STATUS
+and
+.Sx DIAGNOSTICS
+for details.
+.Pp
+The special option
+.Fl W Ns Cm stop
+tells
+.Nm
+to exit after parsing a file that causes warnings or errors of at least
+the requested level.
+No formatted output will be produced from that file.
+If both a
+.Ar level
+and
+.Cm stop
+are requested, they can be joined with a comma, for example
+.Fl W Ns Cm error , Ns Cm stop .
+.It Ar file
+Read input from zero or more files.
+If unspecified, reads from stdin.
+If multiple files are specified,
+.Nm
+will halt with the first failed parse.
+.El
+.Ss Input Formats
+The
+.Nm
+utility accepts
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+input with
+.Fl m Ns Cm doc
+and
+.Fl m Ns Cm an ,
+respectively.
+The
+.Xr mdoc 7
+format is
+.Em strongly
+recommended;
+.Xr man 7
+should only be used for legacy manuals.
+.Pp
+A third option,
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc ,
+which is also the default, determines encoding on-the-fly: if the first
+non-comment macro is
+.Sq \&Dd
+or
+.Sq \&Dt ,
+the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+parser is used; otherwise, the
+.Xr man 7
+parser is used.
+.Pp
+If multiple
+files are specified with
+.Fl m Ns Cm andoc ,
+each has its file-type determined this way.
+If multiple files are
+specified and
+.Fl m Ns Cm doc
+or
+.Fl m Ns Cm an
+is specified, then this format is used exclusively.
+.Ss Output Formats
+The
+.Nm
+utility accepts the following
+.Fl T
+arguments, which correspond to output modes:
+.Bl -tag -width "-Tlocale"
+.It Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+Produce 7-bit ASCII output.
+This is the default.
+See
+.Sx ASCII Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm html
+Produce strict CSS1/HTML-4.01 output.
+See
+.Sx HTML Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm lint
+Parse only: produce no output.
+Implies
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm locale
+Encode output using the current locale.
+See
+.Sx Locale Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm man
+Produce
+.Xr man 7
+format output.
+See
+.Sx Man Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm pdf
+Produce PDF output.
+See
+.Sx PDF Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm ps
+Produce PostScript output.
+See
+.Sx PostScript Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm tree
+Produce an indented parse tree.
+.It Fl T Ns Cm utf8
+Encode output in the UTF\-8 multi-byte format.
+See
+.Sx UTF\-8 Output .
+.It Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+Produce strict CSS1/XHTML-1.0 output.
+See
+.Sx XHTML Output .
+.El
+.Pp
+If multiple input files are specified, these will be processed by the
+corresponding filter in-order.
+.Ss ASCII Output
+Output produced by
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii ,
+which is the default, is rendered in standard 7-bit ASCII documented in
+.Xr ascii 7 .
+.Pp
+Font styles are applied by using back-spaced encoding such that an
+underlined character
+.Sq c
+is rendered as
+.Sq _ Ns \e[bs] Ns c ,
+where
+.Sq \e[bs]
+is the back-space character number 8.
+Emboldened characters are rendered as
+.Sq c Ns \e[bs] Ns c .
+.Pp
+The special characters documented in
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+are rendered best-effort in an ASCII equivalent.
+If no equivalent is found,
+.Sq \&?
+is used instead.
+.Pp
+Output width is limited to 78 visible columns unless literal input lines
+exceed this limit.
+.Pp
+The following
+.Fl O
+arguments are accepted:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm indent Ns = Ns Ar indent
+The left margin for normal text is set to
+.Ar indent
+blank characters instead of the default of five for
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and seven for
+.Xr man 7 .
+Increasing this is not recommended; it may result in degraded formatting,
+for example overfull lines or ugly line breaks.
+.It Cm width Ns = Ns Ar width
+The output width is set to
+.Ar width ,
+which will normalise to \(>=60.
+.El
+.Ss HTML Output
+Output produced by
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+conforms to HTML-4.01 strict.
+.Pp
+The
+.Pa example.style.css
+file documents style-sheet classes available for customising output.
+If a style-sheet is not specified with
+.Fl O Ns Ar style ,
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+defaults to simple output readable in any graphical or text-based web
+browser.
+.Pp
+Special characters are rendered in decimal-encoded UTF\-8.
+.Pp
+The following
+.Fl O
+arguments are accepted:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm fragment
+Omit the
+.Aq !DOCTYPE
+declaration and the
+.Aq html ,
+.Aq head ,
+and
+.Aq body
+elements and only emit the subtree below the
+.Aq body
+element.
+The
+.Cm style
+argument will be ignored.
+This is useful when embedding manual content within existing documents.
+.It Cm includes Ns = Ns Ar fmt
+The string
+.Ar fmt ,
+for example,
+.Ar ../src/%I.html ,
+is used as a template for linked header files (usually via the
+.Sq \&In
+macro).
+Instances of
+.Sq \&%I
+are replaced with the include filename.
+The default is not to present a
+hyperlink.
+.It Cm man Ns = Ns Ar fmt
+The string
+.Ar fmt ,
+for example,
+.Ar ../html%S/%N.%S.html ,
+is used as a template for linked manuals (usually via the
+.Sq \&Xr
+macro).
+Instances of
+.Sq \&%N
+and
+.Sq %S
+are replaced with the linked manual's name and section, respectively.
+If no section is included, section 1 is assumed.
+The default is not to
+present a hyperlink.
+.It Cm style Ns = Ns Ar style.css
+The file
+.Ar style.css
+is used for an external style-sheet.
+This must be a valid absolute or
+relative URI.
+.El
+.Ss Locale Output
+Locale-depending output encoding is triggered with
+.Fl T Ns Cm locale .
+This option is not available on all systems: systems without locale
+support, or those whose internal representation is not natively UCS-4,
+will fall back to
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii .
+See
+.Sx ASCII Output
+for font style specification and available command-line arguments.
+.Ss Man Output
+Translate input format into
+.Xr man 7
+output format.
+This is useful for distributing manual sources to legancy systems
+lacking
+.Xr mdoc 7
+formatters.
+.Pp
+If
+.Xr mdoc 7
+is passed as input, it is translated into
+.Xr man 7 .
+If the input format is
+.Xr man 7 ,
+the input is copied to the output, expanding any
+.Xr roff 7
+.Sq so
+requests.
+The parser is also run, and as usual, the
+.Fl W
+level controls which
+.Sx DIAGNOSTICS
+are displayed before copying the input to the output.
+.Ss PDF Output
+PDF-1.1 output may be generated by
+.Fl T Ns Cm pdf .
+See
+.Sx PostScript Output
+for
+.Fl O
+arguments and defaults.
+.Ss PostScript Output
+PostScript
+.Qq Adobe-3.0
+Level-2 pages may be generated by
+.Fl T Ns Cm ps .
+Output pages default to letter sized and are rendered in the Times font
+family, 11-point.
+Margins are calculated as 1/9 the page length and width.
+Line-height is 1.4m.
+.Pp
+Special characters are rendered as in
+.Sx ASCII Output .
+.Pp
+The following
+.Fl O
+arguments are accepted:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm paper Ns = Ns Ar name
+The paper size
+.Ar name
+may be one of
+.Ar a3 ,
+.Ar a4 ,
+.Ar a5 ,
+.Ar legal ,
+or
+.Ar letter .
+You may also manually specify dimensions as
+.Ar NNxNN ,
+width by height in millimetres.
+If an unknown value is encountered,
+.Ar letter
+is used.
+.El
+.Ss UTF\-8 Output
+Use
+.Fl T Ns Cm utf8
+to force a UTF\-8 locale.
+See
+.Sx Locale Output
+for details and options.
+.Ss XHTML Output
+Output produced by
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+conforms to XHTML-1.0 strict.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx HTML Output
+for details; beyond generating XHTML tags instead of HTML tags, these
+output modes are identical.
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values, controlled by the message
+.Ar level
+associated with the
+.Fl W
+option:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It 0
+No warnings or errors occurred, or those that did were ignored because
+they were lower than the requested
+.Ar level .
+.It 2
+At least one warning occurred, but no error, and
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning
+was specified.
+.It 3
+At least one parsing error occurred, but no fatal error, and
+.Fl W Ns Cm error
+or
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning
+was specified.
+.It 4
+A fatal parsing error occurred.
+.It 5
+Invalid command line arguments were specified.
+No input files have been read.
+.It 6
+An operating system error occurred, for example memory exhaustion or an
+error accessing input files.
+Such errors cause
+.Nm
+to exit at once, possibly in the middle of parsing or formatting a file.
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that selecting
+.Fl T Ns Cm lint
+output mode implies
+.Fl W Ns Cm warning .
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+To page manuals to the terminal:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Wall,stop mandoc.1 2\*(Gt&1 | less
+.Dl $ mandoc mandoc.1 mdoc.3 mdoc.7 | less
+.Pp
+To produce HTML manuals with
+.Ar style.css
+as the style-sheet:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Thtml -Ostyle=style.css mdoc.7 \*(Gt mdoc.7.html
+.Pp
+To check over a large set of manuals:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Tlint `find /usr/src -name \e*\e.[1-9]`
+.Pp
+To produce a series of PostScript manuals for A4 paper:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Tps \-Opaper=a4 mdoc.7 man.7 \*(Gt manuals.ps
+.Pp
+Convert a modern
+.Xr mdoc 7
+manual to the older
+.Xr man 7
+format, for use on systems lacking an
+.Xr mdoc 7
+parser:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ mandoc \-Tman foo.mdoc \*(Gt foo.man
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Standard error messages reporting parsing errors are prefixed by
+.Pp
+.Sm off
+.D1 Ar file : line : column : \ level :
+.Sm on
+.Pp
+where the fields have the following meanings:
+.Bl -tag -width "column"
+.It Ar file
+The name of the input file causing the message.
+.It Ar line
+The line number in that input file.
+Line numbering starts at 1.
+.It Ar column
+The column number in that input file.
+Column numbering starts at 1.
+If the issue is caused by a word, the column number usually
+points to the first character of the word.
+.It Ar level
+The message level, printed in capital letters.
+.El
+.Pp
+Message levels have the following meanings:
+.Bl -tag -width "warning"
+.It Cm fatal
+The parser is unable to parse a given input file at all.
+No formatted output is produced from that input file.
+.It Cm error
+An input file contains syntax that cannot be safely interpreted,
+either because it is invalid or because
+.Nm
+does not implement it yet.
+By discarding part of the input or inserting missing tokens,
+the parser is able to continue, and the error does not prevent
+generation of formatted output, but typically, preparing that
+output involves information loss, broken document structure
+or unintended formatting.
+.It Cm warning
+An input file uses obsolete, discouraged or non-portable syntax.
+All the same, the meaning of the input is unambiguous and a correct
+rendering can be produced.
+Documents causing warnings may render poorly when using other
+formatting tools instead of
+.Nm .
+.El
+.Pp
+Messages of the
+.Cm warning
+and
+.Cm error
+levels are hidden unless their level, or a lower level, is requested using a
+.Fl W
+option or
+.Fl T Ns Cm lint
+output mode.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility may also print messages related to invalid command line arguments
+or operating system errors, for example when memory is exhausted or
+input files cannot be read.
+Such messages do not carry the prefix described above.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section summarises
+.Nm
+compatibility with GNU troff.
+Each input and output format is separately noted.
+.Ss ASCII Compatibility
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Unrenderable unicode codepoints specified with
+.Sq \e[uNNNN]
+escapes are printed as
+.Sq \&?
+in mandoc.
+In GNU troff, these raise an error.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \&Bd \-literal
+and
+.Sq \&Bd \-unfilled
+macros of
+.Xr mdoc 7
+in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+are synonyms, as are \-filled and \-ragged.
+.It
+In historic GNU troff, the
+.Sq \&Pa
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macro does not underline when scoped under an
+.Sq \&It
+in the FILES section.
+This behaves correctly in
+.Nm .
+.It
+A list or display following the
+.Sq \&Ss
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macro in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+does not assert a prior vertical break, just as it doesn't with
+.Sq \&Sh .
+.It
+The
+.Sq \&na
+.Xr man 7
+macro in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+has no effect.
+.It
+Words aren't hyphenated.
+.El
+.Ss HTML/XHTML Compatibility
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+The
+.Sq \efP
+escape will revert the font to the previous
+.Sq \ef
+escape, not to the last rendered decoration, which is now dictated by
+CSS instead of hard-coded.
+It also will not span past the current scope,
+for the same reason.
+Note that in
+.Sx ASCII Output
+mode, this will work fine.
+.It
+The
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.Sq \&Bl \-hang
+and
+.Sq \&Bl \-tag
+list types render similarly (no break following overreached left-hand
+side) due to the expressive constraints of HTML.
+.It
+The
+.Xr man 7
+.Sq IP
+and
+.Sq TP
+lists render similarly.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+utility was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml ,
+the maximum size of an element attribute is determined by
+.Dv BUFSIZ ,
+which is usually 1024 bytes.
+Be aware of this when setting long link
+formats such as
+.Fl O Ns Cm style Ns = Ns Ar really/long/link .
+.Pp
+Nesting elements within next-line element scopes of
+.Fl m Ns Cm an ,
+such as
+.Sq br
+within an empty
+.Sq B ,
+will confuse
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+and cause them to forget the formatting of the prior next-line scope.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sq \(aq
+control character is an alias for the standard macro control character
+and does not emit a line-break as stipulated in GNU troff.
diff --git a/mandoc.3 b/mandoc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d0b20d6507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandoc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
+.\"	$Id: mandoc.3,v 1.17 2012/01/13 15:27:14 joerg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze 
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 13 2012 $
+.Dt MANDOC 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandoc ,
+.Nm mandoc_escape ,
+.Nm man_meta ,
+.Nm man_mparse ,
+.Nm man_node ,
+.Nm mchars_alloc ,
+.Nm mchars_free ,
+.Nm mchars_num2char ,
+.Nm mchars_num2uc ,
+.Nm mchars_spec2cp ,
+.Nm mchars_spec2str ,
+.Nm mdoc_meta ,
+.Nm mdoc_node ,
+.Nm mparse_alloc ,
+.Nm mparse_free ,
+.Nm mparse_getkeep ,
+.Nm mparse_keep ,
+.Nm mparse_readfd ,
+.Nm mparse_reset ,
+.Nm mparse_result ,
+.Nm mparse_strerror ,
+.Nm mparse_strlevel
+.Nd mandoc macro compiler library
+.Sh LIBRARY
+.Lb mandoc
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In man.h
+.In mdoc.h
+.In mandoc.h
+.Ft "enum mandoc_esc"
+.Fo mandoc_escape
+.Fa "const char **end"
+.Fa "const char **start"
+.Fa "int *sz"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct man_meta *"
+.Fo man_meta
+.Fa "const struct man *man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct mparse *"
+.Fo man_mparse
+.Fa "const struct man *man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct man_node *"
+.Fo man_node
+.Fa "const struct man *man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "struct mchars *"
+.Fn mchars_alloc
+.Ft void
+.Fn mchars_free "struct mchars *p"
+.Ft char
+.Fn mchars_num2char "const char *cp" "size_t sz"
+.Ft int
+.Fn mchars_num2uc "const char *cp" "size_t sz"
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fo mchars_spec2str
+.Fa "const struct mchars *p"
+.Fa "const char *cp"
+.Fa "size_t sz"
+.Fa "size_t *rsz"
+.Fc
+.Ft int
+.Fo mchars_spec2cp
+.Fa "const struct mchars *p"
+.Fa "const char *cp"
+.Fa "size_t sz"
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct mdoc_meta *"
+.Fo mdoc_meta
+.Fa "const struct mdoc *mdoc"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const struct mdoc_node *"
+.Fo mdoc_node
+.Fa "const struct mdoc *mdoc"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_alloc
+.Fa "enum mparset type"
+.Fa "enum mandoclevel wlevel"
+.Fa "mandocmsg msg"
+.Fa "void *msgarg"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_free
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_getkeep
+.Fa "const struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_keep
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft "enum mandoclevel"
+.Fo mparse_readfd
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fa "int fd"
+.Fa "const char *fname"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_reset
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fc
+.Ft void
+.Fo mparse_result
+.Fa "struct mparse *parse"
+.Fa "struct mdoc **mdoc"
+.Fa "struct man **man"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fo mparse_strerror
+.Fa "enum mandocerr"
+.Fc
+.Ft "const char *"
+.Fo mparse_strlevel
+.Fa "enum mandoclevel"
+.Fc
+.Vt extern const char * const * man_macronames;
+.Vt extern const char * const * mdoc_argnames;
+.Vt extern const char * const * mdoc_macronames;
+.Fd "#define ASCII_NBRSP"
+.Fd "#define ASCII_HYPH"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm mandoc
+library parses a
+.Ux
+manual into an abstract syntax tree (AST).
+.Ux
+manuals are composed of
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7 ,
+and may be mixed with
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7 ,
+and
+.Xr eqn 7
+invocations.
+.Pp
+The following describes a general parse sequence:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+initiate a parsing sequence with
+.Fn mparse_alloc ;
+.It
+parse files or file descriptors with
+.Fn mparse_readfd ;
+.It
+retrieve a parsed syntax tree, if the parse was successful, with
+.Fn mparse_result ;
+.It
+iterate over parse nodes with
+.Fn mdoc_node
+or
+.Fn man_node ;
+.It
+free all allocated memory with
+.Fn mparse_free ,
+or invoke
+.Fn mparse_reset
+and parse new files.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+library also contains routines for translating character strings into glyphs
+.Pq see Fn mchars_alloc
+and parsing escape sequences from strings
+.Pq see Fn mandoc_escape .
+.Sh REFERENCE
+This section documents the functions, types, and variables available
+via
+.In mandoc.h .
+.Ss Types
+.Bl -ohang
+.It Vt "enum mandoc_esc"
+An escape sequence classification.
+.It Vt "enum mandocerr"
+A fatal error, error, or warning message during parsing.
+.It Vt "enum mandoclevel"
+A classification of an
+.Vt "enum mandoclevel"
+as regards system operation.
+.It Vt "struct mchars"
+An opaque pointer to an object allowing for translation between
+character strings and glyphs.
+See
+.Fn mchars_alloc .
+.It Vt "enum mparset"
+The type of parser when reading input.
+This should usually be
+.Dv MPARSE_AUTO
+for auto-detection.
+.It Vt "struct mparse"
+An opaque pointer to a running parse sequence.
+Created with
+.Fn mparse_alloc
+and freed with
+.Fn mparse_free .
+This may be used across parsed input if
+.Fn mparse_reset
+is called between parses.
+.It Vt "mandocmsg"
+A prototype for a function to handle fatal error, error, and warning
+messages emitted by the parser.
+.El
+.Ss Functions
+.Bl -ohang
+.It Fn mandoc_escape
+Scan an escape sequence, i.e., a character string beginning with
+.Sq \e .
+Pass a pointer to the character after the
+.Sq \e
+as
+.Va end ;
+it will be set to the supremum of the parsed escape sequence unless
+returning
+.Dv ESCAPE_ERROR ,
+in which case the string is bogus and should be
+thrown away.
+If not
+.Dv ESCAPE_ERROR
+or
+.Dv ESCAPE_IGNORE ,
+.Va start
+is set to the first relevant character of the substring (font, glyph,
+whatever) of length
+.Va sz .
+Both
+.Va start
+and
+.Va sz
+may be
+.Dv NULL .
+.It Fn man_meta
+Obtain the meta-data of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn man_mparse
+Get the parser used for the current output.
+.It Fn man_node
+Obtain the root node of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn mchars_alloc
+Allocate an
+.Vt "struct mchars *"
+object for translating special characters into glyphs.
+See
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+for an overview of special characters.
+The object must be freed with
+.Fn mchars_free .
+.It Fn mchars_free
+Free an object created with
+.Fn mchars_alloc .
+.It Fn mchars_num2char
+Convert a character index (e.g., the \eN\(aq\(aq escape) into a
+printable ASCII character.
+Returns \e0 (the nil character) if the input sequence is malformed.
+.It Fn mchars_num2uc
+Convert a hexadecimal character index (e.g., the \e[uNNNN] escape) into
+a Unicode codepoint.
+Returns \e0 (the nil character) if the input sequence is malformed.
+.It Fn mchars_spec2cp
+Convert a special character into a valid Unicode codepoint.
+Returns \-1 on failure or a non-zero Unicode codepoint on success.
+.It Fn mchars_spec2str
+Convert a special character into an ASCII string.
+Returns
+.Dv NULL
+on failure.
+.It Fn mdoc_meta
+Obtain the meta-data of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn mdoc_node
+Obtain the root node of a successful parse.
+This may only be used on a pointer returned by
+.Fn mparse_result .
+.It Fn mparse_alloc
+Allocate a parser.
+The same parser may be used for multiple files so long as
+.Fn mparse_reset
+is called between parses.
+.Fn mparse_free
+must be called to free the memory allocated by this function.
+.It Fn mparse_free
+Free all memory allocated by
+.Fn mparse_alloc .
+.It Fn mparse_getkeep
+Acquire the keep buffer.
+Must follow a call of
+.Fn mparse_keep .
+.It Fn mparse_keep
+Instruct the parser to retain a copy of its parsed input.
+This can be acquired with subsequent
+.Fn mparse_getkeep
+calls.
+.It Fn mparse_readfd
+Parse a file or file descriptor.
+If
+.Va fd
+is -1,
+.Va fname
+is opened for reading.
+Otherwise,
+.Va fname
+is assumed to be the name associated with
+.Va fd .
+This may be called multiple times with different parameters; however,
+.Fn mparse_reset
+should be invoked between parses.
+.It Fn mparse_reset
+Reset a parser so that
+.Fn mparse_readfd
+may be used again.
+.It Fn mparse_result
+Obtain the result of a parse.
+Only successful parses
+.Po
+i.e., those where
+.Fn mparse_readfd
+returned less than MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL
+.Pc
+should invoke this function, in which case one of the two pointers will
+be filled in.
+.It Fn mparse_strerror
+Return a statically-allocated string representation of an error code.
+.It Fn mparse_strlevel
+Return a statically-allocated string representation of a level code.
+.El
+.Ss Variables
+.Bl -ohang
+.It Va man_macronames
+The string representation of a man macro as indexed by
+.Vt "enum mant" .
+.It Va mdoc_argnames
+The string representation of a mdoc macro argument as indexed by
+.Vt "enum mdocargt" .
+.It Va mdoc_macronames
+The string representation of a mdoc macro as indexed by
+.Vt "enum mdoct" .
+.El
+.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+This section consists of structural documentation for
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+syntax trees and strings.
+.Ss Man and Mdoc Strings
+Strings may be extracted from mdoc and man meta-data, or from text
+nodes (MDOC_TEXT and MAN_TEXT, respectively).
+These strings have special non-printing formatting cues embedded in the
+text itself, as well as
+.Xr roff 7
+escapes preserved from input.
+Implementing systems will need to handle both situations to produce
+human-readable text.
+In general, strings may be assumed to consist of 7-bit ASCII characters.
+.Pp
+The following non-printing characters may be embedded in text strings:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Dv ASCII_NBRSP
+A non-breaking space character.
+.It Dv ASCII_HYPH
+A soft hyphen.
+.El
+.Pp
+Escape characters are also passed verbatim into text strings.
+An escape character is a sequence of characters beginning with the
+backslash
+.Pq Sq \e .
+To construct human-readable text, these should be intercepted with
+.Fn mandoc_escape
+and converted with one of
+.Fn mchars_num2char ,
+.Fn mchars_spec2str ,
+and so on.
+.Ss Man Abstract Syntax Tree
+This AST is governed by the ontological rules dictated in
+.Xr man 7
+and derives its terminology accordingly.
+.Pp
+The AST is composed of
+.Vt struct man_node
+nodes with element, root and text types as declared by the
+.Va type
+field.
+Each node also provides its parse point (the
+.Va line ,
+.Va sec ,
+and
+.Va pos
+fields), its position in the tree (the
+.Va parent ,
+.Va child ,
+.Va next
+and
+.Va prev
+fields) and some type-specific data.
+.Pp
+The tree itself is arranged according to the following normal form,
+where capitalised non-terminals represent nodes.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "ELEMENTXX" -compact
+.It ROOT
+\(<- mnode+
+.It mnode
+\(<- ELEMENT | TEXT | BLOCK
+.It BLOCK
+\(<- HEAD BODY
+.It HEAD
+\(<- mnode*
+.It BODY
+\(<- mnode*
+.It ELEMENT
+\(<- ELEMENT | TEXT*
+.It TEXT
+\(<- [[:ascii:]]*
+.El
+.Pp
+The only elements capable of nesting other elements are those with
+next-lint scope as documented in
+.Xr man 7 .
+.Ss Mdoc Abstract Syntax Tree
+This AST is governed by the ontological
+rules dictated in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and derives its terminology accordingly.
+.Qq In-line
+elements described in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+are described simply as
+.Qq elements .
+.Pp
+The AST is composed of
+.Vt struct mdoc_node
+nodes with block, head, body, element, root and text types as declared
+by the
+.Va type
+field.
+Each node also provides its parse point (the
+.Va line ,
+.Va sec ,
+and
+.Va pos
+fields), its position in the tree (the
+.Va parent ,
+.Va child ,
+.Va nchild ,
+.Va next
+and
+.Va prev
+fields) and some type-specific data, in particular, for nodes generated
+from macros, the generating macro in the
+.Va tok
+field.
+.Pp
+The tree itself is arranged according to the following normal form,
+where capitalised non-terminals represent nodes.
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "ELEMENTXX" -compact
+.It ROOT
+\(<- mnode+
+.It mnode
+\(<- BLOCK | ELEMENT | TEXT
+.It BLOCK
+\(<- HEAD [TEXT] (BODY [TEXT])+ [TAIL [TEXT]]
+.It ELEMENT
+\(<- TEXT*
+.It HEAD
+\(<- mnode*
+.It BODY
+\(<- mnode* [ENDBODY mnode*]
+.It TAIL
+\(<- mnode*
+.It TEXT
+\(<- [[:ascii:]]*
+.El
+.Pp
+Of note are the TEXT nodes following the HEAD, BODY and TAIL nodes of
+the BLOCK production: these refer to punctuation marks.
+Furthermore, although a TEXT node will generally have a non-zero-length
+string, in the specific case of
+.Sq \&.Bd \-literal ,
+an empty line will produce a zero-length string.
+Multiple body parts are only found in invocations of
+.Sq \&Bl \-column ,
+where a new body introduces a new phrase.
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr mdoc 7
+syntax tree accommodates for broken block structures as well.
+The ENDBODY node is available to end the formatting associated
+with a given block before the physical end of that block.
+It has a non-null
+.Va end
+field, is of the BODY
+.Va type ,
+has the same
+.Va tok
+as the BLOCK it is ending, and has a
+.Va pending
+field pointing to that BLOCK's BODY node.
+It is an indirect child of that BODY node
+and has no children of its own.
+.Pp
+An ENDBODY node is generated when a block ends while one of its child
+blocks is still open, like in the following example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Ao ao
+\&.Bo bo ac
+\&.Ac bc
+\&.Bc end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This example results in the following block structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+BLOCK Ao
+    HEAD Ao
+    BODY Ao
+        TEXT ao
+        BLOCK Bo, pending -> Ao
+            HEAD Bo
+            BODY Bo
+                TEXT bo
+                TEXT ac
+                ENDBODY Ao, pending -> Ao
+                TEXT bc
+TEXT end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Here, the formatting of the
+.Sq \&Ao
+block extends from TEXT ao to TEXT ac,
+while the formatting of the
+.Sq \&Bo
+block extends from TEXT bo to TEXT bc.
+It renders as follows in
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+mode:
+.Pp
+.Dl  bc] end
+.Pp
+Support for badly-nested blocks is only provided for backward
+compatibility with some older
+.Xr mdoc 7
+implementations.
+Using badly-nested blocks is
+.Em strongly discouraged ;
+for example, the
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml
+front-ends to
+.Xr mandoc 1
+are unable to render them in any meaningful way.
+Furthermore, behaviour when encountering badly-nested blocks is not
+consistent across troff implementations, especially when using  multiple
+levels of badly-nested blocks.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+library was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/mandoc.c b/mandoc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..604bb67e6ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandoc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,735 @@
+/*	$Id: mandoc.c,v 1.62 2011/12/03 16:08:51 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHORS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define DATESIZE 32
+
+static	int	 a2time(time_t *, const char *, const char *);
+static	char	*time2a(time_t);
+static	int	 numescape(const char *);
+
+/*
+ * Pass over recursive numerical expressions.  This context of this
+ * function is important: it's only called within character-terminating
+ * escapes (e.g., \s[xxxyyy]), so all we need to do is handle initial
+ * recursion: we don't care about what's in these blocks. 
+ * This returns the number of characters skipped or -1 if an error
+ * occurs (the caller should bail).
+ */
+static int
+numescape(const char *start)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	i = 0;
+
+	/* The expression consists of a subexpression. */
+
+	if ('\\' == start[i]) {
+		cp = &start[++i];
+		/*
+		 * Read past the end of the subexpression.
+		 * Bail immediately on errors.
+		 */
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == mandoc_escape(&cp, NULL, NULL))
+			return(-1);
+		return(i + cp - &start[i]);
+	} 
+
+	if ('(' != start[i++])
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * A parenthesised subexpression.  Read until the closing
+	 * parenthesis, making sure to handle any nested subexpressions
+	 * that might ruin our parse.
+	 */
+
+	while (')' != start[i]) {
+		sz = strcspn(&start[i], ")\\");
+		i += (int)sz;
+
+		if ('\0' == start[i])
+			return(-1);
+		else if ('\\' != start[i])
+			continue;
+
+		cp = &start[++i];
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == mandoc_escape(&cp, NULL, NULL))
+			return(-1);
+		i += cp - &start[i];
+	}
+
+	/* Read past the terminating ')'. */
+	return(++i);
+}
+
+enum mandoc_esc
+mandoc_escape(const char **end, const char **start, int *sz)
+{
+	char		 c, term, numeric;
+	int		 i, lim, ssz, rlim;
+	const char	*cp, *rstart;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 gly; 
+
+	cp = *end;
+	rstart = cp;
+	if (start)
+		*start = rstart;
+	i = lim = 0;
+	gly = ESCAPE_ERROR;
+	term = numeric = '\0';
+
+	switch ((c = cp[i++])) {
+	/*
+	 * First the glyphs.  There are several different forms of
+	 * these, but each eventually returns a substring of the glyph
+	 * name.
+	 */
+	case ('('):
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		lim = 2;
+		break;
+	case ('['):
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		/*
+		 * Unicode escapes are defined in groff as \[uXXXX] to
+		 * \[u10FFFF], where the contained value must be a valid
+		 * Unicode codepoint.  Here, however, only check whether
+		 * it's not a zero-width escape.
+		 */
+		if ('u' == cp[i] && ']' != cp[i + 1])
+			gly = ESCAPE_UNICODE;
+		term = ']';
+		break;
+	case ('C'):
+		if ('\'' != cp[i])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		term = '\'';
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle all triggers matching \X(xy, \Xx, and \X[xxxx], where
+	 * 'X' is the trigger.  These have opaque sub-strings.
+	 */
+	case ('F'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('g'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('k'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('M'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('m'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('n'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('V'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('Y'):
+		gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('f'):
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == gly)
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONT;
+
+		rstart= &cp[i];
+		if (start) 
+			*start = rstart;
+
+		switch (cp[i++]) {
+		case ('('):
+			lim = 2;
+			break;
+		case ('['):
+			term = ']';
+			break;
+		default:
+			lim = 1;
+			i--;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * These escapes are of the form \X'Y', where 'X' is the trigger
+	 * and 'Y' is any string.  These have opaque sub-strings.
+	 */
+	case ('A'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('b'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('D'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('o'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('R'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('X'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('Z'):
+		if ('\'' != cp[i++])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+		term = '\'';
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * These escapes are of the form \X'N', where 'X' is the trigger
+	 * and 'N' resolves to a numerical expression.
+	 */
+	case ('B'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('h'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('H'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('L'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('l'):
+		gly = ESCAPE_NUMBERED;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('S'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('v'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('w'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('x'):
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == gly)
+			gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+		if ('\'' != cp[i++])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		term = numeric = '\'';
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * Special handling for the numbered character escape.
+	 * XXX Do any other escapes need similar handling?
+	 */
+	case ('N'):
+		if ('\0' == cp[i])
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+		*end = &cp[++i];
+		if (isdigit((unsigned char)cp[i-1]))
+			return(ESCAPE_IGNORE);
+		while (isdigit((unsigned char)**end))
+			(*end)++;
+		if (start)
+			*start = &cp[i];
+		if (sz)
+			*sz = *end - &cp[i];
+		if ('\0' != **end)
+			(*end)++;
+		return(ESCAPE_NUMBERED);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Sizes get a special category of their own.
+	 */
+	case ('s'):
+		gly = ESCAPE_IGNORE;
+
+		rstart = &cp[i];
+		if (start) 
+			*start = rstart;
+
+		/* See +/- counts as a sign. */
+		c = cp[i];
+		if ('+' == c || '-' == c || ASCII_HYPH == c)
+			++i;
+
+		switch (cp[i++]) {
+		case ('('):
+			lim = 2;
+			break;
+		case ('['):
+			term = numeric = ']';
+			break;
+		case ('\''):
+			term = numeric = '\'';
+			break;
+		default:
+			lim = 1;
+			i--;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* See +/- counts as a sign. */
+		c = cp[i];
+		if ('+' == c || '-' == c || ASCII_HYPH == c)
+			++i;
+
+		break;
+
+	/*
+	 * Anything else is assumed to be a glyph.
+	 */
+	default:
+		gly = ESCAPE_SPECIAL;
+		lim = 1;
+		i--;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	assert(ESCAPE_ERROR != gly);
+
+	rstart = &cp[i];
+	if (start)
+		*start = rstart;
+
+	/*
+	 * If a terminating block has been specified, we need to
+	 * handle the case of recursion, which could have their
+	 * own terminating blocks that mess up our parse.  This, by the
+	 * way, means that the "start" and "size" values will be
+	 * effectively meaningless.
+	 */
+
+	ssz = 0;
+	if (numeric && -1 == (ssz = numescape(&cp[i])))
+		return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+
+	i += ssz;
+	rlim = -1;
+
+	/*
+	 * We have a character terminator.  Try to read up to that
+	 * character.  If we can't (i.e., we hit the nil), then return
+	 * an error; if we can, calculate our length, read past the
+	 * terminating character, and exit.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' != term) {
+		*end = strchr(&cp[i], term);
+		if ('\0' == *end)
+			return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+
+		rlim = *end - &cp[i];
+		if (sz)
+			*sz = rlim;
+		(*end)++;
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	assert(lim > 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * We have a numeric limit.  If the string is shorter than that,
+	 * stop and return an error.  Else adjust our endpoint, length,
+	 * and return the current glyph.
+	 */
+
+	if ((size_t)lim > strlen(&cp[i]))
+		return(ESCAPE_ERROR);
+
+	rlim = lim;
+	if (sz)
+		*sz = rlim;
+
+	*end = &cp[i] + lim;
+
+out:
+	assert(rlim >= 0 && rstart);
+
+	/* Run post-processors. */
+
+	switch (gly) {
+	case (ESCAPE_FONT):
+		/*
+		 * Pretend that the constant-width font modes are the
+		 * same as the regular font modes.
+		 */
+		if (2 == rlim && 'C' == *rstart)
+			rstart++;
+		else if (1 != rlim)
+			break;
+
+		switch (*rstart) {
+		case ('3'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('B'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTBOLD;
+			break;
+		case ('2'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('I'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTITALIC;
+			break;
+		case ('P'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTPREV;
+			break;
+		case ('1'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('R'):
+			gly = ESCAPE_FONTROMAN;
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+		if (1 != rlim)
+			break;
+		if ('c' == *rstart)
+			gly = ESCAPE_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(gly);
+}
+
+void *
+mandoc_calloc(size_t num, size_t size)
+{
+	void		*ptr;
+
+	ptr = calloc(num, size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+void *
+mandoc_malloc(size_t size)
+{
+	void		*ptr;
+
+	ptr = malloc(size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+void *
+mandoc_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+
+	ptr = realloc(ptr, size);
+	if (NULL == ptr) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+char *
+mandoc_strndup(const char *ptr, size_t sz)
+{
+	char		*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_malloc(sz + 1);
+	memcpy(p, ptr, sz);
+	p[(int)sz] = '\0';
+	return(p);
+}
+
+char *
+mandoc_strdup(const char *ptr)
+{
+	char		*p;
+
+	p = strdup(ptr);
+	if (NULL == p) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a quoted or unquoted roff-style request or macro argument.
+ * Return a pointer to the parsed argument, which is either the original
+ * pointer or advanced by one byte in case the argument is quoted.
+ * Null-terminate the argument in place.
+ * Collapse pairs of quotes inside quoted arguments.
+ * Advance the argument pointer to the next argument,
+ * or to the null byte terminating the argument line.
+ */
+char *
+mandoc_getarg(struct mparse *parse, char **cpp, int ln, int *pos)
+{
+	char	 *start, *cp;
+	int	  quoted, pairs, white;
+
+	/* Quoting can only start with a new word. */
+	start = *cpp;
+	quoted = 0;
+	if ('"' == *start) {
+		quoted = 1;
+		start++;
+	} 
+
+	pairs = 0;
+	white = 0;
+	for (cp = start; '\0' != *cp; cp++) {
+		/* Move left after quoted quotes and escaped backslashes. */
+		if (pairs)
+			cp[-pairs] = cp[0];
+		if ('\\' == cp[0]) {
+			if ('\\' == cp[1]) {
+				/* Poor man's copy mode. */
+				pairs++;
+				cp++;
+			} else if (0 == quoted && ' ' == cp[1])
+				/* Skip escaped blanks. */
+				cp++;
+		} else if (0 == quoted) {
+			if (' ' == cp[0]) {
+				/* Unescaped blanks end unquoted args. */
+				white = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else if ('"' == cp[0]) {
+			if ('"' == cp[1]) {
+				/* Quoted quotes collapse. */
+				pairs++;
+				cp++;
+			} else {
+				/* Unquoted quotes end quoted args. */
+				quoted = 2;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Quoted argument without a closing quote. */
+	if (1 == quoted)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE, parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+
+	/* Null-terminate this argument and move to the next one. */
+	if (pairs)
+		cp[-pairs] = '\0';
+	if ('\0' != *cp) {
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+		while (' ' == *cp)
+			cp++;
+	}
+	*pos += (int)(cp - start) + (quoted ? 1 : 0);
+	*cpp = cp;
+
+	if ('\0' == *cp && (white || ' ' == cp[-1]))
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE, parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+
+	return(start);
+}
+
+static int
+a2time(time_t *t, const char *fmt, const char *p)
+{
+	struct tm	 tm;
+	char		*pp;
+
+	memset(&tm, 0, sizeof(struct tm));
+
+	pp = NULL;
+#ifdef	HAVE_STRPTIME
+	pp = strptime(p, fmt, &tm);
+#endif
+	if (NULL != pp && '\0' == *pp) {
+		*t = mktime(&tm);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static char *
+time2a(time_t t)
+{
+	struct tm	*tm;
+	char		*buf, *p;
+	size_t		 ssz;
+	int		 isz;
+
+	tm = localtime(&t);
+
+	/*
+	 * Reserve space:
+	 * up to 9 characters for the month (September) + blank
+	 * up to 2 characters for the day + comma + blank
+	 * 4 characters for the year and a terminating '\0'
+	 */
+	p = buf = mandoc_malloc(10 + 4 + 4 + 1);
+
+	if (0 == (ssz = strftime(p, 10 + 1, "%B ", tm)))
+		goto fail;
+	p += (int)ssz;
+
+	if (-1 == (isz = snprintf(p, 4 + 1, "%d, ", tm->tm_mday)))
+		goto fail;
+	p += isz;
+
+	if (0 == strftime(p, 4 + 1, "%Y", tm))
+		goto fail;
+	return(buf);
+
+fail:
+	free(buf);
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+char *
+mandoc_normdate(struct mparse *parse, char *in, int ln, int pos)
+{
+	char		*out;
+	time_t		 t;
+
+	if (NULL == in || '\0' == *in ||
+	    0 == strcmp(in, "$" "Mdocdate$")) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NODATE, parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		time(&t);
+	}
+	else if (a2time(&t, "%Y-%m-%d", in))
+		t = 0;
+	else if (!a2time(&t, "$" "Mdocdate: %b %d %Y $", in) &&
+	    !a2time(&t, "%b %d, %Y", in)) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_BADDATE, parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		t = 0;
+	}
+	out = t ? time2a(t) : NULL;
+	return(out ? out : mandoc_strdup(in));
+}
+
+int
+mandoc_eos(const char *p, size_t sz, int enclosed)
+{
+	const char *q;
+	int found;
+
+	if (0 == sz)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * End-of-sentence recognition must include situations where
+	 * some symbols, such as `)', allow prior EOS punctuation to
+	 * propagate outward.
+	 */
+
+	found = 0;
+	for (q = p + (int)sz - 1; q >= p; q--) {
+		switch (*q) {
+		case ('\"'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('\''):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (']'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (')'):
+			if (0 == found)
+				enclosed = 1;
+			break;
+		case ('.'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('!'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('?'):
+			found = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			return(found && (!enclosed || isalnum((unsigned char)*q)));
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(found && !enclosed);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find out whether a line is a macro line or not.  If it is, adjust the
+ * current position and return one; if it isn't, return zero and don't
+ * change the current position.
+ */
+int
+mandoc_getcontrol(const char *cp, int *ppos)
+{
+	int		pos;
+
+	pos = *ppos;
+
+	if ('\\' == cp[pos] && '.' == cp[pos + 1])
+		pos += 2;
+	else if ('.' == cp[pos] || '\'' == cp[pos])
+		pos++;
+	else
+		return(0);
+
+	while (' ' == cp[pos] || '\t' == cp[pos])
+		pos++;
+
+	*ppos = pos;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string to a long that may not be <0.
+ * If the string is invalid, or is less than 0, return -1.
+ */
+int
+mandoc_strntoi(const char *p, size_t sz, int base)
+{
+	char		 buf[32];
+	char		*ep;
+	long		 v;
+
+	if (sz > 31)
+		return(-1);
+
+	memcpy(buf, p, sz);
+	buf[(int)sz] = '\0';
+
+	errno = 0;
+	v = strtol(buf, &ep, base);
+
+	if (buf[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
+		return(-1);
+
+	if (v > INT_MAX)
+		v = INT_MAX;
+	if (v < INT_MIN)
+		v = INT_MIN;
+
+	return((int)v);
+}
diff --git a/mandoc.h b/mandoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a37effc5f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/*	$Id: mandoc.h,v 1.99 2012/02/16 20:51:31 joerg Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MANDOC_H
+#define MANDOC_H
+
+#define ASCII_NBRSP	 31  /* non-breaking space */
+#define	ASCII_HYPH	 30  /* breakable hyphen */
+
+/*
+ * Status level.  This refers to both internal status (i.e., whilst
+ * running, when warnings/errors are reported) and an indicator of a
+ * threshold of when to halt (when said internal state exceeds the
+ * threshold).
+ */
+enum	mandoclevel {
+	MANDOCLEVEL_OK = 0,
+	MANDOCLEVEL_RESERVED,
+	MANDOCLEVEL_WARNING, /* warnings: syntax, whitespace, etc. */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_ERROR, /* input has been thrown away */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL, /* input is borked */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG, /* bad argument in invocation */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR, /* system error */
+	MANDOCLEVEL_MAX
+};
+
+/*
+ * All possible things that can go wrong within a parse, be it libroff,
+ * libmdoc, or libman.
+ */
+enum	mandocerr {
+	MANDOCERR_OK,
+
+	MANDOCERR_WARNING, /* ===== start of warnings ===== */
+
+	/* related to the prologue */
+	MANDOCERR_NOTITLE, /* no title in document */
+	MANDOCERR_UPPERCASE, /* document title should be all caps */
+	MANDOCERR_BADMSEC, /* unknown manual section */
+	MANDOCERR_NODATE, /* date missing, using today's date */
+	MANDOCERR_BADDATE, /* cannot parse date, using it verbatim */
+	MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO, /* prologue macros out of order */
+	MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP, /* duplicate prologue macro */
+	MANDOCERR_BADPROLOG, /* macro not allowed in prologue */
+	MANDOCERR_BADBODY, /* macro not allowed in body */
+
+	/* related to document structure */
+	MANDOCERR_SO, /* .so is fragile, better use ln(1) */
+	MANDOCERR_NAMESECFIRST, /* NAME section must come first */
+	MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC, /* bad NAME section contents */
+	MANDOCERR_NONAME, /* manual name not yet set */
+	MANDOCERR_SECOOO, /* sections out of conventional order */
+	MANDOCERR_SECREP, /* duplicate section name */
+	MANDOCERR_SECMSEC, /* section not in conventional manual section */
+
+	/* related to macros and nesting */
+	MANDOCERR_MACROOBS, /* skipping obsolete macro */
+	MANDOCERR_IGNPAR, /* skipping paragraph macro */
+	MANDOCERR_IGNNS, /* skipping no-space macro */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPENEST, /* blocks badly nested */
+	MANDOCERR_CHILD, /* child violates parent syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_NESTEDDISP, /* nested displays are not portable */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPEREP, /* already in literal mode */
+	MANDOCERR_LINESCOPE, /* line scope broken */
+
+	/* related to missing macro arguments */
+	MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY, /* skipping empty macro */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGCWARN, /* argument count wrong */
+	MANDOCERR_DISPTYPE, /* missing display type */
+	MANDOCERR_LISTFIRST, /* list type must come first */
+	MANDOCERR_NOWIDTHARG, /* tag lists require a width argument */
+	MANDOCERR_FONTTYPE, /* missing font type */
+	MANDOCERR_WNOSCOPE, /* skipping end of block that is not open */
+
+	/* related to bad macro arguments */
+	MANDOCERR_IGNARGV, /* skipping argument */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGVREP, /* duplicate argument */
+	MANDOCERR_DISPREP, /* duplicate display type */
+	MANDOCERR_LISTREP, /* duplicate list type */
+	MANDOCERR_BADATT, /* unknown AT&T UNIX version */
+	MANDOCERR_BADBOOL, /* bad Boolean value */
+	MANDOCERR_BADFONT, /* unknown font */
+	MANDOCERR_BADSTANDARD, /* unknown standard specifier */
+	MANDOCERR_BADWIDTH, /* bad width argument */
+
+	/* related to plain text */
+	MANDOCERR_NOBLANKLN, /* blank line in non-literal context */
+	MANDOCERR_BADTAB, /* tab in non-literal context */
+	MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE, /* end of line whitespace */
+	MANDOCERR_BADCOMMENT, /* bad comment style */
+	MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, /* unknown escape sequence */
+	MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE, /* unterminated quoted string */
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNQUOTE, /* unexpected literal in equation */
+
+	MANDOCERR_ERROR, /* ===== start of errors ===== */
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNNSCOPE, /* unexpected equation scope closure*/
+	MANDOCERR_EQNSCOPE, /* equation scope open on exit */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNBADSCOPE, /* overlapping equation scopes */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNEOF, /* unexpected end of equation */
+	MANDOCERR_EQNSYNT, /* equation syntax error */
+
+	/* related to tables */
+	MANDOCERR_TBL, /* bad table syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLOPT, /* bad table option */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, /* bad table layout */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLNOLAYOUT, /* no table layout cells specified */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLNODATA, /* no table data cells specified */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLIGNDATA, /* ignore data in cell */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLBLOCK, /* data block still open */
+	MANDOCERR_TBLEXTRADAT, /* ignoring extra data cells */
+
+	MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, /* input stack limit exceeded, infinite loop? */
+	MANDOCERR_BADCHAR, /* skipping bad character */
+	MANDOCERR_NAMESC, /* escaped character not allowed in a name */
+	MANDOCERR_NOTEXT, /* skipping text before the first section header */
+	MANDOCERR_MACRO, /* skipping unknown macro */
+	MANDOCERR_REQUEST, /* NOT IMPLEMENTED: skipping request */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, /* argument count wrong */
+	MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, /* skipping end of block that is not open */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPEBROKEN, /* missing end of block */
+	MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, /* scope open on exit */
+	MANDOCERR_UNAME, /* uname(3) system call failed */
+	/* FIXME: merge following with MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT */
+	MANDOCERR_NOARGS, /* macro requires line argument(s) */
+	MANDOCERR_NOBODY, /* macro requires body argument(s) */
+	MANDOCERR_NOARGV, /* macro requires argument(s) */
+	MANDOCERR_LISTTYPE, /* missing list type */
+	MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, /* line argument(s) will be lost */
+	MANDOCERR_BODYLOST, /* body argument(s) will be lost */
+
+	MANDOCERR_FATAL, /* ===== start of fatal errors ===== */
+
+	MANDOCERR_NOTMANUAL, /* manual isn't really a manual */
+	MANDOCERR_COLUMNS, /* column syntax is inconsistent */
+	MANDOCERR_BADDISP, /* NOT IMPLEMENTED: .Bd -file */
+	MANDOCERR_SYNTARGVCOUNT, /* argument count wrong, violates syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_SYNTCHILD, /* child violates parent syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_SYNTARGCOUNT, /* argument count wrong, violates syntax */
+	MANDOCERR_SOPATH, /* NOT IMPLEMENTED: .so with absolute path or ".." */
+	MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY, /* no document body */
+	MANDOCERR_NODOCPROLOG, /* no document prologue */
+	MANDOCERR_MEM, /* static buffer exhausted */
+	MANDOCERR_MAX
+};
+
+struct	tbl {
+	char		  tab; /* cell-separator */
+	char		  decimal; /* decimal point */
+	int		  linesize;
+	int		  opts;
+#define	TBL_OPT_CENTRE	 (1 << 0)
+#define	TBL_OPT_EXPAND	 (1 << 1)
+#define	TBL_OPT_BOX	 (1 << 2)
+#define	TBL_OPT_DBOX	 (1 << 3)
+#define	TBL_OPT_ALLBOX	 (1 << 4)
+#define	TBL_OPT_NOKEEP	 (1 << 5)
+#define	TBL_OPT_NOSPACE	 (1 << 6)
+	int		  cols; /* number of columns */
+};
+
+enum	tbl_headt {
+	TBL_HEAD_DATA, /* plug in data from tbl_dat */
+	TBL_HEAD_VERT, /* vertical spacer */
+	TBL_HEAD_DVERT  /* double-vertical spacer */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The head of a table specifies all of its columns.  When formatting a
+ * tbl_span, iterate over these and plug in data from the tbl_span when
+ * appropriate, using tbl_cell as a guide to placement.
+ */
+struct	tbl_head {
+	enum tbl_headt	  pos;
+	int		  ident; /* 0 <= unique id < cols */
+	struct tbl_head	 *next;
+	struct tbl_head	 *prev;
+};
+
+enum	tbl_cellt {
+	TBL_CELL_CENTRE, /* c, C */
+	TBL_CELL_RIGHT, /* r, R */
+	TBL_CELL_LEFT, /* l, L */
+	TBL_CELL_NUMBER, /* n, N */
+	TBL_CELL_SPAN, /* s, S */
+	TBL_CELL_LONG, /* a, A */
+	TBL_CELL_DOWN, /* ^ */
+	TBL_CELL_HORIZ, /* _, - */
+	TBL_CELL_DHORIZ, /* = */
+	TBL_CELL_VERT, /* | */
+	TBL_CELL_DVERT, /* || */
+	TBL_CELL_MAX
+};
+
+/*
+ * A cell in a layout row.
+ */
+struct	tbl_cell {
+	struct tbl_cell	 *next;
+	enum tbl_cellt	  pos;
+	size_t		  spacing;
+	int		  flags;
+#define	TBL_CELL_TALIGN	 (1 << 0) /* t, T */
+#define	TBL_CELL_BALIGN	 (1 << 1) /* d, D */
+#define	TBL_CELL_BOLD	 (1 << 2) /* fB, B, b */
+#define	TBL_CELL_ITALIC	 (1 << 3) /* fI, I, i */
+#define	TBL_CELL_EQUAL	 (1 << 4) /* e, E */
+#define	TBL_CELL_UP	 (1 << 5) /* u, U */
+#define	TBL_CELL_WIGN	 (1 << 6) /* z, Z */
+	struct tbl_head	 *head;
+};
+
+/*
+ * A layout row.
+ */
+struct	tbl_row {
+	struct tbl_row	 *next;
+	struct tbl_cell	 *first;
+	struct tbl_cell	 *last;
+};
+
+enum	tbl_datt {
+	TBL_DATA_NONE, /* has no data */
+	TBL_DATA_DATA, /* consists of data/string */
+	TBL_DATA_HORIZ, /* horizontal line */
+	TBL_DATA_DHORIZ, /* double-horizontal line */
+	TBL_DATA_NHORIZ, /* squeezed horizontal line */
+	TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ /* squeezed double-horizontal line */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A cell within a row of data.  The "string" field contains the actual
+ * string value that's in the cell.  The rest is layout.
+ */
+struct	tbl_dat {
+	struct tbl_cell	 *layout; /* layout cell */
+	int		  spans; /* how many spans follow */
+	struct tbl_dat	 *next;
+	char		 *string; /* data (NULL if not TBL_DATA_DATA) */
+	enum tbl_datt	  pos;
+};
+
+enum	tbl_spant {
+	TBL_SPAN_DATA, /* span consists of data */
+	TBL_SPAN_HORIZ, /* span is horizontal line */
+	TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ /* span is double horizontal line */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A row of data in a table.
+ */
+struct	tbl_span {
+	struct tbl	 *tbl;
+	struct tbl_head	 *head;
+	struct tbl_row	 *layout; /* layout row */
+	struct tbl_dat	 *first;
+	struct tbl_dat	 *last;
+	int		  line; /* parse line */
+	int		  flags;
+#define	TBL_SPAN_FIRST	 (1 << 0)
+#define	TBL_SPAN_LAST	 (1 << 1)
+	enum tbl_spant	  pos;
+	struct tbl_span	 *next;
+};
+
+enum	eqn_boxt {
+	EQN_ROOT, /* root of parse tree */
+	EQN_TEXT, /* text (number, variable, whatever) */
+	EQN_SUBEXPR, /* nested `eqn' subexpression */
+	EQN_LIST, /* subexpressions list */
+	EQN_MATRIX /* matrix subexpression */
+};
+
+enum	eqn_markt {
+	EQNMARK_NONE = 0,
+	EQNMARK_DOT,
+	EQNMARK_DOTDOT,
+	EQNMARK_HAT,
+	EQNMARK_TILDE,
+	EQNMARK_VEC,
+	EQNMARK_DYAD,
+	EQNMARK_BAR,
+	EQNMARK_UNDER,
+	EQNMARK__MAX
+};
+
+enum	eqn_fontt {
+	EQNFONT_NONE = 0,
+	EQNFONT_ROMAN,
+	EQNFONT_BOLD,
+	EQNFONT_FAT,
+	EQNFONT_ITALIC,
+	EQNFONT__MAX
+};
+
+enum	eqn_post {
+	EQNPOS_NONE = 0,
+	EQNPOS_OVER,
+	EQNPOS_SUP,
+	EQNPOS_SUB,
+	EQNPOS_TO,
+	EQNPOS_FROM,
+	EQNPOS__MAX
+};
+
+enum	eqn_pilet {
+	EQNPILE_NONE = 0,
+	EQNPILE_PILE,
+	EQNPILE_CPILE,
+	EQNPILE_RPILE,
+	EQNPILE_LPILE,
+	EQNPILE_COL,
+	EQNPILE_CCOL,
+	EQNPILE_RCOL,
+	EQNPILE_LCOL,
+	EQNPILE__MAX
+};
+
+ /*
+ * A "box" is a parsed mathematical expression as defined by the eqn.7
+ * grammar.
+ */
+struct	eqn_box {
+	int		  size; /* font size of expression */
+#define	EQN_DEFSIZE	  INT_MIN
+	enum eqn_boxt	  type; /* type of node */
+	struct eqn_box	 *first; /* first child node */
+	struct eqn_box	 *last; /* last child node */
+	struct eqn_box	 *next; /* node sibling */
+	struct eqn_box	 *parent; /* node sibling */
+	char		 *text; /* text (or NULL) */
+	char		 *left;
+	char		 *right;
+	enum eqn_post	  pos; /* position of next box */
+	enum eqn_markt	  mark; /* a mark about the box */
+	enum eqn_fontt	  font; /* font of box */
+	enum eqn_pilet	  pile; /* equation piling */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An equation consists of a tree of expressions starting at a given
+ * line and position. 
+ */
+struct	eqn {
+	char		 *name; /* identifier (or NULL) */
+	struct eqn_box	 *root; /* root mathematical expression */
+	int		  ln; /* invocation line */
+	int		  pos; /* invocation position */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The type of parse sequence.  This value is usually passed via the
+ * mandoc(1) command line of -man and -mdoc.  It's almost exclusively
+ * -mandoc but the others have been retained for compatibility.
+ */
+enum	mparset {
+	MPARSE_AUTO, /* magically determine the document type */
+	MPARSE_MDOC, /* assume -mdoc */
+	MPARSE_MAN /* assume -man */
+};
+
+enum	mandoc_esc {
+	ESCAPE_ERROR = 0, /* bail! unparsable escape */
+	ESCAPE_IGNORE, /* escape to be ignored */
+	ESCAPE_SPECIAL, /* a regular special character */
+	ESCAPE_FONT, /* a generic font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTBOLD, /* bold font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTITALIC, /* italic font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTROMAN, /* roman font mode */
+	ESCAPE_FONTPREV, /* previous font mode */
+	ESCAPE_NUMBERED, /* a numbered glyph */
+	ESCAPE_UNICODE, /* a unicode codepoint */
+	ESCAPE_NOSPACE /* suppress space if the last on a line */
+};
+
+typedef	void	(*mandocmsg)(enum mandocerr, enum mandoclevel,
+			const char *, int, int, const char *);
+
+struct	mparse;
+struct	mchars;
+struct	mdoc;
+struct	man;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+void		 *mandoc_calloc(size_t, size_t);
+enum mandoc_esc	  mandoc_escape(const char **, const char **, int *);
+void		 *mandoc_malloc(size_t);
+void		 *mandoc_realloc(void *, size_t);
+char		 *mandoc_strdup(const char *);
+char		 *mandoc_strndup(const char *, size_t);
+struct mchars	 *mchars_alloc(void);
+void		  mchars_free(struct mchars *);
+char	 	  mchars_num2char(const char *, size_t);
+int		  mchars_num2uc(const char *, size_t);
+int		  mchars_spec2cp(const struct mchars *, 
+			const char *, size_t);
+const char	 *mchars_spec2str(const struct mchars *, 
+			const char *, size_t, size_t *);
+struct mparse	 *mparse_alloc(enum mparset, 
+			enum mandoclevel, mandocmsg, void *);
+void		  mparse_free(struct mparse *);
+void		  mparse_keep(struct mparse *);
+enum mandoclevel  mparse_readfd(struct mparse *, int, const char *);
+enum mandoclevel  mparse_readmem(struct mparse *, const void *, size_t,
+			const char *);
+void		  mparse_reset(struct mparse *);
+void		  mparse_result(struct mparse *, 
+			struct mdoc **, struct man **);
+const char	 *mparse_getkeep(const struct mparse *);
+const char	 *mparse_strerror(enum mandocerr);
+const char	 *mparse_strlevel(enum mandoclevel);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MANDOC_H*/
diff --git a/mandoc_char.7 b/mandoc_char.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..acc1b6100d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandoc_char.7
@@ -0,0 +1,743 @@
+.\"	$Id: mandoc_char.7,v 1.51 2011/11/23 10:09:30 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Jason McIntyre 
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze 
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 23 2011 $
+.Dt MANDOC_CHAR 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandoc_char
+.Nd mandoc special characters
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This page documents the
+.Xr roff 7
+escape sequences accepted by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+to represent special characters in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+documents.
+.Pp
+The rendering depends on the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+output mode; in ASCII output, most characters are completely
+unintelligible.
+For that reason, using any of the special characters documented here,
+except those discussed in the
+.Sx DESCRIPTION ,
+is strongly discouraged; they are supported merely for backwards
+compatibility with existing documents.
+.Pp
+In particular, in English manual pages, do not use special-character
+escape sequences to represent national language characters in author
+names; instead, provide ASCII transcriptions of the names.
+.Ss Dashes and Hyphens
+In typography there are different types of dashes of various width:
+the hyphen (-),
+the minus sign (\-),
+the en-dash (\(en),
+and the em-dash (\(em).
+.Pp
+Hyphens are used for adjectives;
+to separate the two parts of a compound word;
+or to separate a word across two successive lines of text.
+The hyphen does not need to be escaped:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+blue-eyed
+lorry-driver
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The mathematical minus sign is used for negative numbers or subtraction.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e- :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+a = 3 \e- 1;
+b = \e-2;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The en-dash is used to separate the two elements of a range,
+or can be used the same way as an em-dash.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e(en :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+pp. 95\e(en97.
+Go away \e(en or else!
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The em-dash can be used to show an interruption
+or can be used the same way as colons, semi-colons, or parentheses.
+It should be written as
+.Sq \e(em :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+Three things \e(em apples, oranges, and bananas.
+This is not that \e(em rather, this is that.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note:
+hyphens, minus signs, and en-dashes look identical under normal ASCII output.
+Other formats, such as PostScript, render them correctly,
+with differing widths.
+.Ss Spaces
+To separate words in normal text, for indenting and alignment
+in literal context, and when none of the following special cases apply,
+just use the normal space character
+.Pq Sq \  .
+.Pp
+When filling text, lines may be broken between words, i.e. at space
+characters.
+To prevent a line break between two particular words,
+use the non-breaking space escape sequence
+.Pq Sq \e~
+instead of the normal space character.
+For example, the input string
+.Dq number\e~1
+will be kept together as
+.Dq number\~1
+on the same output line.
+.Pp
+On request and macro lines, the normal space character serves as an
+argument delimiter.
+To include whitespace into arguments, quoting is usually the best choice.
+In some cases, using either the non-breaking
+.Pq Sq \e~
+or the breaking
+.Pq Sq \e\ \&
+space escape sequence may be preferable.
+To escape macro names and to protect whitespace at the end
+of input lines, the zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&
+is often useful.
+For example, in
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+a normal space character can be displayed in single quotes in either
+of the following ways:
+.Pp
+.Dl .Sq \(dq \(dq
+.Dl .Sq \e \e&
+.Ss Quotes
+On request and macro lines, the double-quote character
+.Pq Sq \(dq
+is handled specially to allow quoting.
+One way to prevent this special handling is by using the
+.Sq \e(dq
+escape sequence.
+.Pp
+Note that on text lines, literal double-quote characters can be used
+verbatim.
+All other quote-like characters can be used verbatim as well,
+even on request and macro lines.
+.Ss Periods
+The period
+.Pq Sq \&.
+is handled specially at the beginning of an input line,
+where it introduces a
+.Xr roff 7
+request or a macro, and when appearing alone as a macro argument in
+.Xr mdoc 7 .
+In such situations, prepend a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e&.
+to make it behave like normal text.
+.Pp
+Do not use the
+.Sq \e.
+escape sequence.
+It does not prevent special handling of the period.
+.Ss Backslashes
+To include a literal backslash
+.Pq Sq \e
+into the output, use the
+.Pq Sq \ee
+escape sequence.
+.Pp
+Note that doubling it
+.Pq Sq \e\e
+is not the right way to output a backslash.
+Because
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement full
+.Xr roff 7
+functionality, it may work with
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+but it may have weird effects on complete
+.Xr roff 7
+implementations.
+.Sh SPECIAL CHARACTERS
+Special characters are encoded as
+.Sq \eX
+.Pq for a one-character escape ,
+.Sq \e(XX
+.Pq two-character ,
+and
+.Sq \e[N]
+.Pq N-character .
+For details, see the
+.Em Special Characters
+subsection of the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual.
+.Pp
+Spacing:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Description
+.It \e~      Ta non-breaking, non-collapsing space
+.It \e       Ta breaking, non-collapsing n-width space
+.It \e^      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e%      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e&      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e|      Ta zero-width space
+.It \e0      Ta breaking, non-collapsing digit-width space
+.It \ec      Ta removes any trailing space (if applicable)
+.El
+.Pp
+Lines:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ba    Ta \(ba        Ta bar
+.It \e(br    Ta \(br        Ta box rule
+.It \e(ul    Ta \(ul        Ta underscore
+.It \e(rl    Ta \(rl        Ta overline
+.It \e(bb    Ta \(bb        Ta broken bar
+.It \e(sl    Ta \(sl        Ta forward slash
+.It \e(rs    Ta \(rs        Ta backward slash
+.El
+.Pp
+Text markers:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ci    Ta \(ci        Ta circle
+.It \e(bu    Ta \(bu        Ta bullet
+.It \e(dd    Ta \(dd        Ta double dagger
+.It \e(dg    Ta \(dg        Ta dagger
+.It \e(lz    Ta \(lz        Ta lozenge
+.It \e(sq    Ta \(sq        Ta white square
+.It \e(ps    Ta \(ps        Ta paragraph
+.It \e(sc    Ta \(sc        Ta section
+.It \e(lh    Ta \(lh        Ta left hand
+.It \e(rh    Ta \(rh        Ta right hand
+.It \e(at    Ta \(at        Ta at
+.It \e(sh    Ta \(sh        Ta hash (pound)
+.It \e(CR    Ta \(CR        Ta carriage return
+.It \e(OK    Ta \(OK        Ta check mark
+.El
+.Pp
+Legal symbols:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(co    Ta \(co        Ta copyright
+.It \e(rg    Ta \(rg        Ta registered
+.It \e(tm    Ta \(tm        Ta trademarked
+.El
+.Pp
+Punctuation:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(em    Ta \(em        Ta em-dash
+.It \e(en    Ta \(en        Ta en-dash
+.It \e(hy    Ta \(hy        Ta hyphen
+.It \ee      Ta \e          Ta back-slash
+.It \e.      Ta \.          Ta period
+.It \e(r!    Ta \(r!        Ta upside-down exclamation
+.It \e(r?    Ta \(r?        Ta upside-down question
+.El
+.Pp
+Quotes:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(Bq    Ta \(Bq        Ta right low double-quote
+.It \e(bq    Ta \(bq        Ta right low single-quote
+.It \e(lq    Ta \(lq        Ta left double-quote
+.It \e(rq    Ta \(rq        Ta right double-quote
+.It \e(oq    Ta \(oq        Ta left single-quote
+.It \e(cq    Ta \(cq        Ta right single-quote
+.It \e(aq    Ta \(aq        Ta apostrophe quote (text)
+.It \e(dq    Ta \(dq        Ta double quote (text)
+.It \e(Fo    Ta \(Fo        Ta left guillemet
+.It \e(Fc    Ta \(Fc        Ta right guillemet
+.It \e(fo    Ta \(fo        Ta left single guillemet
+.It \e(fc    Ta \(fc        Ta right single guillemet
+.El
+.Pp
+Brackets:
+.Bl -column "xxbracketrightbpx" Rendered Description -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(lB    Ta \(lB        Ta left bracket
+.It \e(rB    Ta \(rB        Ta right bracket
+.It \e(lC    Ta \(lC        Ta left brace
+.It \e(rC    Ta \(rC        Ta right brace
+.It \e(la    Ta \(la        Ta left angle
+.It \e(ra    Ta \(ra        Ta right angle
+.It \e(bv    Ta \(bv        Ta brace extension
+.It \e[braceex] Ta \[braceex] Ta brace extension
+.It \e[bracketlefttp] Ta \[bracketlefttp] Ta top-left hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketleftbp] Ta \[bracketleftbp] Ta bottom-left hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketleftex] Ta \[bracketleftex] Ta left hooked bracket extension
+.It \e[bracketrighttp] Ta \[bracketrighttp] Ta top-right hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketrightbp] Ta \[bracketrightbp] Ta bottom-right hooked bracket
+.It \e[bracketrightex] Ta \[bracketrightex] Ta right hooked bracket extension
+.It \e(lt    Ta \(lt        Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e[bracelefttp] Ta \[bracelefttp] Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e(lk    Ta \(lk        Ta mid-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftmid] Ta \[braceleftmid] Ta mid-left hooked brace
+.It \e(lb    Ta \(lb        Ta bottom-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftbp] Ta \[braceleftbp] Ta bottom-left hooked brace
+.It \e[braceleftex] Ta \[braceleftex] Ta left hooked brace extension
+.It \e(rt    Ta \(rt        Ta top-left hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerighttp] Ta \[bracerighttp] Ta top-right hooked brace
+.It \e(rk    Ta \(rk        Ta mid-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightmid] Ta \[bracerightmid] Ta mid-right hooked brace
+.It \e(rb    Ta \(rb        Ta bottom-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightbp] Ta \[bracerightbp] Ta bottom-right hooked brace
+.It \e[bracerightex] Ta \[bracerightex] Ta right hooked brace extension
+.It \e[parenlefttp] Ta \[parenlefttp] Ta top-left hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenleftbp] Ta \[parenleftbp] Ta bottom-left hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenleftex] Ta \[parenleftex] Ta left hooked parenthesis extension
+.It \e[parenrighttp] Ta \[parenrighttp] Ta top-right hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenrightbp] Ta \[parenrightbp] Ta bottom-right hooked parenthesis
+.It \e[parenrightex] Ta \[parenrightex] Ta right hooked parenthesis extension
+.El
+.Pp
+Arrows:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(<-    Ta \(<-        Ta left arrow
+.It \e(->    Ta \(->        Ta right arrow
+.It \e(<>    Ta \(<>        Ta left-right arrow
+.It \e(da    Ta \(da        Ta down arrow
+.It \e(ua    Ta \(ua        Ta up arrow
+.It \e(va    Ta \(va        Ta up-down arrow
+.It \e(lA    Ta \(lA        Ta left double-arrow
+.It \e(rA    Ta \(rA        Ta right double-arrow
+.It \e(hA    Ta \(hA        Ta left-right double-arrow
+.It \e(uA    Ta \(uA        Ta up double-arrow
+.It \e(dA    Ta \(dA        Ta down double-arrow
+.It \e(vA    Ta \(vA        Ta up-down double-arrow
+.El
+.Pp
+Logical:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(AN    Ta \(AN        Ta logical and
+.It \e(OR    Ta \(OR        Ta logical or
+.It \e(no    Ta \(no        Ta logical not
+.It \e[tno]  Ta \[tno]      Ta logical not (text)
+.It \e(te    Ta \(te        Ta existential quantifier
+.It \e(fa    Ta \(fa        Ta universal quantifier
+.It \e(st    Ta \(st        Ta such that
+.It \e(tf    Ta \(tf        Ta therefore
+.It \e(3d    Ta \(3d        Ta therefore
+.It \e(or    Ta \(or        Ta bitwise or
+.El
+.Pp
+Mathematical:
+.Bl -column "xxcoproductxx" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(pl    Ta \(pl        Ta plus
+.It \e(mi    Ta \(mi        Ta minus
+.It \e-      Ta \-          Ta minus (text)
+.It \e(-+    Ta \(-+        Ta minus-plus
+.It \e(+-    Ta \(+-        Ta plus-minus
+.It \e[t+-]  Ta \[t+-]      Ta plus-minus (text)
+.It \e(pc    Ta \(pc        Ta centre-dot
+.It \e(mu    Ta \(mu        Ta multiply
+.It \e[tmu]  Ta \[tmu]      Ta multiply (text)
+.It \e(c*    Ta \(c*        Ta circle-multiply
+.It \e(c+    Ta \(c+        Ta circle-plus
+.It \e(di    Ta \(di        Ta divide
+.It \e[tdi]  Ta \[tdi]      Ta divide (text)
+.It \e(f/    Ta \(f/        Ta fraction
+.It \e(**    Ta \(**        Ta asterisk
+.It \e(<=    Ta \(<=        Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e(>=    Ta \(>=        Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e(<<    Ta \(<<        Ta much less
+.It \e(>>    Ta \(>>        Ta much greater
+.It \e(eq    Ta \(eq        Ta equal
+.It \e(!=    Ta \(!=        Ta not equal
+.It \e(==    Ta \(==        Ta equivalent
+.It \e(ne    Ta \(ne        Ta not equivalent
+.It \e(=~    Ta \(=~        Ta congruent
+.It \e(-~    Ta \(-~        Ta asymptotically congruent
+.It \e(ap    Ta \(ap        Ta asymptotically similar
+.It \e(~~    Ta \(~~        Ta approximately similar
+.It \e(~=    Ta \(~=        Ta approximately equal
+.It \e(pt    Ta \(pt        Ta proportionate
+.It \e(es    Ta \(es        Ta empty set
+.It \e(mo    Ta \(mo        Ta element
+.It \e(nm    Ta \(nm        Ta not element
+.It \e(sb    Ta \(sb        Ta proper subset
+.It \e(nb    Ta \(nb        Ta not subset
+.It \e(sp    Ta \(sp        Ta proper superset
+.It \e(nc    Ta \(nc        Ta not superset
+.It \e(ib    Ta \(ib        Ta reflexive subset
+.It \e(ip    Ta \(ip        Ta reflexive superset
+.It \e(ca    Ta \(ca        Ta intersection
+.It \e(cu    Ta \(cu        Ta union
+.It \e(/_    Ta \(/_        Ta angle
+.It \e(pp    Ta \(pp        Ta perpendicular
+.It \e(is    Ta \(is        Ta integral
+.It \e[integral] Ta \[integral] Ta integral
+.It \e[sum]    Ta \[sum]   Ta summation
+.It \e[product] Ta \[product] Ta product
+.It \e[coproduct] Ta \[coproduct] Ta coproduct
+.It \e(gr    Ta \(gr        Ta gradient
+.It \e(sr    Ta \(sr        Ta square root
+.It \e[sqrt] Ta \[sqrt]     Ta square root
+.It \e(lc    Ta \(lc        Ta left-ceiling
+.It \e(rc    Ta \(rc        Ta right-ceiling
+.It \e(lf    Ta \(lf        Ta left-floor
+.It \e(rf    Ta \(rf        Ta right-floor
+.It \e(if    Ta \(if        Ta infinity
+.It \e(Ah    Ta \(Ah        Ta aleph
+.It \e(Im    Ta \(Im        Ta imaginary
+.It \e(Re    Ta \(Re        Ta real
+.It \e(pd    Ta \(pd        Ta partial differential
+.It \e(-h    Ta \(-h        Ta Planck constant over 2\(*p
+.It \e[12]   Ta \[12]       Ta one-half
+.It \e[14]   Ta \[14]       Ta one-fourth
+.It \e[34]   Ta \[34]       Ta three-fourths
+.El
+.Pp
+Ligatures:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(ff    Ta \(ff        Ta ff ligature
+.It \e(fi    Ta \(fi        Ta fi ligature
+.It \e(fl    Ta \(fl        Ta fl ligature
+.It \e(Fi    Ta \(Fi        Ta ffi ligature
+.It \e(Fl    Ta \(Fl        Ta ffl ligature
+.It \e(AE    Ta \(AE        Ta AE
+.It \e(ae    Ta \(ae        Ta ae
+.It \e(OE    Ta \(OE        Ta OE
+.It \e(oe    Ta \(oe        Ta oe
+.It \e(ss    Ta \(ss        Ta German eszett
+.It \e(IJ    Ta \(IJ        Ta IJ ligature
+.It \e(ij    Ta \(ij        Ta ij ligature
+.El
+.Pp
+Accents:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(a"    Ta \(a"        Ta Hungarian umlaut
+.It \e(a-    Ta \(a-        Ta macron
+.It \e(a.    Ta \(a.        Ta dotted
+.It \e(a^    Ta \(a^        Ta circumflex
+.It \e(aa    Ta \(aa        Ta acute
+.It \e'      Ta \'          Ta acute
+.It \e(ga    Ta \(ga        Ta grave
+.It \e`      Ta \`          Ta grave
+.It \e(ab    Ta \(ab        Ta breve
+.It \e(ac    Ta \(ac        Ta cedilla
+.It \e(ad    Ta \(ad        Ta dieresis
+.It \e(ah    Ta \(ah        Ta caron
+.It \e(ao    Ta \(ao        Ta ring
+.It \e(a~    Ta \(a~        Ta tilde
+.It \e(ho    Ta \(ho        Ta ogonek
+.It \e(ha    Ta \(ha        Ta hat (text)
+.It \e(ti    Ta \(ti        Ta tilde (text)
+.El
+.Pp
+Accented letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e('A    Ta \('A        Ta acute A
+.It \e('E    Ta \('E        Ta acute E
+.It \e('I    Ta \('I        Ta acute I
+.It \e('O    Ta \('O        Ta acute O
+.It \e('U    Ta \('U        Ta acute U
+.It \e('a    Ta \('a        Ta acute a
+.It \e('e    Ta \('e        Ta acute e
+.It \e('i    Ta \('i        Ta acute i
+.It \e('o    Ta \('o        Ta acute o
+.It \e('u    Ta \('u        Ta acute u
+.It \e(`A    Ta \(`A        Ta grave A
+.It \e(`E    Ta \(`E        Ta grave E
+.It \e(`I    Ta \(`I        Ta grave I
+.It \e(`O    Ta \(`O        Ta grave O
+.It \e(`U    Ta \(`U        Ta grave U
+.It \e(`a    Ta \(`a        Ta grave a
+.It \e(`e    Ta \(`e        Ta grave e
+.It \e(`i    Ta \(`i        Ta grave i
+.It \e(`o    Ta \(`i        Ta grave o
+.It \e(`u    Ta \(`u        Ta grave u
+.It \e(~A    Ta \(~A        Ta tilde A
+.It \e(~N    Ta \(~N        Ta tilde N
+.It \e(~O    Ta \(~O        Ta tilde O
+.It \e(~a    Ta \(~a        Ta tilde a
+.It \e(~n    Ta \(~n        Ta tilde n
+.It \e(~o    Ta \(~o        Ta tilde o
+.It \e(:A    Ta \(:A        Ta dieresis A
+.It \e(:E    Ta \(:E        Ta dieresis E
+.It \e(:I    Ta \(:I        Ta dieresis I
+.It \e(:O    Ta \(:O        Ta dieresis O
+.It \e(:U    Ta \(:U        Ta dieresis U
+.It \e(:a    Ta \(:a        Ta dieresis a
+.It \e(:e    Ta \(:e        Ta dieresis e
+.It \e(:i    Ta \(:i        Ta dieresis i
+.It \e(:o    Ta \(:o        Ta dieresis o
+.It \e(:u    Ta \(:u        Ta dieresis u
+.It \e(:y    Ta \(:y        Ta dieresis y
+.It \e(^A    Ta \(^A        Ta circumflex A
+.It \e(^E    Ta \(^E        Ta circumflex E
+.It \e(^I    Ta \(^I        Ta circumflex I
+.It \e(^O    Ta \(^O        Ta circumflex O
+.It \e(^U    Ta \(^U        Ta circumflex U
+.It \e(^a    Ta \(^a        Ta circumflex a
+.It \e(^e    Ta \(^e        Ta circumflex e
+.It \e(^i    Ta \(^i        Ta circumflex i
+.It \e(^o    Ta \(^o        Ta circumflex o
+.It \e(^u    Ta \(^u        Ta circumflex u
+.It \e(,C    Ta \(,C        Ta cedilla C
+.It \e(,c    Ta \(,c        Ta cedilla c
+.It \e(/L    Ta \(/L        Ta stroke L
+.It \e(/l    Ta \(/l        Ta stroke l
+.It \e(/O    Ta \(/O        Ta stroke O
+.It \e(/o    Ta \(/o        Ta stroke o
+.It \e(oA    Ta \(oA        Ta ring A
+.It \e(oa    Ta \(oa        Ta ring a
+.El
+.Pp
+Special letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(-D    Ta \(-D        Ta Eth
+.It \e(Sd    Ta \(Sd        Ta eth
+.It \e(TP    Ta \(TP        Ta Thorn
+.It \e(Tp    Ta \(Tp        Ta thorn
+.It \e(.i    Ta \(.i        Ta dotless i
+.It \e(.j    Ta \(.j        Ta dotless j
+.El
+.Pp
+Currency:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(Do    Ta \(Do        Ta dollar
+.It \e(ct    Ta \(ct        Ta cent
+.It \e(Eu    Ta \(Eu        Ta Euro symbol
+.It \e(eu    Ta \(eu        Ta Euro symbol
+.It \e(Ye    Ta \(Ye        Ta yen
+.It \e(Po    Ta \(Po        Ta pound
+.It \e(Cs    Ta \(Cs        Ta Scandinavian
+.It \e(Fn    Ta \(Fn        Ta florin
+.El
+.Pp
+Units:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(de    Ta \(de        Ta degree
+.It \e(%0    Ta \(%0        Ta per-thousand
+.It \e(fm    Ta \(fm        Ta minute
+.It \e(sd    Ta \(sd        Ta second
+.It \e(mc    Ta \(mc        Ta micro
+.El
+.Pp
+Greek letters:
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent -compact
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e(*A    Ta \(*A        Ta Alpha
+.It \e(*B    Ta \(*B        Ta Beta
+.It \e(*G    Ta \(*G        Ta Gamma
+.It \e(*D    Ta \(*D        Ta Delta
+.It \e(*E    Ta \(*E        Ta Epsilon
+.It \e(*Z    Ta \(*Z        Ta Zeta
+.It \e(*Y    Ta \(*Y        Ta Eta
+.It \e(*H    Ta \(*H        Ta Theta
+.It \e(*I    Ta \(*I        Ta Iota
+.It \e(*K    Ta \(*K        Ta Kappa
+.It \e(*L    Ta \(*L        Ta Lambda
+.It \e(*M    Ta \(*M        Ta Mu
+.It \e(*N    Ta \(*N        Ta Nu
+.It \e(*C    Ta \(*C        Ta Xi
+.It \e(*O    Ta \(*O        Ta Omicron
+.It \e(*P    Ta \(*P        Ta Pi
+.It \e(*R    Ta \(*R        Ta Rho
+.It \e(*S    Ta \(*S        Ta Sigma
+.It \e(*T    Ta \(*T        Ta Tau
+.It \e(*U    Ta \(*U        Ta Upsilon
+.It \e(*F    Ta \(*F        Ta Phi
+.It \e(*X    Ta \(*X        Ta Chi
+.It \e(*Q    Ta \(*Q        Ta Psi
+.It \e(*W    Ta \(*W        Ta Omega
+.It \e(*a    Ta \(*a        Ta alpha
+.It \e(*b    Ta \(*b        Ta beta
+.It \e(*g    Ta \(*g        Ta gamma
+.It \e(*d    Ta \(*d        Ta delta
+.It \e(*e    Ta \(*e        Ta epsilon
+.It \e(*z    Ta \(*z        Ta zeta
+.It \e(*y    Ta \(*y        Ta eta
+.It \e(*h    Ta \(*h        Ta theta
+.It \e(*i    Ta \(*i        Ta iota
+.It \e(*k    Ta \(*k        Ta kappa
+.It \e(*l    Ta \(*l        Ta lambda
+.It \e(*m    Ta \(*m        Ta mu
+.It \e(*n    Ta \(*n        Ta nu
+.It \e(*c    Ta \(*c        Ta xi
+.It \e(*o    Ta \(*o        Ta omicron
+.It \e(*p    Ta \(*p        Ta pi
+.It \e(*r    Ta \(*r        Ta rho
+.It \e(*s    Ta \(*s        Ta sigma
+.It \e(*t    Ta \(*t        Ta tau
+.It \e(*u    Ta \(*u        Ta upsilon
+.It \e(*f    Ta \(*f        Ta phi
+.It \e(*x    Ta \(*x        Ta chi
+.It \e(*q    Ta \(*q        Ta psi
+.It \e(*w    Ta \(*w        Ta omega
+.It \e(+h    Ta \(+h        Ta theta variant
+.It \e(+f    Ta \(+f        Ta phi variant
+.It \e(+p    Ta \(+p        Ta pi variant
+.It \e(+e    Ta \(+e        Ta epsilon variant
+.It \e(ts    Ta \(ts        Ta sigma terminal
+.El
+.Sh PREDEFINED STRINGS
+Predefined strings are inherited from the macro packages of historical
+troff implementations.
+They are
+.Em not recommended
+for use, as they differ across implementations.
+Manuals using these predefined strings are almost certainly not
+portable.
+.Pp
+Their syntax is similar to special characters, using
+.Sq \e*X
+.Pq for a one-character escape ,
+.Sq \e*(XX
+.Pq two-character ,
+and
+.Sq \e*[N]
+.Pq N-character .
+For details, see the
+.Em Predefined Strings
+subsection of the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual.
+.Bl -column "Input" "Rendered" "Description" -offset indent
+.It Em Input Ta Em Rendered Ta Em Description
+.It \e*(Ba   Ta \*(Ba       Ta vertical bar
+.It \e*(Ne   Ta \*(Ne       Ta not equal
+.It \e*(Ge   Ta \*(Ge       Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e*(Le   Ta \*(Le       Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e*(Gt   Ta \*(Gt       Ta greater-than
+.It \e*(Lt   Ta \*(Lt       Ta less-than
+.It \e*(Pm   Ta \*(Pm       Ta plus-minus
+.It \e*(If   Ta \*(If       Ta infinity
+.It \e*(Pi   Ta \*(Pi       Ta pi
+.It \e*(Na   Ta \*(Na       Ta NaN
+.It \e*(Am   Ta \*(Am       Ta ampersand
+.It \e*R     Ta \*R         Ta restricted mark
+.It \e*(Tm   Ta \*(Tm       Ta trade mark
+.It \e*q     Ta \*q         Ta double-quote
+.It \e*(Rq   Ta \*(Rq       Ta right-double-quote
+.It \e*(Lq   Ta \*(Lq       Ta left-double-quote
+.It \e*(lp   Ta \*(lp       Ta right-parenthesis
+.It \e*(rp   Ta \*(rp       Ta left-parenthesis
+.It \e*(lq   Ta \*(lq       Ta left double-quote
+.It \e*(rq   Ta \*(rq       Ta right double-quote
+.It \e*(ua   Ta \*(ua       Ta up arrow
+.It \e*(va   Ta \*(va       Ta up-down arrow
+.It \e*(<=   Ta \*(<=       Ta less-than-equal
+.It \e*(>=   Ta \*(>=       Ta greater-than-equal
+.It \e*(aa   Ta \*(aa       Ta acute
+.It \e*(ga   Ta \*(ga       Ta grave
+.It \e*(Px   Ta \*(Px       Ta POSIX standard name
+.It \e*(Ai   Ta \*(Ai       Ta ANSI standard name
+.El
+.Sh UNICODE CHARACTERS
+The escape sequence
+.Pp
+.Dl \e[uXXXX]
+.Pp
+is interpreted as a Unicode codepoint.
+The codepoint must be in the range above U+0080 and less than U+10FFFF.
+For compatibility, points must be zero-padded to four characters; if
+greater than four characters, no zero padding is allowed.
+Unicode surrogates are not allowed.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" Unicode glyphs attenuate to the
+.\" .Sq \&?
+.\" character if invalid or not rendered by current output media.
+.Sh NUMBERED CHARACTERS
+For backward compatibility with existing manuals,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+also supports the
+.Pp
+.Dl \eN\(aq Ns Ar number Ns \(aq
+.Pp
+escape sequence, inserting the character
+.Ar number
+from the current character set into the output.
+Of course, this is inherently non-portable and is already marked
+as deprecated in the Heirloom roff manual.
+For example, do not use \eN'34', use \e(dq, or even the plain
+.Sq \(dq
+character where possible.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other other
+troff implementations, at this time limited to GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+The \eN\(aq\(aq escape sequence is limited to printable characters; in
+groff, it accepts arbitrary character numbers.
+.It
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii ,
+the
+\e(ss, \e(nm, \e(nb, \e(nc, \e(ib, \e(ip, \e(pp, \e[sum], \e[product],
+\e[coproduct], \e(gr, \e(\-h, and \e(a. special characters render
+differently between mandoc and groff.
+.It
+In
+.Fl T Ns Cm html
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm xhtml ,
+the \e(~=, \e(nb, and \e(nc special characters render differently
+between mandoc and groff.
+.It
+The
+.Fl T Ns Cm ps
+and
+.Fl T Ns Cm pdf
+modes format like
+.Fl T Ns Cm ascii
+instead of rendering glyphs as in groff.
+.It
+The \e[radicalex], \e[sqrtex], and \e(ru special characters have been omitted
+from mandoc either because they are poorly documented or they have no
+known representation.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+manual page was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The
+.Sq \e*(Ba
+escape mimics the behaviour of the
+.Sq \&|
+character in
+.Xr mdoc 7 ;
+thus, if you wish to render a vertical bar with no side effects, use
+the
+.Sq \e(ba
+escape.
diff --git a/mandocdb.8 b/mandocdb.8
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cb48359b340
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandocdb.8
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+.\"	$Id: mandocdb.8,v 1.17 2011/12/25 21:00:23 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 25 2011 $
+.Dt MANDOCDB 8
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mandocdb
+.Nd index UNIX manuals
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl avW
+.Op Fl C Ar file
+.Nm
+.Op Fl avW
+.Ar dir ...
+.Nm
+.Op Fl vW
+.Fl d Ar dir
+.Op Ar
+.Nm
+.Op Fl vW
+.Fl u Ar dir
+.Op Ar
+.Nm
+.Fl t Ar
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility extracts keywords from
+.Ux
+manuals and indexes them in a
+.Sx Keyword Database
+and
+.Sx Index Database
+for fast retrieval by
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr whatis 1 ,
+and
+.Xr man 1 Ns 's
+.Fl k
+option.
+.Pp
+By default,
+.Nm
+creates databases in each
+.Ar dir
+using the files
+.Sm off
+.Sy man Ar section Li /
+.Op Ar arch Li /
+.Ar title . section
+.Sm on
+and
+.Sm off
+.Sy cat Ar section Li /
+.Op Ar arch Li /
+.Ar title . Sy 0
+.Sm on
+in that directory;
+existing databases are truncated.
+If
+.Ar dir
+is not provided,
+.Nm
+uses the default paths stipulated by
+.Xr man 1 .
+.Pp
+The arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "-C file"
+.It Fl a
+Use all directories and files found below
+.Ar dir ... .
+.It Fl C Ar file
+Specify an alternative configuration
+.Ar file
+in
+.Xr man.conf 5
+format.
+.It Fl d Ar dir
+Merge (remove and re-add)
+.Ar
+to the database in
+.Ar dir
+without truncating it.
+.It Fl t Ar
+Check the given
+.Ar files
+for potential problems.
+No databases are modified.
+Implies
+.Fl a
+and
+.Fl W .
+All diagnostic messages are printed to the standard output;
+the standard error output is not used.
+.It Fl u Ar dir
+Remove
+.Ar
+from the database in
+.Ar dir
+without truncating it.
+.It Fl v
+Display all files added or removed to the index.
+.It Fl W
+Print warnings about potential problems with manual pages
+to the standard error output.
+.El
+.Pp
+If fatal parse errors are encountered while parsing, the offending file
+is printed to stderr, omitted from the index, and the parse continues
+with the next input file.
+.Ss Index Database
+The index database,
+.Pa whatis.index ,
+is a
+.Xr recno 3
+database with record values consisting of
+.Pp
+.Bl -enum -compact
+.It
+the character
+.Cm d ,
+.Cm a ,
+or
+.Cm c
+to indicate the file type
+.Po
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+and post-formatted, respectively
+.Pc ,
+.It
+the filename relative to the databases' path,
+.It
+the manual section,
+.It
+the manual title,
+.It
+the architecture
+.Pq often empty ,
+.It
+and the description.
+.El
+.Pp
+Each of the above is NUL-terminated.
+.Pp
+If the record value is zero-length, it is unassigned.
+.Ss Keyword Database
+The keyword database,
+.Pa whatis.db ,
+is a
+.Xr btree 3
+database of NUL-terminated keywords (record length is non-zero string
+length plus one) mapping to a 16-byte binary field consisting of the
+64-bit keyword type and the 64-bit
+.Sx Index Database
+record number, both in network-byte order.
+.Pp
+The type bit-mask consists of the following
+values mapping into
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macro identifiers:
+.Pp
+.Bl -column "x0x0000000000000001ULLx" "xLix" -offset indent -compact
+.It Li 0x0000000000000001ULL Ta \&An
+.It Li 0x0000000000000002ULL Ta \&Ar
+.It Li 0x0000000000000004ULL Ta \&At
+.It Li 0x0000000000000008ULL Ta \&Bsx
+.It Li 0x0000000000000010ULL Ta \&Bx
+.It Li 0x0000000000000020ULL Ta \&Cd
+.It Li 0x0000000000000040ULL Ta \&Cm
+.It Li 0x0000000000000080ULL Ta \&Dv
+.It Li 0x0000000000000100ULL Ta \&Dx
+.It Li 0x0000000000000200ULL Ta \&Em
+.It Li 0x0000000000000400ULL Ta \&Er
+.It Li 0x0000000000000800ULL Ta \&Ev
+.It Li 0x0000000000001000ULL Ta \&Fa
+.It Li 0x0000000000002000ULL Ta \&Fl
+.It Li 0x0000000000004000ULL Ta \&Fn
+.It Li 0x0000000000008000ULL Ta \&Ft
+.It Li 0x0000000000010000ULL Ta \&Fx
+.It Li 0x0000000000020000ULL Ta \&Ic
+.It Li 0x0000000000040000ULL Ta \&In
+.It Li 0x0000000000080000ULL Ta \&Lb
+.It Li 0x0000000000100000ULL Ta \&Li
+.It Li 0x0000000000200000ULL Ta \&Lk
+.It Li 0x0000000000400000ULL Ta \&Ms
+.It Li 0x0000000000800000ULL Ta \&Mt
+.It Li 0x0000000001000000ULL Ta \&Nd
+.It Li 0x0000000002000000ULL Ta \&Nm
+.It Li 0x0000000004000000ULL Ta \&Nx
+.It Li 0x0000000008000000ULL Ta \&Ox
+.It Li 0x0000000010000000ULL Ta \&Pa
+.It Li 0x0000000020000000ULL Ta \&Rs
+.It Li 0x0000000040000000ULL Ta \&Sh
+.It Li 0x0000000080000000ULL Ta \&Ss
+.It Li 0x0000000100000000ULL Ta \&St
+.It Li 0x0000000200000000ULL Ta \&Sy
+.It Li 0x0000000400000000ULL Ta \&Tn
+.It Li 0x0000000800000000ULL Ta \&Va
+.It Li 0x0000001000000000ULL Ta \&Vt
+.It Li 0x0000002000000000ULL Ta \&Xr
+.El
+.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+The time to construct a new database pair grows linearly with the
+number of keywords in the input files.
+However, removing or updating entries with
+.Fl u
+or
+.Fl d ,
+respectively, grows as a multiple of the index length and input size.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Pa whatis.db
+A
+.Xr btree 3
+keyword database mapping keywords to a type and file reference in
+.Pa whatis.index .
+.It Pa whatis.index
+A
+.Xr recno 3
+database of indexed file-names.
+.It Pa /etc/man.conf
+The default
+.Xr man 1
+configuration file.
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+The
+.Nm
+utility exits with one of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It 0
+No errors occurred.
+.It 5
+Invalid command line arguments were specified.
+No input files have been read.
+.It 6
+An operating system error occurred, for example memory exhaustion or an
+error accessing input files.
+Such errors cause
+.Nm
+to exit at once, possibly in the middle of parsing or formatting a file.
+The output databases are corrupt and should be removed.
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If the following errors occur, the
+.Nm
+databases should be rebuilt.
+.Bl -diag
+.It "%s: Corrupt database"
+The keyword database file indicated by
+.Pa %s
+is unreadable.
+.It "%s: Corrupt index"
+The index database file indicated by
+.Pa %s
+is unreadable.
+.It "%s: Path too long"
+The file
+.Pa %s
+is too long.
+This usually indicates database corruption or invalid command-line
+arguments.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr whatis 1 ,
+.Xr btree 3 ,
+.Xr recno 3 ,
+.Xr man.conf 5
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+utility was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/mandocdb.c b/mandocdb.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e621c1d2a21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandocdb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1909 @@
+/*	$Id: mandocdb.c,v 1.46 2012/03/23 06:52:17 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons 
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze 
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#if defined(__linux__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "mandocdb.h"
+#include "manpath.h"
+
+#define	MANDOC_BUFSZ	  BUFSIZ
+#define	MANDOC_SLOP	  1024
+
+#define	MANDOC_SRC	  0x1
+#define	MANDOC_FORM	  0x2
+
+#define WARNING(_f, _b, _fmt, _args...) \
+	do if (warnings) { \
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", (_b)); \
+		fprintf(stderr, (_fmt), ##_args); \
+		if ('\0' != *(_f)) \
+			fprintf(stderr, ": %s", (_f)); \
+		fprintf(stderr, "\n"); \
+	} while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+		
+/* Access to the mandoc database on disk. */
+
+struct	mdb {
+	char		  idxn[MAXPATHLEN]; /* index db filename */
+	char		  dbn[MAXPATHLEN]; /* keyword db filename */
+	DB		 *idx; /* index recno database */
+	DB		 *db; /* keyword btree database */
+};
+
+/* Stack of temporarily unused index records. */
+
+struct	recs {
+	recno_t		 *stack; /* pointer to a malloc'ed array */
+	size_t		  size; /* number of allocated slots */
+	size_t		  cur; /* current number of empty records */
+	recno_t		  last; /* last record number in the index */
+};
+
+/* Tiny list for files.  No need to bring in QUEUE. */
+
+struct	of {
+	char		 *fname; /* heap-allocated */
+	char		 *sec;
+	char		 *arch;
+	char		 *title;
+	int		  src_form;
+	struct of	 *next; /* NULL for last one */
+	struct of	 *first; /* first in list */
+};
+
+/* Buffer for storing growable data. */
+
+struct	buf {
+	char		 *cp;
+	size_t		  len; /* current length */
+	size_t		  size; /* total buffer size */
+};
+
+/* Operation we're going to perform. */
+
+enum	op {
+	OP_DEFAULT = 0, /* new dbs from dir list or default config */
+	OP_CONFFILE, /* new databases from custom config file */
+	OP_UPDATE, /* delete/add entries in existing database */
+	OP_DELETE, /* delete entries from existing database */
+	OP_TEST /* change no databases, report potential problems */
+};
+
+#define	MAN_ARGS	  DB *hash, \
+			  struct buf *buf, \
+			  struct buf *dbuf, \
+			  const struct man_node *n
+#define	MDOC_ARGS	  DB *hash, \
+			  struct buf *buf, \
+			  struct buf *dbuf, \
+			  const struct mdoc_node *n, \
+			  const struct mdoc_meta *m
+
+static	void		  buf_appendmdoc(struct buf *, 
+				const struct mdoc_node *, int);
+static	void		  buf_append(struct buf *, const char *);
+static	void		  buf_appendb(struct buf *, 
+				const void *, size_t);
+static	void		  dbt_put(DB *, const char *, DBT *, DBT *);
+static	void		  hash_put(DB *, const struct buf *, uint64_t);
+static	void		  hash_reset(DB **);
+static	void		  index_merge(const struct of *, struct mparse *,
+				struct buf *, struct buf *, DB *,
+				struct mdb *, struct recs *,
+				const char *);
+static	void		  index_prune(const struct of *, struct mdb *,
+				struct recs *, const char *);
+static	void		  ofile_argbuild(int, char *[], 
+				struct of **, const char *);
+static	void		  ofile_dirbuild(const char *, const char *,
+				const char *, int, struct of **, char *);
+static	void		  ofile_free(struct of *);
+static	void		  pformatted(DB *, struct buf *, struct buf *, 
+				const struct of *, const char *);
+static	int		  pman_node(MAN_ARGS);
+static	void		  pmdoc_node(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_head(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_body(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_Fd(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_In(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_Fn(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_Nd(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_Nm(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_Sh(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_St(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  pmdoc_Xr(MDOC_ARGS);
+
+#define	MDOCF_CHILD	  0x01  /* Automatically index child nodes. */
+
+struct	mdoc_handler {
+	int		(*fp)(MDOC_ARGS);  /* Optional handler. */
+	uint64_t	  mask;  /* Set unless handler returns 0. */
+	int		  flags;  /* For use by pmdoc_node. */
+};
+
+static	const struct mdoc_handler mdocs[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ap */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Dd */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Dt */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Os */
+	{ pmdoc_Sh, TYPE_Sh, MDOCF_CHILD }, /* Sh */
+	{ pmdoc_head, TYPE_Ss, MDOCF_CHILD }, /* Ss */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Pp */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* D1 */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Dl */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bd */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ed */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bl */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* El */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* It */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ad */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_An, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* An */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Ar, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Ar */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Cd, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Cd */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Cm, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Cm */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Dv, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Dv */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Er, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Er */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Ev, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Ev */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ex */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Fa, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Fa */
+	{ pmdoc_Fd, TYPE_In, 0 },  /* Fd */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Fl, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Fl */
+	{ pmdoc_Fn, 0, 0 },  /* Fn */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Ft, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Ft */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Ic, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Ic */
+	{ pmdoc_In, TYPE_In, 0 },  /* In */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Li, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Li */
+	{ pmdoc_Nd, TYPE_Nd, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Nd */
+	{ pmdoc_Nm, TYPE_Nm, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Nm */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Op */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ot */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Pa, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Pa */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Rv */
+	{ pmdoc_St, TYPE_St, 0 },  /* St */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Va, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Va */
+	{ pmdoc_body, TYPE_Va, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Vt */
+	{ pmdoc_Xr, TYPE_Xr, 0 },  /* Xr */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %A */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %B */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %D */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %I */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %J */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %N */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %O */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %P */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %R */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %T */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %V */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ac */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ao */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Aq */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_At, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* At */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bf */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bo */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bq */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Bsx, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Bsx */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Bx, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Bx */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Db */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Dc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Do */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Dq */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ec */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ef */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Em, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Em */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Eo */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Fx, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Fx */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Ms, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Ms */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* No */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ns */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Nx, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Nx */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Ox, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Ox */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Pc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Pf */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Po */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Pq */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Qc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ql */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Qo */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Qq */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Re */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Rs */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Sc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* So */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Sq */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Sm */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Sx */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Sy, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Sy */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Tn, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Tn */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ux */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Xc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Xo */
+	{ pmdoc_head, TYPE_Fn, 0 },  /* Fo */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Fc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Oo */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Oc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bk */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ek */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bt */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Hf */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Fr */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ud */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Lb, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Lb */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Lp */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Lk, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Lk */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Mt, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Mt */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Brq */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Bro */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Brc */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %C */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Es */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* En */
+	{ NULL, TYPE_Dx, MDOCF_CHILD },  /* Dx */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %Q */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* br */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* sp */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* %U */
+	{ NULL, 0, 0 },  /* Ta */
+};
+
+static	const char	 *progname;
+static	int		  use_all;  /* Use all directories and files. */
+static	int		  verb;  /* Output verbosity level. */
+static	int		  warnings;  /* Potential problems in manuals. */
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	struct mparse	*mp; /* parse sequence */
+	struct manpaths	 dirs;
+	struct mdb	 mdb;
+	struct recs	 recs;
+	enum op		 op; /* current operation */
+	const char	*dir;
+	int		 ch, i, flags;
+	char		 dirbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	DB		*hash; /* temporary keyword hashtable */
+	BTREEINFO	 info; /* btree configuration */
+	size_t		 sz1, sz2;
+	struct buf	 buf, /* keyword buffer */
+			 dbuf; /* description buffer */
+	struct of	*of; /* list of files for processing */
+	extern int	 optind;
+	extern char	*optarg;
+
+	progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+	if (progname == NULL)
+		progname = argv[0];
+	else
+		++progname;
+
+	memset(&dirs, 0, sizeof(struct manpaths));
+	memset(&mdb, 0, sizeof(struct mdb));
+	memset(&recs, 0, sizeof(struct recs));
+
+	of = NULL;
+	mp = NULL;
+	hash = NULL;
+	op = OP_DEFAULT;
+	dir = NULL;
+
+	while (-1 != (ch = getopt(argc, argv, "aC:d:tu:vW")))
+		switch (ch) {
+		case ('a'):
+			use_all = 1;
+			break;
+		case ('C'):
+			if (op) {
+				fprintf(stderr,
+				    "-C: conflicting options\n");
+				goto usage;
+			}
+			dir = optarg;
+			op = OP_CONFFILE;
+			break;
+		case ('d'):
+			if (op) {
+				fprintf(stderr,
+				    "-d: conflicting options\n");
+				goto usage;
+			}
+			dir = optarg;
+			op = OP_UPDATE;
+			break;
+		case ('t'):
+			dup2(STDOUT_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO);
+			if (op) {
+				fprintf(stderr,
+				    "-t: conflicting options\n");
+				goto usage;
+			}
+			op = OP_TEST;
+			use_all = 1;
+			warnings = 1;
+			break;
+		case ('u'):
+			if (op) {
+				fprintf(stderr,
+				    "-u: conflicting options\n");
+				goto usage;
+			}
+			dir = optarg;
+			op = OP_DELETE;
+			break;
+		case ('v'):
+			verb++;
+			break;
+		case ('W'):
+			warnings = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			goto usage;
+		}
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+
+	if (OP_CONFFILE == op && argc > 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "-C: too many arguments\n");
+		goto usage;
+	}
+
+	memset(&info, 0, sizeof(BTREEINFO));
+	info.lorder = 4321;
+	info.flags = R_DUP;
+
+	mp = mparse_alloc(MPARSE_AUTO, MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL, NULL, NULL);
+
+	memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(struct buf));
+	memset(&dbuf, 0, sizeof(struct buf));
+
+	buf.size = dbuf.size = MANDOC_BUFSZ;
+
+	buf.cp = mandoc_malloc(buf.size);
+	dbuf.cp = mandoc_malloc(dbuf.size);
+
+	if (OP_TEST == op) {
+		ofile_argbuild(argc, argv, &of, ".");
+		if (NULL == of)
+			goto out;
+		index_merge(of, mp, &dbuf, &buf, 
+				hash, &mdb, &recs, ".");
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	if (OP_UPDATE == op || OP_DELETE == op) {
+		strlcat(mdb.dbn, dir, MAXPATHLEN);
+		strlcat(mdb.dbn, "/", MAXPATHLEN);
+		sz1 = strlcat(mdb.dbn, MANDOC_DB, MAXPATHLEN);
+
+		strlcat(mdb.idxn, dir, MAXPATHLEN);
+		strlcat(mdb.idxn, "/", MAXPATHLEN);
+		sz2 = strlcat(mdb.idxn, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN);
+
+		if (sz1 >= MAXPATHLEN || sz2 >= MAXPATHLEN) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: path too long\n", dir);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+		}
+
+		flags = O_CREAT | O_RDWR;
+		mdb.db = dbopen(mdb.dbn, flags, 0644, DB_BTREE, &info);
+		mdb.idx = dbopen(mdb.idxn, flags, 0644, DB_RECNO, NULL);
+
+		if (NULL == mdb.db) {
+			perror(mdb.dbn);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		} else if (NULL == mdb.idx) {
+			perror(mdb.idxn);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		}
+
+		ofile_argbuild(argc, argv, &of, dir);
+
+		if (NULL == of)
+			goto out;
+
+		index_prune(of, &mdb, &recs, dir);
+
+		/*
+		 * Go to the root of the respective manual tree.
+		 * This must work or no manuals may be found (they're
+		 * indexed relative to the root).
+		 */
+
+		if (OP_UPDATE == op) {
+			if (-1 == chdir(dir)) {
+				perror(dir);
+				exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+			}
+			index_merge(of, mp, &dbuf, &buf, hash,
+					&mdb, &recs, dir);
+		}
+
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Configure the directories we're going to scan.
+	 * If we have command-line arguments, use them.
+	 * If not, we use man(1)'s method (see mandocdb.8).
+	 */
+
+	if (argc > 0) {
+		dirs.paths = mandoc_calloc(argc, sizeof(char *));
+		dirs.sz = argc;
+		for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) 
+			dirs.paths[i] = mandoc_strdup(argv[i]);
+	} else
+		manpath_parse(&dirs, dir, NULL, NULL);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < dirs.sz; i++) {
+		/*
+		 * Go to the root of the respective manual tree.
+		 * This must work or no manuals may be found:
+		 * They are indexed relative to the root.
+		 */
+
+		if (-1 == chdir(dirs.paths[i])) {
+			perror(dirs.paths[i]);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		}
+
+		strlcpy(mdb.dbn, MANDOC_DB, MAXPATHLEN);
+		strlcpy(mdb.idxn, MANDOC_IDX, MAXPATHLEN);
+
+		flags = O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_RDWR;
+		mdb.db = dbopen(mdb.dbn, flags, 0644, DB_BTREE, &info);
+		mdb.idx = dbopen(mdb.idxn, flags, 0644, DB_RECNO, NULL);
+
+		if (NULL == mdb.db) {
+			perror(mdb.dbn);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		} else if (NULL == mdb.idx) {
+			perror(mdb.idxn);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Search for manuals and fill the new database.
+		 */
+
+		strlcpy(dirbuf, dirs.paths[i], MAXPATHLEN);
+	       	ofile_dirbuild(".", "", "", 0, &of, dirbuf);
+
+		if (NULL != of) {
+			index_merge(of, mp, &dbuf, &buf, hash,
+			     &mdb, &recs, dirs.paths[i]);
+			ofile_free(of);
+			of = NULL;
+		}
+
+		(*mdb.db->close)(mdb.db);
+		(*mdb.idx->close)(mdb.idx);
+		mdb.db = NULL;
+		mdb.idx = NULL;
+	}
+
+out:
+	if (mdb.db)
+		(*mdb.db->close)(mdb.db);
+	if (mdb.idx)
+		(*mdb.idx->close)(mdb.idx);
+	if (hash)
+		(*hash->close)(hash);
+	if (mp)
+		mparse_free(mp);
+
+	manpath_free(&dirs);
+	ofile_free(of);
+	free(buf.cp);
+	free(dbuf.cp);
+	free(recs.stack);
+
+	return(MANDOCLEVEL_OK);
+
+usage:
+	fprintf(stderr,
+		"usage: %s [-av] [-C file] | dir ... | -t file ...\n"
+		"                        -d dir [file ...] | "
+		"-u dir [file ...]\n",
+		progname);
+
+	return((int)MANDOCLEVEL_BADARG);
+}
+
+void
+index_merge(const struct of *of, struct mparse *mp,
+		struct buf *dbuf, struct buf *buf, DB *hash,
+		struct mdb *mdb, struct recs *recs,
+		const char *basedir)
+{
+	recno_t		 rec;
+	int		 ch, skip;
+	DBT		 key, val;
+	DB		*files;  /* temporary file name table */
+	char	 	 emptystring[1] = {'\0'};
+	struct mdoc	*mdoc;
+	struct man	*man;
+	char		*p;
+	const char	*fn, *msec, *march, *mtitle;
+	uint64_t	 mask;
+	size_t		 sv;
+	unsigned	 seq;
+	uint64_t	 vbuf[2];
+	char		 type;
+
+	if (warnings) {
+		files = NULL;
+		hash_reset(&files);
+	}
+
+	rec = 0;
+	for (of = of->first; of; of = of->next) {
+		fn = of->fname;
+
+		/*
+		 * Try interpreting the file as mdoc(7) or man(7)
+		 * source code, unless it is already known to be
+		 * formatted.  Fall back to formatted mode.
+		 */
+
+		mparse_reset(mp);
+		mdoc = NULL;
+		man = NULL;
+
+		if ((MANDOC_SRC & of->src_form ||
+		    ! (MANDOC_FORM & of->src_form)) &&
+		    MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL > mparse_readfd(mp, -1, fn))
+			mparse_result(mp, &mdoc, &man);
+
+		if (NULL != mdoc) {
+			msec = mdoc_meta(mdoc)->msec;
+			march = mdoc_meta(mdoc)->arch;
+			if (NULL == march)
+				march = "";
+			mtitle = mdoc_meta(mdoc)->title;
+		} else if (NULL != man) {
+			msec = man_meta(man)->msec;
+			march = "";
+			mtitle = man_meta(man)->title;
+		} else {
+			msec = of->sec;
+			march = of->arch;
+			mtitle = of->title;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Check whether the manual section given in a file
+		 * agrees with the directory where the file is located.
+		 * Some manuals have suffixes like (3p) on their
+		 * section number either inside the file or in the
+		 * directory name, some are linked into more than one
+		 * section, like encrypt(1) = makekey(8).  Do not skip
+		 * manuals for such reasons.
+		 */
+
+		skip = 0;
+		assert(of->sec);
+		assert(msec);
+		if (strcasecmp(msec, of->sec))
+			WARNING(fn, basedir, "Section \"%s\" manual "
+				"in \"%s\" directory", msec, of->sec);
+		/*
+		 * Manual page directories exist for each kernel
+		 * architecture as returned by machine(1).
+		 * However, many manuals only depend on the
+		 * application architecture as returned by arch(1).
+		 * For example, some (2/ARM) manuals are shared
+		 * across the "armish" and "zaurus" kernel
+		 * architectures.
+		 * A few manuals are even shared across completely
+		 * different architectures, for example fdformat(1)
+		 * on amd64, i386, sparc, and sparc64.
+		 * Thus, warn about architecture mismatches,
+		 * but don't skip manuals for this reason.
+		 */
+
+		assert(of->arch);
+		assert(march);
+		if (strcasecmp(march, of->arch))
+			WARNING(fn, basedir, "Architecture \"%s\" "
+				"manual in \"%s\" directory", 
+				march, of->arch);
+
+		/*
+		 * By default, skip a file if the title given
+		 * in the file disagrees with the file name.
+		 * Do not warn, this happens for all MLINKs.
+		 */
+
+		assert(of->title);
+		assert(mtitle);
+		if (strcasecmp(mtitle, of->title))
+			skip = 1;
+
+		/*
+		 * Build a title string for the file.  If it matches
+		 * the location of the file, remember the title as
+		 * found; else, remember it as missing.
+		 */
+
+		if (warnings) {
+			buf->len = 0;
+			buf_appendb(buf, mtitle, strlen(mtitle));
+			buf_appendb(buf, "(", 1);
+			buf_appendb(buf, msec, strlen(msec));
+			if ('\0' != *march) {
+				buf_appendb(buf, "/", 1);
+				buf_appendb(buf, march, strlen(march));
+			}
+			buf_appendb(buf, ")", 2);
+			for (p = buf->cp; '\0' != *p; p++)
+				*p = tolower(*p);
+			key.data = buf->cp;
+			key.size = buf->len;
+			val.data = NULL;
+			val.size = 0;
+			if (0 == skip)
+				val.data = emptystring;
+			else {
+				ch = (*files->get)(files, &key, &val, 0);
+				if (ch < 0) {
+					perror("hash");
+					exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+				} else if (ch > 0) {
+					val.data = (void *)fn;
+					val.size = strlen(fn) + 1;
+				} else
+					val.data = NULL;
+			}
+			if (NULL != val.data &&
+			    (*files->put)(files, &key, &val, 0) < 0) {
+				perror("hash");
+				exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (skip && !use_all)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * The index record value consists of a nil-terminated
+		 * filename, a nil-terminated manual section, and a
+		 * nil-terminated description.  Use the actual
+		 * location of the file, such that the user can find
+		 * it with man(1).  Since the description may not be
+		 * set, we set a sentinel to see if we're going to
+		 * write a nil byte in its place.
+		 */
+
+		dbuf->len = 0;
+		type = mdoc ? 'd' : (man ? 'a' : 'c');
+		buf_appendb(dbuf, &type, 1);
+		buf_appendb(dbuf, fn, strlen(fn) + 1);
+		buf_appendb(dbuf, of->sec, strlen(of->sec) + 1);
+		buf_appendb(dbuf, of->title, strlen(of->title) + 1);
+		buf_appendb(dbuf, of->arch, strlen(of->arch) + 1);
+
+		sv = dbuf->len;
+
+		/*
+		 * Collect keyword/mask pairs.
+		 * Each pair will become a new btree node.
+		 */
+
+		hash_reset(&hash);
+		if (mdoc)
+			pmdoc_node(hash, buf, dbuf,
+				mdoc_node(mdoc), mdoc_meta(mdoc));
+		else if (man)
+			pman_node(hash, buf, dbuf, man_node(man));
+		else
+			pformatted(hash, buf, dbuf, of, basedir);
+
+		/* Test mode, do not access any database. */
+
+		if (NULL == mdb->db || NULL == mdb->idx)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * Make sure the file name is always registered
+		 * as an .Nm search key.
+		 */
+		buf->len = 0;
+		buf_append(buf, of->title);
+		hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Nm);
+
+		/*
+		 * Reclaim an empty index record, if available.
+		 * Use its record number for all new btree nodes.
+		 */
+
+		if (recs->cur > 0) {
+			recs->cur--;
+			rec = recs->stack[(int)recs->cur];
+		} else if (recs->last > 0) {
+			rec = recs->last;
+			recs->last = 0;
+		} else
+			rec++;
+		vbuf[1] = htobe64(rec);
+
+		/*
+		 * Copy from the in-memory hashtable of pending
+		 * keyword/mask pairs into the database.
+		 */
+
+		seq = R_FIRST;
+		while (0 == (ch = (*hash->seq)(hash, &key, &val, seq))) {
+			seq = R_NEXT;
+			assert(sizeof(uint64_t) == val.size);
+			memcpy(&mask, val.data, val.size);
+			vbuf[0] = htobe64(mask);
+			val.size = sizeof(vbuf);
+			val.data = &vbuf;
+			dbt_put(mdb->db, mdb->dbn, &key, &val);
+		}
+		if (ch < 0) {
+			perror("hash");
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Apply to the index.  If we haven't had a description
+		 * set, put an empty one in now.
+		 */
+
+		if (dbuf->len == sv)
+			buf_appendb(dbuf, "", 1);
+
+		key.data = &rec;
+		key.size = sizeof(recno_t);
+
+		val.data = dbuf->cp;
+		val.size = dbuf->len;
+
+		if (verb)
+			printf("%s: Adding to index: %s\n", basedir, fn);
+
+		dbt_put(mdb->idx, mdb->idxn, &key, &val);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Iterate the remembered file titles and check that
+	 * all files can be found by their main title.
+	 */
+
+	if (warnings) {
+		seq = R_FIRST;
+		while (0 == (*files->seq)(files, &key, &val, seq)) {
+			seq = R_NEXT;
+			if (val.size)
+				WARNING((char *)val.data, basedir, 
+					"Probably unreachable, title "
+					"is %s", (char *)key.data);
+		}
+		(*files->close)(files);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Scan through all entries in the index file `idx' and prune those
+ * entries in `ofile'.
+ * Pruning consists of removing from `db', then invalidating the entry
+ * in `idx' (zeroing its value size).
+ */
+static void
+index_prune(const struct of *ofile, struct mdb *mdb, 
+		struct recs *recs, const char *basedir)
+{
+	const struct of	*of;
+	const char	*fn;
+	uint64_t	 vbuf[2];
+	unsigned	 seq, sseq;
+	DBT		 key, val;
+	int		 ch;
+
+	recs->cur = 0;
+	seq = R_FIRST;
+	while (0 == (ch = (*mdb->idx->seq)(mdb->idx, &key, &val, seq))) {
+		seq = R_NEXT;
+		assert(sizeof(recno_t) == key.size);
+		memcpy(&recs->last, key.data, key.size);
+
+		/* Deleted records are zero-sized.  Skip them. */
+
+		if (0 == val.size)
+			goto cont;
+
+		/*
+		 * Make sure we're sane.
+		 * Read past our mdoc/man/cat type to the next string,
+		 * then make sure it's bounded by a NUL.
+		 * Failing any of these, we go into our error handler.
+		 */
+
+		fn = (char *)val.data + 1;
+		if (NULL == memchr(fn, '\0', val.size - 1))
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * Search for the file in those we care about.
+		 * XXX: build this into a tree.  Too slow.
+		 */
+
+		for (of = ofile->first; of; of = of->next)
+			if (0 == strcmp(fn, of->fname))
+				break;
+
+		if (NULL == of)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * Search through the keyword database, throwing out all
+		 * references to our file.
+		 */
+
+		sseq = R_FIRST;
+		while (0 == (ch = (*mdb->db->seq)(mdb->db,
+					&key, &val, sseq))) {
+			sseq = R_NEXT;
+			if (sizeof(vbuf) != val.size)
+				break;
+
+			memcpy(vbuf, val.data, val.size);
+			if (recs->last != betoh64(vbuf[1]))
+				continue;
+
+			if ((ch = (*mdb->db->del)(mdb->db,
+					&key, R_CURSOR)) < 0)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (ch < 0) {
+			perror(mdb->dbn);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		} else if (1 != ch) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: corrupt database\n",
+					mdb->dbn);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		}
+
+		if (verb)
+			printf("%s: Deleting from index: %s\n", 
+					basedir, fn);
+
+		val.size = 0;
+		ch = (*mdb->idx->put)(mdb->idx, &key, &val, R_CURSOR);
+
+		if (ch < 0)
+			break;
+cont:
+		if (recs->cur >= recs->size) {
+			recs->size += MANDOC_SLOP;
+			recs->stack = mandoc_realloc(recs->stack,
+					recs->size * sizeof(recno_t));
+		}
+
+		recs->stack[(int)recs->cur] = recs->last;
+		recs->cur++;
+	}
+
+	if (ch < 0) {
+		perror(mdb->idxn);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	} else if (1 != ch) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: corrupt index\n", mdb->idxn);
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+
+	recs->last++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Grow the buffer (if necessary) and copy in a binary string.
+ */
+static void
+buf_appendb(struct buf *buf, const void *cp, size_t sz)
+{
+
+	/* Overshoot by MANDOC_BUFSZ. */
+
+	while (buf->len + sz >= buf->size) {
+		buf->size = buf->len + sz + MANDOC_BUFSZ;
+		buf->cp = mandoc_realloc(buf->cp, buf->size);
+	}
+
+	memcpy(buf->cp + (int)buf->len, cp, sz);
+	buf->len += sz;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Append a nil-terminated string to the buffer.  
+ * This can be invoked multiple times.  
+ * The buffer string will be nil-terminated.
+ * If invoked multiple times, a space is put between strings.
+ */
+static void
+buf_append(struct buf *buf, const char *cp)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	if (0 == (sz = strlen(cp)))
+		return;
+
+	if (buf->len)
+		buf->cp[(int)buf->len - 1] = ' ';
+
+	buf_appendb(buf, cp, sz + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Recursively add all text from a given node.  
+ * This is optimised for general mdoc nodes in this context, which do
+ * not consist of subexpressions and having a recursive call for n->next
+ * would be wasteful.
+ * The "f" variable should be 0 unless called from pmdoc_Nd for the
+ * description buffer, which does not start at the beginning of the
+ * buffer.
+ */
+static void
+buf_appendmdoc(struct buf *buf, const struct mdoc_node *n, int f)
+{
+
+	for ( ; n; n = n->next) {
+		if (n->child)
+			buf_appendmdoc(buf, n->child, f);
+
+		if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type && f) {
+			f = 0;
+			buf_appendb(buf, n->string, 
+					strlen(n->string) + 1);
+		} else if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type)
+			buf_append(buf, n->string);
+
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+hash_reset(DB **db)
+{
+	DB		*hash;
+
+	if (NULL != (hash = *db))
+		(*hash->close)(hash);
+
+	*db = dbopen(NULL, O_CREAT|O_RDWR, 0644, DB_HASH, NULL);
+	if (NULL == *db) {
+		perror("hash");
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	}
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_head(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_HEAD == n->type);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_body(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_BODY == n->type);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_Fd(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*start, *end;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	if (SEC_SYNOPSIS != n->sec)
+		return(0);
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child) || MDOC_TEXT != n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Only consider those `Fd' macro fields that begin with an
+	 * "inclusion" token (versus, e.g., #define).
+	 */
+	if (strcmp("#include", n->string))
+		return(0);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->next) || MDOC_TEXT != n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Strip away the enclosing angle brackets and make sure we're
+	 * not zero-length.
+	 */
+
+	start = n->string;
+	if ('<' == *start || '"' == *start)
+		start++;
+
+	if (0 == (sz = strlen(start)))
+		return(0);
+
+	end = &start[(int)sz - 1];
+	if ('>' == *end || '"' == *end)
+		end--;
+
+	assert(end >= start);
+
+	buf_appendb(buf, start, (size_t)(end - start + 1));
+	buf_appendb(buf, "", 1);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_In(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == n->child || MDOC_TEXT != n->child->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	buf_append(buf, n->child->string);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_Fn(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	nn = n->child;
+
+	if (NULL == nn || MDOC_TEXT != nn->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	/* .Fn "struct type *name" "char *arg" */
+
+	cp = strrchr(nn->string, ' ');
+	if (NULL == cp)
+		cp = nn->string;
+
+	/* Strip away pointer symbol. */
+
+	while ('*' == *cp)
+		cp++;
+
+	/* Store the function name. */
+
+	buf_append(buf, cp);
+	hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Fn);
+
+	/* Store the function type. */
+
+	if (nn->string < cp) {
+		buf->len = 0;
+		buf_appendb(buf, nn->string, cp - nn->string);
+		buf_appendb(buf, "", 1);
+		hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Ft);
+	}
+
+	/* Store the arguments. */
+
+	for (nn = nn->next; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		if (MDOC_TEXT != nn->type)
+			continue;
+		buf->len = 0;
+		buf_append(buf, nn->string);
+		hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Fa);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_St(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == n->child || MDOC_TEXT != n->child->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	buf_append(buf, n->child->string);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_Xr(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	buf_appendb(buf, n->string, strlen(n->string));
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->next)) {
+		buf_appendb(buf, ".", 1);
+		buf_appendb(buf, n->string, strlen(n->string) + 1);
+	} else
+		buf_appendb(buf, ".", 2);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_Nd(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	buf_appendmdoc(dbuf, n->child, 1);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_Nm(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (SEC_NAME == n->sec)
+		return(1);
+	else if (SEC_SYNOPSIS != n->sec || MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		buf_append(buf, m->name);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+pmdoc_Sh(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(SEC_CUSTOM == n->sec && MDOC_HEAD == n->type);
+}
+
+static void
+hash_put(DB *db, const struct buf *buf, uint64_t mask)
+{
+	uint64_t	 oldmask;
+	DBT		 key, val;
+	int		 rc;
+
+	if (buf->len < 2)
+		return;
+
+	key.data = buf->cp;
+	key.size = buf->len;
+
+	if ((rc = (*db->get)(db, &key, &val, 0)) < 0) {
+		perror("hash");
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	} else if (0 == rc) {
+		assert(sizeof(uint64_t) == val.size);
+		memcpy(&oldmask, val.data, val.size);
+		mask |= oldmask;
+	}
+
+	val.data = &mask;
+	val.size = sizeof(uint64_t); 
+
+	if ((rc = (*db->put)(db, &key, &val, 0)) < 0) {
+		perror("hash");
+		exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	} 
+}
+
+static void
+dbt_put(DB *db, const char *dbn, DBT *key, DBT *val)
+{
+
+	assert(key->size);
+	assert(val->size);
+
+	if (0 == (*db->put)(db, key, val, 0))
+		return;
+	
+	perror(dbn);
+	exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Call out to per-macro handlers after clearing the persistent database
+ * key.  If the macro sets the database key, flush it to the database.
+ */
+static void
+pmdoc_node(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_ELEM):
+		buf->len = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * Both NULL handlers and handlers returning true
+		 * request using the data.  Only skip the element
+		 * when the handler returns false.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL != mdocs[n->tok].fp &&
+		    0 == (*mdocs[n->tok].fp)(hash, buf, dbuf, n, m))
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * For many macros, use the text from all children.
+		 * Set zero flags for macros not needing this.
+		 * In that case, the handler must fill the buffer.
+		 */
+
+		if (MDOCF_CHILD & mdocs[n->tok].flags)
+			buf_appendmdoc(buf, n->child, 0);
+
+		/*
+		 * Cover the most common case:
+		 * Automatically stage one string per element.
+		 * Set a zero mask for macros not needing this.
+		 * Additional staging can be done in the handler.
+		 */
+
+		if (mdocs[n->tok].mask)
+			hash_put(hash, buf, mdocs[n->tok].mask);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	pmdoc_node(hash, buf, dbuf, n->child, m);
+	pmdoc_node(hash, buf, dbuf, n->next, m);
+}
+
+static int
+pman_node(MAN_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct man_node *head, *body;
+	char		*start, *sv, *title;
+	size_t		 sz, titlesz;
+
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * We're only searching for one thing: the first text child in
+	 * the BODY of a NAME section.  Since we don't keep track of
+	 * sections in -man, run some hoops to find out whether we're in
+	 * the correct section or not.
+	 */
+
+	if (MAN_BODY == n->type && MAN_SH == n->tok) {
+		body = n;
+		assert(body->parent);
+		if (NULL != (head = body->parent->head) &&
+				1 == head->nchild &&
+				NULL != (head = (head->child)) &&
+				MAN_TEXT == head->type &&
+				0 == strcmp(head->string, "NAME") &&
+				NULL != (body = body->child) &&
+				MAN_TEXT == body->type) {
+
+			title = NULL;
+			titlesz = 0;
+			/*
+			 * Suck the entire NAME section into memory.
+			 * Yes, we might run away.
+			 * But too many manuals have big, spread-out
+			 * NAME sections over many lines.
+			 */
+			for ( ; NULL != body; body = body->next) {
+				if (MAN_TEXT != body->type)
+					break;
+				if (0 == (sz = strlen(body->string)))
+					continue;
+				title = mandoc_realloc
+					(title, titlesz + sz + 1);
+				memcpy(title + titlesz, body->string, sz);
+				titlesz += sz + 1;
+				title[(int)titlesz - 1] = ' ';
+			}
+			if (NULL == title)
+				return(0);
+
+			title = mandoc_realloc(title, titlesz + 1);
+			title[(int)titlesz] = '\0';
+
+			/* Skip leading space.  */
+
+			sv = title;
+			while (isspace((unsigned char)*sv))
+				sv++;
+
+			if (0 == (sz = strlen(sv))) {
+				free(title);
+				return(0);
+			}
+
+			/* Erase trailing space. */
+
+			start = &sv[sz - 1];
+			while (start > sv && isspace((unsigned char)*start))
+				*start-- = '\0';
+
+			if (start == sv) {
+				free(title);
+				return(0);
+			}
+
+			start = sv;
+
+			/* 
+			 * Go through a special heuristic dance here.
+			 * This is why -man manuals are great!
+			 * (I'm being sarcastic: my eyes are bleeding.)
+			 * Conventionally, one or more manual names are
+			 * comma-specified prior to a whitespace, then a
+			 * dash, then a description.  Try to puzzle out
+			 * the name parts here.
+			 */
+
+			for ( ;; ) {
+				sz = strcspn(start, " ,");
+				if ('\0' == start[(int)sz])
+					break;
+
+				buf->len = 0;
+				buf_appendb(buf, start, sz);
+				buf_appendb(buf, "", 1);
+
+				hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Nm);
+
+				if (' ' == start[(int)sz]) {
+					start += (int)sz + 1;
+					break;
+				}
+
+				assert(',' == start[(int)sz]);
+				start += (int)sz + 1;
+				while (' ' == *start)
+					start++;
+			}
+
+			buf->len = 0;
+
+			if (sv == start) {
+				buf_append(buf, start);
+				free(title);
+				return(1);
+			}
+
+			while (isspace((unsigned char)*start))
+				start++;
+
+			if (0 == strncmp(start, "-", 1))
+				start += 1;
+			else if (0 == strncmp(start, "\\-\\-", 4))
+				start += 4;
+			else if (0 == strncmp(start, "\\-", 2))
+				start += 2;
+			else if (0 == strncmp(start, "\\(en", 4))
+				start += 4;
+			else if (0 == strncmp(start, "\\(em", 4))
+				start += 4;
+
+			while (' ' == *start)
+				start++;
+
+			sz = strlen(start) + 1;
+			buf_appendb(dbuf, start, sz);
+			buf_appendb(buf, start, sz);
+
+			hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Nd);
+			free(title);
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next)
+		if (pman_node(hash, buf, dbuf, n))
+			return(1);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a formatted manual page.
+ * By necessity, this involves rather crude guesswork.
+ */
+static void
+pformatted(DB *hash, struct buf *buf, struct buf *dbuf, 
+		const struct of *of, const char *basedir)
+{
+	FILE		*stream;
+	char		*line, *p, *title;
+	size_t		 len, plen, titlesz;
+
+	if (NULL == (stream = fopen(of->fname, "r"))) {
+		WARNING(of->fname, basedir, "%s", strerror(errno));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Always use the title derived from the filename up front,
+	 * do not even try to find it in the file.  This also makes
+	 * sure we don't end up with an orphan index record, even if
+	 * the file content turns out to be completely unintelligible.
+	 */
+
+	buf->len = 0;
+	buf_append(buf, of->title);
+	hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Nm);
+
+	/* Skip to first blank line. */
+
+	while (NULL != (line = fgetln(stream, &len)))
+		if ('\n' == *line)
+			break;
+
+	/*
+	 * Assume the first line that is not indented
+	 * is the first section header.  Skip to it.
+	 */
+
+	while (NULL != (line = fgetln(stream, &len)))
+		if ('\n' != *line && ' ' != *line)
+			break;
+	
+	/*
+	 * Read up until the next section into a buffer.
+	 * Strip the leading and trailing newline from each read line,
+	 * appending a trailing space.
+	 * Ignore empty (whitespace-only) lines.
+	 */
+
+	titlesz = 0;
+	title = NULL;
+
+	while (NULL != (line = fgetln(stream, &len))) {
+		if (' ' != *line || '\n' != line[(int)len - 1])
+			break;
+		while (len > 0 && isspace((unsigned char)*line)) {
+			line++;
+			len--;
+		}
+		if (1 == len)
+			continue;
+		title = mandoc_realloc(title, titlesz + len);
+		memcpy(title + titlesz, line, len);
+		titlesz += len;
+		title[(int)titlesz - 1] = ' ';
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If no page content can be found, or the input line
+	 * is already the next section header, or there is no
+	 * trailing newline, reuse the page title as the page
+	 * description.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == title || '\0' == *title) {
+		WARNING(of->fname, basedir, 
+			"Cannot find NAME section");
+		buf_appendb(dbuf, buf->cp, buf->size);
+		hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Nd);
+		fclose(stream);
+		free(title);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	title = mandoc_realloc(title, titlesz + 1);
+	title[(int)titlesz] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Skip to the first dash.
+	 * Use the remaining line as the description (no more than 70
+	 * bytes).
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL != (p = strstr(title, "- "))) {
+		for (p += 2; ' ' == *p || '\b' == *p; p++)
+			/* Skip to next word. */ ;
+	} else {
+		WARNING(of->fname, basedir, 
+			"No dash in title line");
+		p = title;
+	}
+
+	plen = strlen(p);
+
+	/* Strip backspace-encoding from line. */
+
+	while (NULL != (line = memchr(p, '\b', plen))) {
+		len = line - p;
+		if (0 == len) {
+			memmove(line, line + 1, plen--);
+			continue;
+		} 
+		memmove(line - 1, line + 1, plen - len);
+		plen -= 2;
+	}
+
+	buf_appendb(dbuf, p, plen + 1);
+	buf->len = 0;
+	buf_appendb(buf, p, plen + 1);
+	hash_put(hash, buf, TYPE_Nd);
+	fclose(stream);
+	free(title);
+}
+
+static void
+ofile_argbuild(int argc, char *argv[], 
+		struct of **of, const char *basedir)
+{
+	char		 buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	const char	*sec, *arch, *title;
+	char		*p;
+	int		 i, src_form;
+	struct of	*nof;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+
+		/*
+		 * Try to infer the manual section, architecture and
+		 * page title from the path, assuming it looks like
+		 *   man*[/]/.<section>   or
+		 *   cat<section>[/<arch>]/<title>.0
+		 */
+
+		if (strlcpy(buf, argv[i], sizeof(buf)) >= sizeof(buf)) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: Path too long\n", argv[i]);
+			continue;
+		}
+		sec = arch = title = "";
+		src_form = 0;
+		p = strrchr(buf, '\0');
+		while (p-- > buf) {
+			if ('\0' == *sec && '.' == *p) {
+				sec = p + 1;
+				*p = '\0';
+				if ('0' == *sec)
+					src_form |= MANDOC_FORM;
+				else if ('1' <= *sec && '9' >= *sec)
+					src_form |= MANDOC_SRC;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if ('/' != *p)
+				continue;
+			if ('\0' == *title) {
+				title = p + 1;
+				*p = '\0';
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (0 == strncmp("man", p + 1, 3))
+				src_form |= MANDOC_SRC;
+			else if (0 == strncmp("cat", p + 1, 3))
+				src_form |= MANDOC_FORM;
+			else
+				arch = p + 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		if ('\0' == *title) {
+			WARNING(argv[i], basedir, 
+				"Cannot deduce title from filename");
+			title = buf;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Build the file structure.
+		 */
+
+		nof = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct of));
+		nof->fname = mandoc_strdup(argv[i]);
+		nof->sec = mandoc_strdup(sec);
+		nof->arch = mandoc_strdup(arch);
+		nof->title = mandoc_strdup(title);
+		nof->src_form = src_form;
+
+		/*
+		 * Add the structure to the list.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL == *of) {
+			*of = nof;
+			(*of)->first = nof;
+		} else {
+			nof->first = (*of)->first;
+			(*of)->next = nof;
+			*of = nof;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Recursively build up a list of files to parse.
+ * We use this instead of ftw() and so on because I don't want global
+ * variables hanging around.
+ * This ignores the mandocdb.db and mandocdb.index files, but assumes that
+ * everything else is a manual.
+ * Pass in a pointer to a NULL structure for the first invocation.
+ */
+static void
+ofile_dirbuild(const char *dir, const char* psec, const char *parch,
+		int p_src_form, struct of **of, char *basedir)
+{
+	char		 buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	size_t		 sz;
+	DIR		*d;
+	const char	*fn, *sec, *arch;
+	char		*p, *q, *suffix;
+	struct of	*nof;
+	struct dirent	*dp;
+	int		 src_form;
+
+	if (NULL == (d = opendir(dir))) {
+		WARNING("", dir, "%s", strerror(errno));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	while (NULL != (dp = readdir(d))) {
+		fn = dp->d_name;
+
+		if ('.' == *fn)
+			continue;
+
+		src_form = p_src_form;
+
+		if (DT_DIR == dp->d_type) {
+			sec = psec;
+			arch = parch;
+
+			/*
+			 * By default, only use directories called:
+			 *   man<section>/[<arch>/]   or
+			 *   cat<section>/[<arch>/]
+			 */
+
+			if ('\0' == *sec) {
+				if(0 == strncmp("man", fn, 3)) {
+					src_form |= MANDOC_SRC;
+					sec = fn + 3;
+				} else if (0 == strncmp("cat", fn, 3)) {
+					src_form |= MANDOC_FORM;
+					sec = fn + 3;
+				} else {
+					WARNING(fn, basedir, "Bad section");
+					if (use_all)
+						sec = fn;
+					else
+						continue;
+				}
+			} else if ('\0' == *arch) {
+				if (NULL != strchr(fn, '.')) {
+					WARNING(fn, basedir, "Bad architecture");
+					if (0 == use_all)
+						continue;
+				}
+				arch = fn;
+			} else {
+				WARNING(fn, basedir, "Excessive subdirectory");
+				if (0 == use_all)
+					continue;
+			}
+
+			buf[0] = '\0';
+			strlcat(buf, dir, MAXPATHLEN);
+			strlcat(buf, "/", MAXPATHLEN);
+			strlcat(basedir, "/", MAXPATHLEN);
+			strlcat(basedir, fn, MAXPATHLEN);
+			sz = strlcat(buf, fn, MAXPATHLEN);
+
+			if (MAXPATHLEN <= sz) {
+				WARNING(fn, basedir, "Path too long");
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			ofile_dirbuild(buf, sec, arch, 
+					src_form, of, basedir);
+
+			p = strrchr(basedir, '/');
+			*p = '\0';
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (DT_REG != dp->d_type) {
+			WARNING(fn, basedir, "Not a regular file");
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (!strcmp(MANDOC_DB, fn) || !strcmp(MANDOC_IDX, fn))
+			continue;
+		if ('\0' == *psec) {
+			WARNING(fn, basedir, "File outside section");
+			if (0 == use_all)
+				continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * By default, skip files where the file name suffix
+		 * does not agree with the section directory
+		 * they are located in.
+		 */
+
+		suffix = strrchr(fn, '.');
+		if (NULL == suffix) {
+			WARNING(fn, basedir, "No filename suffix");
+			if (0 == use_all)
+				continue;
+		} else if ((MANDOC_SRC & src_form &&
+				strcmp(suffix + 1, psec)) ||
+			    (MANDOC_FORM & src_form &&
+				strcmp(suffix + 1, "0"))) {
+			WARNING(fn, basedir, "Wrong filename suffix");
+			if (0 == use_all)
+				continue;
+			if ('0' == suffix[1])
+				src_form |= MANDOC_FORM;
+			else if ('1' <= suffix[1] && '9' >= suffix[1])
+				src_form |= MANDOC_SRC;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Skip formatted manuals if a source version is
+		 * available.  Ignore the age: it is very unlikely
+		 * that people install newer formatted base manuals
+		 * when they used to have source manuals before,
+		 * and in ports, old manuals get removed on update.
+		 */
+		if (0 == use_all && MANDOC_FORM & src_form &&
+				'\0' != *psec) {
+			buf[0] = '\0';
+			strlcat(buf, dir, MAXPATHLEN);
+			p = strrchr(buf, '/');
+			if ('\0' != *parch && NULL != p)
+				for (p--; p > buf; p--)
+					if ('/' == *p)
+						break;
+			if (NULL == p)
+				p = buf;
+			else
+				p++;
+			if (0 == strncmp("cat", p, 3))
+				memcpy(p, "man", 3);
+			strlcat(buf, "/", MAXPATHLEN);
+			sz = strlcat(buf, fn, MAXPATHLEN);
+			if (sz >= MAXPATHLEN) {
+				WARNING(fn, basedir, "Path too long");
+				continue;
+			}
+			q = strrchr(buf, '.');
+			if (NULL != q && p < q++) {
+				*q = '\0';
+				sz = strlcat(buf, psec, MAXPATHLEN);
+				if (sz >= MAXPATHLEN) {
+					WARNING(fn, basedir, "Path too long");
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (0 == access(buf, R_OK))
+					continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		buf[0] = '\0';
+		assert('.' == dir[0]);
+		if ('/' == dir[1]) {
+			strlcat(buf, dir + 2, MAXPATHLEN);
+			strlcat(buf, "/", MAXPATHLEN);
+		}
+		sz = strlcat(buf, fn, MAXPATHLEN);
+		if (sz >= MAXPATHLEN) {
+			WARNING(fn, basedir, "Path too long");
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		nof = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct of));
+		nof->fname = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+		nof->sec = mandoc_strdup(psec);
+		nof->arch = mandoc_strdup(parch);
+		nof->src_form = src_form;
+
+		/*
+		 * Remember the file name without the extension,
+		 * to be used as the page title in the database.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL != suffix)
+			*suffix = '\0';
+		nof->title = mandoc_strdup(fn);
+
+		/*
+		 * Add the structure to the list.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL == *of) {
+			*of = nof;
+			(*of)->first = nof;
+		} else {
+			nof->first = (*of)->first;
+			(*of)->next = nof;
+			*of = nof;
+		}
+	}
+
+	closedir(d);
+}
+
+static void
+ofile_free(struct of *of)
+{
+	struct of	*nof;
+
+	if (NULL != of)
+		of = of->first;
+
+	while (NULL != of) {
+		nof = of->next;
+		free(of->fname);
+		free(of->sec);
+		free(of->arch);
+		free(of->title);
+		free(of);
+		of = nof;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/mandocdb.h b/mandocdb.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bda0536e793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mandocdb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*      $Id: mandocdb.h,v 1.6 2012/03/23 02:52:33 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MANDOCDB_H
+#define MANDOCDB_H
+
+#define	MANDOC_DB	"mandocdb.db"
+#define	MANDOC_IDX	"mandocdb.index"
+
+#define	TYPE_An		0x0000000000000001ULL
+#define	TYPE_Ar		0x0000000000000002ULL
+#define	TYPE_At		0x0000000000000004ULL
+#define	TYPE_Bsx	0x0000000000000008ULL
+#define	TYPE_Bx         0x0000000000000010ULL
+#define	TYPE_Cd		0x0000000000000020ULL
+#define	TYPE_Cm		0x0000000000000040ULL
+#define	TYPE_Dv		0x0000000000000080ULL
+#define	TYPE_Dx		0x0000000000000100ULL
+#define	TYPE_Em		0x0000000000000200ULL
+#define	TYPE_Er		0x0000000000000400ULL
+#define	TYPE_Ev		0x0000000000000800ULL
+#define	TYPE_Fa		0x0000000000001000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Fl		0x0000000000002000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Fn		0x0000000000004000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Ft		0x0000000000008000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Fx		0x0000000000010000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Ic		0x0000000000020000ULL
+#define	TYPE_In		0x0000000000040000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Lb		0x0000000000080000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Li		0x0000000000100000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Lk		0x0000000000200000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Ms		0x0000000000400000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Mt		0x0000000000800000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Nd		0x0000000001000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Nm		0x0000000002000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Nx		0x0000000004000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Ox		0x0000000008000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Pa		0x0000000010000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Rs		0x0000000020000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Sh		0x0000000040000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Ss		0x0000000080000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_St		0x0000000100000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Sy		0x0000000200000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Tn		0x0000000400000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Va		0x0000000800000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Vt		0x0000001000000000ULL
+#define	TYPE_Xr		0x0000002000000000ULL
+
+#endif /*!MANDOCDB_H */
diff --git a/manpath.c b/manpath.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6d9574e307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/manpath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/*	$Id: manpath.c,v 1.8 2011/12/24 22:37:16 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "manpath.h"
+
+#define MAN_CONF_FILE	"/etc/man.conf"
+#define MAN_CONF_KEY	"_whatdb"
+
+static	void	 manpath_add(struct manpaths *, const char *);
+static	void	 manpath_parseline(struct manpaths *, char *);
+
+void
+manpath_parse(struct manpaths *dirs, const char *file,
+		char *defp, char *auxp)
+{
+#ifdef	USE_MANPATH
+	char		 cmd[(MAXPATHLEN * 3) + 20];
+	FILE		*stream;
+	char		*buf;
+	size_t		 sz, bsz;
+
+	strlcpy(cmd, "manpath", sizeof(cmd));
+	if (file) {
+		strlcat(cmd, " -C ", sizeof(cmd));
+		strlcat(cmd, file, sizeof(cmd));
+	}
+	if (auxp) {
+		strlcat(cmd, " -m ", sizeof(cmd));
+		strlcat(cmd, auxp, sizeof(cmd));
+	}
+	if (defp) {
+		strlcat(cmd, " -M ", sizeof(cmd));
+		strlcat(cmd, defp, sizeof(cmd));
+	}
+
+	/* Open manpath(1).  Ignore errors. */
+
+	stream = popen(cmd, "r");
+	if (NULL == stream)
+		return;
+
+	buf = NULL;
+	bsz = 0;
+
+	/* Read in as much output as we can. */
+
+	do {
+		buf = mandoc_realloc(buf, bsz + 1024);
+		sz = fread(buf + (int)bsz, 1, 1024, stream);
+		bsz += sz;
+	} while (sz > 0);
+
+	if ( ! ferror(stream) && feof(stream) &&
+			bsz && '\n' == buf[bsz - 1]) {
+		buf[bsz - 1] = '\0';
+		manpath_parseline(dirs, buf);
+	}
+
+	free(buf);
+	pclose(stream);
+#else
+	char		*insert;
+
+	/* Always prepend -m. */
+ 	manpath_parseline(dirs, auxp);
+ 
+	/* If -M is given, it overrides everything else. */
+	if (NULL != defp) {
+		manpath_parseline(dirs, defp);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* MANPATH and man.conf(5) cooperate. */
+	defp = getenv("MANPATH");
+	if (NULL == file)
+		file = MAN_CONF_FILE;
+
+	/* No MANPATH; use man.conf(5) only. */
+	if (NULL == defp || '\0' == defp[0]) {
+		manpath_manconf(dirs, file);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Prepend man.conf(5) to MANPATH. */
+	if (':' == defp[0]) {
+		manpath_manconf(dirs, file);
+		manpath_parseline(dirs, defp);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Append man.conf(5) to MANPATH. */
+	if (':' == defp[(int)strlen(defp) - 1]) {
+		manpath_parseline(dirs, defp);
+		manpath_manconf(dirs, file);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Insert man.conf(5) into MANPATH. */
+	insert = strstr(defp, "::");
+	if (NULL != insert) {
+		*insert++ = '\0';
+		manpath_parseline(dirs, defp);
+		manpath_manconf(dirs, file);
+		manpath_parseline(dirs, insert + 1);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* MANPATH overrides man.conf(5) completely. */
+	manpath_parseline(dirs, defp);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a FULL pathname from a colon-separated list of arrays.
+ */
+static void
+manpath_parseline(struct manpaths *dirs, char *path)
+{
+	char	*dir;
+
+	if (NULL == path)
+		return;
+
+	for (dir = strtok(path, ":"); dir; dir = strtok(NULL, ":"))
+		manpath_add(dirs, dir);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a directory to the array, ignoring bad directories.
+ * Grow the array one-by-one for simplicity's sake.
+ */
+static void
+manpath_add(struct manpaths *dirs, const char *dir)
+{
+	char		 buf[PATH_MAX];
+	char		*cp;
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == (cp = realpath(dir, buf)))
+		return;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < dirs->sz; i++)
+		if (0 == strcmp(dirs->paths[i], dir))
+			return;
+
+	dirs->paths = mandoc_realloc
+		(dirs->paths,
+		 ((size_t)dirs->sz + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+
+	dirs->paths[dirs->sz++] = mandoc_strdup(cp);
+}
+
+void
+manpath_free(struct manpaths *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < p->sz; i++)
+		free(p->paths[i]);
+
+	free(p->paths);
+}
+
+void
+manpath_manconf(struct manpaths *dirs, const char *file)
+{
+	FILE		*stream;
+	char		*p, *q;
+	size_t		 len, keysz;
+
+	keysz = strlen(MAN_CONF_KEY);
+	assert(keysz > 0);
+
+	if (NULL == (stream = fopen(file, "r")))
+		return;
+
+	while (NULL != (p = fgetln(stream, &len))) {
+		if (0 == len || '\n' != p[--len])
+			break;
+		p[len] = '\0';
+		while (isspace((unsigned char)*p))
+			p++;
+		if (strncmp(MAN_CONF_KEY, p, keysz))
+			continue;
+		p += keysz;
+		while (isspace(*p))
+			p++;
+		if ('\0' == *p)
+			continue;
+		if (NULL == (q = strrchr(p, '/')))
+			continue;
+		*q = '\0';
+		manpath_add(dirs, p);
+	}
+
+	fclose(stream);
+}
diff --git a/manpath.h b/manpath.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..167ee01021e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/manpath.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*	$Id: manpath.h,v 1.5 2011/12/13 20:56:46 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MANPATH_H
+#define MANPATH_H
+
+/*
+ * Unsorted list of unique, absolute paths to be searched for manual
+ * databases.
+ */
+struct	manpaths {
+	int	  sz;
+	char	**paths;
+};
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+void	 manpath_manconf(struct manpaths *, const char *);
+void	 manpath_parse(struct manpaths *, const char *, char *, char *);
+void	 manpath_free(struct manpaths *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MANPATH_H*/
diff --git a/mdoc.7 b/mdoc.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..44d927b56b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc.7
@@ -0,0 +1,3172 @@
+.\"	$Id: mdoc.7,v 1.214 2012/01/03 10:18:05 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2012 $
+.Dt MDOC 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mdoc
+.Nd semantic markup language for formatting manual pages
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm mdoc
+language supports authoring of manual pages for the
+.Xr man 1
+utility by allowing semantic annotations of words, phrases,
+page sections and complete manual pages.
+Such annotations are used by formatting tools to achieve a uniform
+presentation across all manuals written in
+.Nm ,
+and to support hyperlinking if supported by the output medium.
+.Pp
+This reference document describes the structure of manual pages
+and the syntax and usage of the
+.Nm
+language.
+The reference implementation of a parsing and formatting tool is
+.Xr mandoc 1 ;
+the
+.Sx COMPATIBILITY
+section describes compatibility with other implementations.
+.Pp
+In an
+.Nm
+document, lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are called
+.Dq macro lines .
+The first word is the macro name.
+It consists of two or three letters.
+Most macro names begin with a capital letter.
+For a list of available macros, see
+.Sx MACRO OVERVIEW .
+The words following the macro name are arguments to the macro, optionally
+including the names of other, callable macros; see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+for details.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with the control character are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sh Macro lines change control state.
+Text lines are interpreted within the current state.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Many aspects of the basic syntax of the
+.Nm
+language are based on the
+.Xr roff 7
+language; see the
+.Em LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+and
+.Em MACRO SYNTAX
+sections in the
+.Xr roff 7
+manual for details, in particular regarding
+comments, escape sequences, whitespace, and quoting.
+However, using
+.Xr roff 7
+requests in
+.Nm
+documents is discouraged;
+.Xr mandoc 1
+supports some of them merely for backward compatibility.
+.Sh MANUAL STRUCTURE
+A well-formed
+.Nm
+document consists of a document prologue followed by one or more
+sections.
+.Pp
+The prologue, which consists of the
+.Sx \&Dd ,
+.Sx \&Dt ,
+and
+.Sx \&Os
+macros in that order, is required for every document.
+.Pp
+The first section (sections are denoted by
+.Sx \&Sh )
+must be the NAME section, consisting of at least one
+.Sx \&Nm
+followed by
+.Sx \&Nd .
+.Pp
+Following that, convention dictates specifying at least the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+and
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+sections, although this varies between manual sections.
+.Pp
+The following is a well-formed skeleton
+.Nm
+file for a utility
+.Qq progname :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Dd $\&Mdocdate$
+\&.Dt PROGNAME section
+\&.Os
+\&.Sh NAME
+\&.Nm progname
+\&.Nd one line about what it does
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh LIBRARY
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Nm progname
+\&.Op Fl options
+\&.Ar
+\&.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+\&.Nm
+utility processes files ...
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh RETURN VALUES
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh ENVIRONMENT
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh FILES
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh EXIT STATUS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 6, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh EXAMPLES
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 1, 4, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh ERRORS
+\&.\e\(dq For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh SEE ALSO
+\&.\e\(dq .Xr foobar 1
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh STANDARDS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh HISTORY
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh AUTHORS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh CAVEATS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh BUGS
+\&.\e\(dq .Sh SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+\&.\e\(dq Not used in OpenBSD.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The sections in an
+.Nm
+document are conventionally ordered as they appear above.
+Sections should be composed as follows:
+.Bl -ohang -offset Ds
+.It Em NAME
+The name(s) and a one line description of the documented material.
+The syntax for this as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm name0 ,
+\&.Nm name1 ,
+\&.Nm name2
+\&.Nd a one line description
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Multiple
+.Sq \&Nm
+names should be separated by commas.
+.Pp
+The
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro(s) must precede the
+.Sx \&Nd
+macro.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Nm
+and
+.Sx \&Nd .
+.It Em LIBRARY
+The name of the library containing the documented material, which is
+assumed to be a function in a section 2, 3, or 9 manual.
+The syntax for this is as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Lb libarm
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Lb .
+.It Em SYNOPSIS
+Documents the utility invocation syntax, function call syntax, or device
+configuration.
+.Pp
+For the first, utilities (sections 1, 6, and 8), this is
+generally structured as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Nm bar
+\&.Op Fl v
+\&.Op Fl o Ar file
+\&.Op Ar
+\&.Nm foo
+\&.Op Fl v
+\&.Op Fl o Ar file
+\&.Op Ar
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Commands should be ordered alphabetically.
+.Pp
+For the second, function calls (sections 2, 3, 9):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.In header.h
+\&.Vt extern const char *global;
+\&.Ft "char *"
+\&.Fn foo "const char *src"
+\&.Ft "char *"
+\&.Fn bar "const char *src"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Ordering of
+.Sx \&In ,
+.Sx \&Vt ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+and
+.Sx \&Fo
+macros should follow C header-file conventions.
+.Pp
+And for the third, configurations (section 4):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Cd \(dqit* at isa? port 0x2e\(dq
+\&.Cd \(dqit* at isa? port 0x4e\(dq
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Manuals not in these sections generally don't need a
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+.Pp
+Some macros are displayed differently in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, particularly
+.Sx \&Nm ,
+.Sx \&Cd ,
+.Sx \&Fd ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+.Sx \&In ,
+.Sx \&Vt ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft .
+All of these macros are output on their own line.
+If two such dissimilar macros are pairwise invoked (except for
+.Sx \&Ft
+before
+.Sx \&Fo
+or
+.Sx \&Fn ) ,
+they are separated by a vertical space, unless in the case of
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft ,
+which are always separated by vertical space.
+.Pp
+When text and macros following an
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro starting an input line span multiple output lines,
+all output lines but the first will be indented to align
+with the text immediately following the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro, up to the next
+.Sx \&Nm ,
+.Sx \&Sh ,
+or
+.Sx \&Ss
+macro or the end of an enclosing block, whichever comes first.
+.It Em DESCRIPTION
+This begins with an expansion of the brief, one line description in
+.Em NAME :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+The
+\&.Nm
+utility does this, that, and the other.
+.Ed
+.Pp
+It usually follows with a breakdown of the options (if documenting a
+command), such as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+The arguments are as follows:
+\&.Bl \-tag \-width Ds
+\&.It Fl v
+Print verbose information.
+\&.El
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Manuals not documenting a command won't include the above fragment.
+.Pp
+Since the
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+section usually contains most of the text of a manual, longer manuals
+often use the
+.Sx \&Ss
+macro to form subsections.
+In very long manuals, the
+.Em DESCRIPTION
+may be split into multiple sections, each started by an
+.Sx \&Sh
+macro followed by a non-standard section name, and each having
+several subsections, like in the present
+.Nm
+manual.
+.It Em IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+Implementation-specific notes should be kept here.
+This is useful when implementing standard functions that may have side
+effects or notable algorithmic implications.
+.It Em RETURN VALUES
+This section documents the
+return values of functions in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Rv .
+.It Em ENVIRONMENT
+Lists the environment variables used by the utility,
+and explains the syntax and semantics of their values.
+The
+.Xr environ 7
+manual provides examples of typical content and formatting.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Ev .
+.It Em FILES
+Documents files used.
+It's helpful to document both the file name and a short description of how
+the file is used (created, modified, etc.).
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Pa .
+.It Em EXIT STATUS
+This section documents the
+command exit status for section 1, 6, and 8 utilities.
+Historically, this information was described in
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS ,
+a practise that is now discouraged.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Ex .
+.It Em EXAMPLES
+Example usages.
+This often contains snippets of well-formed, well-tested invocations.
+Make sure that examples work properly!
+.It Em DIAGNOSTICS
+Documents error conditions.
+This is most useful in section 4 manuals.
+Historically, this section was used in place of
+.Em EXIT STATUS
+for manuals in sections 1, 6, and 8; however, this practise is
+discouraged.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Bl
+.Fl diag .
+.It Em ERRORS
+Documents error handling in sections 2, 3, and 9.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Er .
+.It Em SEE ALSO
+References other manuals with related topics.
+This section should exist for most manuals.
+Cross-references should conventionally be ordered first by section, then
+alphabetically.
+.Pp
+References to other documentation concerning the topic of the manual page,
+for example authoritative books or journal articles, may also be
+provided in this section.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&Rs
+and
+.Sx \&Xr .
+.It Em STANDARDS
+References any standards implemented or used.
+If not adhering to any standards, the
+.Em HISTORY
+section should be used instead.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&St .
+.It Em HISTORY
+A brief history of the subject, including where it was first implemented,
+and when it was ported to or reimplemented for the operating system at hand.
+.It Em AUTHORS
+Credits to the person or persons who wrote the code and/or documentation.
+Authors should generally be noted by both name and email address.
+.Pp
+See
+.Sx \&An .
+.It Em CAVEATS
+Common misuses and misunderstandings should be explained
+in this section.
+.It Em BUGS
+Known bugs, limitations, and work-arounds should be described
+in this section.
+.It Em SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+Documents any security precautions that operators should consider.
+.El
+.Sh MACRO OVERVIEW
+This overview is sorted such that macros of similar purpose are listed
+together, to help find the best macro for any given purpose.
+Deprecated macros are not included in the overview, but can be found below
+in the alphabetical
+.Sx MACRO REFERENCE .
+.Ss Document preamble and NAME section macros
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Dd Ta document date: Cm $\&Mdocdate$ | Ar month day , year
+.It Sx \&Dt Ta document title: Ar TITLE section Op Ar volume | arch
+.It Sx \&Os Ta operating system version: Op Ar system Op Ar version
+.It Sx \&Nm Ta document name (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Nd Ta document description (one line)
+.El
+.Ss Sections and cross references
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Sh Ta section header (one line)
+.It Sx \&Ss Ta subsection header (one line)
+.It Sx \&Sx Ta internal cross reference to a section or subsection
+.It Sx \&Xr Ta cross reference to another manual page: Ar name section
+.It Sx \&Pp , \&Lp Ta start a text paragraph (no arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Displays and lists
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Bd , \&Ed Ta display block:
+.Fl Ar type
+.Op Fl offset Ar width
+.Op Fl compact
+.It Sx \&D1 Ta indented display (one line)
+.It Sx \&Dl Ta indented literal display (one line)
+.It Sx \&Bl , \&El Ta list block:
+.Fl Ar type
+.Op Fl width Ar val
+.Op Fl offset Ar val
+.Op Fl compact
+.It Sx \&It Ta list item (syntax depends on Fl Ar type )
+.It Sx \&Ta Ta table cell separator in Sx \&Bl Fl column No lists
+.It Sx \&Rs , \&%* , \&Re Ta bibliographic block (references)
+.El
+.Ss Spacing control
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Pf Ta prefix, no following horizontal space (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Ns Ta roman font, no preceding horizontal space (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ap Ta apostrophe without surrounding whitespace (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&Sm Ta switch horizontal spacing mode: Cm on | off
+.It Sx \&Bk , \&Ek Ta keep block: Fl words
+.It Sx \&br Ta force output line break in text mode (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&sp Ta force vertical space: Op Ar height
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup for command line utilities:
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Nm Ta start a SYNOPSIS block with the name of a utility
+.It Sx \&Fl Ta command line options (flags) (>=0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Cm Ta command modifier (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ar Ta command arguments (>=0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Op , \&Oo , \&Oc Ta optional syntax elements (enclosure)
+.It Sx \&Ic Ta internal or interactive command (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ev Ta environmental variable (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Pa Ta file system path (>=0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Semantic markup for function libraries:
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Lb Ta function library (one argument)
+.It Sx \&In Ta include file (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Ft Ta function type (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Fo , \&Fc Ta function block: Ar funcname
+.It Sx \&Fn Ta function name:
+.Op Ar functype
+.Ar funcname
+.Oo
+.Op Ar argtype
+.Ar argname
+.Oc
+.It Sx \&Fa Ta function argument (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Vt Ta variable type (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Va Ta variable name (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Dv Ta defined variable or preprocessor constant (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Er Ta error constant (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ev Ta environmental variable (>0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Various semantic markup:
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&An Ta author name (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Lk Ta hyperlink: Ar uri Op Ar name
+.It Sx \&Mt Ta Do mailto Dc hyperlink: Ar address
+.It Sx \&Cd Ta kernel configuration declaration (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ad Ta memory address (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Ms Ta mathematical symbol (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Tn Ta tradename (>0 arguments)
+.El
+.Ss Physical markup
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Em Ta italic font or underline (emphasis) (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Sy Ta boldface font (symbolic) (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&Li Ta typewriter font (literal) (>0 arguments)
+.It Sx \&No Ta return to roman font (normal) (no arguments)
+.It Sx \&Bf , \&Ef Ta font block:
+.Op Fl Ar type | Cm \&Em | \&Li | \&Sy
+.El
+.Ss Physical enclosures
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Dq , \&Do , \&Dc Ta enclose in typographic double quotes: Dq text
+.It Sx \&Qq , \&Qo , \&Qc Ta enclose in typewriter double quotes: Qq text
+.It Sx \&Sq , \&So , \&Sc Ta enclose in single quotes: Sq text
+.It Sx \&Ql Ta single-quoted literal text: Ql text
+.It Sx \&Pq , \&Po , \&Pc Ta enclose in parentheses: Pq text
+.It Sx \&Bq , \&Bo , \&Bc Ta enclose in square brackets: Bq text
+.It Sx \&Brq , \&Bro , \&Brc Ta enclose in curly braces: Brq text
+.It Sx \&Aq , \&Ao , \&Ac Ta enclose in angle brackets: Aq text
+.It Sx \&Eo , \&Ec Ta generic enclosure
+.El
+.Ss Text production
+.Bl -column "Brq, Bro, Brc" description
+.It Sx \&Ex Fl std Ta standard command exit values: Op Ar utility ...
+.It Sx \&Rv Fl std Ta standard function return values: Op Ar function ...
+.It Sx \&St Ta reference to a standards document (one argument)
+.It Sx \&Ux Ta Ux
+.It Sx \&At Ta At
+.It Sx \&Bx Ta Bx
+.It Sx \&Bsx Ta Bsx
+.It Sx \&Nx Ta Nx
+.It Sx \&Fx Ta Fx
+.It Sx \&Ox Ta Ox
+.It Sx \&Dx Ta Dx
+.El
+.Sh MACRO REFERENCE
+This section is a canonical reference of all macros, arranged
+alphabetically.
+For the scoping of individual macros, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX .
+.Ss \&%A
+Author name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Multiple authors should each be accorded their own
+.Sx \%%A
+line.
+Author names should be ordered with full or abbreviated forename(s)
+first, then full surname.
+.Ss \&%B
+Book title of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+This macro may also be used in a non-bibliographic context when
+referring to book titles.
+.Ss \&%C
+Publication city or location of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%D
+Publication date of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Recommended formats of arguments are
+.Ar month day , year
+or just
+.Ar year .
+.Ss \&%I
+Publisher or issuer name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%J
+Journal name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%N
+Issue number (usually for journals) of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%O
+Optional information of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%P
+Book or journal page number of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%Q
+Institutional author (school, government, etc.) of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Multiple institutional authors should each be accorded their own
+.Sx \&%Q
+line.
+.Ss \&%R
+Technical report name of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&%T
+Article title of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+This macro may also be used in a non-bibliographical context when
+referring to article titles.
+.Ss \&%U
+URI of reference document.
+.Ss \&%V
+Volume number of an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+.Ss \&Ac
+Close an
+.Sx \&Ao
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Ad
+Memory address.
+Do not use this for postal addresses.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ad [0,$]
+.Dl \&.Ad 0x00000000
+.Ss \&An
+Author name.
+Can be used both for the authors of the program, function, or driver
+documented in the manual, or for the authors of the manual itself.
+Requires either the name of an author or one of the following arguments:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-nosplitX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Fl split
+Start a new output line before each subsequent invocation of
+.Sx \&An .
+.It Fl nosplit
+The opposite of
+.Fl split .
+.El
+.Pp
+The default is
+.Fl nosplit .
+The effect of selecting either of the
+.Fl split
+modes ends at the beginning of the
+.Em AUTHORS
+section.
+In the
+.Em AUTHORS
+section, the default is
+.Fl nosplit
+for the first author listing and
+.Fl split
+for all other author listings.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.An -nosplit
+.Dl \&.An Kristaps Dzonsons \&Aq kristaps@bsd.lv
+.Ss \&Ao
+Begin a block enclosed by angle brackets.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fl -key= \&Ns \&Ao \&Ar val \&Ac
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Aq .
+.Ss \&Ap
+Inserts an apostrophe without any surrounding whitespace.
+This is generally used as a grammatical device when referring to the verb
+form of a function.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fn execve \&Ap d
+.Ss \&Aq
+Encloses its arguments in angle brackets.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fl -key= \&Ns \&Aq \&Ar val
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is often abused for rendering URIs, which should instead use
+.Sx \&Lk
+or
+.Sx \&Mt ,
+or to note pre-processor
+.Dq Li #include
+statements, which should use
+.Sx \&In .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Ao .
+.Ss \&Ar
+Command arguments.
+If an argument is not provided, the string
+.Dq file ...\&
+is used as a default.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Fl o Ar file"
+.Dl ".Ar"
+.Dl ".Ar arg1 , arg2 ."
+.Pp
+The arguments to the
+.Sx \&Ar
+macro are names and placeholders for command arguments;
+for fixed strings to be passed verbatim as arguments, use
+.Sx \&Fl
+or
+.Sx \&Cm .
+.Ss \&At
+Formats an AT&T version.
+Accepts one optional argument:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "v[1-7] | 32vX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Cm v[1-7] | 32v
+A version of
+.At .
+.It Cm III
+.At III .
+.It Cm V[.[1-4]]?
+A version of
+.At V .
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that these arguments do not begin with a hyphen.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.At
+.Dl \&.At III
+.Dl \&.At V.1
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Bc
+Close a
+.Sx \&Bo
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Bd
+Begin a display block.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Bd
+.Fl Ns Ar type
+.Op Fl offset Ar width
+.Op Fl compact
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Display blocks are used to select a different indentation and
+justification than the one used by the surrounding text.
+They may contain both macro lines and text lines.
+By default, a display block is preceded by a vertical space.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar type
+must be one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width 13n -offset indent
+.It Fl centered
+Produce one output line from each input line, and centre-justify each line.
+Using this display type is not recommended; many
+.Nm
+implementations render it poorly.
+.It Fl filled
+Change the positions of line breaks to fill each line, and left- and
+right-justify the resulting block.
+.It Fl literal
+Produce one output line from each input line,
+and do not justify the block at all.
+Preserve white space as it appears in the input.
+Always use a constant-width font.
+Use this for displaying source code.
+.It Fl ragged
+Change the positions of line breaks to fill each line, and left-justify
+the resulting block.
+.It Fl unfilled
+The same as
+.Fl literal ,
+but using the same font as for normal text, which is a variable width font
+if supported by the output device.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar type
+must be provided first.
+Additional arguments may follow:
+.Bl -tag -width 13n -offset indent
+.It Fl offset Ar width
+Indent the display by the
+.Ar width ,
+which may be one of the following:
+.Bl -item
+.It
+One of the pre-defined strings
+.Cm indent ,
+the width of a standard indentation (six constant width characters);
+.Cm indent-two ,
+twice
+.Cm indent ;
+.Cm left ,
+which has no effect;
+.Cm right ,
+which justifies to the right margin; or
+.Cm center ,
+which aligns around an imagined centre axis.
+.It
+A macro invocation, which selects a predefined width
+associated with that macro.
+The most popular is the imaginary macro
+.Ar \&Ds ,
+which resolves to
+.Sy 6n .
+.It
+A width using the syntax described in
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+.It
+An arbitrary string, which indents by the length of this string.
+.El
+.Pp
+When the argument is missing,
+.Fl offset
+is ignored.
+.It Fl compact
+Do not assert vertical space before the display.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bd \-literal \-offset indent \-compact
+   Hello       world.
+\&.Ed
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&D1
+and
+.Sx \&Dl .
+.Ss \&Bf
+Change the font mode for a scoped block of text.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Bf
+.Oo
+.Fl emphasis | literal | symbolic |
+.Cm \&Em | \&Li | \&Sy
+.Oc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl emphasis
+and
+.Cm \&Em
+argument are equivalent, as are
+.Fl symbolic
+and
+.Cm \&Sy ,
+and
+.Fl literal
+and
+.Cm \&Li .
+Without an argument, this macro does nothing.
+The font mode continues until broken by a new font mode in a nested
+scope or
+.Sx \&Ef
+is encountered.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Li ,
+.Sx \&Ef ,
+.Sx \&Em ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&Bk
+For each macro, keep its output together on the same output line,
+until the end of the macro or the end of the input line is reached,
+whichever comes first.
+Line breaks in text lines are unaffected.
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Bk Fl words
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl words
+argument is required; additional arguments are ignored.
+.Pp
+The following example will not break within each
+.Sx \&Op
+macro line:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Bk \-words
+\&.Op Fl f Ar flags
+\&.Op Fl o Ar output
+\&.Ek
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Be careful in using over-long lines within a keep block!
+Doing so will clobber the right margin.
+.Ss \&Bl
+Begin a list.
+Lists consist of items specified using the
+.Sx \&It
+macro, containing a head or a body or both.
+The list syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Bl
+.Fl Ns Ar type
+.Op Fl width Ar val
+.Op Fl offset Ar val
+.Op Fl compact
+.Op HEAD ...
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The list
+.Ar type
+is mandatory and must be specified first.
+The
+.Fl width
+and
+.Fl offset
+arguments accept
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+or use the length of the given string.
+The
+.Fl offset
+is a global indentation for the whole list, affecting both item heads
+and bodies.
+For those list types supporting it, the
+.Fl width
+argument requests an additional indentation of item bodies,
+to be added to the
+.Fl offset .
+Unless the
+.Fl compact
+argument is specified, list entries are separated by vertical space.
+.Pp
+A list must specify one of the following list types:
+.Bl -tag -width 12n -offset indent
+.It Fl bullet
+No item heads can be specified, but a bullet will be printed at the head
+of each item.
+Item bodies start on the same output line as the bullet
+and are indented according to the
+.Fl width
+argument.
+.It Fl column
+A columnated list.
+The
+.Fl width
+argument has no effect; instead, each argument specifies the width
+of one column, using either the
+.Sx Scaling Widths
+syntax or the string length of the argument.
+If the first line of the body of a
+.Fl column
+list is not an
+.Sx \&It
+macro line,
+.Sx \&It
+contexts spanning one input line each are implied until an
+.Sx \&It
+macro line is encountered, at which point items start being interpreted as
+described in the
+.Sx \&It
+documentation.
+.It Fl dash
+Like
+.Fl bullet ,
+except that dashes are used in place of bullets.
+.It Fl diag
+Like
+.Fl inset ,
+except that item heads are not parsed for macro invocations.
+Most often used in the
+.Em DIAGNOSTICS
+section with error constants in the item heads.
+.It Fl enum
+A numbered list.
+No item heads can be specified.
+Formatted like
+.Fl bullet ,
+except that cardinal numbers are used in place of bullets,
+starting at 1.
+.It Fl hang
+Like
+.Fl tag ,
+except that the first lines of item bodies are not indented, but follow
+the item heads like in
+.Fl inset
+lists.
+.It Fl hyphen
+Synonym for
+.Fl dash .
+.It Fl inset
+Item bodies follow items heads on the same line, using normal inter-word
+spacing.
+Bodies are not indented, and the
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl item
+No item heads can be specified, and none are printed.
+Bodies are not indented, and the
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl ohang
+Item bodies start on the line following item heads and are not indented.
+The
+.Fl width
+argument is ignored.
+.It Fl tag
+Item bodies are indented according to the
+.Fl width
+argument.
+When an item head fits inside the indentation, the item body follows
+this head on the same output line.
+Otherwise, the body starts on the output line following the head.
+.El
+.Pp
+Lists may be nested within lists and displays.
+Nesting of
+.Fl column
+and
+.Fl enum
+lists may not be portable.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&El
+and
+.Sx \&It .
+.Ss \&Bo
+Begin a block enclosed by square brackets.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Bo 1 ,
+\&.Dv BUFSIZ \&Bc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bq .
+.Ss \&Bq
+Encloses its arguments in square brackets.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bq 1 , \&Dv BUFSIZ
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is sometimes abused to emulate optional arguments for
+commands; the correct macros to use for this purpose are
+.Sx \&Op ,
+.Sx \&Oo ,
+and
+.Sx \&Oc .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bo .
+.Ss \&Brc
+Close a
+.Sx \&Bro
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Bro
+Begin a block enclosed by curly braces.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Bro 1 , ... ,
+\&.Va n \&Brc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Brq .
+.Ss \&Brq
+Encloses its arguments in curly braces.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Brq 1 , ... , \&Va n
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bro .
+.Ss \&Bsx
+Format the BSD/OS version provided as an argument, or a default value if
+no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bsx 1.0
+.Dl \&.Bsx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Bt
+Prints
+.Dq is currently in beta test.
+.Ss \&Bx
+Format the BSD version provided as an argument, or a default value if no
+argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Bx 4.3 Tahoe
+.Dl \&.Bx 4.4
+.Dl \&.Bx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Cd
+Kernel configuration declaration.
+This denotes strings accepted by
+.Xr config 8 .
+It is most often used in section 4 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Cd device le0 at scode?
+.Pp
+.Em Remarks :
+this macro is commonly abused by using quoted literals to retain
+whitespace and align consecutive
+.Sx \&Cd
+declarations.
+This practise is discouraged.
+.Ss \&Cm
+Command modifiers.
+Typically used for fixed strings passed as arguments, unless
+.Sx \&Fl
+is more appropriate.
+Also useful when specifying configuration options or keys.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Nm mt Fl f Ar device Cm rewind"
+.Dl ".Nm ps Fl o Cm pid , Ns Cm command"
+.Dl ".Nm dd Cm if= Ns Ar file1 Cm of= Ns Ar file2"
+.Dl ".Cm IdentityFile Pa ~/.ssh/id_rsa"
+.Dl ".Cm LogLevel Dv DEBUG"
+.Ss \&D1
+One-line indented display.
+This is formatted by the default rules and is useful for simple indented
+statements.
+It is followed by a newline.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.D1 \&Fl abcdefgh
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bd
+and
+.Sx \&Dl .
+.Ss \&Db
+Switch debugging mode.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Db Cm on | off
+.Pp
+This macro is ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Ss \&Dc
+Close a
+.Sx \&Do
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Dd
+Document date.
+This is the mandatory first macro of any
+.Nm
+manual.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Dd Ar month day , year
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar month
+is the full English month name, the
+.Ar day
+is an optionally zero-padded numeral, and the
+.Ar year
+is the full four-digit year.
+.Pp
+Other arguments are not portable; the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility handles them as follows:
+.Bl -dash -offset 3n -compact
+.It
+To have the date automatically filled in by the
+.Ox
+version of
+.Xr cvs 1 ,
+the special string
+.Dq $\&Mdocdate$
+can be given as an argument.
+.It
+A few alternative date formats are accepted as well
+and converted to the standard form.
+.It
+If a date string cannot be parsed, it is used verbatim.
+.It
+If no date string is given, the current date is used.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dd $\&Mdocdate$
+.Dl \&.Dd $\&Mdocdate: July 21 2007$
+.Dl \&.Dd July 21, 2007
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dt
+and
+.Sx \&Os .
+.Ss \&Dl
+One-line intended display.
+This is formatted as literal text and is useful for commands and
+invocations.
+It is followed by a newline.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dl % mandoc mdoc.7 \e(ba less
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bd
+and
+.Sx \&D1 .
+.Ss \&Do
+Begin a block enclosed by double quotes.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Do
+April is the cruellest month
+\&.Dc
+\e(em T.S. Eliot
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dq .
+.Ss \&Dq
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Dq typographic
+double-quotes.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Dq April is the cruellest month
+\e(em T.S. Eliot
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Qq ,
+.Sx \&Sq ,
+and
+.Sx \&Do .
+.Ss \&Dt
+Document title.
+This is the mandatory second macro of any
+.Nm
+file.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Dt
+.Oo
+.Ar title
+.Oo
+.Ar section
+.Op Ar volume
+.Op Ar arch
+.Oc
+.Oc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Its arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset Ds
+.It Ar title
+The document's title (name), defaulting to
+.Dq UNKNOWN
+if unspecified.
+It should be capitalised.
+.It Ar section
+The manual section.
+This may be one of
+.Ar 1
+.Pq utilities ,
+.Ar 2
+.Pq system calls ,
+.Ar 3
+.Pq libraries ,
+.Ar 3p
+.Pq Perl libraries ,
+.Ar 4
+.Pq devices ,
+.Ar 5
+.Pq file formats ,
+.Ar 6
+.Pq games ,
+.Ar 7
+.Pq miscellaneous ,
+.Ar 8
+.Pq system utilities ,
+.Ar 9
+.Pq kernel functions ,
+.Ar X11
+.Pq X Window System ,
+.Ar X11R6
+.Pq X Window System ,
+.Ar unass
+.Pq unassociated ,
+.Ar local
+.Pq local system ,
+.Ar draft
+.Pq draft manual ,
+or
+.Ar paper
+.Pq paper .
+It should correspond to the manual's filename suffix and defaults to
+.Dq 1
+if unspecified.
+.It Ar volume
+This overrides the volume inferred from
+.Ar section .
+This field is optional, and if specified, must be one of
+.Ar USD
+.Pq users' supplementary documents ,
+.Ar PS1
+.Pq programmers' supplementary documents ,
+.Ar AMD
+.Pq administrators' supplementary documents ,
+.Ar SMM
+.Pq system managers' manuals ,
+.Ar URM
+.Pq users' reference manuals ,
+.Ar PRM
+.Pq programmers' reference manuals ,
+.Ar KM
+.Pq kernel manuals ,
+.Ar IND
+.Pq master index ,
+.Ar MMI
+.Pq master index ,
+.Ar LOCAL
+.Pq local manuals ,
+.Ar LOC
+.Pq local manuals ,
+or
+.Ar CON
+.Pq contributed manuals .
+.It Ar arch
+This specifies the machine architecture a manual page applies to,
+where relevant, for example
+.Cm alpha ,
+.Cm amd64 ,
+.Cm i386 ,
+or
+.Cm sparc64 .
+The list of supported architectures varies by operating system.
+For the full list of all architectures recognized by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+see the file
+.Pa arch.in
+in the source distribution.
+.El
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 1
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 4 KM
+.Dl \&.Dt FOO 9 i386
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dd
+and
+.Sx \&Os .
+.Ss \&Dv
+Defined variables such as preprocessor constants, constant symbols,
+enumeration values, and so on.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dv NULL
+.Dl \&.Dv BUFSIZ
+.Dl \&.Dv STDOUT_FILENO
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Er
+and
+.Sx \&Ev
+for special-purpose constants and
+.Sx \&Va
+for variable symbols.
+.Ss \&Dx
+Format the DragonFly BSD version provided as an argument, or a default
+value if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Dx 2.4.1
+.Dl \&.Dx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Ec
+Close a scope started by
+.Sx \&Eo .
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ec Op Ar TERM
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar TERM
+argument is used as the enclosure tail, for example, specifying \e(rq
+will emulate
+.Sx \&Dc .
+.Ss \&Ed
+End a display context started by
+.Sx \&Bd .
+.Ss \&Ef
+End a font mode context started by
+.Sx \&Bf .
+.Ss \&Ek
+End a keep context started by
+.Sx \&Bk .
+.Ss \&El
+End a list context started by
+.Sx \&Bl .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bl
+and
+.Sx \&It .
+.Ss \&Em
+Denotes text that should be
+.Em emphasised .
+Note that this is a presentation term and should not be used for
+stylistically decorating technical terms.
+Depending on the output device, this is usually represented
+using an italic font or underlined characters.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Em Warnings!
+.Dl \&.Em Remarks :
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bf ,
+.Sx \&Li ,
+.Sx \&No ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&En
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Ss \&Eo
+An arbitrary enclosure.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Eo Op Ar TERM
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar TERM
+argument is used as the enclosure head, for example, specifying \e(lq
+will emulate
+.Sx \&Do .
+.Ss \&Er
+Error constants for definitions of the
+.Va errno
+libc global variable.
+This is most often used in section 2 and 3 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Er EPERM
+.Dl \&.Er ENOENT
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dv
+for general constants.
+.Ss \&Es
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented.
+.Ss \&Ev
+Environmental variables such as those specified in
+.Xr environ 7 .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ev DISPLAY
+.Dl \&.Ev PATH
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dv
+for general constants.
+.Ss \&Ex
+Insert a standard sentence regarding command exit values of 0 on success
+and >0 on failure.
+This is most often used in section 1, 6, and 8 manual pages.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ex Fl std Op Ar utility ...
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar utility
+is not specified, the document's name set by
+.Sx \&Nm
+is used.
+Multiple
+.Ar utility
+arguments are treated as separate utilities.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Rv .
+.Ss \&Fa
+Function argument.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fa
+.Op Cm argtype
+.Cm argname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This may be invoked for names with or without the corresponding type.
+It is also used to specify the field name of a structure.
+Most often, the
+.Sx \&Fa
+macro is used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+within
+.Sx \&Fo
+section when documenting multi-line function prototypes.
+If invoked with multiple arguments, the arguments are separated by a
+comma.
+Furthermore, if the following macro is another
+.Sx \&Fa ,
+the last argument will also have a trailing comma.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fa \(dqconst char *p\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fa \(dqint a\(dq \(dqint b\(dq \(dqint c\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fa foo
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Fo .
+.Ss \&Fc
+End a function context started by
+.Sx \&Fo .
+.Ss \&Fd
+Historically used to document include files.
+This usage has been deprecated in favour of
+.Sx \&In .
+Do not use this macro.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+and
+.Sx \&In .
+.Ss \&Fl
+Command-line flag or option.
+Used when listing arguments to command-line utilities.
+Prints a fixed-width hyphen
+.Sq \-
+directly followed by each argument.
+If no arguments are provided, a hyphen is printed followed by a space.
+If the argument is a macro, a hyphen is prefixed to the subsequent macro
+output.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Fl R Op Fl H | L | P"
+.Dl ".Op Fl 1AaCcdFfgHhikLlmnopqRrSsTtux"
+.Dl ".Fl type Cm d Fl name Pa CVS"
+.Dl ".Fl Ar signal_number"
+.Dl ".Fl o Fl"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Cm .
+.Ss \&Fn
+A function name.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Ns Sx \&Fn
+.Op Ar functype
+.Ar funcname
+.Op Oo Ar argtype Oc Ar argname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Function arguments are surrounded in parenthesis and
+are delimited by commas.
+If no arguments are specified, blank parenthesis are output.
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, this macro starts a new output line,
+and a blank line is automatically inserted between function definitions.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fn \(dqint funcname\(dq \(dqint arg0\(dq \(dqint arg1\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fn funcname \(dqint arg0\(dq
+.Dl \&.Fn funcname arg0
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Ft functype
+\&.Fn funcname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When referring to a function documented in another manual page, use
+.Sx \&Xr
+instead.
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft .
+.Ss \&Fo
+Begin a function block.
+This is a multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Fn .
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Fo Ar funcname
+.Pp
+Invocations usually occur in the following context:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Pf \. Sx \&Ft Ar functype
+.br
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fo Ar funcname
+.br
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fa Oo Ar argtype Oc Ar argname
+.br
+\&.\.\.
+.br
+.Pf \. Sx \&Fc
+.Ed
+.Pp
+A
+.Sx \&Fo
+scope is closed by
+.Sx \&Fc .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Sx \&Fa ,
+.Sx \&Fc ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ft .
+.Ss \&Fr
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+It was used to show function return values.
+The syntax was:
+.Pp
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Fr Ar value
+.Ss \&Ft
+A function type.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ft Ar functype
+.Pp
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, a new output line is started after this macro.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ft int
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Ft functype
+\&.Fn funcname
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE ,
+.Sx \&Fn ,
+and
+.Sx \&Fo .
+.Ss \&Fx
+Format the
+.Fx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value
+if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Fx 7.1
+.Dl \&.Fx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Hf
+This macro is not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+It was used to include the contents of a (header) file literally.
+The syntax was:
+.Pp
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Hf Ar filename
+.Ss \&Ic
+Designate an internal or interactive command.
+This is similar to
+.Sx \&Cm
+but used for instructions rather than values.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ic :wq
+.Dl \&.Ic hash
+.Dl \&.Ic alias
+.Pp
+Note that using
+.Sx \&Bd Fl literal
+or
+.Sx \&D1
+is preferred for displaying code; the
+.Sx \&Ic
+macro is used when referring to specific instructions.
+.Ss \&In
+An
+.Dq include
+file.
+When invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, the argument is displayed in angle brackets
+and preceded by
+.Dq #include ,
+and a blank line is inserted in front if there is a preceding
+function declaration.
+This is most often used in section 2, 3, and 9 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.In sys/types.h
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+.Ss \&It
+A list item.
+The syntax of this macro depends on the list type.
+.Pp
+Lists
+of type
+.Fl hang ,
+.Fl ohang ,
+.Fl inset ,
+and
+.Fl diag
+have the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Ar args
+.Pp
+Lists of type
+.Fl bullet ,
+.Fl dash ,
+.Fl enum ,
+.Fl hyphen
+and
+.Fl item
+have the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It
+.Pp
+with subsequent lines interpreted within the scope of the
+.Sx \&It
+until either a closing
+.Sx \&El
+or another
+.Sx \&It .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl tag
+list has the following syntax:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Op Cm args
+.Pp
+Subsequent lines are interpreted as with
+.Fl bullet
+and family.
+The line arguments correspond to the list's left-hand side; body
+arguments correspond to the list's contents.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fl column
+list is the most complicated.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Ar cell Op <TAB> Ar cell ...
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&It Ar cell Op Sx \&Ta Ar cell ...
+.Pp
+The arguments consist of one or more lines of text and macros
+representing a complete table line.
+Cells within the line are delimited by tabs or by the special
+.Sx \&Ta
+block macro.
+The tab cell delimiter may only be used within the
+.Sx \&It
+line itself; on following lines, only the
+.Sx \&Ta
+macro can be used to delimit cells, and
+.Sx \&Ta
+is only recognised as a macro when called by other macros,
+not as the first macro on a line.
+.Pp
+Note that quoted strings may span tab-delimited cells on an
+.Sx \&It
+line.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.Dl .It \(dqcol1 ; <TAB> col2 ;\(dq \&;
+.Pp
+will preserve the semicolon whitespace except for the last.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bl .
+.Ss \&Lb
+Specify a library.
+The syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Lb Ar library
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar library
+parameter may be a system library, such as
+.Cm libz
+or
+.Cm libpam ,
+in which case a small library description is printed next to the linker
+invocation; or a custom library, in which case the library name is
+printed in quotes.
+This is most commonly used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section as described in
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Lb libz
+.Dl \&.Lb mdoc
+.Ss \&Li
+Denotes text that should be in a
+.Li literal
+font mode.
+Note that this is a presentation term and should not be used for
+stylistically decorating technical terms.
+.Pp
+On terminal output devices, this is often indistinguishable from
+normal text.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bf ,
+.Sx \&Em ,
+.Sx \&No ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&Lk
+Format a hyperlink.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Lk Ar uri Op Ar name
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Lk http://bsd.lv \(dqThe BSD.lv Project\(dq
+.Dl \&.Lk http://bsd.lv
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Mt .
+.Ss \&Lp
+Synonym for
+.Sx \&Pp .
+.Ss \&Ms
+Display a mathematical symbol.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Ms Ar symbol
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ms sigma
+.Dl \&.Ms aleph
+.Ss \&Mt
+Format a
+.Dq mailto:
+hyperlink.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Mt Ar address
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Mt discuss@manpages.bsd.lv
+.Ss \&Nd
+A one line description of the manual's content.
+This may only be invoked in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section subsequent the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Nd mdoc language reference
+.Dl Pf . Sx \&Nd format and display UNIX manuals
+.Pp
+The
+.Sx \&Nd
+macro technically accepts child macros and terminates with a subsequent
+.Sx \&Sh
+invocation.
+Do not assume this behaviour: some
+.Xr whatis 1
+database generators are not smart enough to parse more than the line
+arguments and will display macros verbatim.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Nm .
+.Ss \&Nm
+The name of the manual page, or \(em in particular in section 1, 6,
+and 8 pages \(em of an additional command or feature documented in
+the manual page.
+When first invoked, the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro expects a single argument, the name of the manual page.
+Usually, the first invocation happens in the
+.Em NAME
+section of the page.
+The specified name will be remembered and used whenever the macro is
+called again without arguments later in the page.
+The
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro uses
+.Sx Block full-implicit
+semantics when invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section; otherwise, it uses ordinary
+.Sx In-line
+semantics.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Sh SYNOPSIS
+\&.Nm cat
+\&.Op Fl benstuv
+\&.Op Ar
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+of section 2, 3 and 9 manual pages, use the
+.Sx \&Fn
+macro rather than
+.Sx \&Nm
+to mark up the name of the manual page.
+.Ss \&No
+Normal text.
+Closes the scope of any preceding in-line macro.
+When used after physical formatting macros like
+.Sx \&Em
+or
+.Sx \&Sy ,
+switches back to the standard font face and weight.
+Can also be used to embed plain text strings in macro lines
+using semantic annotation macros.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Em italic , Sy bold , No and roman"
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Sm off
+\&.Cm :C No / Ar pattern No / Ar replacement No /
+\&.Sm on
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Em ,
+.Sx \&Li ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sy .
+.Ss \&Ns
+Suppress a space between the output of the preceding macro
+and the following text or macro.
+Following invocation, input is interpreted as normal text
+just like after an
+.Sx \&No
+macro.
+.Pp
+This has no effect when invoked at the start of a macro line.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value"
+.Dl ".Cm :M Ns Ar pattern"
+.Dl ".Fl o Ns Ar output"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&No
+and
+.Sx \&Sm .
+.Ss \&Nx
+Format the
+.Nx
+version provided as an argument, or a default value if
+no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Nx 5.01
+.Dl \&.Nx
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Ox ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Oc
+Close multi-line
+.Sx \&Oo
+context.
+.Ss \&Oo
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Op .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Oo
+\&.Op Fl flag Ns Ar value
+\&.Oc
+.Ed
+.Ss \&Op
+Optional part of a command line.
+Prints the argument(s) in brackets.
+This is most often used in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section of section 1 and 8 manual pages.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Op \&Fl a \&Ar b
+.Dl \&.Op \&Ar a | b
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Oo .
+.Ss \&Os
+Document operating system version.
+This is the mandatory third macro of
+any
+.Nm
+file.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Os Op Ar system Op Ar version
+.Pp
+The optional
+.Ar system
+parameter specifies the relevant operating system or environment.
+Left unspecified, it defaults to the local operating system version.
+This is the suggested form.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Os
+.Dl \&.Os KTH/CSC/TCS
+.Dl \&.Os BSD 4.3
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dd
+and
+.Sx \&Dt .
+.Ss \&Ot
+This macro is obsolete and not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+Historical
+.Xr mdoc 7
+packages described it as
+.Dq "old function type (FORTRAN)" .
+.Ss \&Ox
+Format the
+.Ox
+version provided as an argument, or a default value
+if no argument is provided.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ox 4.5
+.Dl \&.Ox
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ux .
+.Ss \&Pa
+An absolute or relative file system path, or a file or directory name.
+If an argument is not provided, the character
+.Sq \(ti
+is used as a default.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Pa /usr/bin/mandoc
+.Dl \&.Pa /usr/share/man/man7/mdoc.7
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Lk .
+.Ss \&Pc
+Close parenthesised context opened by
+.Sx \&Po .
+.Ss \&Pf
+Removes the space between its argument
+.Pq Dq prefix
+and the following macro.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 .Pf Ar prefix macro arguments ...
+.Pp
+This is equivalent to:
+.Pp
+.D1 .No Ar prefix No \&Ns Ar macro arguments ...
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl ".Pf $ Ar variable_name"
+.Dl ".Pf 0x Ar hex_digits"
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Ns
+and
+.Sx \&Sm .
+.Ss \&Po
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Pq .
+.Ss \&Pp
+Break a paragraph.
+This will assert vertical space between prior and subsequent macros
+and/or text.
+.Pp
+Paragraph breaks are not needed before or after
+.Sx \&Sh
+or
+.Sx \&Ss
+macros or before displays
+.Pq Sx \&Bd
+or lists
+.Pq Sx \&Bl
+unless the
+.Fl compact
+flag is given.
+.Ss \&Pq
+Parenthesised enclosure.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Po .
+.Ss \&Qc
+Close quoted context opened by
+.Sx \&Qo .
+.Ss \&Ql
+Format a single-quoted literal.
+See also
+.Sx \&Qq
+and
+.Sx \&Sq .
+.Ss \&Qo
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Qq .
+.Ss \&Qq
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Qq typewriter
+double-quotes.
+Consider using
+.Sx \&Dq .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dq ,
+.Sx \&Sq ,
+and
+.Sx \&Qo .
+.Ss \&Re
+Close an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block.
+Does not have any tail arguments.
+.Ss \&Rs
+Begin a bibliographic
+.Pq Dq reference
+block.
+Does not have any head arguments.
+The block macro may only contain
+.Sx \&%A ,
+.Sx \&%B ,
+.Sx \&%C ,
+.Sx \&%D ,
+.Sx \&%I ,
+.Sx \&%J ,
+.Sx \&%N ,
+.Sx \&%O ,
+.Sx \&%P ,
+.Sx \&%Q ,
+.Sx \&%R ,
+.Sx \&%T ,
+.Sx \&%U ,
+and
+.Sx \&%V
+child macros (at least one must be specified).
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.Rs
+\&.%A J. E. Hopcroft
+\&.%A J. D. Ullman
+\&.%B Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation
+\&.%I Addison-Wesley
+\&.%C Reading, Massachusettes
+\&.%D 1979
+\&.Re
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If an
+.Sx \&Rs
+block is used within a SEE ALSO section, a vertical space is asserted
+before the rendered output, else the block continues on the current
+line.
+.Ss \&Rv
+Insert a standard sentence regarding a function call's return value of 0
+on success and \-1 on error, with the
+.Va errno
+libc global variable set on error.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Rv Fl std Op Ar function ...
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar function
+is not specified, the document's name set by
+.Sx \&Nm
+is used.
+Multiple
+.Ar function
+arguments are treated as separate functions.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Ex .
+.Ss \&Sc
+Close single-quoted context opened by
+.Sx \&So .
+.Ss \&Sh
+Begin a new section.
+For a list of conventional manual sections, see
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE .
+These sections should be used unless it's absolutely necessary that
+custom sections be used.
+.Pp
+Section names should be unique so that they may be keyed by
+.Sx \&Sx .
+Although this macro is parsed, it should not consist of child node or it
+may not be linked with
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Pp ,
+.Sx \&Ss ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Ss \&Sm
+Switches the spacing mode for output generated from macros.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Sm Cm on | off
+.Pp
+By default, spacing is
+.Cm on .
+When switched
+.Cm off ,
+no white space is inserted between macro arguments and between the
+output generated from adjacent macros, but text lines
+still get normal spacing between words and sentences.
+.Ss \&So
+Multi-line version of
+.Sx \&Sq .
+.Ss \&Sq
+Encloses its arguments in
+.Sq typewriter
+single-quotes.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Dq ,
+.Sx \&Qq ,
+and
+.Sx \&So .
+.Ss \&Ss
+Begin a new subsection.
+Unlike with
+.Sx \&Sh ,
+there is no convention for the naming of subsections.
+Except
+.Em DESCRIPTION ,
+the conventional sections described in
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+rarely have subsections.
+.Pp
+Sub-section names should be unique so that they may be keyed by
+.Sx \&Sx .
+Although this macro is parsed, it should not consist of child node or it
+may not be linked with
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Pp ,
+.Sx \&Sh ,
+and
+.Sx \&Sx .
+.Ss \&St
+Replace an abbreviation for a standard with the full form.
+The following standards are recognised:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "-p1003.1g-2000X" -compact
+.It \-p1003.1-88
+.St -p1003.1-88
+.It \-p1003.1-90
+.St -p1003.1-90
+.It \-p1003.1-96
+.St -p1003.1-96
+.It \-p1003.1-2001
+.St -p1003.1-2001
+.It \-p1003.1-2004
+.St -p1003.1-2004
+.It \-p1003.1-2008
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+.It \-p1003.1
+.St -p1003.1
+.It \-p1003.1b
+.St -p1003.1b
+.It \-p1003.1b-93
+.St -p1003.1b-93
+.It \-p1003.1c-95
+.St -p1003.1c-95
+.It \-p1003.1g-2000
+.St -p1003.1g-2000
+.It \-p1003.1i-95
+.St -p1003.1i-95
+.It \-p1003.2-92
+.St -p1003.2-92
+.It \-p1003.2a-92
+.St -p1003.2a-92
+.It \-p1387.2-95
+.St -p1387.2-95
+.It \-p1003.2
+.St -p1003.2
+.It \-p1387.2
+.St -p1387.2
+.It \-isoC
+.St -isoC
+.It \-isoC-90
+.St -isoC-90
+.It \-isoC-amd1
+.St -isoC-amd1
+.It \-isoC-tcor1
+.St -isoC-tcor1
+.It \-isoC-tcor2
+.St -isoC-tcor2
+.It \-isoC-99
+.St -isoC-99
+.It \-isoC-2011
+.St -isoC-2011
+.It \-iso9945-1-90
+.St -iso9945-1-90
+.It \-iso9945-1-96
+.St -iso9945-1-96
+.It \-iso9945-2-93
+.St -iso9945-2-93
+.It \-ansiC
+.St -ansiC
+.It \-ansiC-89
+.St -ansiC-89
+.It \-ansiC-99
+.St -ansiC-99
+.It \-ieee754
+.St -ieee754
+.It \-iso8802-3
+.St -iso8802-3
+.It \-iso8601
+.St -iso8601
+.It \-ieee1275-94
+.St -ieee1275-94
+.It \-xpg3
+.St -xpg3
+.It \-xpg4
+.St -xpg4
+.It \-xpg4.2
+.St -xpg4.2
+.It \-xpg4.3
+.St -xpg4.3
+.It \-xbd5
+.St -xbd5
+.It \-xcu5
+.St -xcu5
+.It \-xsh5
+.St -xsh5
+.It \-xns5
+.St -xns5
+.It \-xns5.2
+.St -xns5.2
+.It \-xns5.2d2.0
+.St -xns5.2d2.0
+.It \-xcurses4.2
+.St -xcurses4.2
+.It \-susv2
+.St -susv2
+.It \-susv3
+.St -susv3
+.It \-svid4
+.St -svid4
+.El
+.Ss \&Sx
+Reference a section or subsection in the same manual page.
+The referenced section or subsection name must be identical to the
+enclosed argument, including whitespace.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Sh
+and
+.Sx \&Ss .
+.Ss \&Sy
+Format enclosed arguments in symbolic
+.Pq Dq boldface .
+Note that this is a presentation term and should not be used for
+stylistically decorating technical terms.
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&Bf ,
+.Sx \&Em ,
+.Sx \&Li ,
+and
+.Sx \&No .
+.Ss \&Ta
+Table cell separator in
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+lists; can only be used below
+.Sx \&It .
+.Ss \&Tn
+Format a tradename.
+.Pp
+Since this macro is often implemented to use a small caps font,
+it has historically been used for acronyms (like ASCII) as well.
+Such usage is not recommended because it would use the same macro
+sometimes for semantical annotation, sometimes for physical formatting.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Tn IBM
+.Ss \&Ud
+Prints out
+.Dq currently under development.
+.Ss \&Ux
+Format the UNIX name.
+Accepts no argument.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Ux
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx \&At ,
+.Sx \&Bsx ,
+.Sx \&Bx ,
+.Sx \&Dx ,
+.Sx \&Fx ,
+.Sx \&Nx ,
+and
+.Sx \&Ox .
+.Ss \&Va
+A variable name.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Va foo
+.Dl \&.Va const char *bar ;
+.Ss \&Vt
+A variable type.
+This is also used for indicating global variables in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, in which case a variable name is also specified.
+Note that it accepts
+.Sx Block partial-implicit
+syntax when invoked as the first macro on an input line in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, else it accepts ordinary
+.Sx In-line
+syntax.
+In the former case, this macro starts a new output line,
+and a blank line is inserted in front if there is a preceding
+function definition or include directive.
+.Pp
+Note that this should not be confused with
+.Sx \&Ft ,
+which is used for function return types.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Vt unsigned char
+.Dl \&.Vt extern const char * const sys_signame[] \&;
+.Pp
+See also
+.Sx MANUAL STRUCTURE
+and
+.Sx \&Va .
+.Ss \&Xc
+Close a scope opened by
+.Sx \&Xo .
+.Ss \&Xo
+Extend the header of an
+.Sx \&It
+macro or the body of a partial-implicit block macro
+beyond the end of the input line.
+This macro originally existed to work around the 9-argument limit
+of historic
+.Xr roff 7 .
+.Ss \&Xr
+Link to another manual
+.Pq Qq cross-reference .
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&Xr Ar name section
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar name
+and
+.Ar section
+are the name and section of the linked manual.
+If
+.Ar section
+is followed by non-punctuation, an
+.Sx \&Ns
+is inserted into the token stream.
+This behaviour is for compatibility with
+GNU troff.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1 \&;
+.Dl \&.Xr mandoc 1 \&Ns s behaviour
+.Ss \&br
+Emits a line-break.
+This macro should not be used; it is implemented for compatibility with
+historical manuals.
+.Pp
+Consider using
+.Sx \&Pp
+in the event of natural paragraph breaks.
+.Ss \&sp
+Emits vertical space.
+This macro should not be used; it is implemented for compatibility with
+historical manuals.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Sx \&sp Op Ar height
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar height
+argument must be formatted as described in
+.Sx Scaling Widths .
+If unspecified,
+.Sx \&sp
+asserts a single vertical space.
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+The syntax of a macro depends on its classification.
+In this section,
+.Sq \-arg
+refers to macro arguments, which may be followed by zero or more
+.Sq parm
+parameters;
+.Sq \&Yo
+opens the scope of a macro; and if specified,
+.Sq \&Yc
+closes it out.
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Callable
+column indicates that the macro may also be called by passing its name
+as an argument to another macro.
+For example,
+.Sq \&.Op \&Fl O \&Ar file
+produces
+.Sq Op Fl O Ar file .
+To prevent a macro call and render the macro name literally,
+escape it by prepending a zero-width space,
+.Sq \e& .
+For example,
+.Sq \&Op \e&Fl O
+produces
+.Sq Op \&Fl O .
+If a macro is not callable but its name appears as an argument
+to another macro, it is interpreted as opaque text.
+For example,
+.Sq \&.Fl \&Sh
+produces
+.Sq Fl \&Sh .
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Parsed
+column indicates whether the macro may call other macros by receiving
+their names as arguments.
+If a macro is not parsed but the name of another macro appears
+as an argument, it is interpreted as opaque text.
+.Pp
+The
+.Em Scope
+column, if applicable, describes closure rules.
+.Ss Block full-explicit
+Multi-line scope closed by an explicit closing macro.
+All macros contains bodies; only
+.Sx \&Bf
+and
+.Pq optionally
+.Sx \&Bl
+contain a head.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+\&.Yc
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&Bd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Ed
+.It Sx \&Bf  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Ef
+.It Sx \&Bk  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Ek
+.It Sx \&Bl  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&El
+.It Sx \&Ed  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bd
+.It Sx \&Ef  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bf
+.It Sx \&Ek  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bk
+.It Sx \&El  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Bl
+.El
+.Ss Block full-implicit
+Multi-line scope closed by end-of-file or implicitly by another macro.
+All macros have bodies; some
+.Po
+.Sx \&It Fl bullet ,
+.Fl hyphen ,
+.Fl dash ,
+.Fl enum ,
+.Fl item
+.Pc
+don't have heads; only one
+.Po
+.Sx \&It
+in
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+.Pc
+has multiple heads.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead... \(lBTa head...\(rB\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&It Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&It , Sx \&El
+.It Sx \&Nd Ta \&No Ta \&No Ta closed by Sx \&Sh
+.It Sx \&Nm Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&Nm , Sx \&Sh , Sx \&Ss
+.It Sx \&Sh Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&Sh
+.It Sx \&Ss Ta \&No Ta Yes  Ta closed by Sx \&Sh , Sx \&Ss
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Sx \&Nm
+macro is a
+.Sx Block full-implicit
+macro only when invoked as the first macro
+in a
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section line, else it is
+.Sx In-line .
+.Ss Block partial-explicit
+Like block full-explicit, but also with single-line scope.
+Each has at least a body and, in limited circumstances, a head
+.Po
+.Sx \&Fo ,
+.Sx \&Eo
+.Pc
+and/or tail
+.Pq Sx \&Ec .
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB
+\(lBbody...\(rB
+\&.Yc \(lBtail...\(rB
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBparm...\(rB\(rB \(lBhead...\(rB \
+\(lBbody...\(rB \&Yc \(lBtail...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&Ac  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Ao
+.It Sx \&Ao  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Ac
+.It Sx \&Bc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Bo
+.It Sx \&Bo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Bc
+.It Sx \&Brc Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Bro
+.It Sx \&Bro Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Brc
+.It Sx \&Dc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Do
+.It Sx \&Do  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Dc
+.It Sx \&Ec  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Eo
+.It Sx \&Eo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Ec
+.It Sx \&Fc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Fo
+.It Sx \&Fo  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Fc
+.It Sx \&Oc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Oo
+.It Sx \&Oo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Oc
+.It Sx \&Pc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Po
+.It Sx \&Po  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Pc
+.It Sx \&Qc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Oo
+.It Sx \&Qo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Oc
+.It Sx \&Re  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    opened by Sx \&Rs
+.It Sx \&Rs  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    closed by Sx \&Re
+.It Sx \&Sc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&So
+.It Sx \&So  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Sc
+.It Sx \&Xc  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    opened by Sx \&Xo
+.It Sx \&Xo  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    closed by Sx \&Xc
+.El
+.Ss Block partial-implicit
+Like block full-implicit, but with single-line scope closed by the
+end of the line.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBbody...\(rB \(lBres...\(rB
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed
+.It Sx \&Aq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Bq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Brq Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&D1  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&Yes
+.It Sx \&Dl  Ta    \&No     Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Dq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Op  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Pq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Ql  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Qq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Sq  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.It Sx \&Vt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Sx \&Vt
+macro is a
+.Sx Block partial-implicit
+only when invoked as the first macro
+in a
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section line, else it is
+.Sx In-line .
+.Ss Special block macro
+The
+.Sx \&Ta
+macro can only be used below
+.Sx \&It
+in
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+lists.
+It delimits blocks representing table cells;
+these blocks have bodies, but no heads.
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "closed by XXXX" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Scope
+.It Sx \&Ta  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes    Ta closed by Sx \&Ta , Sx \&It
+.El
+.Ss In-line
+Closed by the end of the line, fixed argument lengths,
+and/or subsequent macros.
+In-line macros have only text children.
+If a number (or inequality) of arguments is
+.Pq n ,
+then the macro accepts an arbitrary number of arguments.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBargs...\(rB \(lBres...\(rB
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB \(lBargs...\(rB Yc...
+
+\&.Yo \(lB\-arg \(lBval...\(rB\(rB arg0 arg1 argN
+.Ed
+.Bl -column "MacroX" "CallableX" "ParsedX" "Arguments" -offset indent
+.It Em Macro Ta Em Callable Ta Em Parsed Ta Em Arguments
+.It Sx \&%A  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%B  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%C  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%D  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%I  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%J  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%N  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%O  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%P  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%Q  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%R  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%T  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%U  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&%V  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ad  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&An  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ap  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ar  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&At  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Bsx Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Bt  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Bx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Cd  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Cm  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Db  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Dd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Dt  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Dv  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Dx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Em  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&En  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Er  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Es  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ev  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ex  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Fa  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fd  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fl  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Fn  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fr  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ft  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Fx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Hf  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ic  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&In  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Lb  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Li  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Lk  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Lp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ms  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Mt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Nm  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&No  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ns  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Nx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Os  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ot  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Ox  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Pa  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Pf  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Pp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Rv  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Sm  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.It Sx \&St  Ta    \&No     Ta    Yes      Ta    1
+.It Sx \&Sx  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Sy  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Tn  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Ud  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&Ux  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Va  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    n
+.It Sx \&Vt  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&Xr  Ta    Yes      Ta    Yes      Ta    >0
+.It Sx \&br  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    0
+.It Sx \&sp  Ta    \&No     Ta    \&No     Ta    1
+.El
+.Ss Delimiters
+When a macro argument consists of one single input character
+considered as a delimiter, the argument gets special handling.
+This does not apply when delimiters appear in arguments containing
+more than one character.
+Consequently, to prevent special handling and just handle it
+like any other argument, a delimiter can be escaped by prepending
+a zero-width space
+.Pq Sq \e& .
+In text lines, delimiters never need escaping, but may be used
+as normal punctuation.
+.Pp
+For many macros, when the leading arguments are opening delimiters,
+these delimiters are put before the macro scope,
+and when the trailing arguments are closing delimiters,
+these delimiters are put after the macro scope.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. \&Aq "( [ word ] ) ."
+.Pp
+renders as:
+.Pp
+.D1 Aq ( [ word ] ) .
+.Pp
+Opening delimiters are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&(
+left parenthesis
+.It \&[
+left bracket
+.El
+.Pp
+Closing delimiters are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&.
+period
+.It \&,
+comma
+.It \&:
+colon
+.It \&;
+semicolon
+.It \&)
+right parenthesis
+.It \&]
+right bracket
+.It \&?
+question mark
+.It \&!
+exclamation mark
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that even a period preceded by a backslash
+.Pq Sq \e.\&
+gets this special handling; use
+.Sq \e&.
+to prevent that.
+.Pp
+Many in-line macros interrupt their scope when they encounter
+delimiters, and resume their scope when more arguments follow that
+are not delimiters.
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. \&Fl "a ( b | c \e*(Ba d ) e"
+.Pp
+renders as:
+.Pp
+.D1 Fl a ( b | c \*(Ba d ) e
+.Pp
+This applies to both opening and closing delimiters,
+and also to the middle delimiter:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It \&|
+vertical bar
+.El
+.Pp
+As a special case, the predefined string \e*(Ba is handled and rendered
+in the same way as a plain
+.Sq \&|
+character.
+Using this predefined string is not recommended in new manuals.
+.Ss Font handling
+In
+.Nm
+documents, usage of semantic markup is recommended in order to have
+proper fonts automatically selected; only when no fitting semantic markup
+is available, consider falling back to
+.Sx Physical markup
+macros.
+Whenever any
+.Nm
+macro switches the
+.Xr roff 7
+font mode, it will automatically restore the previous font when exiting
+its scope.
+Manually switching the font using the
+.Xr roff 7
+.Ql \ef
+font escape sequences is never required.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other other
+troff implementations, at this time limited to GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+The term
+.Qq historic groff
+refers to groff versions before 1.17,
+which featured a significant update of the
+.Pa doc.tmac
+file.
+.Pp
+Heirloom troff, the other significant troff implementation accepting
+\-mdoc, is similar to historic groff.
+.Pp
+The following problematic behaviour is found in groff:
+.ds hist (Historic groff only.)
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+Display macros
+.Po
+.Sx \&Bd ,
+.Sx \&Dl ,
+and
+.Sx \&D1
+.Pc
+may not be nested.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&At
+with unknown arguments produces no output at all.
+\*[hist]
+Newer groff and mandoc print
+.Qq AT&T UNIX
+and the arguments.
+.It
+.Sx \&Bl Fl column
+does not recognise trailing punctuation characters when they immediately
+precede tabulator characters, but treats them as normal text and
+outputs a space before them.
+.It
+.Sx \&Bd Fl ragged compact
+does not start a new line.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&Dd
+with non-standard arguments behaves very strangely.
+When there are three arguments, they are printed verbatim.
+Any other number of arguments is replaced by the current date,
+but without any arguments the string
+.Dq Epoch
+is printed.
+.It
+.Sx \&Fl
+does not print a dash for an empty argument.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&Fn
+does not start a new line unless invoked as the line macro in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&Fo
+with
+.Pf non- Sx \&Fa
+children causes inconsistent spacing between arguments.
+In mandoc, a single space is always inserted between arguments.
+.It
+.Sx \&Ft
+in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+causes inconsistent vertical spacing, depending on whether a prior
+.Sx \&Fn
+has been invoked.
+See
+.Sx \&Ft
+and
+.Sx \&Fn
+for the normalised behaviour in mandoc.
+.It
+.Sx \&In
+ignores additional arguments and is not treated specially in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS .
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sx \&It
+sometimes requires a
+.Fl nested
+flag.
+\*[hist]
+In new groff and mandoc, any list may be nested by default and
+.Fl enum
+lists will restart the sequence only for the sub-list.
+.It
+.Sx \&Li
+followed by a delimiter is incorrectly used in some manuals
+instead of properly quoting that character, which sometimes works with
+historic groff.
+.It
+.Sx \&Lk
+only accepts a single link-name argument; the remainder is misformatted.
+.It
+.Sx \&Pa
+does not format its arguments when used in the FILES section under
+certain list types.
+.It
+.Sx \&Ta
+can only be called by other macros, but not at the beginning of a line.
+.It
+.Sx \&%C
+is not implemented.
+.It
+Historic groff only allows up to eight or nine arguments per macro input
+line, depending on the exact situation.
+Providing more arguments causes garbled output.
+The number of arguments on one input line is not limited with mandoc.
+.It
+Historic groff has many un-callable macros.
+Most of these (excluding some block-level macros) are callable
+in new groff and mandoc.
+.It
+.Sq \(ba
+(vertical bar) is not fully supported as a delimiter.
+\*[hist]
+.It
+.Sq \ef
+.Pq font face
+and
+.Sq \ef
+.Pq font family face
+.Sx Text Decoration
+escapes behave irregularly when specified within line-macro scopes.
+.It
+Negative scaling units return to prior lines.
+Instead, mandoc truncates them to zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following features are unimplemented in mandoc:
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+.Sx \&Bd
+.Fl file Ar file .
+.It
+.Sx \&Bd
+.Fl offset Ar center
+and
+.Fl offset Ar right .
+Groff does not implement centred and flush-right rendering either,
+but produces large indentations.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \eh
+.Pq horizontal position ,
+.Sq \ev
+.Pq vertical position ,
+.Sq \em
+.Pq text colour ,
+.Sq \eM
+.Pq text filling colour ,
+.Sq \ez
+.Pq zero-length character ,
+.Sq \ew
+.Pq string length ,
+.Sq \ek
+.Pq horizontal position marker ,
+.Sq \eo
+.Pq text overstrike ,
+and
+.Sq \es
+.Pq text size
+escape sequences are all discarded in mandoc.
+.It
+The
+.Sq \ef
+scaling unit is accepted by mandoc, but rendered as the default unit.
+.It
+In quoted literals, groff allows pairwise double-quotes to produce a
+standalone double-quote in formatted output.
+This is not supported by mandoc.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+language first appeared as a troff macro package in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+It was later significantly updated by Werner Lemberg and Ruslan Ermilov
+in groff-1.17.
+The standalone implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility written by Kristaps Dzonsons appeared in
+.Ox 4.6 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/mdoc.c b/mdoc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..81a4ffc96fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,987 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc.c,v 1.196 2011/09/30 00:13:28 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+const	char *const __mdoc_macronames[MDOC_MAX] = {		 
+	"Ap",		"Dd",		"Dt",		"Os",
+	"Sh",		"Ss",		"Pp",		"D1",
+	"Dl",		"Bd",		"Ed",		"Bl",
+	"El",		"It",		"Ad",		"An",
+	"Ar",		"Cd",		"Cm",		"Dv",
+	"Er",		"Ev",		"Ex",		"Fa",
+	"Fd",		"Fl",		"Fn",		"Ft",
+	"Ic",		"In",		"Li",		"Nd",
+	"Nm",		"Op",		"Ot",		"Pa",
+	"Rv",		"St",		"Va",		"Vt",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"Xr",		"%A",		"%B",		"%D",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"%I",		"%J",		"%N",		"%O",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"%P",		"%R",		"%T",		"%V",
+	"Ac",		"Ao",		"Aq",		"At",
+	"Bc",		"Bf",		"Bo",		"Bq",
+	"Bsx",		"Bx",		"Db",		"Dc",
+	"Do",		"Dq",		"Ec",		"Ef",
+	"Em",		"Eo",		"Fx",		"Ms",
+	"No",		"Ns",		"Nx",		"Ox",
+	"Pc",		"Pf",		"Po",		"Pq",
+	"Qc",		"Ql",		"Qo",		"Qq",
+	"Re",		"Rs",		"Sc",		"So",
+	"Sq",		"Sm",		"Sx",		"Sy",
+	"Tn",		"Ux",		"Xc",		"Xo",
+	"Fo",		"Fc",		"Oo",		"Oc",
+	"Bk",		"Ek",		"Bt",		"Hf",
+	"Fr",		"Ud",		"Lb",		"Lp",
+	"Lk",		"Mt",		"Brq",		"Bro",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"Brc",		"%C",		"Es",		"En",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"Dx",		"%Q",		"br",		"sp",
+	/* LINTED */
+	"%U",		"Ta"
+	};
+
+const	char *const __mdoc_argnames[MDOC_ARG_MAX] = {		 
+	"split",		"nosplit",		"ragged",
+	"unfilled",		"literal",		"file",		 
+	"offset",		"bullet",		"dash",		 
+	"hyphen",		"item",			"enum",		 
+	"tag",			"diag",			"hang",		 
+	"ohang",		"inset",		"column",	 
+	"width",		"compact",		"std",	 
+	"filled",		"words",		"emphasis",
+	"symbolic",		"nested",		"centered"
+	};
+
+const	char * const *mdoc_macronames = __mdoc_macronames;
+const	char * const *mdoc_argnames = __mdoc_argnames;
+
+static	void		  mdoc_node_free(struct mdoc_node *);
+static	void		  mdoc_node_unlink(struct mdoc *, 
+				struct mdoc_node *);
+static	void		  mdoc_free1(struct mdoc *);
+static	void		  mdoc_alloc1(struct mdoc *);
+static	struct mdoc_node *node_alloc(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+				enum mdoct, enum mdoc_type);
+static	int		  node_append(struct mdoc *, 
+				struct mdoc_node *);
+#if 0
+static	int		  mdoc_preptext(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+#endif
+static	int		  mdoc_ptext(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+static	int		  mdoc_pmacro(struct mdoc *, int, char *, int);
+
+const struct mdoc_node *
+mdoc_node(const struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(m->first);
+}
+
+
+const struct mdoc_meta *
+mdoc_meta(const struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+	return(&m->meta);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Frees volatile resources (parse tree, meta-data, fields).
+ */
+static void
+mdoc_free1(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc->first)
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->first);
+	if (mdoc->meta.title)
+		free(mdoc->meta.title);
+	if (mdoc->meta.os)
+		free(mdoc->meta.os);
+	if (mdoc->meta.name)
+		free(mdoc->meta.name);
+	if (mdoc->meta.arch)
+		free(mdoc->meta.arch);
+	if (mdoc->meta.vol)
+		free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+	if (mdoc->meta.msec)
+		free(mdoc->meta.msec);
+	if (mdoc->meta.date)
+		free(mdoc->meta.date);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate all volatile resources (parse tree, meta-data, fields).
+ */
+static void
+mdoc_alloc1(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	memset(&mdoc->meta, 0, sizeof(struct mdoc_meta));
+	mdoc->flags = 0;
+	mdoc->lastnamed = mdoc->lastsec = SEC_NONE;
+	mdoc->last = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc_node));
+	mdoc->first = mdoc->last;
+	mdoc->last->type = MDOC_ROOT;
+	mdoc->last->tok = MDOC_MAX;
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Free up volatile resources (see mdoc_free1()) then re-initialises the
+ * data with mdoc_alloc1().  After invocation, parse data has been reset
+ * and the parser is ready for re-invocation on a new tree; however,
+ * cross-parse non-volatile data is kept intact.
+ */
+void
+mdoc_reset(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	mdoc_free1(mdoc);
+	mdoc_alloc1(mdoc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Completely free up all volatile and non-volatile parse resources.
+ * After invocation, the pointer is no longer usable.
+ */
+void
+mdoc_free(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	mdoc_free1(mdoc);
+	free(mdoc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate volatile and non-volatile parse resources.  
+ */
+struct mdoc *
+mdoc_alloc(struct roff *roff, struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct mdoc	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc));
+
+	p->parse = parse;
+	p->roff = roff;
+
+	mdoc_hash_init();
+	mdoc_alloc1(p);
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Climb back up the parse tree, validating open scopes.  Mostly calls
+ * through to macro_end() in macro.c.
+ */
+int
+mdoc_endparse(struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+	if (mdoc_macroend(m))
+		return(1);
+	m->flags |= MDOC_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_addeqn(struct mdoc *m, const struct eqn *ep)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	/* No text before an initial macro. */
+
+	if (SEC_NONE == m->lastnamed) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ep->ln, ep->pos, MANDOCERR_NOTEXT);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	n = node_alloc(m, ep->ln, ep->pos, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_EQN);
+	n->eqn = ep;
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_addspan(struct mdoc *m, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	/* No text before an initial macro. */
+
+	if (SEC_NONE == m->lastnamed) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, sp->line, 0, MANDOCERR_NOTEXT);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	n = node_alloc(m, sp->line, 0, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_TBL);
+	n->span = sp;
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Main parse routine.  Parses a single line -- really just hands off to
+ * the macro (mdoc_pmacro()) or text parser (mdoc_ptext()).
+ */
+int
+mdoc_parseln(struct mdoc *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_HALT & m->flags));
+
+	m->flags |= MDOC_NEWLINE;
+
+	/*
+	 * Let the roff nS register switch SYNOPSIS mode early,
+	 * such that the parser knows at all times
+	 * whether this mode is on or off.
+	 * Note that this mode is also switched by the Sh macro.
+	 */
+	if (roff_regisset(m->roff, REG_nS)) {
+		if (roff_regget(m->roff, REG_nS))
+			m->flags |= MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+		else
+			m->flags &= ~MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+	}
+
+	return(mandoc_getcontrol(buf, &offs) ?
+			mdoc_pmacro(m, ln, buf, offs) :
+			mdoc_ptext(m, ln, buf, offs));
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_macro(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	assert(tok < MDOC_MAX);
+
+	/* If we're in the body, deny prologue calls. */
+
+	if (MDOC_PROLOGUE & mdoc_macros[tok].flags && 
+			MDOC_PBODY & m->flags) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_BADBODY);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* If we're in the prologue, deny "body" macros.  */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_PROLOGUE & mdoc_macros[tok].flags) && 
+			! (MDOC_PBODY & m->flags)) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_BADPROLOG);
+		if (NULL == m->meta.msec)
+			m->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.title)
+			m->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("UNKNOWN");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.vol)
+			m->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.os)
+			m->meta.os = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		if (NULL == m->meta.date)
+			m->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+				(m->parse, NULL, line, ppos);
+		m->flags |= MDOC_PBODY;
+	}
+
+	return((*mdoc_macros[tok].fp)(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+node_append(struct mdoc *mdoc, struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	assert(mdoc->last);
+	assert(mdoc->first);
+	assert(MDOC_ROOT != p->type);
+
+	switch (mdoc->next) {
+	case (MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING):
+		mdoc->last->next = p;
+		p->prev = mdoc->last;
+		p->parent = mdoc->last->parent;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_NEXT_CHILD):
+		mdoc->last->child = p;
+		p->parent = mdoc->last;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	p->parent->nchild++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Copy over the normalised-data pointer of our parent.  Not
+	 * everybody has one, but copying a null pointer is fine.
+	 */
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		p->norm = p->parent->norm;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_valid_pre(mdoc, p))
+		return(0);
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->head = p;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->tail = p;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (p->end)
+			break;
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == p->parent->type);
+		p->parent->body = p;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	mdoc->last = p;
+
+	switch (p->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		if ( ! mdoc_valid_post(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static struct mdoc_node *
+node_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum mdoct tok, enum mdoc_type type)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc_node));
+	p->sec = m->lastsec;
+	p->line = line;
+	p->pos = pos;
+	p->tok = tok;
+	p->type = type;
+
+	/* Flag analysis. */
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNOPSIS & m->flags)
+		p->flags |= MDOC_SYNPRETTY;
+	else
+		p->flags &= ~MDOC_SYNPRETTY;
+	if (MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags)
+		p->flags |= MDOC_LINE;
+	m->flags &= ~MDOC_NEWLINE;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_tail_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_TAIL);
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_head_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	assert(m->first);
+	assert(m->last);
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_HEAD);
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_body_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_BODY);
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_endbody_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, enum mdoct tok,
+		struct mdoc_node *body, enum mdoc_endbody end)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_BODY);
+	p->pending = body;
+	p->end = end;
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_block_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum mdoct tok, struct mdoc_arg *args)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_BLOCK);
+	p->args = args;
+	if (p->args)
+		(args->refcnt)++;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bf):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bl):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Rs):
+		p->norm = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(union mdoc_data));
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_elem_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, 
+		enum mdoct tok, struct mdoc_arg *args)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *p;
+
+	p = node_alloc(m, line, pos, tok, MDOC_ELEM);
+	p->args = args;
+	if (p->args)
+		(args->refcnt)++;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_An):
+		p->norm = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(union mdoc_data));
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, p))
+		return(0);
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+int
+mdoc_word_alloc(struct mdoc *m, int line, int pos, const char *p)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	n = node_alloc(m, line, pos, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_TEXT);
+	n->string = roff_strdup(m->roff, p);
+
+	if ( ! node_append(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+mdoc_node_free(struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == p->type || MDOC_ELEM == p->type)
+		free(p->norm);
+	if (p->string)
+		free(p->string);
+	if (p->args)
+		mdoc_argv_free(p->args);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+mdoc_node_unlink(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+
+	/* Adjust siblings. */
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		n->prev->next = n->next;
+	if (n->next)
+		n->next->prev = n->prev;
+
+	/* Adjust parent. */
+
+	if (n->parent) {
+		n->parent->nchild--;
+		if (n->parent->child == n)
+			n->parent->child = n->prev ? n->prev : n->next;
+		if (n->parent->last == n)
+			n->parent->last = n->prev ? n->prev : NULL;
+	}
+
+	/* Adjust parse point, if applicable. */
+
+	if (m && m->last == n) {
+		if (n->prev) {
+			m->last = n->prev;
+			m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+		} else {
+			m->last = n->parent;
+			m->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (m && m->first == n)
+		m->first = NULL;
+}
+
+
+void
+mdoc_node_delete(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	while (p->child) {
+		assert(p->nchild);
+		mdoc_node_delete(m, p->child);
+	}
+	assert(0 == p->nchild);
+
+	mdoc_node_unlink(m, p);
+	mdoc_node_free(p);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * Pre-treat a text line.
+ * Text lines can consist of equations, which must be handled apart from
+ * the regular text.
+ * Thus, use this function to step through a line checking if it has any
+ * equations embedded in it.
+ * This must handle multiple equations AND equations that do not end at
+ * the end-of-line, i.e., will re-enter in the next roff parse.
+ */
+static int
+mdoc_preptext(struct mdoc *m, int line, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	char		*start, *end;
+	char		 delim;
+
+	while ('\0' != buf[offs]) {
+		/* Mark starting position if eqn is set. */
+		start = NULL;
+		if ('\0' != (delim = roff_eqndelim(m->roff)))
+			if (NULL != (start = strchr(buf + offs, delim)))
+				*start++ = '\0';
+
+		/* Parse text as normal. */
+		if ( ! mdoc_ptext(m, line, buf, offs))
+			return(0);
+
+		/* Continue only if an equation exists. */
+		if (NULL == start)
+			break;
+
+		/* Read past the end of the equation. */
+		offs += start - (buf + offs);
+		assert(start == &buf[offs]);
+		if (NULL != (end = strchr(buf + offs, delim))) {
+			*end++ = '\0';
+			while (' ' == *end)
+				end++;
+		}
+
+		/* Parse the equation itself. */
+		roff_openeqn(m->roff, NULL, line, offs, buf);
+
+		/* Process a finished equation? */
+		if (roff_closeeqn(m->roff))
+			if ( ! mdoc_addeqn(m, roff_eqn(m->roff)))
+				return(0);
+		offs += (end - (buf + offs));
+	} 
+
+	return(1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Parse free-form text, that is, a line that does not begin with the
+ * control character.
+ */
+static int
+mdoc_ptext(struct mdoc *m, int line, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	char		 *c, *ws, *end;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/* No text before an initial macro. */
+
+	if (SEC_NONE == m->lastnamed) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, offs, MANDOCERR_NOTEXT);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	assert(m->last);
+	n = m->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Divert directly to list processing if we're encountering a
+	 * columnar MDOC_BLOCK with or without a prior MDOC_BLOCK entry
+	 * (a MDOC_BODY means it's already open, in which case we should
+	 * process within its context in the normal way).
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok && MDOC_BODY == n->type &&
+			LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+		/* `Bl' is open without any children. */
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		return(mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, line, offs, &offs, buf));
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC_It == n->tok && MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+			NULL != n->parent &&
+			MDOC_Bl == n->parent->tok &&
+			LIST_column == n->parent->norm->Bl.type) {
+		/* `Bl' has block-level `It' children. */
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		return(mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, line, offs, &offs, buf));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search for the beginning of unescaped trailing whitespace (ws)
+	 * and for the first character not to be output (end).
+	 */
+
+	/* FIXME: replace with strcspn(). */
+	ws = NULL;
+	for (c = end = buf + offs; *c; c++) {
+		switch (*c) {
+		case ' ':
+			if (NULL == ws)
+				ws = c;
+			continue;
+		case '\t':
+			/*
+			 * Always warn about trailing tabs,
+			 * even outside literal context,
+			 * where they should be put on the next line.
+			 */
+			if (NULL == ws)
+				ws = c;
+			/*
+			 * Strip trailing tabs in literal context only;
+			 * outside, they affect the next line.
+			 */
+			if (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)
+				continue;
+			break;
+		case '\\':
+			/* Skip the escaped character, too, if any. */
+			if (c[1])
+				c++;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		default:
+			ws = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		end = c + 1;
+	}
+	*end = '\0';
+
+	if (ws)
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, (int)(ws-buf), MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[offs] && ! (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, (int)(c-buf), MANDOCERR_NOBLANKLN);
+
+		/*
+		 * Insert a `sp' in the case of a blank line.  Technically,
+		 * blank lines aren't allowed, but enough manuals assume this
+		 * behaviour that we want to work around it.
+		 */
+		if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, offs, MDOC_sp, NULL))
+			return(0);
+
+		m->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(m, line, offs, buf+offs))
+		return(0);
+
+	if (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * End-of-sentence check.  If the last character is an unescaped
+	 * EOS character, then flag the node as being the end of a
+	 * sentence.  The front-end will know how to interpret this.
+	 */
+
+	assert(buf < end);
+
+	if (mandoc_eos(buf+offs, (size_t)(end-buf-offs), 0))
+		m->last->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse a macro line, that is, a line beginning with the control
+ * character.
+ */
+static int
+mdoc_pmacro(struct mdoc *m, int ln, char *buf, int offs)
+{
+	enum mdoct	  tok;
+	int		  i, sv;
+	char		  mac[5];
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/* Empty post-control lines are ignored. */
+
+	if ('"' == buf[offs]) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ln, offs, MANDOCERR_BADCOMMENT);
+		return(1);
+	} else if ('\0' == buf[offs])
+		return(1);
+
+	sv = offs;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Copy the first word into a nil-terminated buffer.
+	 * Stop copying when a tab, space, or eoln is encountered.
+	 */
+
+	i = 0;
+	while (i < 4 && '\0' != buf[offs] && 
+			' ' != buf[offs] && '\t' != buf[offs])
+		mac[i++] = buf[offs++];
+
+	mac[i] = '\0';
+
+	tok = (i > 1 || i < 4) ? mdoc_hash_find(mac) : MDOC_MAX;
+
+	if (MDOC_MAX == tok) {
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_MACRO, m->parse, 
+				ln, sv, "%s", buf + sv - 1);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Disregard the first trailing tab, if applicable. */
+
+	if ('\t' == buf[offs])
+		offs++;
+
+	/* Jump to the next non-whitespace word. */
+
+	while (buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs])
+		offs++;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Trailing whitespace.  Note that tabs are allowed to be passed
+	 * into the parser as "text", so we only warn about spaces here.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[offs] && ' ' == buf[offs - 1])
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ln, offs - 1, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+	/*
+	 * If an initial macro or a list invocation, divert directly
+	 * into macro processing.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == m->last || MDOC_It == tok || MDOC_El == tok) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, tok, ln, sv, &offs, buf)) 
+			goto err;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	n = m->last;
+	assert(m->last);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the first macro of a `Bl -column', open an `It' block
+	 * context around the parsed macro.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok && MDOC_BODY == n->type &&
+			LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, ln, sv, &sv, buf))
+			goto err;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're following a block-level `It' within a `Bl -column'
+	 * context (perhaps opened in the above block or in ptext()),
+	 * then open an `It' block context around the parsed macro.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_It == n->tok && MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+			NULL != n->parent &&
+			MDOC_Bl == n->parent->tok &&
+			LIST_column == n->parent->norm->Bl.type) {
+		m->flags |= MDOC_FREECOL;
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, MDOC_It, ln, sv, &sv, buf)) 
+			goto err;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Normal processing of a macro. */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, tok, ln, sv, &offs, buf)) 
+		goto err;
+
+	return(1);
+
+err:	/* Error out. */
+
+	m->flags |= MDOC_HALT;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+enum mdelim
+mdoc_isdelim(const char *p)
+{
+
+	if ('\0' == p[0])
+		return(DELIM_NONE);
+
+	if ('\0' == p[1])
+		switch (p[0]) {
+		case('('):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case('['):
+			return(DELIM_OPEN);
+		case('|'):
+			return(DELIM_MIDDLE);
+		case('.'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(','):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(';'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(':'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case('?'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case('!'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(')'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(']'):
+			return(DELIM_CLOSE);
+		default:
+			return(DELIM_NONE);
+		}
+
+	if ('\\' != p[0])
+		return(DELIM_NONE);
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(p + 1, "."))
+		return(DELIM_CLOSE);
+	if (0 == strcmp(p + 1, "*(Ba"))
+		return(DELIM_MIDDLE);
+
+	return(DELIM_NONE);
+}
diff --git a/mdoc.h b/mdoc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9cee098e7fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc.h,v 1.122 2011/03/22 14:05:45 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef MDOC_H
+#define MDOC_H
+
+enum	mdoct {
+	MDOC_Ap = 0,
+	MDOC_Dd,
+	MDOC_Dt,
+	MDOC_Os,
+	MDOC_Sh,
+	MDOC_Ss,
+	MDOC_Pp,
+	MDOC_D1,
+	MDOC_Dl,
+	MDOC_Bd,
+	MDOC_Ed,
+	MDOC_Bl,
+	MDOC_El,
+	MDOC_It,
+	MDOC_Ad,
+	MDOC_An,
+	MDOC_Ar,
+	MDOC_Cd,
+	MDOC_Cm,
+	MDOC_Dv,
+	MDOC_Er,
+	MDOC_Ev,
+	MDOC_Ex,
+	MDOC_Fa,
+	MDOC_Fd,
+	MDOC_Fl,
+	MDOC_Fn,
+	MDOC_Ft,
+	MDOC_Ic,
+	MDOC_In,
+	MDOC_Li,
+	MDOC_Nd,
+	MDOC_Nm,
+	MDOC_Op,
+	MDOC_Ot,
+	MDOC_Pa,
+	MDOC_Rv,
+	MDOC_St,
+	MDOC_Va,
+	MDOC_Vt,
+	MDOC_Xr,
+	MDOC__A,
+	MDOC__B,
+	MDOC__D,
+	MDOC__I,
+	MDOC__J,
+	MDOC__N,
+	MDOC__O,
+	MDOC__P,
+	MDOC__R,
+	MDOC__T,
+	MDOC__V,
+	MDOC_Ac,
+	MDOC_Ao,
+	MDOC_Aq,
+	MDOC_At,
+	MDOC_Bc,
+	MDOC_Bf,
+	MDOC_Bo,
+	MDOC_Bq,
+	MDOC_Bsx,
+	MDOC_Bx,
+	MDOC_Db,
+	MDOC_Dc,
+	MDOC_Do,
+	MDOC_Dq,
+	MDOC_Ec,
+	MDOC_Ef,
+	MDOC_Em,
+	MDOC_Eo,
+	MDOC_Fx,
+	MDOC_Ms,
+	MDOC_No,
+	MDOC_Ns,
+	MDOC_Nx,
+	MDOC_Ox,
+	MDOC_Pc,
+	MDOC_Pf,
+	MDOC_Po,
+	MDOC_Pq,
+	MDOC_Qc,
+	MDOC_Ql,
+	MDOC_Qo,
+	MDOC_Qq,
+	MDOC_Re,
+	MDOC_Rs,
+	MDOC_Sc,
+	MDOC_So,
+	MDOC_Sq,
+	MDOC_Sm,
+	MDOC_Sx,
+	MDOC_Sy,
+	MDOC_Tn,
+	MDOC_Ux,
+	MDOC_Xc,
+	MDOC_Xo,
+	MDOC_Fo,
+	MDOC_Fc,
+	MDOC_Oo,
+	MDOC_Oc,
+	MDOC_Bk,
+	MDOC_Ek,
+	MDOC_Bt,
+	MDOC_Hf,
+	MDOC_Fr,
+	MDOC_Ud,
+	MDOC_Lb,
+	MDOC_Lp,
+	MDOC_Lk,
+	MDOC_Mt,
+	MDOC_Brq,
+	MDOC_Bro,
+	MDOC_Brc,
+	MDOC__C,
+	MDOC_Es,
+	MDOC_En,
+	MDOC_Dx,
+	MDOC__Q,
+	MDOC_br,
+	MDOC_sp,
+	MDOC__U,
+	MDOC_Ta,
+	MDOC_MAX
+};
+
+enum	mdocargt {
+	MDOC_Split, /* -split */
+	MDOC_Nosplit, /* -nospli */
+	MDOC_Ragged, /* -ragged */
+	MDOC_Unfilled, /* -unfilled */
+	MDOC_Literal, /* -literal */
+	MDOC_File, /* -file */
+	MDOC_Offset, /* -offset */
+	MDOC_Bullet, /* -bullet */
+	MDOC_Dash, /* -dash */
+	MDOC_Hyphen, /* -hyphen */
+	MDOC_Item, /* -item */
+	MDOC_Enum, /* -enum */
+	MDOC_Tag, /* -tag */
+	MDOC_Diag, /* -diag */
+	MDOC_Hang, /* -hang */
+	MDOC_Ohang, /* -ohang */
+	MDOC_Inset, /* -inset */
+	MDOC_Column, /* -column */
+	MDOC_Width, /* -width */
+	MDOC_Compact, /* -compact */
+	MDOC_Std, /* -std */
+	MDOC_Filled, /* -filled */
+	MDOC_Words, /* -words */
+	MDOC_Emphasis, /* -emphasis */
+	MDOC_Symbolic, /* -symbolic */
+	MDOC_Nested, /* -nested */
+	MDOC_Centred, /* -centered */
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_type {
+	MDOC_TEXT,
+	MDOC_ELEM,
+	MDOC_HEAD,
+	MDOC_TAIL,
+	MDOC_BODY,
+	MDOC_BLOCK,
+	MDOC_TBL,
+	MDOC_EQN,
+	MDOC_ROOT
+};
+
+/* 
+ * Section (named/unnamed) of `Sh'.   Note that these appear in the
+ * conventional order imposed by mdoc.7.  In the case of SEC_NONE, no
+ * section has been invoked (this shouldn't happen).  SEC_CUSTOM refers
+ * to other sections.
+ */
+enum	mdoc_sec {
+	SEC_NONE = 0,
+	SEC_NAME, /* NAME */
+	SEC_LIBRARY, /* LIBRARY */
+	SEC_SYNOPSIS, /* SYNOPSIS */
+	SEC_DESCRIPTION, /* DESCRIPTION */
+	SEC_IMPLEMENTATION, /* IMPLEMENTATION NOTES */
+	SEC_RETURN_VALUES, /* RETURN VALUES */
+	SEC_ENVIRONMENT,  /* ENVIRONMENT */
+	SEC_FILES, /* FILES */
+	SEC_EXIT_STATUS, /* EXIT STATUS */
+	SEC_EXAMPLES, /* EXAMPLES */
+	SEC_DIAGNOSTICS, /* DIAGNOSTICS */
+	SEC_COMPATIBILITY, /* COMPATIBILITY */
+	SEC_ERRORS, /* ERRORS */
+	SEC_SEE_ALSO, /* SEE ALSO */
+	SEC_STANDARDS, /* STANDARDS */
+	SEC_HISTORY, /* HISTORY */
+	SEC_AUTHORS, /* AUTHORS */
+	SEC_CAVEATS, /* CAVEATS */
+	SEC_BUGS, /* BUGS */
+	SEC_SECURITY, /* SECURITY */
+	SEC_CUSTOM, 
+	SEC__MAX
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_meta {
+	char		 *msec; /* `Dt' section (1, 3p, etc.) */
+	char		 *vol; /* `Dt' volume (implied) */
+	char		 *arch; /* `Dt' arch (i386, etc.) */
+	char		 *date; /* `Dd' normalised date */
+	char		 *title; /* `Dt' title (FOO, etc.) */
+	char		 *os; /* `Os' system (OpenBSD, etc.) */
+	char		 *name; /* leading `Nm' name */
+};
+
+/* 
+ * An argument to a macro (multiple values = `-column xxx yyy'). 
+ */
+struct	mdoc_argv {
+	enum mdocargt  	  arg; /* type of argument */
+	int		  line;
+	int		  pos;
+	size_t		  sz; /* elements in "value" */
+	char		**value; /* argument strings */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Reference-counted macro arguments.  These are refcounted because
+ * blocks have multiple instances of the same arguments spread across
+ * the HEAD, BODY, TAIL, and BLOCK node types.
+ */
+struct 	mdoc_arg {
+	size_t		  argc;
+	struct mdoc_argv *argv;
+	unsigned int	  refcnt;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Indicates that a BODY's formatting has ended, but the scope is still
+ * open.  Used for syntax-broken blocks.
+ */
+enum	mdoc_endbody {
+	ENDBODY_NOT = 0,
+	ENDBODY_SPACE, /* is broken: append a space */
+	ENDBODY_NOSPACE /* is broken: don't append a space */
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_list {
+	LIST__NONE = 0,
+	LIST_bullet, /* -bullet */
+	LIST_column, /* -column */
+	LIST_dash, /* -dash */
+	LIST_diag, /* -diag */
+	LIST_enum, /* -enum */
+	LIST_hang, /* -hang */
+	LIST_hyphen, /* -hyphen */
+	LIST_inset, /* -inset */
+	LIST_item, /* -item */
+	LIST_ohang, /* -ohang */
+	LIST_tag, /* -tag */
+	LIST_MAX
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_disp {
+	DISP__NONE = 0,
+	DISP_centred, /* -centered */
+	DISP_ragged, /* -ragged */
+	DISP_unfilled, /* -unfilled */
+	DISP_filled, /* -filled */
+	DISP_literal /* -literal */
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_auth {
+	AUTH__NONE = 0,
+	AUTH_split, /* -split */
+	AUTH_nosplit /* -nosplit */
+};
+
+enum	mdoc_font {
+	FONT__NONE = 0,
+	FONT_Em, /* Em, -emphasis */
+	FONT_Li, /* Li, -literal */
+	FONT_Sy /* Sy, -symbolic */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_bd {
+	const char	 *offs; /* -offset */
+	enum mdoc_disp	  type; /* -ragged, etc. */
+	int		  comp; /* -compact */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_bl {
+	const char	 *width; /* -width */
+	const char	 *offs; /* -offset */
+	enum mdoc_list	  type; /* -tag, -enum, etc. */
+	int		  comp; /* -compact */
+	size_t		  ncols; /* -column arg count */
+	const char	**cols; /* -column val ptr */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_bf {
+	enum mdoc_font	  font; /* font */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_an {
+	enum mdoc_auth	  auth; /* -split, etc. */
+};
+
+struct	mdoc_rs {
+	int		  quote_T; /* whether to quote %T */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Consists of normalised node arguments.  These should be used instead
+ * of iterating through the mdoc_arg pointers of a node: defaults are
+ * provided, etc.
+ */
+union	mdoc_data {
+	struct mdoc_an 	  An;
+	struct mdoc_bd	  Bd;
+	struct mdoc_bf	  Bf;
+	struct mdoc_bl	  Bl;
+	struct mdoc_rs	  Rs;
+};
+
+/* 
+ * Single node in tree-linked AST. 
+ */
+struct	mdoc_node {
+	struct mdoc_node *parent; /* parent AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *child; /* first child AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *last; /* last child AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *next; /* sibling AST node */
+	struct mdoc_node *prev; /* prior sibling AST node */
+	int		  nchild; /* number children */
+	int		  line; /* parse line */
+	int		  pos; /* parse column */
+	enum mdoct	  tok; /* tok or MDOC__MAX if none */
+	int		  flags;
+#define	MDOC_VALID	 (1 << 0) /* has been validated */
+#define	MDOC_EOS	 (1 << 2) /* at sentence boundary */
+#define	MDOC_LINE	 (1 << 3) /* first macro/text on line */
+#define	MDOC_SYNPRETTY	 (1 << 4) /* SYNOPSIS-style formatting */
+#define	MDOC_ENDED	 (1 << 5) /* rendering has been ended */
+#define	MDOC_DELIMO	 (1 << 6)
+#define	MDOC_DELIMC	 (1 << 7)
+	enum mdoc_type	  type; /* AST node type */
+	enum mdoc_sec	  sec; /* current named section */
+	union mdoc_data	 *norm; /* normalised args */
+	/* FIXME: these can be union'd to shave a few bytes. */
+	struct mdoc_arg	 *args; /* BLOCK/ELEM */
+	struct mdoc_node *pending; /* BLOCK */
+	struct mdoc_node *head; /* BLOCK */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* BLOCK */
+	struct mdoc_node *tail; /* BLOCK */
+	char		 *string; /* TEXT */
+	const struct tbl_span *span; /* TBL */
+	const struct eqn *eqn; /* EQN */
+	enum mdoc_endbody end; /* BODY */
+};
+
+/* Names of macros.  Index is enum mdoct. */
+extern	const char *const *mdoc_macronames;
+
+/* Names of macro args.  Index is enum mdocargt. */
+extern	const char *const *mdoc_argnames;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	mdoc;
+
+const struct mdoc_node *mdoc_node(const struct mdoc *);
+const struct mdoc_meta *mdoc_meta(const struct mdoc *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!MDOC_H*/
diff --git a/mdoc_argv.c b/mdoc_argv.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..08386e09b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc_argv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_argv.c,v 1.82 2012/03/23 05:50:24 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define	MULTI_STEP	 5 /* pre-allocate argument values */
+#define	DELIMSZ	  	 6 /* max possible size of a delimiter */
+
+enum	argsflag {
+	ARGSFL_NONE = 0,
+	ARGSFL_DELIM, /* handle delimiters of [[::delim::][ ]+]+ */
+	ARGSFL_TABSEP /* handle tab/`Ta' separated phrases */
+};
+
+enum	argvflag {
+	ARGV_NONE, /* no args to flag (e.g., -split) */
+	ARGV_SINGLE, /* one arg to flag (e.g., -file xxx)  */
+	ARGV_MULTI, /* multiple args (e.g., -column xxx yyy) */
+	ARGV_OPT_SINGLE /* optional arg (e.g., -offset [xxx]) */
+};
+
+struct	mdocarg {
+	enum argsflag	 flags;
+	const enum mdocargt *argvs;
+};
+
+static	void		 argn_free(struct mdoc_arg *, int);
+static	enum margserr	 args(struct mdoc *, int, int *, 
+				char *, enum argsflag, char **);
+static	int		 args_checkpunct(const char *, int);
+static	int		 argv_multi(struct mdoc *, int, 
+				struct mdoc_argv *, int *, char *);
+static	int		 argv_opt_single(struct mdoc *, int, 
+				struct mdoc_argv *, int *, char *);
+static	int		 argv_single(struct mdoc *, int, 
+				struct mdoc_argv *, int *, char *);
+
+static	const enum argvflag argvflags[MDOC_ARG_MAX] = {
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Split */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Nosplit */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Ragged */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Unfilled */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Literal */
+	ARGV_SINGLE,	/* MDOC_File */
+	ARGV_OPT_SINGLE, /* MDOC_Offset */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Bullet */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Dash */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Hyphen */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Item */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Enum */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Tag */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Diag */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Hang */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Ohang */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Inset */
+	ARGV_MULTI,	/* MDOC_Column */
+	ARGV_OPT_SINGLE, /* MDOC_Width */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Compact */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Std */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Filled */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Words */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Emphasis */
+	ARGV_NONE,	/* MDOC_Symbolic */
+	ARGV_NONE	/* MDOC_Symbolic */
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Ex[] = {
+	MDOC_Std,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_An[] = {
+	MDOC_Split,
+	MDOC_Nosplit,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bd[] = {
+	MDOC_Ragged,
+	MDOC_Unfilled,
+	MDOC_Filled,
+	MDOC_Literal,
+	MDOC_File,
+	MDOC_Offset,
+	MDOC_Compact,
+	MDOC_Centred,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bf[] = {
+	MDOC_Emphasis,
+	MDOC_Literal,
+	MDOC_Symbolic,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bk[] = {
+	MDOC_Words,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const enum mdocargt args_Bl[] = {
+	MDOC_Bullet,
+	MDOC_Dash,
+	MDOC_Hyphen,
+	MDOC_Item,
+	MDOC_Enum,
+	MDOC_Tag,
+	MDOC_Diag,
+	MDOC_Hang,
+	MDOC_Ohang,
+	MDOC_Inset,
+	MDOC_Column,
+	MDOC_Width,
+	MDOC_Offset,
+	MDOC_Compact,
+	MDOC_Nested,
+	MDOC_ARG_MAX
+};
+
+static	const struct mdocarg mdocargs[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ap */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Dd */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Dt */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Os */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Sh */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ss */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Pp */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* D1 */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dl */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bd }, /* Bd */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ed */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bl }, /* Bl */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* El */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* It */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ad */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, args_An }, /* An */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ar */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Cd */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Cm */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dv */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Er */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ev */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Ex }, /* Ex */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fa */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fd */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fl */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fn */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ft */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ic */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* In */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Li */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Nd */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Nm */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Op */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ot */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pa */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Ex }, /* Rv */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* St */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Va */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Vt */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Xr */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %A */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %B */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %D */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %I */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %J */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %N */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %O */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %P */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %R */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %T */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %V */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ac */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ao */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Aq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* At */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bf }, /* Bf */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Bo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bsx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Bx */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Db */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Do */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Dq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ec */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ef */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Em */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Eo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Fx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ms */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* No */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ns */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Nx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ox */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pc */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pf */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Po */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Pq */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Qc */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ql */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Qo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Qq */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Re */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Rs */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* So */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sq */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Sm */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sx */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Sy */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Tn */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Ux */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Xc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Xo */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fo */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fc */ 
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Oo */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Oc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, args_Bk }, /* Bk */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ek */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Bt */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Hf */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Fr */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ud */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Lb */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Lp */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Lk */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Mt */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Brq */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Bro */
+	{ ARGSFL_DELIM, NULL }, /* Brc */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %C */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Es */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* En */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Dx */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %Q */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* sp */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* %U */
+	{ ARGSFL_NONE, NULL }, /* Ta */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Parse an argument from line text.  This comes in the form of -key
+ * [value0...], which may either have a single mandatory value, at least
+ * one mandatory value, an optional single value, or no value.
+ */
+enum margverr
+mdoc_argv(struct mdoc *m, int line, enum mdoct tok,
+		struct mdoc_arg **v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	char		 *p, sv;
+	struct mdoc_argv tmp;
+	struct mdoc_arg	 *arg;
+	const enum mdocargt *ap;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+		return(ARGV_EOLN);
+	else if (NULL == (ap = mdocargs[tok].argvs))
+		return(ARGV_WORD);
+	else if ('-' != buf[*pos])
+		return(ARGV_WORD);
+
+	/* Seek to the first unescaped space. */
+
+	p = &buf[++(*pos)];
+
+	assert(*pos > 0);
+
+	for ( ; buf[*pos] ; (*pos)++)
+		if (' ' == buf[*pos] && '\\' != buf[*pos - 1])
+			break;
+
+	/* 
+	 * We want to nil-terminate the word to look it up (it's easier
+	 * that way).  But we may not have a flag, in which case we need
+	 * to restore the line as-is.  So keep around the stray byte,
+	 * which we'll reset upon exiting (if necessary).
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' != (sv = buf[*pos])) 
+		buf[(*pos)++] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Now look up the word as a flag.  Use temporary storage that
+	 * we'll copy into the node's flags, if necessary.
+	 */
+
+	memset(&tmp, 0, sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	tmp.line = line;
+	tmp.pos = *pos;
+	tmp.arg = MDOC_ARG_MAX;
+
+	while (MDOC_ARG_MAX != (tmp.arg = *ap++))
+		if (0 == strcmp(p, mdoc_argnames[tmp.arg]))
+			break;
+
+	if (MDOC_ARG_MAX == tmp.arg) {
+		/* 
+		 * The flag was not found.
+		 * Restore saved zeroed byte and return as a word.
+		 */
+		if (sv)
+			buf[*pos - 1] = sv;
+		return(ARGV_WORD);
+	}
+
+	/* Read to the next word (the argument). */
+
+	while (buf[*pos] && ' ' == buf[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	switch (argvflags[tmp.arg]) {
+	case (ARGV_SINGLE):
+		if ( ! argv_single(m, line, &tmp, pos, buf))
+			return(ARGV_ERROR);
+		break;
+	case (ARGV_MULTI):
+		if ( ! argv_multi(m, line, &tmp, pos, buf))
+			return(ARGV_ERROR);
+		break;
+	case (ARGV_OPT_SINGLE):
+		if ( ! argv_opt_single(m, line, &tmp, pos, buf))
+			return(ARGV_ERROR);
+		break;
+	case (ARGV_NONE):
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == (arg = *v))
+		arg = *v = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mdoc_arg));
+
+	arg->argc++;
+	arg->argv = mandoc_realloc
+		(arg->argv, arg->argc * sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	memcpy(&arg->argv[(int)arg->argc - 1], 
+			&tmp, sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	return(ARGV_ARG);
+}
+
+void
+mdoc_argv_free(struct mdoc_arg *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == p)
+		return;
+
+	if (p->refcnt) {
+		--(p->refcnt);
+		if (p->refcnt)
+			return;
+	}
+	assert(p->argc);
+
+	for (i = (int)p->argc - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+		argn_free(p, i);
+
+	free(p->argv);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+static void
+argn_free(struct mdoc_arg *p, int iarg)
+{
+	struct mdoc_argv *arg;
+	int		  j;
+
+	arg = &p->argv[iarg];
+
+	if (arg->sz && arg->value) {
+		for (j = (int)arg->sz - 1; j >= 0; j--) 
+			free(arg->value[j]);
+		free(arg->value);
+	}
+
+	for (--p->argc; iarg < (int)p->argc; iarg++)
+		p->argv[iarg] = p->argv[iarg+1];
+}
+
+enum margserr
+mdoc_zargs(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, char *buf, char **v)
+{
+
+	return(args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, v));
+}
+
+enum margserr
+mdoc_args(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, 
+		char *buf, enum mdoct tok, char **v)
+{
+	enum argsflag	  fl;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	fl = mdocargs[tok].flags;
+
+	if (MDOC_It != tok)
+		return(args(m, line, pos, buf, fl, v));
+
+	/*
+	 * We know that we're in an `It', so it's reasonable to expect
+	 * us to be sitting in a `Bl'.  Someday this may not be the case
+	 * (if we allow random `It's sitting out there), so provide a
+	 * safe fall-back into the default behaviour.
+	 */
+
+	for (n = m->last; n; n = n->parent)
+		if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok)
+			if (LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+				fl = ARGSFL_TABSEP;
+				break;
+			}
+
+	return(args(m, line, pos, buf, fl, v));
+}
+
+static enum margserr
+args(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, 
+		char *buf, enum argsflag fl, char **v)
+{
+	char		*p, *pp;
+	enum margserr	 rc;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos]) {
+		if (MDOC_PPHRASE & m->flags)
+			return(ARGS_EOLN);
+		/*
+		 * If we're not in a partial phrase and the flag for
+		 * being a phrase literal is still set, the punctuation
+		 * is unterminated.
+		 */
+		if (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags)
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE);
+
+		m->flags &= ~MDOC_PHRASELIT;
+		return(ARGS_EOLN);
+	}
+
+	*v = &buf[*pos];
+
+	if (ARGSFL_DELIM == fl)
+		if (args_checkpunct(buf, *pos))
+			return(ARGS_PUNCT);
+
+	/*
+	 * First handle TABSEP items, restricted to `Bl -column'.  This
+	 * ignores conventional token parsing and instead uses tabs or
+	 * `Ta' macros to separate phrases.  Phrases are parsed again
+	 * for arguments at a later phase.
+	 */
+
+	if (ARGSFL_TABSEP == fl) {
+		/* Scan ahead to tab (can't be escaped). */
+		p = strchr(*v, '\t');
+		pp = NULL;
+
+		/* Scan ahead to unescaped `Ta'. */
+		if ( ! (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags)) 
+			for (pp = *v; ; pp++) {
+				if (NULL == (pp = strstr(pp, "Ta")))
+					break;
+				if (pp > *v && ' ' != *(pp - 1))
+					continue;
+				if (' ' == *(pp + 2) || '\0' == *(pp + 2))
+					break;
+			}
+
+		/* By default, assume a phrase. */
+		rc = ARGS_PHRASE;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Adjust new-buffer position to be beyond delimiter
+		 * mark (e.g., Ta -> end + 2).
+		 */
+		if (p && pp) {
+			*pos += pp < p ? 2 : 1;
+			rc = pp < p ? ARGS_PHRASE : ARGS_PPHRASE;
+			p = pp < p ? pp : p;
+		} else if (p && ! pp) {
+			rc = ARGS_PPHRASE;
+			*pos += 1;
+		} else if (pp && ! p) {
+			p = pp;
+			*pos += 2;
+		} else {
+			rc = ARGS_PEND;
+			p = strchr(*v, 0);
+		}
+
+		/* Whitespace check for eoln case... */
+		if ('\0' == *p && ' ' == *(p - 1))
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+		*pos += (int)(p - *v);
+
+		/* Strip delimiter's preceding whitespace. */
+		pp = p - 1;
+		while (pp > *v && ' ' == *pp) {
+			if (pp > *v && '\\' == *(pp - 1))
+				break;
+			pp--;
+		}
+		*(pp + 1) = 0;
+
+		/* Strip delimiter's proceeding whitespace. */
+		for (pp = &buf[*pos]; ' ' == *pp; pp++, (*pos)++)
+			/* Skip ahead. */ ;
+
+		return(rc);
+	} 
+
+	/* 
+	 * Process a quoted literal.  A quote begins with a double-quote
+	 * and ends with a double-quote NOT preceded by a double-quote.
+	 * Whitespace is NOT involved in literal termination.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags || '\"' == buf[*pos]) {
+		if ( ! (MDOC_PHRASELIT & m->flags))
+			*v = &buf[++(*pos)];
+
+		if (MDOC_PPHRASE & m->flags)
+			m->flags |= MDOC_PHRASELIT;
+
+		for ( ; buf[*pos]; (*pos)++) {
+			if ('\"' != buf[*pos])
+				continue;
+			if ('\"' != buf[*pos + 1])
+				break;
+			(*pos)++;
+		}
+
+		if ('\0' == buf[*pos]) {
+			if (MDOC_PPHRASE & m->flags)
+				return(ARGS_QWORD);
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_BADQUOTE);
+			return(ARGS_QWORD);
+		}
+
+		m->flags &= ~MDOC_PHRASELIT;
+		buf[(*pos)++] = '\0';
+
+		if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+			return(ARGS_QWORD);
+
+		while (' ' == buf[*pos])
+			(*pos)++;
+
+		if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, *pos, MANDOCERR_EOLNSPACE);
+
+		return(ARGS_QWORD);
+	}
+
+	p = &buf[*pos];
+	*v = mandoc_getarg(m->parse, &p, line, pos);
+
+	return(ARGS_WORD);
+}
+
+/* 
+ * Check if the string consists only of space-separated closing
+ * delimiters.  This is a bit of a dance: the first must be a close
+ * delimiter, but it may be followed by middle delimiters.  Arbitrary
+ * whitespace may separate these tokens.
+ */
+static int
+args_checkpunct(const char *buf, int i)
+{
+	int		 j;
+	char		 dbuf[DELIMSZ];
+	enum mdelim	 d;
+
+	/* First token must be a close-delimiter. */
+
+	for (j = 0; buf[i] && ' ' != buf[i] && j < DELIMSZ; j++, i++)
+		dbuf[j] = buf[i];
+
+	if (DELIMSZ == j)
+		return(0);
+
+	dbuf[j] = '\0';
+	if (DELIM_CLOSE != mdoc_isdelim(dbuf))
+		return(0);
+
+	while (' ' == buf[i])
+		i++;
+
+	/* Remaining must NOT be open/none. */
+	
+	while (buf[i]) {
+		j = 0;
+		while (buf[i] && ' ' != buf[i] && j < DELIMSZ)
+			dbuf[j++] = buf[i++];
+
+		if (DELIMSZ == j)
+			return(0);
+
+		dbuf[j] = '\0';
+		d = mdoc_isdelim(dbuf);
+		if (DELIM_NONE == d || DELIM_OPEN == d)
+			return(0);
+
+		while (' ' == buf[i])
+			i++;
+	}
+
+	return('\0' == buf[i]);
+}
+
+static int
+argv_multi(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		struct mdoc_argv *v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	for (v->sz = 0; ; v->sz++) {
+		if ('-' == buf[*pos])
+			break;
+		ac = args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, &p);
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		else if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if (0 == v->sz % MULTI_STEP)
+			v->value = mandoc_realloc(v->value, 
+				(v->sz + MULTI_STEP) * sizeof(char *));
+
+		v->value[(int)v->sz] = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+argv_opt_single(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		struct mdoc_argv *v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	if ('-' == buf[*pos])
+		return(1);
+
+	ac = args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, &p);
+	if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+		return(0);
+	if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+		return(1);
+
+	v->sz = 1;
+	v->value = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(char *));
+	v->value[0] = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+argv_single(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		struct mdoc_argv *v, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	int		 ppos;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	ppos = *pos;
+
+	ac = args(m, line, pos, buf, ARGSFL_NONE, &p);
+	if (ARGS_EOLN == ac) {
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_SYNTARGVCOUNT);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+		return(0);
+
+	v->sz = 1;
+	v->value = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(char *));
+	v->value[0] = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/mdoc_hash.c b/mdoc_hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59a8d26a881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc_hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_hash.c,v 1.18 2011/07/24 18:15:14 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+static	unsigned char	 table[27 * 12];
+
+/*
+ * XXX - this hash has global scope, so if intended for use as a library
+ * with multiple callers, it will need re-invocation protection.
+ */
+void
+mdoc_hash_init(void)
+{
+	int		 i, j, major;
+	const char	*p;
+
+	memset(table, UCHAR_MAX, sizeof(table));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)MDOC_MAX; i++) {
+		p = mdoc_macronames[i];
+
+		if (isalpha((unsigned char)p[1]))
+			major = 12 * (tolower((unsigned char)p[1]) - 97);
+		else
+			major = 12 * 26;
+
+		for (j = 0; j < 12; j++)
+			if (UCHAR_MAX == table[major + j]) {
+				table[major + j] = (unsigned char)i;
+				break;
+			}
+
+		assert(j < 12);
+	}
+}
+
+enum mdoct
+mdoc_hash_find(const char *p)
+{
+	int		  major, i, j;
+
+	if (0 == p[0])
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+	if ( ! isalpha((unsigned char)p[0]) && '%' != p[0])
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+
+	if (isalpha((unsigned char)p[1]))
+		major = 12 * (tolower((unsigned char)p[1]) - 97);
+	else if ('1' == p[1])
+		major = 12 * 26;
+	else 
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+
+	if (p[2] && p[3])
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+
+	for (j = 0; j < 12; j++) {
+		if (UCHAR_MAX == (i = table[major + j]))
+			break;
+		if (0 == strcmp(p, mdoc_macronames[i]))
+			return((enum mdoct)i);
+	}
+
+	return(MDOC_MAX);
+}
diff --git a/mdoc_html.c b/mdoc_html.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..60ea6dc7383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc_html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2284 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_html.c,v 1.182 2011/11/03 20:37:00 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#define	INDENT		 5
+
+#define	MDOC_ARGS	  const struct mdoc_meta *m, \
+			  const struct mdoc_node *n, \
+			  struct html *h
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define	MIN(a,b)	((/*CONSTCOND*/(a)<(b))?(a):(b))
+#endif
+
+struct	htmlmdoc {
+	int		(*pre)(MDOC_ARGS);
+	void		(*post)(MDOC_ARGS);
+};
+
+static	void		  print_mdoc(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_mdoc_head(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_mdoc_node(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  print_mdoc_nodelist(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void	  	  synopsis_pre(struct html *, 
+				const struct mdoc_node *);
+
+static	void		  a2width(const char *, struct roffsu *);
+static	void		  a2offs(const char *, struct roffsu *);
+
+static	void		  mdoc_root_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_root_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+
+static	void		  mdoc__x_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc__x_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ad_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_an_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ap_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ar_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bf_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_bk_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bk_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bl_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bt_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_bx_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_cd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_d1_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_dv_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fa_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fl_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fn_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ft_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_em_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_er_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ev_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ex_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_fo_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_fo_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ic_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_igndelim_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_in_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_it_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_lb_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_li_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_lk_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_mt_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ms_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_nd_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_nm_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ns_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_pa_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_pf_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_pp_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	void		  mdoc_quote_post(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_quote_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_rs_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_rv_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sh_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sm_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sp_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ss_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sx_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_sy_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_ud_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_va_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_vt_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_xr_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+static	int		  mdoc_xx_pre(MDOC_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct htmlmdoc mdocs[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{mdoc_ap_pre, NULL}, /* Ap */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Dd */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Dt */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Os */
+	{mdoc_sh_pre, NULL }, /* Sh */
+	{mdoc_ss_pre, NULL }, /* Ss */ 
+	{mdoc_pp_pre, NULL}, /* Pp */ 
+	{mdoc_d1_pre, NULL}, /* D1 */
+	{mdoc_d1_pre, NULL}, /* Dl */
+	{mdoc_bd_pre, NULL}, /* Bd */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ed */
+	{mdoc_bl_pre, NULL}, /* Bl */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* El */
+	{mdoc_it_pre, NULL}, /* It */
+	{mdoc_ad_pre, NULL}, /* Ad */ 
+	{mdoc_an_pre, NULL}, /* An */
+	{mdoc_ar_pre, NULL}, /* Ar */
+	{mdoc_cd_pre, NULL}, /* Cd */
+	{mdoc_fl_pre, NULL}, /* Cm */
+	{mdoc_dv_pre, NULL}, /* Dv */ 
+	{mdoc_er_pre, NULL}, /* Er */ 
+	{mdoc_ev_pre, NULL}, /* Ev */ 
+	{mdoc_ex_pre, NULL}, /* Ex */
+	{mdoc_fa_pre, NULL}, /* Fa */ 
+	{mdoc_fd_pre, NULL}, /* Fd */ 
+	{mdoc_fl_pre, NULL}, /* Fl */
+	{mdoc_fn_pre, NULL}, /* Fn */ 
+	{mdoc_ft_pre, NULL}, /* Ft */ 
+	{mdoc_ic_pre, NULL}, /* Ic */ 
+	{mdoc_in_pre, NULL}, /* In */ 
+	{mdoc_li_pre, NULL}, /* Li */
+	{mdoc_nd_pre, NULL}, /* Nd */ 
+	{mdoc_nm_pre, NULL}, /* Nm */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Op */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ot */
+	{mdoc_pa_pre, NULL}, /* Pa */
+	{mdoc_rv_pre, NULL}, /* Rv */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* St */ 
+	{mdoc_va_pre, NULL}, /* Va */
+	{mdoc_vt_pre, NULL}, /* Vt */ 
+	{mdoc_xr_pre, NULL}, /* Xr */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %A */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %B */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %D */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %I */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %J */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %N */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %O */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %P */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %R */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %T */
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %V */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ac */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Ao */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Aq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* At */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Bc */
+	{mdoc_bf_pre, NULL}, /* Bf */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Bo */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Bq */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Bsx */
+	{mdoc_bx_pre, NULL}, /* Bx */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Db */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Dc */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Do */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Dq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ec */ /* FIXME: no space */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ef */
+	{mdoc_em_pre, NULL}, /* Em */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Eo */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Fx */
+	{mdoc_ms_pre, NULL}, /* Ms */
+	{mdoc_igndelim_pre, NULL}, /* No */
+	{mdoc_ns_pre, NULL}, /* Ns */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Nx */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Ox */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Pc */
+	{mdoc_igndelim_pre, mdoc_pf_post}, /* Pf */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Po */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Pq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Qc */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Ql */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Qo */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Qq */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Re */
+	{mdoc_rs_pre, NULL}, /* Rs */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Sc */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* So */
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Sq */
+	{mdoc_sm_pre, NULL}, /* Sm */ 
+	{mdoc_sx_pre, NULL}, /* Sx */
+	{mdoc_sy_pre, NULL}, /* Sy */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Tn */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Ux */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Xc */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Xo */
+	{mdoc_fo_pre, mdoc_fo_post}, /* Fo */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Fc */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Oo */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Oc */
+	{mdoc_bk_pre, mdoc_bk_post}, /* Bk */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ek */
+	{mdoc_bt_pre, NULL}, /* Bt */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Hf */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Fr */
+	{mdoc_ud_pre, NULL}, /* Ud */
+	{mdoc_lb_pre, NULL}, /* Lb */
+	{mdoc_pp_pre, NULL}, /* Lp */ 
+	{mdoc_lk_pre, NULL}, /* Lk */ 
+	{mdoc_mt_pre, NULL}, /* Mt */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Brq */ 
+	{mdoc_quote_pre, mdoc_quote_post}, /* Bro */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Brc */ 
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %C */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Es */  /* TODO */
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* En */  /* TODO */
+	{mdoc_xx_pre, NULL}, /* Dx */ 
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %Q */ 
+	{mdoc_sp_pre, NULL}, /* br */
+	{mdoc_sp_pre, NULL}, /* sp */ 
+	{mdoc__x_pre, mdoc__x_post}, /* %U */ 
+	{NULL, NULL}, /* Ta */ 
+};
+
+static	const char * const lists[LIST_MAX] = {
+	NULL,
+	"list-bul",
+	"list-col",
+	"list-dash",
+	"list-diag",
+	"list-enum",
+	"list-hang",
+	"list-hyph",
+	"list-inset",
+	"list-item",
+	"list-ohang",
+	"list-tag"
+};
+
+void
+html_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *m)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc(mdoc_meta(m), mdoc_node(m), (struct html *)arg);
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Calculate the scaling unit passed in a `-width' argument.  This uses
+ * either a native scaling unit (e.g., 1i, 2m) or the string length of
+ * the value.
+ */
+static void
+a2width(const char *p, struct roffsu *su)
+{
+
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(p, su, SCALE_MAX)) {
+		su->unit = SCALE_BU;
+		su->scale = html_strlen(p);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * See the same function in mdoc_term.c for documentation.
+ */
+static void
+synopsis_pre(struct html *h, const struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == n->prev || ! (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags))
+		return;
+
+	if (n->prev->tok == n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fo != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Ft != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fn != n->tok) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	switch (n->prev->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Fd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fn):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_In):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Vt):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ft):
+		if (MDOC_Fn != n->tok && MDOC_Fo != n->tok) {
+			print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+			break;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Calculate the scaling unit passed in an `-offset' argument.  This
+ * uses either a native scaling unit (e.g., 1i, 2m), one of a set of
+ * predefined strings (indent, etc.), or the string length of the value.
+ */
+static void
+a2offs(const char *p, struct roffsu *su)
+{
+
+	/* FIXME: "right"? */
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, "left"))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, 0);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(p, "indent"))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, INDENT);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(p, "indent-two"))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, INDENT * 2);
+	else if ( ! a2roffsu(p, su, SCALE_MAX))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(su, html_strlen(p));
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "mandoc");
+
+	if ( ! (HTML_FRAGMENT & h->oflags)) {
+		print_gen_decls(h);
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_HTML, 0, NULL);
+		tt = print_otag(h, TAG_HEAD, 0, NULL);
+		print_mdoc_head(m, n, h);
+		print_tagq(h, tt);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BODY, 0, NULL);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+	} else 
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	print_mdoc_nodelist(m, n, h);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+print_mdoc_head(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_gen_head(h);
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_fmt(h, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+
+	if (m->arch)
+		bufcat_fmt(h, " (%s)", m->arch);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TITLE, 0, NULL);
+	print_text(h, h->buf);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_nodelist(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc_node(m, n, h);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(m, n->next, h);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_node(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 child;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	child = 1;
+	t = h->tags.head;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		child = mdoc_root_pre(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		/* No tables in this mode... */
+		assert(NULL == h->tblt);
+
+		/*
+		 * Make sure that if we're in a literal mode already
+		 * (i.e., within a <PRE>) don't print the newline.
+		 */
+		if (' ' == *n->string && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+			if ( ! (HTML_LITERAL & h->flags))
+				print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMC & n->flags)
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMO & n->flags)
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		return;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		print_eqn(h, n->eqn);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/*
+		 * This will take care of initialising all of the table
+		 * state data for the first table, then tearing it down
+		 * for the last one.
+		 */
+		print_tbl(h, n->span);
+		return;
+	default:
+		/*
+		 * Close out the current table, if it's open, and unset
+		 * the "meta" table state.  This will be reopened on the
+		 * next table element.
+		 */
+		if (h->tblt) {
+			print_tblclose(h);
+			t = h->tags.head;
+		}
+
+		assert(NULL == h->tblt);
+		if (mdocs[n->tok].pre && ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+			child = (*mdocs[n->tok].pre)(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (HTML_KEEP & h->flags) {
+		if (n->prev && n->prev->line != n->line) {
+			h->flags &= ~HTML_KEEP;
+			h->flags |= HTML_PREKEEP;
+		} else if (NULL == n->prev) {
+			if (n->parent && n->parent->line != n->line) {
+				h->flags &= ~HTML_KEEP;
+				h->flags |= HTML_PREKEEP;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (child && n->child)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(m, n->child, h);
+
+	print_stagq(h, t);
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		mdoc_root_post(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (mdocs[n->tok].post && ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+			(*mdocs[n->tok].post)(m, n, h);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_root_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Footer");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "foot");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "50%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-date");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, m->date);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "foot-os");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, m->os);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_root_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct tag	*t, *tt;
+	char		 b[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+
+	strlcpy(b, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+
+	if (m->arch) {
+		strlcat(b, " (", BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(b, m->arch, BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(b, ")", BUFSIZ);
+	}
+
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ - 1, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+
+	PAIR_SUMMARY_INIT(&tag[0], "Document Header");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "head");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[2], ATTR_WIDTH, "100%");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 3, tag);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[0], ATTR_WIDTH, "30%");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-ltitle");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-vol");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "center");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, b);
+	print_stagq(h, tt);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "head-rtitle");
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_ALIGN, "right");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+	print_text(h, title);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sh_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "section");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat(h, "x");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n && MDOC_TEXT == n->type; ) {
+		bufcat_id(h, n->string);
+		if (NULL != (n = n->next))
+			bufcat_id(h, " ");
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == n) {
+		PAIR_ID_INIT(&tag, h->buf);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H1, 1, &tag);
+	} else
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H1, 0, NULL);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ss_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "subsection");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat(h, "x");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n && MDOC_TEXT == n->type; ) {
+		bufcat_id(h, n->string);
+		if (NULL != (n = n->next))
+			bufcat_id(h, " ");
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == n) {
+		PAIR_ID_INIT(&tag, h->buf);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H2, 1, &tag);
+	} else
+		print_otag(h, TAG_H2, 0, NULL);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fl_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "flag");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+
+	/* `Cm' has no leading hyphen. */
+
+	if (MDOC_Cm == n->tok)
+		return(1);
+
+	print_text(h, "\\-");
+
+	if (n->child)
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	else if (n->next && n->next->line == n->line)
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_nd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* XXX: this tag in theory can contain block elements. */
+
+	print_text(h, "\\(em");
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "desc");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+mdoc_nm_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	int		 len;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ELEM):
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "name");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+		if (NULL == n->child && m->name)
+			print_text(h, m->name);
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 0, NULL);
+		if (NULL == n->child && m->name)
+			print_text(h, m->name);
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "synopsis");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 1, &tag);
+
+	for (len = 0, n = n->child; n; n = n->next)
+		if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type)
+			len += html_strlen(n->string);
+
+	if (0 == len && m->name)
+		len = html_strlen(m->name);
+
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, (double)len);
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "width", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, &tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 0, NULL);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_xr_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(0);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-man");
+
+	if (h->base_man) {
+		buffmt_man(h, n->child->string, 
+				n->child->next ? 
+				n->child->next->string : NULL);
+		PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], h->buf);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+	} else
+		print_otag(h, TAG_A, 1, tag);
+
+	n = n->child;
+	print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->next))
+		return(0);
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "(");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, n->string);
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ")");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ns_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_LINE & n->flags))
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ar_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "arg");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_xx_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*pp;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	int		 flags;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bsx):
+		pp = "BSD/OS";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Dx):
+		pp = "DragonFly";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Fx):
+		pp = "FreeBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Nx):
+		pp = "NetBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ox):
+		pp = "OpenBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ux):
+		pp = "UNIX";
+		break;
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "unix");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+
+	print_text(h, pp);
+	if (n->child) {
+		flags = h->flags;
+		h->flags |= HTML_KEEP;
+		print_text(h, n->child->string);
+		h->flags = flags;
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bx_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "unix");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "BSD");
+	} else {
+		print_text(h, "BSD");
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->next)) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "-");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_it_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	enum mdoc_list	 type;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	const struct mdoc_node *bl;
+
+	bl = n->parent;
+	while (bl && MDOC_Bl != bl->tok)
+		bl = bl->parent;
+
+	assert(bl);
+
+	type = bl->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	assert(lists[type]);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], lists[type]);
+
+	bufinit(h);
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type) {
+		switch (type) {
+		case(LIST_bullet):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_dash):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_item):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hyphen):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_enum):
+			return(0);
+		case(LIST_diag):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_inset):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_ohang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_tag):
+			SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, ! bl->norm->Bl.comp);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_DT, 2, tag);
+			if (LIST_diag != type)
+				break;
+			PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "diag");
+			print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+			break;
+		case(LIST_column):
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		switch (type) {
+		case(LIST_bullet):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hyphen):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_dash):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_enum):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_item):
+			SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, ! bl->norm->Bl.comp);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_LI, 2, tag);
+			break;
+		case(LIST_diag):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_hang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_inset):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_ohang):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case(LIST_tag):
+			if (NULL == bl->norm->Bl.width) {
+				print_otag(h, TAG_DD, 1, tag);
+				break;
+			}
+			a2width(bl->norm->Bl.width, &su);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_DD, 2, tag);
+			break;
+		case(LIST_column):
+			SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, ! bl->norm->Bl.comp);
+			bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 2, tag);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		switch (type) {
+		case (LIST_column):
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 1, tag);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bl_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[3];
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	bufinit(h);
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		if (LIST_column == n->norm->Bl.type)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type) {
+		if (LIST_column != n->norm->Bl.type)
+			return(0);
+
+		/*
+		 * For each column, print out the <COL> tag with our
+		 * suggested width.  The last column gets min-width, as
+		 * in terminal mode it auto-sizes to the width of the
+		 * screen and we want to preserve that behaviour.
+		 */
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)n->norm->Bl.ncols; i++) {
+			a2width(n->norm->Bl.cols[i], &su);
+			if (i < (int)n->norm->Bl.ncols - 1)
+				bufcat_su(h, "width", &su);
+			else
+				bufcat_su(h, "min-width", &su);
+			PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, tag);
+		}
+
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 0);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-bottom", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+
+	assert(lists[n->norm->Bl.type]);
+	strlcpy(buf, "list ", BUFSIZ);
+	strlcat(buf, lists[n->norm->Bl.type], BUFSIZ);
+	PAIR_INIT(&tag[1], ATTR_CLASS, buf);
+
+	/* Set the block's left-hand margin. */
+
+	if (n->norm->Bl.offs) {
+		a2offs(n->norm->Bl.offs, &su);
+		bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	}
+
+	switch (n->norm->Bl.type) {
+	case(LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_hyphen):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_item):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_UL, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	case(LIST_enum):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_OL, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	case(LIST_diag):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_hang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_inset):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_ohang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case(LIST_tag):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DL, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	case(LIST_column):
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 2, tag);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ex_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "utility");
+
+	print_text(h, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			print_text(h, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		print_text(h, "utilities exit");
+	else
+		print_text(h, "utility exits");
+
+       	print_text(h, "0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_em_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "emph");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_d1_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 0);
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-top", &su);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-bottom", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_BLOCKQUOTE, 1, tag);
+
+	/* BLOCKQUOTE needs a block body. */
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "display");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, tag);
+
+	if (MDOC_Dl == n->tok) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "lit");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_CODE, 1, tag);
+	} 
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sx_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat(h, "#x");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n; ) {
+		bufcat_id(h, n->string);
+		if (NULL != (n = n->next))
+			bufcat_id(h, " ");
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-sec");
+	PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], h->buf);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, tag);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 	 tag[2];
+	int		 	 comp, sv;
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+	struct roffsu		 su;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		comp = n->norm->Bd.comp;
+		for (nn = n; nn && ! comp; nn = nn->parent) {
+			if (MDOC_BLOCK != nn->type)
+				continue;
+			if (MDOC_Ss == nn->tok || MDOC_Sh == nn->tok)
+				comp = 1;
+			if (nn->prev)
+				break;
+		}
+		if ( ! comp)
+			print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, 0);
+	if (n->norm->Bd.offs)
+		a2offs(n->norm->Bd.offs, &su);
+	
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[0], h);
+
+	if (DISP_unfilled != n->norm->Bd.type && 
+			DISP_literal != n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "display");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 2, tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[1], "lit display");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_PRE, 2, tag);
+
+	/* This can be recursive: save & set our literal state. */
+
+	sv = h->flags & HTML_LITERAL;
+	h->flags |= HTML_LITERAL;
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		print_mdoc_node(m, nn, h);
+		/*
+		 * If the printed node flushes its own line, then we
+		 * needn't do it here as well.  This is hacky, but the
+		 * notion of selective eoln whitespace is pretty dumb
+		 * anyway, so don't sweat it.
+		 */
+		switch (nn->tok) {
+		case (MDOC_Sm):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_br):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_sp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Bl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_D1):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Dl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Lp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Pp):
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		if (nn->next && nn->next->line == nn->line)
+			continue;
+		else if (nn->next)
+			print_text(h, "\n");
+
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == sv)
+		h->flags &= ~HTML_LITERAL;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_pa_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "file");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ad_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "addr");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_an_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	/* TODO: -split and -nosplit (see termp_an_pre()). */
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "author");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_cd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "config");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_dv_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "define");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ev_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "env");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_er_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "errno");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fa_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+	struct htmlpair		 tag;
+	struct tag		*t;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "farg");
+	if (n->parent->tok != MDOC_Fo) {
+		print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+		print_text(h, nn->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+		if (nn->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (n->child && n->next && n->next->tok == MDOC_Fa) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, ",");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fd_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		 sz;
+	int		 i;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+	if (strcmp(n->string, "#include")) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "macro");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "includes");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+	print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->next)) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		strlcpy(buf, '<' == *n->string || '"' == *n->string ? 
+				n->string + 1 : n->string, BUFSIZ);
+
+		sz = strlen(buf);
+		if (sz && ('>' == buf[sz - 1] || '"' == buf[sz - 1]))
+			buf[sz - 1] = '\0';
+
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-includes");
+		
+		i = 1;
+		if (h->base_includes) {
+			buffmt_includes(h, buf);
+			PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[i], h->buf);
+			i++;
+		} 
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_A, i, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		n = n->next;
+	}
+
+	for ( ; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_vt_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_ELEM == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	} else if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "type");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ft_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "ftype");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fn_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	char		 nbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	const char	*sp, *ep;
+	int		 sz, i, pretty;
+
+	pretty = MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags;
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+
+	/* Split apart into type and name. */
+	assert(n->child->string);
+	sp = n->child->string;
+
+	ep = strchr(sp, ' ');
+	if (NULL != ep) {
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ftype");
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_I, 1, tag);
+	
+		while (ep) {
+			sz = MIN((int)(ep - sp), BUFSIZ - 1);
+			(void)memcpy(nbuf, sp, (size_t)sz);
+			nbuf[sz] = '\0';
+			print_text(h, nbuf);
+			sp = ++ep;
+			ep = strchr(sp, ' ');
+		}
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "fname");
+
+	/*
+	 * FIXME: only refer to IDs that we know exist.
+	 */
+
+#if 0
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) {
+		nbuf[0] = '\0';
+		html_idcat(nbuf, sp, BUFSIZ);
+		PAIR_ID_INIT(&tag[1], nbuf);
+	} else {
+		strlcpy(nbuf, "#", BUFSIZ);
+		html_idcat(nbuf, sp, BUFSIZ);
+		PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], nbuf);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+
+	if (sp) {
+		strlcpy(nbuf, sp, BUFSIZ);
+		print_text(h, nbuf);
+	}
+
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "(");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "farg");
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_style(h, "white-space", "nowrap");
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+
+	for (n = n->child->next; n; n = n->next) {
+		i = 1;
+		if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags)
+			i = 2;
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_I, i, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+		if (n->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ")");
+
+	if (pretty) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, ";");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sm_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	assert(n->child && MDOC_TEXT == n->child->type);
+	if (0 == strcmp("on", n->child->string)) {
+		/* 
+		 * FIXME: no p->col to check.  Thus, if we have
+		 *  .Bd -literal
+		 *  .Sm off
+		 *  1 2
+		 *  .Sm on
+		 *  3
+		 *  .Ed
+		 * the "3" is preceded by a space.
+		 */
+		h->flags &= ~HTML_NOSPACE;
+		h->flags &= ~HTML_NONOSPACE;
+	} else
+		h->flags |= HTML_NONOSPACE;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_pp_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+	return(0);
+
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sp_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, 1);
+
+	if (MDOC_sp == n->tok) {
+		if (NULL != (n = n->child))
+			if ( ! a2roffsu(n->string, &su, SCALE_VS))
+				SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(n->string));
+	} else
+		su.scale = 0;
+
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_su(h, "height", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 1, &tag);
+
+	/* So the div isn't empty: */
+	print_text(h, "\\~");
+
+	return(0);
+
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_lk_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-ext");
+	PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], n->string);
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+
+	if (NULL == n->next)
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	for (n = n->next; n; n = n->next)
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_mt_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-mail");
+
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		bufinit(h);
+		bufcat(h, "mailto:");
+		bufcat(h, n->string);
+
+		PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], h->buf);
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+	}
+	
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_fo_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct tag	*t;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "(");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(h, n);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* XXX: we drop non-initial arguments as per groff. */
+
+	assert(n->child);
+	assert(n->child->string);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "fname");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	print_text(h, n->child->string);
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_fo_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return;
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ")");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ";");
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_in_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tag	*t;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	int		 i;
+
+	synopsis_pre(h, n);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "includes");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, tag);
+
+	/*
+	 * The first argument of the `In' gets special treatment as
+	 * being a linked value.  Subsequent values are printed
+	 * afterward.  groff does similarly.  This also handles the case
+	 * of no children.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+		print_text(h, "#include");
+
+	print_text(h, "<");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-includes");
+
+		i = 1;
+		if (h->base_includes) {
+			buffmt_includes(h, n->string);
+			PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[i], h->buf);
+			i++;
+		} 
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_A, i, tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		n = n->next;
+	}
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, ">");
+
+	for ( ; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ic_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "cmd");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_rv_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct tag	*t;
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	if (n->prev)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "fname");
+
+	print_text(h, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+
+		t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+		print_text(h, n->string);
+		print_tagq(h, t);
+
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		print_text(h, "()");
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+			print_text(h, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			print_text(h, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		print_text(h, "functions return");
+	else
+		print_text(h, "function returns");
+
+       	print_text(h, "the value 0 if successful; otherwise the value "
+			"-1 is returned and the global variable");
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "var");
+	t = print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	print_text(h, "errno");
+	print_tagq(h, t);
+       	print_text(h, "is set to indicate the error.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_va_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "var");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_B, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ap_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, "\\(aq");
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bf_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag[2];
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (FONT_Em == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "emph");
+	else if (FONT_Sy == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "symb");
+	else if (FONT_Li == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "lit");
+	else
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "none");
+
+	/* 
+	 * We want this to be inline-formatted, but needs to be div to
+	 * accept block children. 
+	 */
+	bufinit(h);
+	bufcat_style(h, "display", "inline");
+	SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, 1);
+	/* Needs a left-margin for spacing. */
+	bufcat_su(h, "margin-left", &su);
+	PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag[1], h);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_DIV, 2, tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ms_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "symb");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_igndelim_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_IGNDELIM;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_pf_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_rs_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (n->prev && SEC_SEE_ALSO == n->sec)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_P, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "ref");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_li_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "lit");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_CODE, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_sy_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "symb");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bt_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_text(h, "is currently in beta test.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_ud_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_text(h, "currently under development.");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_lb_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	if (SEC_LIBRARY == n->sec && MDOC_LINE & n->flags && n->prev)
+		print_otag(h, TAG_BR, 0, NULL);
+
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "lib");
+	print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc__x_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag[2];
+	enum htmltag	t;
+
+	t = TAG_SPAN;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case(MDOC__A):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-auth");
+		if (n->prev && MDOC__A == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->next || MDOC__A != n->next->tok)
+				print_text(h, "and");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__B):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-book");
+		t = TAG_I;
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__C):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-city");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__D):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-date");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__I):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-issue");
+		t = TAG_I;
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__J):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-jrnl");
+		t = TAG_I;
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__N):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-num");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__O):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-opt");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__P):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-page");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__Q):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-corp");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__R):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-rep");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__T):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-title");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__U):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "link-ref");
+		break;
+	case(MDOC__V):
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag[0], "ref-vol");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC__U != n->tok) {
+		print_otag(h, t, 1, tag);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	PAIR_HREF_INIT(&tag[1], n->child->string);
+	print_otag(h, TAG_A, 2, tag);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc__x_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC__A == n->tok && n->next && MDOC__A == n->next->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->next->next || MDOC__A != n->next->next->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev || MDOC__A != n->prev->tok)
+				return;
+
+	/* TODO: %U */
+
+	if (NULL == n->parent || MDOC_Rs != n->parent->tok)
+		return;
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	print_text(h, n->next ? "," : ".");
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_bk_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		return(0);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (n->parent->args || 0 == n->prev->nchild)
+			h->flags |= HTML_PREKEEP;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_bk_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		h->flags &= ~(HTML_KEEP | HTML_PREKEEP);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+mdoc_quote_pre(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+	struct htmlpair	tag;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(la");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lC");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lB");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lB");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "opt");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_SPAN, 1, &tag);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(lq");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		print_text(h, "(");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		print_text(h, "\\(oq");
+		h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+		PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "lit");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_CODE, 1, &tag);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(oq");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+mdoc_quote_post(MDOC_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return;
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(ra");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(rC");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(rB");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(rq");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		print_text(h, ")");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		print_text(h, "\\(aq");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/mdoc_macro.c b/mdoc_macro.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..11d147399ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc_macro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1787 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_macro.c,v 1.115 2012/01/05 00:43:51 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+enum	rew {	/* see rew_dohalt() */
+	REWIND_NONE,
+	REWIND_THIS,
+	REWIND_MORE,
+	REWIND_FORCE,
+	REWIND_LATER,
+	REWIND_ERROR
+};
+
+static	int	  	blk_full(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	blk_exp_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	blk_part_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	blk_part_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	ctx_synopsis(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	in_line_argn(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	in_line(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	obsolete(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+static	int	  	phrase_ta(MACRO_PROT_ARGS);
+
+static	int		dword(struct mdoc *, int, int, 
+				const char *, enum mdelim);
+static	int	  	append_delims(struct mdoc *, 
+				int, int *, char *);
+static	enum mdoct	lookup(enum mdoct, const char *);
+static	enum mdoct	lookup_raw(const char *);
+static	int		make_pending(struct mdoc_node *, enum mdoct,
+				struct mdoc *, int, int);
+static	int	  	phrase(struct mdoc *, int, int, char *);
+static	enum mdoct 	rew_alt(enum mdoct);
+static	enum rew  	rew_dohalt(enum mdoct, enum mdoc_type, 
+				const struct mdoc_node *);
+static	int	  	rew_elem(struct mdoc *, enum mdoct);
+static	int	  	rew_last(struct mdoc *, 
+				const struct mdoc_node *);
+static	int	  	rew_sub(enum mdoc_type, struct mdoc *, 
+				enum mdoct, int, int);
+
+const	struct mdoc_macro __mdoc_macros[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ap */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MDOC_PROLOGUE }, /* Dd */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MDOC_PROLOGUE }, /* Dt */
+	{ in_line_eoln, MDOC_PROLOGUE }, /* Os */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sh */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ss */ 
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Pp */ 
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_PARSED }, /* D1 */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dl */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bd */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ed */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bl */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* El */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_PARSED }, /* It */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ad */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* An */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ar */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Cd */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Cm */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dv */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Er */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ev */ 
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Ex */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fa */ 
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Fd */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fl */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fn */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ft */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ic */ 
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* In */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Li */
+	{ blk_full, 0 }, /* Nd */ 
+	{ ctx_synopsis, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Nm */ 
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Op */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* Ot */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Pa */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Rv */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* St */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Va */
+	{ ctx_synopsis, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Vt */ 
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Xr */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %A */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %B */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %D */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %I */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %J */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %N */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %O */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %P */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %R */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %T */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %V */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ac */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ao */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Aq */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* At */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bc */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bf */ 
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bo */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bq */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bsx */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Bx */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Db */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dc */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Do */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dq */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ec */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ef */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Em */ 
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Eo */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fx */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ms */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_IGNDELIM }, /* No */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_IGNDELIM }, /* Ns */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Nx */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ox */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Pc */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_IGNDELIM }, /* Pf */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Po */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Pq */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Qc */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ql */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Qo */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Qq */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Re */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Rs */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sc */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* So */
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sq */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Sm */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sx */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Sy */
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Tn */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ux */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Xc */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Xo */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE }, /* Fo */ 
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Fc */ 
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Oo */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Oc */
+	{ blk_full, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bk */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Ek */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Bt */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Hf */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* Fr */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Ud */
+	{ in_line, 0 }, /* Lb */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* Lp */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Lk */ 
+	{ in_line, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Mt */ 
+	{ blk_part_imp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Brq */
+	{ blk_part_exp, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED | MDOC_EXPLICIT }, /* Bro */
+	{ blk_exp_close, MDOC_EXPLICIT | MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Brc */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %C */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* Es */
+	{ obsolete, 0 }, /* En */
+	{ in_line_argn, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Dx */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %Q */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* br */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* sp */
+	{ in_line_eoln, 0 }, /* %U */
+	{ phrase_ta, MDOC_CALLABLE | MDOC_PARSED }, /* Ta */
+};
+
+const	struct mdoc_macro * const mdoc_macros = __mdoc_macros;
+
+
+/*
+ * This is called at the end of parsing.  It must traverse up the tree,
+ * closing out open [implicit] scopes.  Obviously, open explicit scopes
+ * are errors.
+ */
+int
+mdoc_macroend(struct mdoc *m)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/* Scan for open explicit scopes. */
+
+	n = MDOC_VALID & m->last->flags ?  m->last->parent : m->last;
+
+	for ( ; n; n = n->parent)
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags)
+			mdoc_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT);
+
+	/* Rewind to the first. */
+
+	return(rew_last(m, m->first));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Look up a macro from within a subsequent context.
+ */
+static enum mdoct
+lookup(enum mdoct from, const char *p)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_PARSED & mdoc_macros[from].flags))
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+	return(lookup_raw(p));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Lookup a macro following the initial line macro.
+ */
+static enum mdoct
+lookup_raw(const char *p)
+{
+	enum mdoct	 res;
+
+	if (MDOC_MAX == (res = mdoc_hash_find(p)))
+		return(MDOC_MAX);
+	if (MDOC_CALLABLE & mdoc_macros[res].flags)
+		return(res);
+	return(MDOC_MAX);
+}
+
+
+static int
+rew_last(struct mdoc *mdoc, const struct mdoc_node *to)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n, *np;
+
+	assert(to);
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_SIBLING;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	while (mdoc->last != to) {
+		/*
+		 * Save the parent here, because we may delete the
+		 * m->last node in the post-validation phase and reset
+		 * it to m->last->parent, causing a step in the closing
+		 * out to be lost.
+		 */
+		np = mdoc->last->parent;
+		if ( ! mdoc_valid_post(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+		n = mdoc->last;
+		mdoc->last = np;
+		assert(mdoc->last);
+		mdoc->last->last = n;
+	}
+
+	return(mdoc_valid_post(mdoc));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * For a block closing macro, return the corresponding opening one.
+ * Otherwise, return the macro itself.
+ */
+static enum mdoct
+rew_alt(enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ac):
+		return(MDOC_Ao);
+	case (MDOC_Bc):
+		return(MDOC_Bo);
+	case (MDOC_Brc):
+		return(MDOC_Bro);
+	case (MDOC_Dc):
+		return(MDOC_Do);
+	case (MDOC_Ec):
+		return(MDOC_Eo);
+	case (MDOC_Ed):
+		return(MDOC_Bd);
+	case (MDOC_Ef):
+		return(MDOC_Bf);
+	case (MDOC_Ek):
+		return(MDOC_Bk);
+	case (MDOC_El):
+		return(MDOC_Bl);
+	case (MDOC_Fc):
+		return(MDOC_Fo);
+	case (MDOC_Oc):
+		return(MDOC_Oo);
+	case (MDOC_Pc):
+		return(MDOC_Po);
+	case (MDOC_Qc):
+		return(MDOC_Qo);
+	case (MDOC_Re):
+		return(MDOC_Rs);
+	case (MDOC_Sc):
+		return(MDOC_So);
+	case (MDOC_Xc):
+		return(MDOC_Xo);
+	default:
+		return(tok);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Rewinding to tok, how do we have to handle *p?
+ * REWIND_NONE: *p would delimit tok, but no tok scope is open
+ *   inside *p, so there is no need to rewind anything at all.
+ * REWIND_THIS: *p matches tok, so rewind *p and nothing else.
+ * REWIND_MORE: *p is implicit, rewind it and keep searching for tok.
+ * REWIND_FORCE: *p is explicit, but tok is full, force rewinding *p.
+ * REWIND_LATER: *p is explicit and still open, postpone rewinding.
+ * REWIND_ERROR: No tok block is open at all.
+ */
+static enum rew
+rew_dohalt(enum mdoct tok, enum mdoc_type type, 
+		const struct mdoc_node *p)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * No matching token, no delimiting block, no broken block.
+	 * This can happen when full implicit macros are called for
+	 * the first time but try to rewind their previous
+	 * instance anyway.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_ROOT == p->type)
+		return(MDOC_BLOCK == type &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[tok].flags ?
+		    REWIND_ERROR : REWIND_NONE);
+
+	/*
+	 * When starting to rewind, skip plain text 
+	 * and nodes that have already been rewound.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_TEXT == p->type || MDOC_VALID & p->flags)
+		return(REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * The easiest case:  Found a matching token.
+	 * This applies to both blocks and elements.
+	 */
+	tok = rew_alt(tok);
+	if (tok == p->tok)
+		return(p->end ? REWIND_NONE :
+		    type == p->type ? REWIND_THIS : REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * While elements do require rewinding for themselves,
+	 * they never affect rewinding of other nodes.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_ELEM == p->type)
+		return(REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * Blocks delimited by our target token get REWIND_MORE.
+	 * Blocks delimiting our target token get REWIND_NONE. 
+	 */
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bl):
+		if (MDOC_It == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_MORE);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_It):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == p->type && MDOC_Bl == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_NONE);
+		break;
+	/*
+	 * XXX Badly nested block handling still fails badly
+	 * when one block is breaking two blocks of the same type.
+	 * This is an incomplete and extremely ugly workaround,
+	 * required to let the OpenBSD tree build.
+	 */
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		if (MDOC_Op == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_MORE);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Nm):
+		return(REWIND_NONE);
+	case (MDOC_Nd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ss):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == p->type && MDOC_Sh == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_NONE);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sh):
+		if (MDOC_Nd == p->tok || MDOC_Ss == p->tok ||
+		    MDOC_Sh == p->tok)
+			return(REWIND_MORE);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Default block rewinding rules.
+	 * In particular, always skip block end markers,
+	 * and let all blocks rewind Nm children.
+	 */
+	if (ENDBODY_NOT != p->end || MDOC_Nm == p->tok ||
+	    (MDOC_BLOCK == p->type &&
+	    ! (MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[tok].flags)))
+		return(REWIND_MORE);
+
+	/*
+	 * By default, closing out full blocks
+	 * forces closing of broken explicit blocks,
+	 * while closing out partial blocks
+	 * allows delayed rewinding by default.
+	 */
+	return (&blk_full == mdoc_macros[tok].fp ?
+	    REWIND_FORCE : REWIND_LATER);
+}
+
+
+static int
+rew_elem(struct mdoc *mdoc, enum mdoct tok)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type)
+		n = n->parent;
+	assert(MDOC_ELEM == n->type);
+	assert(tok == n->tok);
+
+	return(rew_last(mdoc, n));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * We are trying to close a block identified by tok,
+ * but the child block *broken is still open.
+ * Thus, postpone closing the tok block
+ * until the rew_sub call closing *broken.
+ */
+static int
+make_pending(struct mdoc_node *broken, enum mdoct tok,
+		struct mdoc *m, int line, int ppos)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *breaker;
+
+	/*
+	 * Iterate backwards, searching for the block matching tok,
+	 * that is, the block breaking the *broken block.
+	 */
+	for (breaker = broken->parent; breaker; breaker = breaker->parent) {
+
+		/*
+		 * If the *broken block had already been broken before
+		 * and we encounter its breaker, make the tok block
+		 * pending on the inner breaker.
+		 * Graphically, "[A breaker=[B broken=[C->B B] tok=A] C]"
+		 * becomes "[A broken=[B [C->B B] tok=A] C]"
+		 * and finally "[A [B->A [C->B B] A] C]".
+		 */
+		if (breaker == broken->pending) {
+			broken = breaker;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (REWIND_THIS != rew_dohalt(tok, MDOC_BLOCK, breaker))
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_BODY == broken->type)
+			broken = broken->parent;
+
+		/*
+		 * Found the breaker.
+		 * If another, outer breaker is already pending on
+		 * the *broken block, we must not clobber the link
+		 * to the outer breaker, but make it pending on the
+		 * new, now inner breaker.
+		 * Graphically, "[A breaker=[B broken=[C->A A] tok=B] C]"
+		 * becomes "[A breaker=[B->A broken=[C A] tok=B] C]"
+		 * and finally "[A [B->A [C->B A] B] C]".
+		 */
+		if (broken->pending) {
+			struct mdoc_node *taker;
+
+			/*
+			 * If the breaker had also been broken before,
+			 * it cannot take on the outer breaker itself,
+			 * but must hand it on to its own breakers.
+			 * Graphically, this is the following situation:
+			 * "[A [B breaker=[C->B B] broken=[D->A A] tok=C] D]"
+			 * "[A taker=[B->A breaker=[C->B B] [D->C A] C] D]"
+			 */
+			taker = breaker;
+			while (taker->pending)
+				taker = taker->pending;
+			taker->pending = broken->pending;
+		}
+		broken->pending = breaker;
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SCOPENEST, m->parse, line, ppos,
+				"%s breaks %s", mdoc_macronames[tok],
+				mdoc_macronames[broken->tok]);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Found no matching block for tok.
+	 * Are you trying to close a block that is not open?
+	 */
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+static int
+rew_sub(enum mdoc_type t, struct mdoc *m, 
+		enum mdoct tok, int line, int ppos)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	n = m->last;
+	while (n) {
+		switch (rew_dohalt(tok, t, n)) {
+		case (REWIND_NONE):
+			return(1);
+		case (REWIND_THIS):
+			break;
+		case (REWIND_FORCE):
+			mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEBROKEN, m->parse, 
+					line, ppos, "%s breaks %s", 
+					mdoc_macronames[tok],
+					mdoc_macronames[n->tok]);
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (REWIND_MORE):
+			n = n->parent;
+			continue;
+		case (REWIND_LATER):
+			if (make_pending(n, tok, m, line, ppos) ||
+			    MDOC_BLOCK != t)
+				return(1);
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (REWIND_ERROR):
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	assert(n);
+	if ( ! rew_last(m, n))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * The current block extends an enclosing block.
+	 * Now that the current block ends, close the enclosing block, too.
+	 */
+	while (NULL != (n = n->pending)) {
+		if ( ! rew_last(m, n))
+			return(0);
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type &&
+		    ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, n->line, n->pos, n->tok))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a word and check whether it's punctuation or not.
+ * Punctuation consists of those tokens found in mdoc_isdelim().
+ */
+static int
+dword(struct mdoc *m, int line, 
+		int col, const char *p, enum mdelim d)
+{
+	
+	if (DELIM_MAX == d)
+		d = mdoc_isdelim(p);
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(m, line, col, p))
+		return(0);
+
+	if (DELIM_OPEN == d)
+		m->last->flags |= MDOC_DELIMO;
+
+	/*
+	 * Closing delimiters only suppress the preceding space
+	 * when they follow something, not when they start a new
+	 * block or element, and not when they follow `No'.
+	 *
+	 * XXX	Explicitly special-casing MDOC_No here feels
+	 *	like a layering violation.  Find a better way
+	 *	and solve this in the code related to `No'!
+	 */
+
+	else if (DELIM_CLOSE == d && m->last->prev &&
+			m->last->prev->tok != MDOC_No)
+		m->last->flags |= MDOC_DELIMC;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+append_delims(struct mdoc *m, int line, int *pos, char *buf)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	char		*p;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos])
+		return(1);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_zargs(m, line, pos, buf, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		else if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX);
+
+		/*
+		 * If we encounter end-of-sentence symbols, then trigger
+		 * the double-space.
+		 *
+		 * XXX: it's easy to allow this to propagate outward to
+		 * the last symbol, such that `. )' will cause the
+		 * correct double-spacing.  However, (1) groff isn't
+		 * smart enough to do this and (2) it would require
+		 * knowing which symbols break this behaviour, for
+		 * example, `.  ;' shouldn't propagate the double-space.
+		 */
+		if (mandoc_eos(p, strlen(p), 0))
+			m->last->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Close out block partial/full explicit.  
+ */
+static int
+blk_exp_close(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *body;		/* Our own body. */
+	struct mdoc_node *later;	/* A sub-block starting later. */
+	struct mdoc_node *n;		/* For searching backwards. */
+
+	int	 	 j, lastarg, maxargs, flushed, nl;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum mdoct	 atok, ntok;
+	char		*p;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ec):
+		maxargs = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		maxargs = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Search backwards for beginnings of blocks,
+	 * both of our own and of pending sub-blocks.
+	 */
+	atok = rew_alt(tok);
+	body = later = NULL;
+	for (n = m->last; n; n = n->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_VALID & n->flags)
+			continue;
+
+		/* Remember the start of our own body. */
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type && atok == n->tok) {
+			if (ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+				body = n;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type || MDOC_Nm == n->tok)
+			continue;
+		if (atok == n->tok) {
+			assert(body);
+
+			/*
+			 * Found the start of our own block.
+			 * When there is no pending sub block,
+			 * just proceed to closing out.
+			 */
+			if (NULL == later)
+				break;
+
+			/* 
+			 * When there is a pending sub block,
+			 * postpone closing out the current block
+			 * until the rew_sub() closing out the sub-block.
+			 */
+			make_pending(later, tok, m, line, ppos);
+
+			/*
+			 * Mark the place where the formatting - but not
+			 * the scope - of the current block ends.
+			 */
+			if ( ! mdoc_endbody_alloc(m, line, ppos,
+			    atok, body, ENDBODY_SPACE))
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * When finding an open sub block, remember the last
+		 * open explicit block, or, in case there are only
+		 * implicit ones, the first open implicit block.
+		 */
+		if (later &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[later->tok].flags)
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_CALLABLE & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags)
+			later = n;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_CALLABLE & mdoc_macros[tok].flags)) {
+		/* FIXME: do this in validate */
+		if (buf[*pos]) 
+			mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		return(rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos));
+	}
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	if (NULL == later && maxargs > 0) 
+		if ( ! mdoc_tail_alloc(m, line, ppos, rew_alt(tok)))
+			return(0);
+
+	for (flushed = j = 0; ; j++) {
+		lastarg = *pos;
+
+		if (j == maxargs && ! flushed) {
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, lastarg, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! flushed) {
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, lastarg, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! flushed && ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+in_line(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la, scope, cnt, nc, nl;
+	enum margverr	 av;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum mdelim	 d;
+	struct mdoc_arg	*arg;
+	char		*p;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * Whether we allow ignored elements (those without content,
+	 * usually because of reserved words) to squeak by.
+	 */
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_An):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ar):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fl):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Mt):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Nm):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pa):
+		nc = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		nc = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	for (arg = NULL;; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		} 
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av)
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	for (cnt = scope = 0;; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		/* 
+		 * In this case, we've located a submacro and must
+		 * execute it.  Close out scope, if open.  If no
+		 * elements have been generated, either create one (nc)
+		 * or raise a warning.
+		 */
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX != ntok) {
+			if (scope && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			if (nc && 0 == cnt) {
+				if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+					return(0);
+				if ( ! rew_last(m, m->last))
+					return(0);
+			} else if ( ! nc && 0 == cnt) {
+				mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+				mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+			}
+
+			if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+				return(0);
+			if ( ! nl)
+				return(1);
+			return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+		} 
+
+		/* 
+		 * Non-quote-enclosed punctuation.  Set up our scope, if
+		 * a word; rewind the scope, if a delimiter; then append
+		 * the word. 
+		 */
+
+		d = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? DELIM_NONE : mdoc_isdelim(p);
+
+		if (DELIM_NONE != d) {
+			/*
+			 * If we encounter closing punctuation, no word
+			 * has been omitted, no scope is open, and we're
+			 * allowed to have an empty element, then start
+			 * a new scope.  `Ar', `Fl', and `Li', only do
+			 * this once per invocation.  There may be more
+			 * of these (all of them?).
+			 */
+			if (0 == cnt && (nc || MDOC_Li == tok) && 
+					DELIM_CLOSE == d && ! scope) {
+				if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+					return(0);
+				if (MDOC_Ar == tok || MDOC_Li == tok || 
+						MDOC_Fl == tok)
+					cnt++;
+				scope = 1;
+			}
+			/*
+			 * Close out our scope, if one is open, before
+			 * any punctuation.
+			 */
+			if (scope && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			scope = 0;
+		} else if ( ! scope) {
+			if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+				return(0);
+			scope = 1;
+		}
+
+		if (DELIM_NONE == d)
+			cnt++;
+
+		if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, d))
+			return(0);
+
+		/*
+		 * `Fl' macros have their scope re-opened with each new
+		 * word so that the `-' can be added to each one without
+		 * having to parse out spaces.
+		 */
+		if (scope && MDOC_Fl == tok) {
+			if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			scope = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (scope && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * If no elements have been collected and we're allowed to have
+	 * empties (nc), open a scope and close it out.  Otherwise,
+	 * raise a warning.
+	 */
+
+	if (nc && 0 == cnt) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! rew_last(m, m->last))
+			return(0);
+	} else if ( ! nc && 0 == cnt) {
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+blk_full(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la, nl, nparsed;
+	struct mdoc_arg	 *arg;
+	struct mdoc_node *head; /* save of head macro */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* save of body macro */
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	enum mdoc_type	  mtt;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+	enum margserr	  ac, lac;
+	enum margverr	  av;
+	char		 *p;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/* Close out prior implicit scope. */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[tok].flags)) {
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This routine accommodates implicitly- and explicitly-scoped
+	 * macro openings.  Implicit ones first close out prior scope
+	 * (seen above).  Delay opening the head until necessary to
+	 * allow leading punctuation to print.  Special consideration
+	 * for `It -column', which has phrase-part syntax instead of
+	 * regular child nodes.
+	 */
+
+	for (arg = NULL;; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		} 
+
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av)
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+		return(0);
+
+	head = body = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * Exception: Heads of `It' macros in `-diag' lists are not
+	 * parsed, even though `It' macros in general are parsed.
+	 */
+	nparsed = MDOC_It == tok &&
+		MDOC_Bl == m->last->parent->tok &&
+		LIST_diag == m->last->parent->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	/*
+	 * The `Nd' macro has all arguments in its body: it's a hybrid
+	 * of block partial-explicit and full-implicit.  Stupid.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Nd == tok) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		head = m->last;
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		body = m->last;
+	} 
+
+	ac = ARGS_ERROR;
+
+	for ( ; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		/* Initialise last-phrase-type with ARGS_PEND. */
+		lac = ARGS_ERROR == ac ? ARGS_PEND : ac;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac) {
+			if (ARGS_PPHRASE != lac && ARGS_PHRASE != lac)
+				break;
+			/*
+			 * This is necessary: if the last token on a
+			 * line is a `Ta' or tab, then we'll get
+			 * ARGS_EOLN, so we must be smart enough to
+			 * reopen our scope if the last parse was a
+			 * phrase or partial phrase.
+			 */
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* 
+		 * Emit leading punctuation (i.e., punctuation before
+		 * the MDOC_HEAD) for non-phrase types.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL == head && 
+				ARGS_PEND != ac &&
+				ARGS_PHRASE != ac &&
+				ARGS_PPHRASE != ac &&
+				ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Open a head if one hasn't been opened. */
+
+		if (NULL == head) {
+			if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			head = m->last;
+		}
+
+		if (ARGS_PHRASE == ac || 
+				ARGS_PEND == ac ||
+				ARGS_PPHRASE == ac) {
+			/*
+			 * If we haven't opened a body yet, rewind the
+			 * head; if we have, rewind that instead.
+			 */
+
+			mtt = body ? MDOC_BODY : MDOC_HEAD;
+			if ( ! rew_sub(mtt, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			
+			/* Then allocate our body context. */
+
+			if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+
+			/*
+			 * Process phrases: set whether we're in a
+			 * partial-phrase (this effects line handling)
+			 * then call down into the phrase parser.
+			 */
+
+			if (ARGS_PPHRASE == ac)
+				m->flags |= MDOC_PPHRASE;
+			if (ARGS_PEND == ac && ARGS_PPHRASE == lac)
+				m->flags |= MDOC_PPHRASE;
+
+			if ( ! phrase(m, line, la, buf))
+				return(0);
+
+			m->flags &= ~MDOC_PPHRASE;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		ntok = nparsed || ARGS_QWORD == ac ? 
+			MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == head) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		head = m->last;
+	}
+	
+	if (nl && ! append_delims(m, line, pos, buf))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* If we've already opened our body, exit now. */
+
+	if (NULL != body)
+		goto out;
+
+	/*
+	 * If there is an open (i.e., unvalidated) sub-block requiring
+	 * explicit close-out, postpone switching the current block from
+	 * head to body until the rew_sub() call closing out that
+	 * sub-block.
+	 */
+	for (n = m->last; n && n != head; n = n->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type && 
+				MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags &&
+				! (MDOC_VALID & n->flags)) {
+			n->pending = head;
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Close out scopes to remain in a consistent state. */
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+
+out:
+	if ( ! (MDOC_FREECOL & m->flags))
+		return(1);
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	m->flags &= ~MDOC_FREECOL;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+blk_part_imp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la, nl;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+	enum margserr	  ac;
+	char		 *p;
+	struct mdoc_node *blk; /* saved block context */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* saved body context */
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * A macro that spans to the end of the line.  This is generally
+	 * (but not necessarily) called as the first macro.  The block
+	 * has a head as the immediate child, which is always empty,
+	 * followed by zero or more opening punctuation nodes, then the
+	 * body (which may be empty, depending on the macro), then zero
+	 * or more closing punctuation nodes.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, NULL))
+		return(0);
+
+	blk = m->last;
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the body scope "on-demand", that is, after we've
+	 * processed all our the leading delimiters (open parenthesis,
+	 * etc.).
+	 */
+
+	for (body = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if (NULL == body && ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		} 
+
+		if (NULL == body) {
+		       if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			       return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+		}
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Clean-ups to leave in a consistent state. */
+
+	if (NULL == body) {
+		if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+		body = m->last;
+	}
+
+	for (n = body->child; n && n->next; n = n->next)
+		/* Do nothing. */ ;
+	
+	/* 
+	 * End of sentence spacing: if the last node is a text node and
+	 * has a trailing period, then mark it as being end-of-sentence.
+	 */
+
+	if (n && MDOC_TEXT == n->type && n->string)
+		if (mandoc_eos(n->string, strlen(n->string), 1))
+			n->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+
+	/* Up-propagate the end-of-space flag. */
+
+	if (n && (MDOC_EOS & n->flags)) {
+		body->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+		body->parent->flags |= MDOC_EOS;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If there is an open sub-block requiring explicit close-out,
+	 * postpone closing out the current block
+	 * until the rew_sub() call closing out the sub-block.
+	 */
+	for (n = m->last; n && n != body && n != blk->parent; n = n->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type &&
+		    MDOC_EXPLICIT & mdoc_macros[n->tok].flags &&
+		    ! (MDOC_VALID & n->flags)) {
+			make_pending(n, tok, m, line, ppos);
+			if ( ! mdoc_endbody_alloc(m, line, ppos,
+			    tok, body, ENDBODY_NOSPACE))
+				return(0);
+			return(1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * If we can't rewind to our body, then our scope has already
+	 * been closed by another macro (like `Oc' closing `Op').  This
+	 * is ugly behaviour nodding its head to OpenBSD's overwhelming
+	 * crufty use of `Op' breakage.
+	 */
+	if (n != body)
+		mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SCOPENEST, m->parse, line, ppos, 
+				"%s broken", mdoc_macronames[tok]);
+
+	if (n && ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Standard appending of delimiters. */
+
+	if (nl && ! append_delims(m, line, pos, buf))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Rewind scope, if applicable. */
+
+	if (n && ! rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, tok, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+blk_part_exp(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la, nl;
+	enum margserr	  ac;
+	struct mdoc_node *head; /* keep track of head */
+	struct mdoc_node *body; /* keep track of body */
+	char		 *p;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * The opening of an explicit macro having zero or more leading
+	 * punctuation nodes; a head with optional single element (the
+	 * case of `Eo'); and a body that may be empty.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_block_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, NULL))
+		return(0); 
+
+	for (head = body = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		/* Flush out leading punctuation. */
+
+		if (NULL == head && ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			assert(NULL == body);
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		} 
+
+		if (NULL == head) {
+			assert(NULL == body);
+			if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			head = m->last;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * `Eo' gobbles any data into the head, but most other
+		 * macros just immediately close out and begin the body.
+		 */
+
+		if (NULL == body) {
+			assert(head);
+			/* No check whether it's a macro! */
+			if (MDOC_Eo == tok)
+				if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+					return(0);
+
+			if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+				return(0);
+			if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+				return(0);
+			body = m->last;
+
+			if (MDOC_Eo == tok)
+				continue;
+		}
+
+		assert(NULL != head && NULL != body);
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Clean-up to leave in a consistent state. */
+
+	if (NULL == head)
+		if ( ! mdoc_head_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+
+	if (NULL == body) {
+		if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_HEAD, m, tok, line, ppos))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok))
+			return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Standard appending of delimiters. */
+
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+in_line_argn(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la, flushed, j, maxargs, nl;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum margverr	 av;
+	struct mdoc_arg	*arg;
+	char		*p;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * A line macro that has a fixed number of arguments (maxargs).
+	 * Only open the scope once the first non-leading-punctuation is
+	 * found (unless MDOC_IGNDELIM is noted, like in `Pf'), then
+	 * keep it open until the maximum number of arguments are
+	 * exhausted.
+	 */
+
+	switch (tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ap):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_No):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ns):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Ux):
+		maxargs = 0;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bx):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Xr):
+		maxargs = 2;
+		break;
+	default:
+		maxargs = 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	for (arg = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		} 
+
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av)
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	for (flushed = j = 0; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_PUNCT == ac)
+			break;
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		if ( ! (MDOC_IGNDELIM & mdoc_macros[tok].flags) && 
+				ARGS_QWORD != ac && 0 == j && 
+				DELIM_OPEN == mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_OPEN))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		} else if (0 == j)
+		       if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, la, tok, arg))
+			       return(0);
+
+		if (j == maxargs && ! flushed) {
+			if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX != ntok) {
+			if ( ! flushed && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+			if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+				return(0);
+			j++;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! (MDOC_IGNDELIM & mdoc_macros[tok].flags) &&
+				ARGS_QWORD != ac &&
+				! flushed &&
+				DELIM_NONE != mdoc_isdelim(p)) {
+			if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+				return(0);
+			flushed = 1;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+			return(0);
+		j++;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == j && ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, la, tok, arg))
+	       return(0);
+
+	/* Close out in a consistent state. */
+
+	if ( ! flushed && ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(1);
+	return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+static int
+in_line_eoln(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 la;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum margverr	 av;
+	struct mdoc_arg	*arg;
+	char		*p;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+
+	assert( ! (MDOC_PARSED & mdoc_macros[tok].flags));
+
+	if (tok == MDOC_Pp)
+		rew_sub(MDOC_BLOCK, m, MDOC_Nm, line, ppos);
+
+	/* Parse macro arguments. */
+
+	for (arg = NULL; ; ) {
+		la = *pos;
+		av = mdoc_argv(m, line, tok, &arg, pos, buf);
+
+		if (ARGV_WORD == av) {
+			*pos = la;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (ARGV_EOLN == av) 
+			break;
+		if (ARGV_ARG == av)
+			continue;
+
+		mdoc_argv_free(arg);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Open element scope. */
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_elem_alloc(m, line, ppos, tok, arg))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Parse argument terms. */
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_args(m, line, pos, buf, tok, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup(tok, p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! rew_elem(m, tok))
+			return(0);
+		return(mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf));
+	}
+
+	/* Close out (no delimiters). */
+
+	return(rew_elem(m, tok));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+ctx_synopsis(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 nl;
+
+	nl = MDOC_NEWLINE & m->flags;
+
+	/* If we're not in the SYNOPSIS, go straight to in-line. */
+	if ( ! (MDOC_SYNOPSIS & m->flags))
+		return(in_line(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+
+	/* If we're a nested call, same place. */
+	if ( ! nl)
+		return(in_line(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX: this will open a block scope; however, if later we end
+	 * up formatting the block scope, then child nodes will inherit
+	 * the formatting.  Be careful.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC_Nm == tok)
+		return(blk_full(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+	assert(MDOC_Vt == tok);
+	return(blk_part_imp(m, tok, line, ppos, pos, buf));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+obsolete(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mdoc_pmsg(m, line, ppos, MANDOCERR_MACROOBS);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Phrases occur within `Bl -column' entries, separated by `Ta' or tabs.
+ * They're unusual because they're basically free-form text until a
+ * macro is encountered.
+ */
+static int
+phrase(struct mdoc *m, int line, int ppos, char *buf)
+{
+	int		 la, pos;
+	enum margserr	 ac;
+	enum mdoct	 ntok;
+	char		*p;
+
+	for (pos = ppos; ; ) {
+		la = pos;
+
+		ac = mdoc_zargs(m, line, &pos, buf, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup_raw(p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, &pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		return(append_delims(m, line, &pos, buf));
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+phrase_ta(MACRO_PROT_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  la;
+	enum mdoct	  ntok;
+	enum margserr	  ac;
+	char		 *p;
+
+	/*
+	 * FIXME: this is overly restrictive: if the `Ta' is unexpected,
+	 * it should simply error out with ARGSLOST.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! rew_sub(MDOC_BODY, m, MDOC_It, line, ppos))
+		return(0);
+	if ( ! mdoc_body_alloc(m, line, ppos, MDOC_It))
+		return(0);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		la = *pos;
+		ac = mdoc_zargs(m, line, pos, buf, &p);
+
+		if (ARGS_ERROR == ac)
+			return(0);
+		if (ARGS_EOLN == ac)
+			break;
+
+		ntok = ARGS_QWORD == ac ? MDOC_MAX : lookup_raw(p);
+
+		if (MDOC_MAX == ntok) {
+			if ( ! dword(m, line, la, p, DELIM_MAX))
+				return(0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if ( ! mdoc_macro(m, ntok, line, la, pos, buf))
+			return(0);
+		return(append_delims(m, line, pos, buf));
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/mdoc_man.c b/mdoc_man.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9d7d2ca2386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc_man.c
@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_man.c,v 1.9 2011/10/24 21:47:59 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#define	DECL_ARGS const struct mdoc_meta *m, \
+		  const struct mdoc_node *n, \
+		  struct mman *mm
+
+struct	mman {
+	int		  need_space; /* next word needs prior ws */
+	int		  need_nl; /* next word needs prior nl */
+};
+
+struct	manact {
+	int		(*cond)(DECL_ARGS); /* DON'T run actions */
+	int		(*pre)(DECL_ARGS); /* pre-node action */
+	void		(*post)(DECL_ARGS); /* post-node action */
+	const char	 *prefix; /* pre-node string constant */
+	const char	 *suffix; /* post-node string constant */
+};
+
+static	int	  cond_body(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  cond_head(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_bd(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_dl(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_enc(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_nm(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_percent(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_pf(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_sect(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  post_sp(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_ap(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_bd(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_br(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_bx(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_dl(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_enc(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_it(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_nm(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_ns(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_pp(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_sp(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_sect(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_ux(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  pre_xr(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  print_word(struct mman *, const char *);
+static	void	  print_node(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct manact manacts[MDOC_MAX + 1] = {
+	{ NULL, pre_ap, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ap */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Dd */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Dt */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Os */
+	{ NULL, pre_sect, post_sect, ".SH", NULL }, /* Sh */
+	{ NULL, pre_sect, post_sect, ".SS", NULL }, /* Ss */
+	{ NULL, pre_pp, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Pp */
+	{ cond_body, pre_dl, post_dl, NULL, NULL }, /* D1 */
+	{ cond_body, pre_dl, post_dl, NULL, NULL }, /* Dl */
+	{ cond_body, pre_bd, post_bd, NULL, NULL }, /* Bd */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ed */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Bl */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* El */
+	{ NULL, pre_it, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _It */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Ad */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _An */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Ar */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Cd */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Cm */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Dv */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Er */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Ev */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "The \\fB",
+	    "\\fP\nutility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
+	    }, /* Ex */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fa */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fd */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB-", "\\fP" }, /* Fl */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fn */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ft */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Ic */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _In */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Li */
+	{ cond_head, pre_enc, NULL, "\\- ", NULL }, /* Nd */
+	{ NULL, pre_nm, post_nm, NULL, NULL }, /* Nm */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Op */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ot */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Pa */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "The \\fB",
+		"\\fP\nfunction returns the value 0 if successful;\n"
+		"otherwise the value -1 is returned and the global\n"
+		"variable \\fIerrno\\fP is set to indicate the error."
+		}, /* Rv */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* St */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Va */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Vt */
+	{ NULL, pre_xr, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Xr */
+	{ NULL, NULL, post_percent, NULL, NULL }, /* _%A */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%B */
+	{ NULL, NULL, post_percent, NULL, NULL }, /* _%D */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%I */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_percent, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* %J */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%N */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%O */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%P */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%R */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_percent, "\"", "\"" }, /* %T */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%V */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ac */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "<", ">" }, /* Ao */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "<", ">" }, /* Aq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* At */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Bc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Bf */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Bo */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Bq */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "BSD/OS", NULL }, /* Bsx */
+	{ NULL, pre_bx, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Bx */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Db */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Dc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "``", "''" }, /* Do */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "``", "''" }, /* Dq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ec */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ef */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Em */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Eo */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "FreeBSD", NULL }, /* Fx */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Ms */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* No */
+	{ NULL, pre_ns, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Ns */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "NetBSD", NULL }, /* Nx */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "OpenBSD", NULL }, /* Ox */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Pc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, post_pf, NULL, NULL }, /* Pf */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "(", ")" }, /* Po */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "(", ")" }, /* Pq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Qc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "`", "'" }, /* Ql */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "\"", "\"" }, /* Qo */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "\"", "\"" }, /* Qq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Re */
+	{ cond_body, pre_pp, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Rs */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Sc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "`", "'" }, /* So */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "`", "'" }, /* Sq */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Sm */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fI", "\\fP" }, /* Sx */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fB", "\\fP" }, /* Sy */
+	{ NULL, pre_enc, post_enc, "\\fR", "\\fP" }, /* Tn */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "UNIX", NULL }, /* Ux */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Xc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Xo */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fo */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Fc */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "[", "]" }, /* Oo */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Oc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Bk */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ek */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "is currently in beta test.", NULL }, /* Bt */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Hf */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Fr */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "currently under development.", NULL }, /* Ud */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Lb */
+	{ NULL, pre_pp, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Lp */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Lk */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Mt */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "{", "}" }, /* Brq */
+	{ cond_body, pre_enc, post_enc, "{", "}" }, /* Bro */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* Brc */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%C */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Es */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _En */
+	{ NULL, pre_ux, NULL, "DragonFly", NULL }, /* Dx */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%Q */
+	{ NULL, pre_br, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ NULL, pre_sp, post_sp, NULL, NULL }, /* sp */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _%U */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* _Ta */
+	{ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }, /* ROOT */
+};
+
+static void
+print_word(struct mman *mm, const char *s)
+{
+
+	if (mm->need_nl) {
+		/* 
+		 * If we need a newline, print it now and start afresh.
+		 */
+		putchar('\n');
+		mm->need_space = 0;
+		mm->need_nl = 0;
+	} else if (mm->need_space && '\0' != s[0])
+		/*
+		 * If we need a space, only print it before
+		 * (1) a nonzero length word;
+		 * (2) a word that is non-punctuation; and
+		 * (3) if punctuation, non-terminating puncutation.
+		 */
+		if (NULL == strchr(".,:;)]?!", s[0]) || '\0' != s[1])
+			putchar(' ');
+
+	/*
+	 * Reassign needing space if we're not following opening
+	 * punctuation.
+	 */
+	mm->need_space = 
+		('(' != s[0] && '[' != s[0]) || '\0' != s[1];
+
+	for ( ; *s; s++) {
+		switch (*s) {
+		case (ASCII_NBRSP):
+			printf("\\~");
+			break;
+		case (ASCII_HYPH):
+			putchar('-');
+			break;
+		default:
+			putchar((unsigned char)*s);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void
+man_man(void *arg, const struct man *man)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Dump the keep buffer.
+	 * We're guaranteed by now that this exists (is non-NULL).
+	 * Flush stdout afterward, just in case.
+	 */
+	fputs(mparse_getkeep(man_mparse(man)), stdout);
+	fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+void
+man_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_meta *m;
+	const struct mdoc_node *n;
+	struct mman	        mm;
+
+	m = mdoc_meta(mdoc);
+	n = mdoc_node(mdoc);
+
+	printf(".TH \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"",
+			m->title, m->msec, m->date, m->os, m->vol);
+
+	memset(&mm, 0, sizeof(struct mman));
+
+	mm.need_nl = 1;
+	print_node(m, n, &mm);
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+static void
+print_node(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*prev, *sub;
+	const struct manact	*act;
+	int			 cond, do_sub;
+	
+	/*
+	 * Break the line if we were parsed subsequent the current node.
+	 * This makes the page structure be more consistent.
+	 */
+	prev = n->prev ? n->prev : n->parent;
+	if (prev && prev->line < n->line)
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+
+	act = NULL;
+	cond = 0;
+	do_sub = 1;
+
+	if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type) {
+		/*
+		 * Make sure that we don't happen to start with a
+		 * control character at the start of a line.
+		 */
+		if (mm->need_nl && ('.' == *n->string || 
+					'\'' == *n->string)) {
+			print_word(mm, "\\&");
+			mm->need_space = 0;
+		}
+		print_word(mm, n->string);
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Conditionally run the pre-node action handler for a
+		 * node.
+		 */
+		act = manacts + n->tok;
+		cond = NULL == act->cond || (*act->cond)(m, n, mm);
+		if (cond && act->pre)
+			do_sub = (*act->pre)(m, n, mm);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Conditionally run all child nodes.
+	 * Note that this iterates over children instead of using
+	 * recursion.  This prevents unnecessary depth in the stack.
+	 */
+	if (do_sub)
+		for (sub = n->child; sub; sub = sub->next)
+			print_node(m, sub, mm);
+
+	/*
+	 * Lastly, conditionally run the post-node handler.
+	 */
+	if (cond && act->post)
+		(*act->post)(m, n, mm);
+}
+
+static int
+cond_head(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_HEAD == n->type);
+}
+
+static int
+cond_body(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_BODY == n->type);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output a font encoding before a node, e.g., \fR.
+ * This obviously has no trailing space.
+ */
+static int
+pre_enc(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*prefix;
+
+	prefix = manacts[n->tok].prefix;
+	if (NULL == prefix)
+		return(1);
+	print_word(mm, prefix);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Output a font encoding subsequent a node, e.g., \fP.
+ */
+static void
+post_enc(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char *suffix;
+
+	suffix = manacts[n->tok].suffix;
+	if (NULL == suffix)
+		return;
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, suffix);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Used in listings (percent = %A, e.g.).
+ * FIXME: this is incomplete. 
+ * It doesn't print a nice ", and" for lists.
+ */
+static void
+post_percent(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	post_enc(m, n, mm);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_word(mm, ",");
+	else {
+		print_word(mm, ".");
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print before a section header.
+ */
+static int
+pre_sect(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, manacts[n->tok].prefix);
+	print_word(mm, "\"");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print subsequent a section header.
+ */
+static void
+post_sect(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return;
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "\"");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_ap(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "'");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_bd(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type ||
+	    DISP_literal  == n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+		print_word(mm, ".nf");
+	}
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_bd(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type ||
+	    DISP_literal  == n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+		print_word(mm, ".fi");
+	}
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_br(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".br");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_bx(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	n = n->child;
+	if (n) {
+		print_word(mm, n->string);
+		mm->need_space = 0;
+		n = n->next;
+	}
+	print_word(mm, "BSD");
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return(0);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "-");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, n->string);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_dl(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".RS 6n");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_dl(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".RE");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_it(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *bln;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type) {
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+		print_word(mm, ".TP");
+		bln = n->parent->parent->prev;
+		switch (bln->norm->Bl.type) {
+		case (LIST_bullet):
+			print_word(mm, "4n");
+			mm->need_nl = 1;
+			print_word(mm, "\\fBo\\fP");
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (bln->norm->Bl.width)
+				print_word(mm, bln->norm->Bl.width);
+			break;
+		}
+		mm->need_nl = 1;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_nm(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type && MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	print_word(mm, "\\fB");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		print_word(mm, m->name);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_nm(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type && MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+		return;
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "\\fP");
+}
+
+static int
+pre_ns(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static void
+post_pf(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_pp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	if (MDOC_It == n->parent->tok)
+		print_word(mm, ".sp");
+	else
+		print_word(mm, ".PP");
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_sp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+	print_word(mm, ".sp");
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+post_sp(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mm->need_nl = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+pre_xr(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	n = n->child;
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return(0);
+	print_node(m, n, mm);
+	n = n->next;
+	if (NULL == n)
+		return(0);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "(");
+	print_node(m, n, mm);
+	print_word(mm, ")");
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_ux(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_word(mm, manacts[n->tok].prefix);
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(0);
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	print_word(mm, "\\~");
+	mm->need_space = 0;
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/mdoc_term.c b/mdoc_term.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..53335664444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc_term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2257 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_term.c,v 1.238 2011/11/13 13:15:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+struct	termpair {
+	struct termpair	 *ppair;
+	int		  count;
+};
+
+#define	DECL_ARGS struct termp *p, \
+		  struct termpair *pair, \
+	  	  const struct mdoc_meta *m, \
+		  const struct mdoc_node *n
+
+struct	termact {
+	int	(*pre)(DECL_ARGS);
+	void	(*post)(DECL_ARGS);
+};
+
+static	size_t	  a2width(const struct termp *, const char *);
+static	size_t	  a2height(const struct termp *, const char *);
+static	size_t	  a2offs(const struct termp *, const char *);
+
+static	void	  print_bvspace(struct termp *,
+			const struct mdoc_node *,
+			const struct mdoc_node *);
+static	void  	  print_mdoc_node(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  print_mdoc_nodelist(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  print_mdoc_head(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void	  print_mdoc_foot(struct termp *, const void *);
+static	void	  synopsis_pre(struct termp *, 
+			const struct mdoc_node *);
+
+static	void	  termp____post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp__t_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_an_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_bd_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_bk_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_bl_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_d1_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_fo_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_in_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_it_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_lb_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_nm_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_pf_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_quote_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_sh_post(DECL_ARGS);
+static	void	  termp_ss_post(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	int	  termp__a_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp__t_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_an_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ap_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bf_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bk_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bl_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bold_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bt_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_bx_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_cd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_d1_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ex_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fa_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fl_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fn_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_fo_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ft_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_igndelim_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_in_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_it_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_li_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_lk_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_nd_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_nm_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ns_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_quote_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_rs_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_rv_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_sh_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_sm_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_sp_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ss_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_under_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_ud_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_vt_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_xr_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+static	int	  termp_xx_pre(DECL_ARGS);
+
+static	const struct termact termacts[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ termp_ap_pre, NULL }, /* Ap */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dd */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dt */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Os */
+	{ termp_sh_pre, termp_sh_post }, /* Sh */
+	{ termp_ss_pre, termp_ss_post }, /* Ss */ 
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* Pp */ 
+	{ termp_d1_pre, termp_d1_post }, /* D1 */
+	{ termp_d1_pre, termp_d1_post }, /* Dl */
+	{ termp_bd_pre, termp_bd_post }, /* Bd */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ed */
+	{ termp_bl_pre, termp_bl_post }, /* Bl */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* El */
+	{ termp_it_pre, termp_it_post }, /* It */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Ad */ 
+	{ termp_an_pre, termp_an_post }, /* An */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Ar */
+	{ termp_cd_pre, NULL }, /* Cd */
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Cm */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dv */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Er */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ev */ 
+	{ termp_ex_pre, NULL }, /* Ex */
+	{ termp_fa_pre, NULL }, /* Fa */ 
+	{ termp_fd_pre, NULL }, /* Fd */ 
+	{ termp_fl_pre, NULL }, /* Fl */
+	{ termp_fn_pre, NULL }, /* Fn */ 
+	{ termp_ft_pre, NULL }, /* Ft */ 
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Ic */ 
+	{ termp_in_pre, termp_in_post }, /* In */ 
+	{ termp_li_pre, NULL }, /* Li */
+	{ termp_nd_pre, NULL }, /* Nd */ 
+	{ termp_nm_pre, termp_nm_post }, /* Nm */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Op */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ot */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Pa */
+	{ termp_rv_pre, NULL }, /* Rv */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* St */ 
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Va */
+	{ termp_vt_pre, NULL }, /* Vt */
+	{ termp_xr_pre, NULL }, /* Xr */
+	{ termp__a_pre, termp____post }, /* %A */
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %B */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %D */
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %I */
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %J */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %N */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %O */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %P */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %R */
+	{ termp__t_pre, termp__t_post }, /* %T */
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %V */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ac */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Ao */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Aq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* At */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Bc */
+	{ termp_bf_pre, NULL }, /* Bf */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Bo */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Bq */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Bsx */
+	{ termp_bx_pre, NULL }, /* Bx */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Db */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Dc */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Do */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Dq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ec */ /* FIXME: no space */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ef */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Em */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Eo */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Fx */
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Ms */
+	{ termp_igndelim_pre, NULL }, /* No */
+	{ termp_ns_pre, NULL }, /* Ns */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Nx */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Ox */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Pc */
+	{ termp_igndelim_pre, termp_pf_post }, /* Pf */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Po */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Pq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Qc */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Ql */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Qo */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Qq */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Re */
+	{ termp_rs_pre, NULL }, /* Rs */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Sc */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* So */
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Sq */
+	{ termp_sm_pre, NULL }, /* Sm */
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Sx */
+	{ termp_bold_pre, NULL }, /* Sy */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Tn */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Ux */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Xc */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Xo */
+	{ termp_fo_pre, termp_fo_post }, /* Fo */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Fc */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Oo */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Oc */
+	{ termp_bk_pre, termp_bk_post }, /* Bk */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ek */
+	{ termp_bt_pre, NULL }, /* Bt */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Hf */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Fr */
+	{ termp_ud_pre, NULL }, /* Ud */
+	{ NULL, termp_lb_post }, /* Lb */
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* Lp */ 
+	{ termp_lk_pre, NULL }, /* Lk */ 
+	{ termp_under_pre, NULL }, /* Mt */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Brq */ 
+	{ termp_quote_pre, termp_quote_post }, /* Bro */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Brc */ 
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %C */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Es */ /* TODO */
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* En */ /* TODO */
+	{ termp_xx_pre, NULL }, /* Dx */ 
+	{ NULL, termp____post }, /* %Q */ 
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* br */
+	{ termp_sp_pre, NULL }, /* sp */ 
+	{ termp_under_pre, termp____post }, /* %U */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL }, /* Ta */ 
+};
+
+
+void
+terminal_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*n;
+	const struct mdoc_meta	*m;
+	struct termp		*p;
+
+	p = (struct termp *)arg;
+
+	if (0 == p->defindent)
+		p->defindent = 5;
+
+	p->overstep = 0;
+	p->maxrmargin = p->defrmargin;
+	p->tabwidth = term_len(p, 5);
+
+	if (NULL == p->symtab)
+		p->symtab = mchars_alloc();
+
+	n = mdoc_node(mdoc);
+	m = mdoc_meta(mdoc);
+
+	term_begin(p, print_mdoc_head, print_mdoc_foot, m);
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(p, NULL, m, n->child);
+
+	term_end(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_nodelist(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc_node(p, pair, m, n);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(p, pair, m, n->next);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+print_mdoc_node(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 chld;
+	const void	*font;
+	struct termpair	 npair;
+	size_t		 offset, rmargin;
+
+	chld = 1;
+	offset = p->offset;
+	rmargin = p->rmargin;
+	font = term_fontq(p);
+
+	memset(&npair, 0, sizeof(struct termpair));
+	npair.ppair = pair;
+
+	/*
+	 * Keeps only work until the end of a line.  If a keep was
+	 * invoked in a prior line, revert it to PREKEEP.
+	 *
+	 * Also let SYNPRETTY sections behave as if they were wrapped
+	 * in a `Bk' block.
+	 */
+
+	if (TERMP_KEEP & p->flags || MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) {
+		if (n->prev && n->prev->line != n->line) {
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_KEEP;
+			p->flags |= TERMP_PREKEEP;
+		} else if (NULL == n->prev) {
+			if (n->parent && n->parent->line != n->line) {
+				p->flags &= ~TERMP_KEEP;
+				p->flags |= TERMP_PREKEEP;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Since SYNPRETTY sections aren't "turned off" with `Ek',
+	 * we have to intuit whether we should disable formatting.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) &&
+	    ((n->prev   && MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->prev->flags) ||
+	     (n->parent && MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->parent->flags)))
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_KEEP | TERMP_PREKEEP);
+
+	/*
+	 * After the keep flags have been set up, we may now
+	 * produce output.  Note that some pre-handlers do so.
+	 */
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		if (' ' == *n->string && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+			term_newln(p);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMC & n->flags)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		if (MDOC_DELIMO & n->flags)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		term_eqn(p, n->eqn);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		term_tbl(p, n->span);
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (termacts[n->tok].pre && ENDBODY_NOT == n->end)
+			chld = (*termacts[n->tok].pre)
+				(p, &npair, m, n);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (chld && n->child)
+		print_mdoc_nodelist(p, &npair, m, n->child);
+
+	term_fontpopq(p, font);
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		if ( ! termacts[n->tok].post || MDOC_ENDED & n->flags)
+			break;
+		(void)(*termacts[n->tok].post)(p, &npair, m, n);
+
+		/*
+		 * Explicit end tokens not only call the post
+		 * handler, but also tell the respective block
+		 * that it must not call the post handler again.
+		 */
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != n->end)
+			n->pending->flags |= MDOC_ENDED;
+
+		/*
+		 * End of line terminating an implicit block
+		 * while an explicit block is still open.
+		 * Continue the explicit block without spacing.
+		 */
+		if (ENDBODY_NOSPACE == n->end)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (MDOC_EOS & n->flags)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+
+	p->offset = offset;
+	p->rmargin = rmargin;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_foot(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_meta *m;
+
+	m = (const struct mdoc_meta *)arg;
+
+	term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Output the footer in new-groff style, that is, three columns
+	 * with the middle being the manual date and flanking columns
+	 * being the operating system:
+	 *
+	 * SYSTEM                  DATE                    SYSTEM
+	 */
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = (p->maxrmargin - 
+			term_strlen(p, m->date) + term_len(p, 1)) / 2;
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE | TERMP_NOBREAK;
+
+	term_word(p, m->os);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin - term_strlen(p, m->os);
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	term_word(p, m->date);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	term_word(p, m->os);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->flags = 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc_head(struct termp *p, const void *arg)
+{
+	char		buf[BUFSIZ], title[BUFSIZ];
+	size_t		buflen, titlen;
+	const struct mdoc_meta *m;
+
+	m = (const struct mdoc_meta *)arg;
+
+	/*
+	 * The header is strange.  It has three components, which are
+	 * really two with the first duplicated.  It goes like this:
+	 *
+	 * IDENTIFIER              TITLE                   IDENTIFIER
+	 *
+	 * The IDENTIFIER is NAME(SECTION), which is the command-name
+	 * (if given, or "unknown" if not) followed by the manual page
+	 * section.  These are given in `Dt'.  The TITLE is a free-form
+	 * string depending on the manual volume.  If not specified, it
+	 * switches on the manual section.
+	 */
+
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	assert(m->vol);
+	strlcpy(buf, m->vol, BUFSIZ);
+	buflen = term_strlen(p, buf);
+
+	if (m->arch) {
+		strlcat(buf, " (", BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(buf, m->arch, BUFSIZ);
+		strlcat(buf, ")", BUFSIZ);
+	}
+
+	snprintf(title, BUFSIZ, "%s(%s)", m->title, m->msec);
+	titlen = term_strlen(p, title);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = 2 * (titlen+1) + buflen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    (p->maxrmargin -
+	     term_strlen(p, buf) + term_len(p, 1)) / 2 :
+	    p->maxrmargin - buflen;
+
+	term_word(p, title);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = p->rmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->offset + buflen + titlen < p->maxrmargin ?
+	    p->maxrmargin - titlen : p->maxrmargin;
+
+	term_word(p, buf);
+	term_flushln(p);
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	if (p->rmargin + titlen <= p->maxrmargin) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->offset = p->rmargin;
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		term_word(p, title);
+		term_flushln(p);
+	}
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	p->offset = 0;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2height(const struct termp *p, const char *v)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+
+	assert(v);
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(v, &su, SCALE_VS))
+		SCALE_VS_INIT(&su, atoi(v));
+
+	return(term_vspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2width(const struct termp *p, const char *v)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	assert(v);
+	if ( ! a2roffsu(v, &su, SCALE_MAX))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, term_strlen(p, v));
+
+	return(term_hspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+a2offs(const struct termp *p, const char *v)
+{
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+
+	if ('\0' == *v)
+		return(0);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(v, "left"))
+		return(0);
+	else if (0 == strcmp(v, "indent"))
+		return(term_len(p, p->defindent + 1));
+	else if (0 == strcmp(v, "indent-two"))
+		return(term_len(p, (p->defindent + 1) * 2));
+	else if ( ! a2roffsu(v, &su, SCALE_MAX))
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, term_strlen(p, v));
+
+	return(term_hspan(p, &su));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Determine how much space to print out before block elements of `It'
+ * (and thus `Bl') and `Bd'.  And then go ahead and print that space,
+ * too.
+ */
+static void
+print_bvspace(struct termp *p, 
+		const struct mdoc_node *bl, 
+		const struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+
+	assert(n);
+
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	if (MDOC_Bd == bl->tok && bl->norm->Bd.comp)
+		return;
+	if (MDOC_Bl == bl->tok && bl->norm->Bl.comp)
+		return;
+
+	/* Do not vspace directly after Ss/Sh. */
+
+	for (nn = n; nn; nn = nn->parent) {
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK != nn->type)
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_Ss == nn->tok)
+			return;
+		if (MDOC_Sh == nn->tok)
+			return;
+		if (NULL == nn->prev)
+			continue;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* A `-column' does not assert vspace within the list. */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == bl->tok && LIST_column == bl->norm->Bl.type)
+		if (n->prev && MDOC_It == n->prev->tok)
+			return;
+
+	/* A `-diag' without body does not vspace. */
+
+	if (MDOC_Bl == bl->tok && LIST_diag == bl->norm->Bl.type)
+		if (n->prev && MDOC_It == n->prev->tok) {
+			assert(n->prev->body);
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				return;
+		}
+
+	term_vspace(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_it_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *bl, *nn;
+	char		        buf[7];
+	int		        i;
+	size_t		        width, offset, ncols, dcol;
+	enum mdoc_list		type;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		print_bvspace(p, n->parent->parent, n);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	bl = n->parent->parent->parent;
+	type = bl->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	/* 
+	 * First calculate width and offset.  This is pretty easy unless
+	 * we're a -column list, in which case all prior columns must
+	 * be accounted for.
+	 */
+
+	width = offset = 0;
+
+	if (bl->norm->Bl.offs)
+		offset = a2offs(p, bl->norm->Bl.offs);
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * Imitate groff's column handling:
+		 * - For each earlier column, add its width.
+		 * - For less than 5 columns, add four more blanks per
+		 *   column.
+		 * - For exactly 5 columns, add three more blank per
+		 *   column.
+		 * - For more than 5 columns, add only one column.
+		 */
+		ncols = bl->norm->Bl.ncols;
+
+		/* LINTED */
+		dcol = ncols < 5 ? term_len(p, 4) : 
+			ncols == 5 ? term_len(p, 3) : term_len(p, 1);
+
+		/*
+		 * Calculate the offset by applying all prior MDOC_BODY,
+		 * so we stop at the MDOC_HEAD (NULL == nn->prev).
+		 */
+
+		for (i = 0, nn = n->prev; 
+				nn->prev && i < (int)ncols; 
+				nn = nn->prev, i++)
+			offset += dcol + a2width
+				(p, bl->norm->Bl.cols[i]);
+
+		/*
+		 * When exceeding the declared number of columns, leave
+		 * the remaining widths at 0.  This will later be
+		 * adjusted to the default width of 10, or, for the last
+		 * column, stretched to the right margin.
+		 */
+		if (i >= (int)ncols)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * Use the declared column widths, extended as explained
+		 * in the preceding paragraph.
+		 */
+		width = a2width(p, bl->norm->Bl.cols[i]) + dcol;
+		break;
+	default:
+		if (NULL == bl->norm->Bl.width)
+			break;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Note: buffer the width by 2, which is groff's magic
+		 * number for buffering single arguments.  See the above
+		 * handling for column for how this changes.
+		 */
+		assert(bl->norm->Bl.width);
+		width = a2width(p, bl->norm->Bl.width) + term_len(p, 2);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * List-type can override the width in the case of fixed-head
+	 * values (bullet, dash/hyphen, enum).  Tags need a non-zero
+	 * offset.
+	 */
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		if (width < term_len(p, 4))
+			width = term_len(p, 4);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		if (width < term_len(p, 5))
+			width = term_len(p, 5);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		if (0 == width)
+			width = term_len(p, 8);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (0 == width)
+			width = term_len(p, 10);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Whitespace control.  Inset bodies need an initial space,
+	 * while diagonal bodies need two.
+	 */
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+			term_word(p, "\\ \\ ");
+		break;
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) 
+			term_word(p, "\\ ");
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Pad and break control.  This is the tricky part.  These flags
+	 * are documented in term_flushln() in term.c.  Note that we're
+	 * going to unset all of these flags in termp_it_post() when we
+	 * exit.
+	 */
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		else
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * This is ugly.  If `-hang' is specified and the body
+		 * is a `Bl' or `Bd', then we want basically to nullify
+		 * the "overstep" effect in term_flushln() and treat
+		 * this as a `-ohang' list instead.
+		 */
+		if (n->next->child && 
+				(MDOC_Bl == n->next->child->tok ||
+				 MDOC_Bd == n->next->child->tok))
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		else
+			p->flags |= TERMP_HANG;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+
+		if (MDOC_HEAD != n->type)
+			break;
+		if (NULL == n->next || NULL == n->next->child)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_DANGLE;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			break;
+
+		if (NULL == n->next)
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		else
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+
+		break;
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Margin control.  Set-head-width lists have their right
+	 * margins shortened.  The body for these lists has the offset
+	 * necessarily lengthened.  Everybody gets the offset.
+	 */
+
+	p->offset += offset;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		/*
+		 * Same stipulation as above, regarding `-hang'.  We
+		 * don't want to recalculate rmargin and offsets when
+		 * using `Bd' or `Bl' within `-hang' overstep lists.
+		 */
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type && n->next->child &&
+				(MDOC_Bl == n->next->child->tok || 
+				 MDOC_Bd == n->next->child->tok))
+			break;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		assert(width);
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			p->rmargin = p->offset + width;
+		else 
+			p->offset += width;
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		assert(width);
+		p->rmargin = p->offset + width;
+		/* 
+		 * XXX - this behaviour is not documented: the
+		 * right-most column is filled to the right margin.
+		 */
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			break;
+		if (NULL == n->next && p->rmargin < p->maxrmargin)
+			p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * The dash, hyphen, bullet and enum lists all have a special
+	 * HEAD character (temporarily bold, in some cases).  
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		switch (type) {
+		case (LIST_bullet):
+			term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+			term_word(p, "\\[bu]");
+			term_fontpop(p);
+			break;
+		case (LIST_dash):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (LIST_hyphen):
+			term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+			term_word(p, "\\(hy");
+			term_fontpop(p);
+			break;
+		case (LIST_enum):
+			(pair->ppair->ppair->count)++;
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d.", 
+					pair->ppair->ppair->count);
+			term_word(p, buf);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* 
+	 * If we're not going to process our children, indicate so here.
+	 */
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_item):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_it_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	enum mdoc_list	   type;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type)
+		return;
+
+	type = n->parent->parent->parent->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case (LIST_item):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+			term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+			term_flushln(p);
+		break;
+	default:
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Now that our output is flushed, we can reset our tags.  Since
+	 * only `It' sets these flags, we're free to assume that nobody
+	 * has munged them in the meanwhile.
+	 */
+
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_DANGLE;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOBREAK;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_TWOSPACE;
+	p->flags &= ~TERMP_HANG;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_nm_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		if (NULL == n->child)
+			return(0);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->offset += term_len(p, 1) +
+		    (NULL == n->prev->child ? term_strlen(p, m->name) :
+		     MDOC_TEXT == n->prev->child->type ?
+			term_strlen(p, n->prev->child->string) :
+		     term_len(p, 5));
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == n->child && NULL == m->name)
+		return(0);
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		synopsis_pre(p, n->parent);
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type && n->next->child) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE | TERMP_NOBREAK;
+		p->rmargin = p->offset + term_len(p, 1);
+		if (NULL == n->child) {
+			p->rmargin += term_strlen(p, m->name);
+		} else if (MDOC_TEXT == n->child->type) {
+			p->rmargin += term_strlen(p, n->child->string);
+			if (n->child->next)
+				p->flags |= TERMP_HANG;
+		} else {
+			p->rmargin += term_len(p, 5);
+			p->flags |= TERMP_HANG;
+		}
+	}
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		term_word(p, m->name);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_nm_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type && n->next->child) {
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_NOBREAK | TERMP_HANG);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type && n->child)
+		term_flushln(p);
+}
+
+		
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fl_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, "\\-");
+
+	if (n->child)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	else if (n->next && n->next->line == n->line)
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp__a_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (n->prev && MDOC__A == n->prev->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->next || MDOC__A != n->next->tok)
+			term_word(p, "and");
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_an_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * If not in the AUTHORS section, `An -split' will cause
+	 * newlines to occur before the author name.  If in the AUTHORS
+	 * section, by default, the first `An' invocation is nosplit,
+	 * then all subsequent ones, regardless of whether interspersed
+	 * with other macros/text, are split.  -split, in this case,
+	 * will override the condition of the implied first -nosplit.
+	 */
+	
+	if (n->sec == SEC_AUTHORS) {
+		if ( ! (TERMP_ANPREC & p->flags)) {
+			if (TERMP_SPLIT & p->flags)
+				term_newln(p);
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (TERMP_NOSPLIT & p->flags)
+			return(1);
+		term_newln(p);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if (TERMP_SPLIT & p->flags)
+		term_newln(p);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_an_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (n->child) {
+		if (SEC_AUTHORS == n->sec)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_ANPREC;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (AUTH_split == n->norm->An.auth) {
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPLIT;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SPLIT;
+	} else if (AUTH_nosplit == n->norm->An.auth) {
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_SPLIT;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPLIT;
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ns_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_LINE & n->flags))
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_rs_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (SEC_SEE_ALSO != n->sec)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type && n->prev)
+		term_vspace(p);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_rv_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	term_newln(p);
+	term_word(p, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "()");
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			term_word(p, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		term_word(p, "functions return");
+	else
+		term_word(p, "function returns");
+
+       	term_word(p, "the value 0 if successful; otherwise the value "
+			"-1 is returned and the global variable");
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	term_word(p, "errno");
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+       	term_word(p, "is set to indicate the error.");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ex_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 nchild;
+
+	term_newln(p);
+	term_word(p, "The");
+
+	nchild = n->nchild;
+	for (n = n->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		if (nchild > 2 && n->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+
+		if (n->next && NULL == n->next->next)
+			term_word(p, "and");
+	}
+
+	if (nchild > 1)
+		term_word(p, "utilities exit");
+	else
+		term_word(p, "utility exits");
+
+       	term_word(p, "0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs.");
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_nd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__linux__)
+	term_word(p, "\\(en");
+#else
+	term_word(p, "\\(em");
+#endif
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bl_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(MDOC_HEAD != n->type);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_bl_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type)
+		term_newln(p);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_xr_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+	term_word(p, n->string);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->next)) 
+		return(0);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "(");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+	term_word(p, n->string);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ")");
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This decides how to assert whitespace before any of the SYNOPSIS set
+ * of macros (which, as in the case of Ft/Fo and Ft/Fn, may contain
+ * macro combos).
+ */
+static void
+synopsis_pre(struct termp *p, const struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	/* 
+	 * Obviously, if we're not in a SYNOPSIS or no prior macros
+	 * exist, do nothing.
+	 */
+	if (NULL == n->prev || ! (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags))
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're the second in a pair of like elements, emit our
+	 * newline and return.  UNLESS we're `Fo', `Fn', `Fn', in which
+	 * case we soldier on.
+	 */
+	if (n->prev->tok == n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Ft != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fo != n->tok && 
+			MDOC_Fn != n->tok) {
+		term_newln(p);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're one of the SYNOPSIS set and non-like pair-wise after
+	 * another (or Fn/Fo, which we've let slip through) then assert
+	 * vertical space, else only newline and move on.
+	 */
+	switch (n->prev->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Fd):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fn):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Fo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_In):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Vt):
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ft):
+		if (MDOC_Fn != n->tok && MDOC_Fo != n->tok) {
+			term_vspace(p);
+			break;
+		}
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+static int
+termp_vt_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_ELEM == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(p, n);
+		return(termp_under_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+	} else if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(p, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	return(termp_under_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bold_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+	return(termp_bold_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_sh_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/* No vspace between consecutive `Sh' calls. */
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		if (n->prev && MDOC_Sh == n->prev->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev->body->child)
+				break;
+		term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		p->offset = term_len(p, p->defindent);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_sh_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		term_newln(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		term_newln(p);
+		p->offset = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bt_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_word(p, "is currently in beta test.");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_lb_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (SEC_LIBRARY == n->sec && MDOC_LINE & n->flags)
+		term_newln(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ud_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_word(p, "currently under development.");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_d1_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	term_newln(p);
+	p->offset += term_len(p, p->defindent + 1);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_d1_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type) 
+		return;
+	term_newln(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ft_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/* NB: MDOC_LINE does not effect this! */
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fn_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 pretty;
+
+	pretty = MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags;
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = n->child))
+		return(0);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, n->string);
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "(");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	for (n = n->next; n; n = n->next) {
+		assert(MDOC_TEXT == n->type);
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		if (n->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ")");
+
+	if (pretty) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, ";");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fa_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+
+	if (n->parent->tok != MDOC_Fo) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+		term_word(p, nn->string);
+		term_fontpop(p);
+
+		if (nn->next) {
+			p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			term_word(p, ",");
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (n->child && n->next && n->next->tok == MDOC_Fa) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, ",");
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t			 tabwidth, rm, rmax;
+	const struct mdoc_node	*nn;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		print_bvspace(p, n, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+
+	if (n->norm->Bd.offs)
+		p->offset += a2offs(p, n->norm->Bd.offs);
+
+	/*
+	 * If -ragged or -filled are specified, the block does nothing
+	 * but change the indentation.  If -unfilled or -literal are
+	 * specified, text is printed exactly as entered in the display:
+	 * for macro lines, a newline is appended to the line.  Blank
+	 * lines are allowed.
+	 */
+	
+	if (DISP_literal != n->norm->Bd.type && 
+			DISP_unfilled != n->norm->Bd.type)
+		return(1);
+
+	tabwidth = p->tabwidth;
+	if (DISP_literal == n->norm->Bd.type)
+		p->tabwidth = term_len(p, 8);
+
+	rm = p->rmargin;
+	rmax = p->maxrmargin;
+	p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+
+	for (nn = n->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		print_mdoc_node(p, pair, m, nn);
+		/*
+		 * If the printed node flushes its own line, then we
+		 * needn't do it here as well.  This is hacky, but the
+		 * notion of selective eoln whitespace is pretty dumb
+		 * anyway, so don't sweat it.
+		 */
+		switch (nn->tok) {
+		case (MDOC_Sm):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_br):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_sp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Bl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_D1):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Dl):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Lp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Pp):
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		if (nn->next && nn->next->line == nn->line)
+			continue;
+		term_flushln(p);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	}
+
+	p->tabwidth = tabwidth;
+	p->rmargin = rm;
+	p->maxrmargin = rmax;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_bd_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 rm, rmax;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type) 
+		return;
+
+	rm = p->rmargin;
+	rmax = p->maxrmargin;
+
+	if (DISP_literal == n->norm->Bd.type || 
+			DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type)
+		p->rmargin = p->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_newln(p);
+
+	p->rmargin = rm;
+	p->maxrmargin = rmax;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bx_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->child)) {
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "BSD");
+	} else {
+		term_word(p, "BSD");
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	if (NULL != (n = n->next)) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "-");
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, n->string);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_xx_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*pp;
+	int		 flags;
+
+	pp = NULL;
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Bsx):
+		pp = "BSD/OS";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Dx):
+		pp = "DragonFly";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Fx):
+		pp = "FreeBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Nx):
+		pp = "NetBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ox):
+		pp = "OpenBSD";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ux):
+		pp = "UNIX";
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	term_word(p, pp);
+	if (n->child) {
+		flags = p->flags;
+		p->flags |= TERMP_KEEP;
+		term_word(p, n->child->string);
+		p->flags = flags;
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_igndelim_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_IGNDELIM;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_pf_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ss_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		term_newln(p);
+		if (n->prev)
+			term_vspace(p);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		p->offset = term_len(p, (p->defindent+1)/2);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_ss_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		term_newln(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_cd_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_in_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	synopsis_pre(p, n);
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags && MDOC_LINE & n->flags) {
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		term_word(p, "#include");
+		term_word(p, "<");
+	} else {
+		term_word(p, "<");
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_in_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags)
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ">");
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags)
+		term_fontpop(p);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_sp_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		 i, len;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_sp):
+		len = n->child ? a2height(p, n->child->string) : 1;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_br):
+		len = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		len = 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (0 == len)
+		term_newln(p);
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		term_vspace(p);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_quote_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type && MDOC_ELEM != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		term_word(p, "<");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		term_word(p, "{");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		term_word(p, "[");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		term_word(p, "``");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		term_word(p, "(");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC__T):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		term_word(p, "\"");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		term_word(p, "`");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_quote_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type && MDOC_ELEM != n->type)
+		return;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ao):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Aq):
+		term_word(p, ">");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bro):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Brq):
+		term_word(p, "}");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Oo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Op):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Bq):
+		term_word(p, "]");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Do):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Dq):
+		term_word(p, "''");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Eo):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Po):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Pq):
+		term_word(p, ")");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC__T):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qo):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Qq):
+		term_word(p, "\"");
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Ql):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_So):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Sq):
+		term_word(p, "'");
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_fo_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type) {
+		synopsis_pre(p, n);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (MDOC_BODY == n->type) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, "(");
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		return(1);
+	} 
+
+	if (NULL == n->child)
+		return(0);
+
+	/* XXX: we drop non-initial arguments as per groff. */
+
+	assert(n->child->string);
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, n->child->string);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_fo_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type) 
+		return;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ")");
+
+	if (MDOC_SYNPRETTY & n->flags) {
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		term_word(p, ";");
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bf_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == n->type)
+		return(0);
+	else if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (FONT_Em == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	else if (FONT_Sy == n->norm->Bf.font) 
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	else 
+		term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_sm_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	assert(n->child && MDOC_TEXT == n->child->type);
+	if (0 == strcmp("on", n->child->string)) {
+		if (p->col)
+			p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+	} else
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_ap_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, "'");
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp____post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle lists of authors.  In general, print each followed by
+	 * a comma.  Don't print the comma if there are only two
+	 * authors.
+	 */
+	if (MDOC__A == n->tok && n->next && MDOC__A == n->next->tok)
+		if (NULL == n->next->next || MDOC__A != n->next->next->tok)
+			if (NULL == n->prev || MDOC__A != n->prev->tok)
+				return;
+
+	/* TODO: %U. */
+
+	if (NULL == n->parent || MDOC_Rs != n->parent->tok)
+		return;
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	if (NULL == n->next) {
+		term_word(p, ".");
+		p->flags |= TERMP_SENTENCE;
+	} else
+		term_word(p, ",");
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_li_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_lk_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *nn, *sv;
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+
+	nn = sv = n->child;
+
+	if (NULL == nn || NULL == nn->next)
+		return(1);
+
+	for (nn = nn->next; nn; nn = nn->next) 
+		term_word(p, nn->string);
+
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	term_word(p, ":");
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+	term_word(p, sv->string);
+	term_fontpop(p);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_bk_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		return(0);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (n->parent->args || 0 == n->prev->nchild)
+			p->flags |= TERMP_PREKEEP;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp_bk_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == n->type)
+		p->flags &= ~(TERMP_KEEP | TERMP_PREKEEP);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+termp__t_post(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in an `Rs' and there's a journal present, then quote
+	 * us instead of underlining us (for disambiguation).
+	 */
+	if (n->parent && MDOC_Rs == n->parent->tok &&
+			n->parent->norm->Rs.quote_T)
+		termp_quote_post(p, pair, m, n);
+
+	termp____post(p, pair, m, n);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp__t_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in an `Rs' and there's a journal present, then quote
+	 * us instead of underlining us (for disambiguation).
+	 */
+	if (n->parent && MDOC_Rs == n->parent->tok &&
+			n->parent->norm->Rs.quote_T)
+		return(termp_quote_pre(p, pair, m, n));
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+termp_under_pre(DECL_ARGS)
+{
+
+	term_fontpush(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/mdoc_validate.c b/mdoc_validate.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..060ccdadec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mdoc_validate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2403 @@
+/*	$Id: mdoc_validate.c,v 1.182 2012/03/23 05:50:25 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	OSNAME
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+/* FIXME: .Bl -diag can't have non-text children in HEAD. */
+
+#define	PRE_ARGS  struct mdoc *mdoc, struct mdoc_node *n
+#define	POST_ARGS struct mdoc *mdoc
+
+#define	NUMSIZ	  32
+#define	DATESIZE  32
+
+enum	check_ineq {
+	CHECK_LT,
+	CHECK_GT,
+	CHECK_EQ
+};
+
+enum	check_lvl {
+	CHECK_WARN,
+	CHECK_ERROR,
+};
+
+typedef	int	(*v_pre)(PRE_ARGS);
+typedef	int	(*v_post)(POST_ARGS);
+
+struct	valids {
+	v_pre	*pre;
+	v_post	*post;
+};
+
+static	int	 check_count(struct mdoc *, enum mdoc_type, 
+			enum check_lvl, enum check_ineq, int);
+static	int	 check_parent(PRE_ARGS, enum mdoct, enum mdoc_type);
+static	void	 check_text(struct mdoc *, int, int, char *);
+static	void	 check_argv(struct mdoc *, 
+			struct mdoc_node *, struct mdoc_argv *);
+static	void	 check_args(struct mdoc *, struct mdoc_node *);
+static	int	 concat(char *, const struct mdoc_node *, size_t);
+static	enum mdoc_sec	a2sec(const char *);
+static	size_t		macro2len(enum mdoct);
+
+static	int	 ebool(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 berr_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 bwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_eq0(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_eq1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 ewarn_le1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_eq0(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_eq1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 hwarn_le1(POST_ARGS);
+
+static	int	 post_an(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_at(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bf(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_block(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_block_width(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_block_tag(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bl_head(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_bx(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_dd(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_dt(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_defaults(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_literal(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_eoln(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_it(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_lb(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_nm(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_ns(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_os(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_ignpar(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_prol(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_root(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_rs(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_sh(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_sh_body(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_sh_head(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_st(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_std(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 post_vt(POST_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_an(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_bd(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_bl(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_dd(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_display(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_dt(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_it(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_literal(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_os(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_par(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_sh(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_ss(PRE_ARGS);
+static	int	 pre_std(PRE_ARGS);
+
+static	v_post	 posts_an[] = { post_an, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_at[] = { post_at, post_defaults, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bd[] = { post_literal, hwarn_eq0, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bf[] = { hwarn_le1, post_bf, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bk[] = { hwarn_eq0, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bl[] = { bwarn_ge1, post_bl, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bx[] = { post_bx, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_bool[] = { ebool, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_eoln[] = { post_eoln, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_defaults[] = { post_defaults, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_dd[] = { post_dd, post_prol, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_dl[] = { post_literal, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_dt[] = { post_dt, post_prol, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_fo[] = { hwarn_eq1, bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_it[] = { post_it, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_lb[] = { post_lb, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_nd[] = { berr_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_nm[] = { post_nm, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_notext[] = { ewarn_eq0, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_ns[] = { post_ns, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_os[] = { post_os, post_prol, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_rs[] = { post_rs, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_sh[] = { post_ignpar, hwarn_ge1, post_sh, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_sp[] = { ewarn_le1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_ss[] = { post_ignpar, hwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_st[] = { post_st, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_std[] = { post_std, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_text[] = { ewarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_text1[] = { ewarn_eq1, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_vt[] = { post_vt, NULL };
+static	v_post	 posts_wline[] = { bwarn_ge1, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_an[] = { pre_an, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_bd[] = { pre_display, pre_bd, pre_literal, pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_bl[] = { pre_bl, pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_d1[] = { pre_display, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_dl[] = { pre_literal, pre_display, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_dd[] = { pre_dd, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_dt[] = { pre_dt, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_er[] = { NULL, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_fd[] = { NULL, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_it[] = { pre_it, pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_os[] = { pre_os, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_pp[] = { pre_par, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_sh[] = { pre_sh, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_ss[] = { pre_ss, NULL };
+static	v_pre	 pres_std[] = { pre_std, NULL };
+
+static	const struct valids mdoc_valids[MDOC_MAX] = {
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ap */
+	{ pres_dd, posts_dd },			/* Dd */
+	{ pres_dt, posts_dt },			/* Dt */
+	{ pres_os, posts_os },			/* Os */
+	{ pres_sh, posts_sh },			/* Sh */ 
+	{ pres_ss, posts_ss },			/* Ss */ 
+	{ pres_pp, posts_notext },		/* Pp */ 
+	{ pres_d1, posts_wline },		/* D1 */
+	{ pres_dl, posts_dl },			/* Dl */
+	{ pres_bd, posts_bd },			/* Bd */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ed */
+	{ pres_bl, posts_bl },			/* Bl */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* El */
+	{ pres_it, posts_it },			/* It */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ad */ 
+	{ pres_an, posts_an },			/* An */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Ar */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Cd */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Cm */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dv */ 
+	{ pres_er, NULL },			/* Er */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ev */ 
+	{ pres_std, posts_std },		/* Ex */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fa */ 
+	{ pres_fd, posts_text },		/* Fd */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fl */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fn */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ft */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ic */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text1 },			/* In */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Li */
+	{ NULL, posts_nd },			/* Nd */
+	{ NULL, posts_nm },			/* Nm */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Op */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ot */
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Pa */
+	{ pres_std, posts_std },		/* Rv */
+	{ NULL, posts_st },			/* St */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Va */
+	{ NULL, posts_vt },			/* Vt */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* Xr */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %A */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %B */ /* FIXME: can be used outside Rs/Re. */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %D */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %I */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %J */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %N */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %O */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %P */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %R */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %T */ /* FIXME: can be used outside Rs/Re. */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %V */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ac */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ao */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Aq */
+	{ NULL, posts_at },			/* At */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bc */
+	{ NULL, posts_bf },			/* Bf */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bsx */
+	{ NULL, posts_bx },			/* Bx */
+	{ NULL, posts_bool },			/* Db */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Do */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ec */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ef */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Em */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Eo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fx */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ms */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_notext },			/* No */
+	{ NULL, posts_ns },			/* Ns */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Nx */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ox */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Pc */
+	{ NULL, posts_text1 },			/* Pf */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Po */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Pq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Qc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ql */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Qo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Qq */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Re */
+	{ NULL, posts_rs },			/* Rs */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* So */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sq */
+	{ NULL, posts_bool },			/* Sm */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sx */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Sy */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Tn */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ux */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Xc */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Xo */
+	{ NULL, posts_fo },			/* Fo */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fc */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Oo */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Oc */
+	{ NULL, posts_bk },			/* Bk */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ek */
+	{ NULL, posts_eoln },			/* Bt */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Hf */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Fr */
+	{ NULL, posts_eoln },			/* Ud */
+	{ NULL, posts_lb },			/* Lb */
+	{ NULL, posts_notext },			/* Lp */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Lk */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_defaults },		/* Mt */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Brq */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Bro */ 
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Brc */ 
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %C */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Es */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* En */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Dx */
+	{ NULL, posts_text },			/* %Q */
+	{ NULL, posts_notext },			/* br */
+	{ pres_pp, posts_sp },			/* sp */
+	{ NULL, posts_text1 },			/* %U */
+	{ NULL, NULL },				/* Ta */
+};
+
+#define	RSORD_MAX 14 /* Number of `Rs' blocks. */
+
+static	const enum mdoct rsord[RSORD_MAX] = {
+	MDOC__A,
+	MDOC__T,
+	MDOC__B,
+	MDOC__I,
+	MDOC__J,
+	MDOC__R,
+	MDOC__N,
+	MDOC__V,
+	MDOC__P,
+	MDOC__Q,
+	MDOC__D,
+	MDOC__O,
+	MDOC__C,
+	MDOC__U
+};
+
+static	const char * const secnames[SEC__MAX] = {
+	NULL,
+	"NAME",
+	"LIBRARY",
+	"SYNOPSIS",
+	"DESCRIPTION",
+	"IMPLEMENTATION NOTES",
+	"RETURN VALUES",
+	"ENVIRONMENT",
+	"FILES",
+	"EXIT STATUS",
+	"EXAMPLES",
+	"DIAGNOSTICS",
+	"COMPATIBILITY",
+	"ERRORS",
+	"SEE ALSO",
+	"STANDARDS",
+	"HISTORY",
+	"AUTHORS",
+	"CAVEATS",
+	"BUGS",
+	"SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS",
+	NULL
+};
+
+int
+mdoc_valid_pre(struct mdoc *mdoc, struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	v_pre		*p;
+	int		 line, pos;
+	char		*tp;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		tp = n->string;
+		line = n->line;
+		pos = n->pos;
+		check_text(mdoc, line, pos, tp);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	check_args(mdoc, n);
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc_valids[n->tok].pre)
+		return(1);
+	for (p = mdoc_valids[n->tok].pre; *p; p++)
+		if ( ! (*p)(mdoc, n)) 
+			return(0);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+int
+mdoc_valid_post(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+	v_post		*p;
+
+	if (MDOC_VALID & mdoc->last->flags)
+		return(1);
+	mdoc->last->flags |= MDOC_VALID;
+
+	switch (mdoc->last->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		return(post_root(mdoc));
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc_valids[mdoc->last->tok].post)
+		return(1);
+	for (p = mdoc_valids[mdoc->last->tok].post; *p; p++)
+		if ( ! (*p)(mdoc)) 
+			return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+check_count(struct mdoc *m, enum mdoc_type type, 
+		enum check_lvl lvl, enum check_ineq ineq, int val)
+{
+	const char	*p;
+	enum mandocerr	 t;
+
+	if (m->last->type != type)
+		return(1);
+	
+	switch (ineq) {
+	case (CHECK_LT):
+		p = "less than ";
+		if (m->last->nchild < val)
+			return(1);
+		break;
+	case (CHECK_GT):
+		p = "more than ";
+		if (m->last->nchild > val)
+			return(1);
+		break;
+	case (CHECK_EQ):
+		p = "";
+		if (val == m->last->nchild)
+			return(1);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	t = lvl == CHECK_WARN ? MANDOCERR_ARGCWARN : MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT;
+	mandoc_vmsg(t, m->parse, m->last->line, m->last->pos,
+			"want %s%d children (have %d)",
+			p, val, m->last->nchild);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+berr_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_BODY, CHECK_ERROR, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+bwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_BODY, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_eq0(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_eq1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+ewarn_le1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_LT, 2));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_eq0(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_eq1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_ge1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+hwarn_le1(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	return(check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_LT, 2));
+}
+
+static void
+check_args(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *n)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == n->args)
+		return;
+
+	assert(n->args->argc);
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)n->args->argc; i++)
+		check_argv(m, n, &n->args->argv[i]);
+}
+
+static void
+check_argv(struct mdoc *m, struct mdoc_node *n, struct mdoc_argv *v)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)v->sz; i++)
+		check_text(m, v->line, v->pos, v->value[i]);
+
+	/* FIXME: move to post_std(). */
+
+	if (MDOC_Std == v->arg)
+		if ( ! (v->sz || m->meta.name))
+			mdoc_nmsg(m, n, MANDOCERR_NONAME);
+}
+
+static void
+check_text(struct mdoc *m, int ln, int pos, char *p)
+{
+	char		*cp;
+
+	if (MDOC_LITERAL & m->flags)
+		return;
+
+	for (cp = p; NULL != (p = strchr(p, '\t')); p++)
+		mdoc_pmsg(m, ln, pos + (int)(p - cp), MANDOCERR_BADTAB);
+}
+
+static int
+check_parent(PRE_ARGS, enum mdoct tok, enum mdoc_type t)
+{
+
+	assert(n->parent);
+	if ((MDOC_ROOT == t || tok == n->parent->tok) &&
+			(t == n->parent->type))
+		return(1);
+
+	mandoc_vmsg(MANDOCERR_SYNTCHILD, mdoc->parse, n->line, 
+			n->pos, "want parent %s", MDOC_ROOT == t ? 
+			"<root>" : mdoc_macronames[tok]);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_display(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *node;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	for (node = mdoc->last->parent; node; node = node->parent) 
+		if (MDOC_BLOCK == node->type)
+			if (MDOC_Bd == node->tok)
+				break;
+
+	if (node)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NESTEDDISP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_bl(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  i, comp, dup;
+	const char	 *offs, *width;
+	enum mdoc_list	  lt;
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type) {
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != n->end) {
+			assert(n->pending);
+			np = n->pending->parent;
+		} else
+			np = n->parent;
+
+		assert(np);
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == np->type);
+		assert(MDOC_Bl == np->tok);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * First figure out which kind of list to use: bind ourselves to
+	 * the first mentioned list type and warn about any remaining
+	 * ones.  If we find no list type, we default to LIST_item.
+	 */
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	for (i = 0; n->args && i < (int)n->args->argc; i++) {
+		lt = LIST__NONE;
+		dup = comp = 0;
+		width = offs = NULL;
+		switch (n->args->argv[i].arg) {
+		/* Set list types. */
+		case (MDOC_Bullet):
+			lt = LIST_bullet;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Dash):
+			lt = LIST_dash;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Enum):
+			lt = LIST_enum;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Hyphen):
+			lt = LIST_hyphen;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Item):
+			lt = LIST_item;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Tag):
+			lt = LIST_tag;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Diag):
+			lt = LIST_diag;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Hang):
+			lt = LIST_hang;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Ohang):
+			lt = LIST_ohang;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Inset):
+			lt = LIST_inset;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Column):
+			lt = LIST_column;
+			break;
+		/* Set list arguments. */
+		case (MDOC_Compact):
+			dup = n->norm->Bl.comp;
+			comp = 1;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Width):
+			/* NB: this can be empty! */
+			if (n->args->argv[i].sz) {
+				width = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+				dup = (NULL != n->norm->Bl.width);
+				break;
+			}
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Offset):
+			/* NB: this can be empty! */
+			if (n->args->argv[i].sz) {
+				offs = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+				dup = (NULL != n->norm->Bl.offs);
+				break;
+			}
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+			break;
+		default:
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Check: duplicate auxiliary arguments. */
+
+		if (dup)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_ARGVREP);
+
+		if (comp && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bl.comp = comp;
+		if (offs && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bl.offs = offs;
+		if (width && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bl.width = width;
+
+		/* Check: multiple list types. */
+
+		if (LIST__NONE != lt && n->norm->Bl.type != LIST__NONE)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_LISTREP);
+
+		/* Assign list type. */
+
+		if (LIST__NONE != lt && n->norm->Bl.type == LIST__NONE) {
+			n->norm->Bl.type = lt;
+			/* Set column information, too. */
+			if (LIST_column == lt) {
+				n->norm->Bl.ncols = 
+					n->args->argv[i].sz;
+				n->norm->Bl.cols = (void *)
+					n->args->argv[i].value;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* The list type should come first. */
+
+		if (n->norm->Bl.type == LIST__NONE)
+			if (n->norm->Bl.width || 
+					n->norm->Bl.offs || 
+					n->norm->Bl.comp)
+				mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_LISTFIRST);
+
+		continue;
+	}
+
+	/* Allow lists to default to LIST_item. */
+
+	if (LIST__NONE == n->norm->Bl.type) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_LISTTYPE);
+		n->norm->Bl.type = LIST_item;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Validate the width field.  Some list types don't need width
+	 * types and should be warned about them.  Others should have it
+	 * and must also be warned.
+	 */
+
+	switch (n->norm->Bl.type) {
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (n->norm->Bl.width)
+			break;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NOWIDTHARG);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_ohang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_item):
+		if (n->norm->Bl.width)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_bd(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  i, dup, comp;
+	enum mdoc_disp 	  dt;
+	const char	 *offs;
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type) {
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != n->end) {
+			assert(n->pending);
+			np = n->pending->parent;
+		} else
+			np = n->parent;
+
+		assert(np);
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == np->type);
+		assert(MDOC_Bd == np->tok);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	for (i = 0; n->args && i < (int)n->args->argc; i++) {
+		dt = DISP__NONE;
+		dup = comp = 0;
+		offs = NULL;
+
+		switch (n->args->argv[i].arg) {
+		case (MDOC_Centred):
+			dt = DISP_centred;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Ragged):
+			dt = DISP_ragged;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Unfilled):
+			dt = DISP_unfilled;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Filled):
+			dt = DISP_filled;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Literal):
+			dt = DISP_literal;
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_File):
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_BADDISP);
+			return(0);
+		case (MDOC_Offset):
+			/* NB: this can be empty! */
+			if (n->args->argv[i].sz) {
+				offs = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+				dup = (NULL != n->norm->Bd.offs);
+				break;
+			}
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+			break;
+		case (MDOC_Compact):
+			comp = 1;
+			dup = n->norm->Bd.comp;
+			break;
+		default:
+			abort();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
+		}
+
+		/* Check whether we have duplicates. */
+
+		if (dup)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_ARGVREP);
+
+		/* Make our auxiliary assignments. */
+
+		if (offs && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bd.offs = offs;
+		if (comp && ! dup)
+			n->norm->Bd.comp = comp;
+
+		/* Check whether a type has already been assigned. */
+
+		if (DISP__NONE != dt && n->norm->Bd.type != DISP__NONE)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_DISPREP);
+
+		/* Make our type assignment. */
+
+		if (DISP__NONE != dt && n->norm->Bd.type == DISP__NONE)
+			n->norm->Bd.type = dt;
+	}
+
+	if (DISP__NONE == n->norm->Bd.type) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_DISPTYPE);
+		n->norm->Bd.type = DISP_ragged;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_ss(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+	return(check_parent(mdoc, n, MDOC_Sh, MDOC_BODY));
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_sh(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	roff_regunset(mdoc->roff, REG_nS);
+	return(check_parent(mdoc, n, MDOC_MAX, MDOC_ROOT));
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_it(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	return(check_parent(mdoc, n, MDOC_Bl, MDOC_BODY));
+}
+
+
+static int
+pre_an(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	if (NULL == n->args)
+		return(1);
+	
+	for (i = 1; i < (int)n->args->argc; i++)
+		mdoc_pmsg(mdoc, n->args->argv[i].line, 
+			n->args->argv[i].pos, MANDOCERR_IGNARGV);
+
+	if (MDOC_Split == n->args->argv[0].arg)
+		n->norm->An.auth = AUTH_split;
+	else if (MDOC_Nosplit == n->args->argv[0].arg)
+		n->norm->An.auth = AUTH_nosplit;
+	else
+		abort();
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_std(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (n->args && 1 == n->args->argc)
+		if (MDOC_Std == n->args->argv[0].arg)
+			return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NOARGV);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_dt(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->meta.date || mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO);
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.title)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_os(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->meta.title || NULL == mdoc->meta.date)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO);
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_dd(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.title || mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGOOO);
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.date)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_PROLOGREP);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_bf(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+	enum mdocargt	  arg;
+
+	/*
+	 * Unlike other data pointers, these are "housed" by the HEAD
+	 * element, which contains the goods.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD != mdoc->last->type) {
+		if (ENDBODY_NOT != mdoc->last->end) {
+			assert(mdoc->last->pending);
+			np = mdoc->last->pending->parent->head;
+		} else if (MDOC_BLOCK != mdoc->last->type) {
+			np = mdoc->last->parent->head;
+		} else 
+			np = mdoc->last->head;
+
+		assert(np);
+		assert(MDOC_HEAD == np->type);
+		assert(MDOC_Bf == np->tok);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	np = mdoc->last;
+	assert(MDOC_BLOCK == np->parent->type);
+	assert(MDOC_Bf == np->parent->tok);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Cannot have both argument and parameter.
+	 * If neither is specified, let it through with a warning. 
+	 */
+
+	if (np->parent->args && np->child) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_SYNTARGVCOUNT);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (NULL == np->parent->args && NULL == np->child) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_FONTTYPE);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Extract argument into data. */
+	
+	if (np->parent->args) {
+		arg = np->parent->args->argv[0].arg;
+		if (MDOC_Emphasis == arg)
+			np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Em;
+		else if (MDOC_Literal == arg)
+			np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Li;
+		else if (MDOC_Symbolic == arg)
+			np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Sy;
+		else
+			abort();
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Extract parameter into data. */
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(np->child->string, "Em"))
+		np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Em;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(np->child->string, "Li"))
+		np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Li;
+	else if (0 == strcmp(np->child->string, "Sy"))
+		np->norm->Bf.font = FONT_Sy;
+	else 
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_FONTTYPE);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_lb(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*p;
+	char		*buf;
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1);
+
+	assert(mdoc->last->child);
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == mdoc->last->child->type);
+
+	p = mdoc_a2lib(mdoc->last->child->string);
+
+	/* If lookup ok, replace with table value. */
+
+	if (p) {
+		free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+		mdoc->last->child->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* If not, use "library ``xxxx''. */
+
+	sz = strlen(mdoc->last->child->string) +
+		2 + strlen("\\(lqlibrary\\(rq");
+	buf = mandoc_malloc(sz);
+	snprintf(buf, sz, "library \\(lq%s\\(rq", 
+			mdoc->last->child->string);
+	free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+	mdoc->last->child->string = buf;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_eoln(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc->last->child)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_vt(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	const struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/*
+	 * The Vt macro comes in both ELEM and BLOCK form, both of which
+	 * have different syntaxes (yet more context-sensitive
+	 * behaviour).  ELEM types must have a child, which is already
+	 * guaranteed by the in_line parsing routine; BLOCK types,
+	 * specifically the BODY, should only have TEXT children.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+	
+	for (n = mdoc->last->child; n; n = n->next)
+		if (MDOC_TEXT != n->type) 
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_CHILD);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_nm(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+	int		 c;
+
+	/* If no child specified, make sure we have the meta name. */
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child && NULL == mdoc->meta.name) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NONAME);
+		return(1);
+	} else if (mdoc->meta.name)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* If no meta name, set it from the child. */
+
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, mdoc->last->child, BUFSIZ))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(c);
+	mdoc->meta.name = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_literal(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	
+	/*
+	 * The `Dl' (note "el" not "one") and `Bd' macros unset the
+	 * MDOC_LITERAL flag as they leave.  Note that `Bd' only sets
+	 * this in literal mode, but it doesn't hurt to just switch it
+	 * off in general since displays can't be nested.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY == mdoc->last->type)
+		mdoc->flags &= ~MDOC_LITERAL;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_defaults(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn;
+
+	/*
+	 * The `Ar' defaults to "file ..." if no value is provided as an
+	 * argument; the `Mt' and `Pa' macros use "~"; the `Li' just
+	 * gets an empty string.
+	 */
+
+	if (mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+	
+	nn = mdoc->last;
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+
+	switch (nn->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Ar):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "file"))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "..."))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_At):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "AT&T"))
+			return(0);
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "UNIX"))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Li):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, ""))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Pa):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_Mt):
+		if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, nn->line, nn->pos, "~"))
+			return(0);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	} 
+
+	mdoc->last = nn;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_at(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	 *p, *q;
+	char		 *buf;
+	size_t		  sz;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we have a child, look it up in the standard keys.  If a
+	 * key exist, use that instead of the child; if it doesn't,
+	 * prefix "AT&T UNIX " to the existing data.
+	 */
+	
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == mdoc->last->child->type);
+	p = mdoc_a2att(mdoc->last->child->string);
+
+	if (p) {
+		free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+		mdoc->last->child->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	} else {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADATT);
+		p = "AT&T UNIX ";
+		q = mdoc->last->child->string;
+		sz = strlen(p) + strlen(q) + 1;
+		buf = mandoc_malloc(sz);
+		strlcpy(buf, p, sz);
+		strlcat(buf, q, sz);
+		free(mdoc->last->child->string);
+		mdoc->last->child->string = buf;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_an(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	np = mdoc->last;
+	if (AUTH__NONE == np->norm->An.auth) {
+		if (0 == np->child)
+			check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0);
+	} else if (np->child)
+		check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_it(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  i, cols;
+	enum mdoc_list	  lt;
+	struct mdoc_node *n, *c;
+	enum mandocerr	  er;
+
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	n = mdoc->last->parent->parent;
+	lt = n->norm->Bl.type;
+
+	if (LIST__NONE == lt) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_LISTTYPE);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	switch (lt) {
+	case (LIST_tag):
+		if (mdoc->last->head->child)
+			break;
+		/* FIXME: give this a dummy value. */
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOARGS);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_hang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_ohang):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_inset):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_diag):
+		if (NULL == mdoc->last->head->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOARGS);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_bullet):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_dash):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_enum):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_hyphen):
+		if (NULL == mdoc->last->body->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOBODY);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (LIST_item):
+		if (mdoc->last->head->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST);
+		break;
+	case (LIST_column):
+		cols = (int)n->norm->Bl.ncols;
+
+		assert(NULL == mdoc->last->head->child);
+
+		if (NULL == mdoc->last->body->child)
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NOBODY);
+
+		for (i = 0, c = mdoc->last->child; c; c = c->next)
+			if (MDOC_BODY == c->type)
+				i++;
+
+		if (i < cols)
+			er = MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT;
+		else if (i == cols || i == cols + 1)
+			break;
+		else
+			er = MANDOCERR_SYNTARGCOUNT;
+
+		mandoc_vmsg(er, mdoc->parse, mdoc->last->line, 
+				mdoc->last->pos, 
+				"columns == %d (have %d)", cols, i);
+		return(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT == er);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl_block(POST_ARGS) 
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	/*
+	 * These are fairly complicated, so we've broken them into two
+	 * functions.  post_bl_block_tag() is called when a -tag is
+	 * specified, but no -width (it must be guessed).  The second
+	 * when a -width is specified (macro indicators must be
+	 * rewritten into real lengths).
+	 */
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	if (LIST_tag == n->norm->Bl.type && 
+			NULL == n->norm->Bl.width) {
+		if ( ! post_bl_block_tag(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+	} else if (NULL != n->norm->Bl.width) {
+		if ( ! post_bl_block_width(mdoc))
+			return(0);
+	} else 
+		return(1);
+
+	assert(n->norm->Bl.width);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl_block_width(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	size_t		  width;
+	int		  i;
+	enum mdoct	  tok;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	char		  buf[NUMSIZ];
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate the real width of a list from the -width string,
+	 * which may contain a macro (with a known default width), a
+	 * literal string, or a scaling width.
+	 *
+	 * If the value to -width is a macro, then we re-write it to be
+	 * the macro's width as set in share/tmac/mdoc/doc-common.
+	 */
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(n->norm->Bl.width, "Ds"))
+		width = 6;
+	else if (MDOC_MAX == (tok = mdoc_hash_find(n->norm->Bl.width)))
+		return(1);
+	else if (0 == (width = macro2len(tok)))  {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_BADWIDTH);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* The value already exists: free and reallocate it. */
+
+	assert(n->args);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)n->args->argc; i++) 
+		if (MDOC_Width == n->args->argv[i].arg)
+			break;
+
+	assert(i < (int)n->args->argc);
+
+	snprintf(buf, NUMSIZ, "%un", (unsigned int)width);
+	free(n->args->argv[i].value[0]);
+	n->args->argv[i].value[0] = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+
+	/* Set our width! */
+	n->norm->Bl.width = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl_block_tag(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n, *nn;
+	size_t		  sz, ssz;
+	int		  i;
+	char		  buf[NUMSIZ];
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate the -width for a `Bl -tag' list if it hasn't been
+	 * provided.  Uses the first head macro.  NOTE AGAIN: this is
+	 * ONLY if the -width argument has NOT been provided.  See
+	 * post_bl_block_width() for converting the -width string.
+	 */
+
+	sz = 10;
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	for (nn = n->body->child; nn; nn = nn->next) {
+		if (MDOC_It != nn->tok)
+			continue;
+
+		assert(MDOC_BLOCK == nn->type);
+		nn = nn->head->child;
+
+		if (nn == NULL)
+			break;
+
+		if (MDOC_TEXT == nn->type) {
+			sz = strlen(nn->string) + 1;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (0 != (ssz = macro2len(nn->tok)))
+			sz = ssz;
+
+		break;
+	} 
+
+	/* Defaults to ten ens. */
+
+	snprintf(buf, NUMSIZ, "%un", (unsigned int)sz);
+
+	/*
+	 * We have to dynamically add this to the macro's argument list.
+	 * We're guaranteed that a MDOC_Width doesn't already exist.
+	 */
+
+	assert(n->args);
+	i = (int)(n->args->argc)++;
+
+	n->args->argv = mandoc_realloc(n->args->argv, 
+			n->args->argc * sizeof(struct mdoc_argv));
+
+	n->args->argv[i].arg = MDOC_Width;
+	n->args->argv[i].line = n->line;
+	n->args->argv[i].pos = n->pos;
+	n->args->argv[i].sz = 1;
+	n->args->argv[i].value = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(char *));
+	n->args->argv[i].value[0] = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+
+	/* Set our width! */
+	n->norm->Bl.width = n->args->argv[i].value[0];
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+static int
+post_bl_head(POST_ARGS) 
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np, *nn, *nnp;
+	int		  i, j;
+
+	if (LIST_column != mdoc->last->norm->Bl.type)
+		/* FIXME: this should be ERROR class... */
+		return(hwarn_eq0(mdoc));
+
+	/*
+	 * Convert old-style lists, where the column width specifiers
+	 * trail as macro parameters, to the new-style ("normal-form")
+	 * lists where they're argument values following -column.
+	 */
+
+	/* First, disallow both types and allow normal-form. */
+
+	/* 
+	 * TODO: technically, we can accept both and just merge the two
+	 * lists, but I'll leave that for another day.
+	 */
+
+	if (mdoc->last->norm->Bl.ncols && mdoc->last->nchild) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_COLUMNS);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (NULL == mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	np = mdoc->last->parent;
+	assert(np->args);
+
+	for (j = 0; j < (int)np->args->argc; j++) 
+		if (MDOC_Column == np->args->argv[j].arg)
+			break;
+
+	assert(j < (int)np->args->argc);
+	assert(0 == np->args->argv[j].sz);
+
+	/*
+	 * Accommodate for new-style groff column syntax.  Shuffle the
+	 * child nodes, all of which must be TEXT, as arguments for the
+	 * column field.  Then, delete the head children.
+	 */
+
+	np->args->argv[j].sz = (size_t)mdoc->last->nchild;
+	np->args->argv[j].value = mandoc_malloc
+		((size_t)mdoc->last->nchild * sizeof(char *));
+
+	mdoc->last->norm->Bl.ncols = np->args->argv[j].sz;
+	mdoc->last->norm->Bl.cols = (void *)np->args->argv[j].value;
+
+	for (i = 0, nn = mdoc->last->child; nn; i++) {
+		np->args->argv[j].value[i] = nn->string;
+		nn->string = NULL;
+		nnp = nn;
+		nn = nn->next;
+		mdoc_node_delete(NULL, nnp);
+	}
+
+	mdoc->last->nchild = 0;
+	mdoc->last->child = NULL;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bl(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node	*n;
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == mdoc->last->type) 
+		return(post_bl_head(mdoc));
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == mdoc->last->type)
+		return(post_bl_block(mdoc));
+	if (MDOC_BODY != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	for (n = mdoc->last->child; n; n = n->next) {
+		switch (n->tok) {
+		case (MDOC_Lp):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Pp):
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_CHILD);
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_It):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (MDOC_Sm):
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_SYNTCHILD);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+ebool(struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+		return(1);
+	}
+	check_count(mdoc, MDOC_ELEM, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 1);
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == mdoc->last->child->type);
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(mdoc->last->child->string, "on"))
+		return(1);
+	if (0 == strcmp(mdoc->last->child->string, "off"))
+		return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADBOOL);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_root(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	int		  erc;
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	erc = 0;
+
+	/* Check that we have a finished prologue. */
+
+	if ( ! (MDOC_PBODY & mdoc->flags)) {
+		erc++;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->first, MANDOCERR_NODOCPROLOG);
+	}
+
+	n = mdoc->first;
+	assert(n);
+	
+	/* Check that we begin with a proper `Sh'. */
+
+	if (NULL == n->child) {
+		erc++;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY);
+	} else if (MDOC_BLOCK != n->child->type || 
+			MDOC_Sh != n->child->tok) {
+		erc++;
+		/* Can this be lifted?  See rxdebug.1 for example. */
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_NODOCBODY);
+	}
+
+	return(erc ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_st(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node	 *ch;
+	const char		 *p;
+
+	if (NULL == (ch = mdoc->last->child)) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_MACROEMPTY);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	assert(MDOC_TEXT == ch->type);
+
+	if (NULL == (p = mdoc_a2st(ch->string))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADSTANDARD);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+	} else {
+		free(ch->string);
+		ch->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_rs(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn, *next, *prev;
+	int		  i, j;
+
+	switch (mdoc->last->type) {
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		check_count(mdoc, MDOC_HEAD, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_EQ, 0);
+		return(1);
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (mdoc->last->child)
+			break;
+		check_count(mdoc, MDOC_BODY, CHECK_WARN, CHECK_GT, 0);
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Make sure only certain types of nodes are allowed within the
+	 * the `Rs' body.  Delete offending nodes and raise a warning.
+	 * Do this before re-ordering for the sake of clarity.
+	 */
+
+	next = NULL;
+	for (nn = mdoc->last->child; nn; nn = next) {
+		for (i = 0; i < RSORD_MAX; i++)
+			if (nn->tok == rsord[i])
+				break;
+
+		if (i < RSORD_MAX) {
+			if (MDOC__J == rsord[i] || MDOC__B == rsord[i])
+				mdoc->last->norm->Rs.quote_T++;
+			next = nn->next;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		next = nn->next;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, nn, MANDOCERR_CHILD);
+		mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, nn);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Nothing to sort if only invalid nodes were found
+	 * inside the `Rs' body.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * The full `Rs' block needs special handling to order the
+	 * sub-elements according to `rsord'.  Pick through each element
+	 * and correctly order it.  This is a insertion sort.
+	 */
+
+	next = NULL;
+	for (nn = mdoc->last->child->next; nn; nn = next) {
+		/* Determine order of `nn'. */
+		for (i = 0; i < RSORD_MAX; i++)
+			if (rsord[i] == nn->tok)
+				break;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Remove `nn' from the chain.  This somewhat
+		 * repeats mdoc_node_unlink(), but since we're
+		 * just re-ordering, there's no need for the
+		 * full unlink process.
+		 */
+		
+		if (NULL != (next = nn->next))
+			next->prev = nn->prev;
+
+		if (NULL != (prev = nn->prev))
+			prev->next = nn->next;
+
+		nn->prev = nn->next = NULL;
+
+		/* 
+		 * Scan back until we reach a node that's
+		 * ordered before `nn'.
+		 */
+
+		for ( ; prev ; prev = prev->prev) {
+			/* Determine order of `prev'. */
+			for (j = 0; j < RSORD_MAX; j++)
+				if (rsord[j] == prev->tok)
+					break;
+
+			if (j <= i)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Set `nn' back into its correct place in front
+		 * of the `prev' node.
+		 */
+
+		nn->prev = prev;
+
+		if (prev) {
+			if (prev->next)
+				prev->next->prev = nn;
+			nn->next = prev->next;
+			prev->next = nn;
+		} else {
+			mdoc->last->child->prev = nn;
+			nn->next = mdoc->last->child;
+			mdoc->last->child = nn;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_ns(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_LINE & mdoc->last->flags)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_IGNNS);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sh(POST_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_HEAD == mdoc->last->type)
+		return(post_sh_head(mdoc));
+	if (MDOC_BODY == mdoc->last->type)
+		return(post_sh_body(mdoc));
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sh_body(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+
+	if (SEC_NAME != mdoc->lastsec)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Warn if the NAME section doesn't contain the `Nm' and `Nd'
+	 * macros (can have multiple `Nm' and one `Nd').  Note that the
+	 * children of the BODY declaration can also be "text".
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == (n = mdoc->last->child)) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	for ( ; n && n->next; n = n->next) {
+		if (MDOC_ELEM == n->type && MDOC_Nm == n->tok)
+			continue;
+		if (MDOC_TEXT == n->type)
+			continue;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC);
+	}
+
+	assert(n);
+	if (MDOC_BLOCK == n->type && MDOC_Nd == n->tok)
+		return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_BADNAMESEC);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_sh_head(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ];
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	enum mdoc_sec	 sec;
+	int		 c;
+
+	/*
+	 * Process a new section.  Sections are either "named" or
+	 * "custom".  Custom sections are user-defined, while named ones
+	 * follow a conventional order and may only appear in certain
+	 * manual sections.
+	 */
+
+	sec = SEC_CUSTOM;
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, mdoc->last->child, BUFSIZ))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	} else if (1 == c)
+		sec = a2sec(buf);
+
+	/* The NAME should be first. */
+
+	if (SEC_NAME != sec && SEC_NONE == mdoc->lastnamed)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_NAMESECFIRST);
+
+	/* The SYNOPSIS gets special attention in other areas. */
+
+	if (SEC_SYNOPSIS == sec)
+		mdoc->flags |= MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+	else
+		mdoc->flags &= ~MDOC_SYNOPSIS;
+
+	/* Mark our last section. */
+
+	mdoc->lastsec = sec;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set the section attribute for the current HEAD, for its
+	 * parent BLOCK, and for the HEAD children; the latter can
+	 * only be TEXT nodes, so no recursion is needed.
+	 * For other blocks and elements, including .Sh BODY, this is
+	 * done when allocating the node data structures, but for .Sh
+	 * BLOCK and HEAD, the section is still unknown at that time.
+	 */
+
+	mdoc->last->parent->sec = sec;
+	mdoc->last->sec = sec;
+	for (n = mdoc->last->child; n; n = n->next)
+		n->sec = sec;
+
+	/* We don't care about custom sections after this. */
+
+	if (SEC_CUSTOM == sec)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Check whether our non-custom section is being repeated or is
+	 * out of order.
+	 */
+
+	if (sec == mdoc->lastnamed)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_SECREP);
+
+	if (sec < mdoc->lastnamed)
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_SECOOO);
+
+	/* Mark the last named section. */
+
+	mdoc->lastnamed = sec;
+
+	/* Check particular section/manual conventions. */
+
+	assert(mdoc->meta.msec);
+
+	switch (sec) {
+	case (SEC_RETURN_VALUES):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (SEC_ERRORS):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (SEC_LIBRARY):
+		if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '2')
+			break;
+		if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '3')
+			break;
+		if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '9')
+			break;
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_SECMSEC);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_ignpar(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *np;
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != mdoc->last->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (NULL != (np = mdoc->last->child))
+		if (MDOC_Pp == np->tok || MDOC_Lp == np->tok) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+			mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, np);
+		}
+
+	if (NULL != (np = mdoc->last->last))
+		if (MDOC_Pp == np->tok || MDOC_Lp == np->tok) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, np, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+			mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, np);
+		}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_par(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->last)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_ELEM != n->type && MDOC_BLOCK != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Don't allow prior `Lp' or `Pp' prior to a paragraph-type
+	 * block:  `Lp', `Pp', or non-compact `Bd' or `Bl'.
+	 */
+
+	if (MDOC_Pp != mdoc->last->tok && MDOC_Lp != mdoc->last->tok)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_Bl == n->tok && n->norm->Bl.comp)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_Bd == n->tok && n->norm->Bd.comp)
+		return(1);
+	if (MDOC_It == n->tok && n->parent->norm->Bl.comp)
+		return(1);
+
+	mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, mdoc->last, MANDOCERR_IGNPAR);
+	mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+pre_literal(PRE_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (MDOC_BODY != n->type)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * The `Dl' (note "el" not "one") and `Bd -literal' and `Bd
+	 * -unfilled' macros set MDOC_LITERAL on entrance to the body.
+	 */
+
+	switch (n->tok) {
+	case (MDOC_Dl):
+		mdoc->flags |= MDOC_LITERAL;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_Bd):
+		if (DISP_literal == n->norm->Bd.type)
+			mdoc->flags |= MDOC_LITERAL;
+		if (DISP_unfilled == n->norm->Bd.type)
+			mdoc->flags |= MDOC_LITERAL;
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+	
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_dd(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	char		  buf[DATESIZE];
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	int		  c;
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.date)
+		free(mdoc->meta.date);
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+	if (NULL == n->child || '\0' == n->child->string[0]) {
+		mdoc->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+			(mdoc->parse, NULL, n->line, n->pos);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, n->child, DATESIZE))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(c);
+	mdoc->meta.date = mandoc_normdate
+		(mdoc->parse, buf, n->line, n->pos);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_dt(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn, *n;
+	const char	 *cp;
+	char		 *p;
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.title)
+		free(mdoc->meta.title);
+	if (mdoc->meta.vol)
+		free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+	if (mdoc->meta.arch)
+		free(mdoc->meta.arch);
+
+	mdoc->meta.title = mdoc->meta.vol = mdoc->meta.arch = NULL;
+
+	/* First make all characters uppercase. */
+
+	if (NULL != (nn = n->child))
+		for (p = nn->string; *p; p++) {
+			if (toupper((unsigned char)*p) == *p)
+				continue;
+
+			/* 
+			 * FIXME: don't be lazy: have this make all
+			 * characters be uppercase and just warn once.
+			 */
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, nn, MANDOCERR_UPPERCASE);
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt' 
+	 *   --> title = unknown, volume = local, msec = 0, arch = NULL
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == (nn = n->child)) {
+		/* XXX: make these macro values. */
+		/* FIXME: warn about missing values. */
+		mdoc->meta.title = mandoc_strdup("UNKNOWN");
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt TITLE' 
+	 *   --> title = TITLE, volume = local, msec = 0, arch = NULL
+	 */
+
+	mdoc->meta.title = mandoc_strdup
+		('\0' == nn->string[0] ? "UNKNOWN" : nn->string);
+
+	if (NULL == (nn = nn->next)) {
+		/* FIXME: warn about missing msec. */
+		/* XXX: make this a macro value. */
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup("LOCAL");
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup("1");
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt TITLE SEC'
+	 *   --> title = TITLE, volume = SEC is msec ? 
+	 *           format(msec) : SEC,
+	 *       msec = SEC is msec ? atoi(msec) : 0,
+	 *       arch = NULL
+	 */
+
+	cp = mandoc_a2msec(nn->string);
+	if (cp) {
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(cp);
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+	} else {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_BADMSEC);
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+		mdoc->meta.msec = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+	} 
+
+	if (NULL == (nn = nn->next))
+		return(1);
+
+	/* Handles: `.Dt TITLE SEC VOL'
+	 *   --> title = TITLE, volume = VOL is vol ?
+	 *       format(VOL) : 
+	 *           VOL is arch ? format(arch) : 
+	 *               VOL
+	 */
+
+	cp = mdoc_a2vol(nn->string);
+	if (cp) {
+		free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+		mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(cp);
+	} else {
+		/* FIXME: warn about bad arch. */
+		cp = mdoc_a2arch(nn->string);
+		if (NULL == cp) {
+			free(mdoc->meta.vol);
+			mdoc->meta.vol = mandoc_strdup(nn->string);
+		} else 
+			mdoc->meta.arch = mandoc_strdup(cp);
+	}	
+
+	/* Ignore any subsequent parameters... */
+	/* FIXME: warn about subsequent parameters. */
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_prol(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	/*
+	 * Remove prologue macros from the document after they're
+	 * processed.  The final document uses mdoc_meta for these
+	 * values and discards the originals.
+	 */
+
+	mdoc_node_delete(mdoc, mdoc->last);
+	if (mdoc->meta.title && mdoc->meta.date && mdoc->meta.os)
+		mdoc->flags |= MDOC_PBODY;
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_bx(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node	*n;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Make `Bx's second argument always start with an uppercase
+	 * letter.  Groff checks if it's an "accepted" term, but we just
+	 * uppercase blindly.
+	 */
+
+	n = mdoc->last->child;
+	if (n && NULL != (n = n->next))
+		*n->string = (char)toupper
+			((unsigned char)*n->string);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_os(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *n;
+	char		  buf[BUFSIZ];
+	int		  c;
+#ifndef OSNAME
+	struct utsname	  utsname;
+#endif
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set the operating system by way of the `Os' macro.  Note that
+	 * if an argument isn't provided and -DOSNAME="\"foo\"" is
+	 * provided during compilation, this value will be used instead
+	 * of filling in "sysname release" from uname().
+ 	 */
+
+	if (mdoc->meta.os)
+		free(mdoc->meta.os);
+
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	if (-1 == (c = concat(buf, n->child, BUFSIZ))) {
+		mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n->child, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(c);
+
+	/* XXX: yes, these can all be dynamically-adjusted buffers, but
+	 * it's really not worth the extra hackery.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[0]) {
+#ifdef OSNAME
+		if (strlcat(buf, OSNAME, BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+#else /*!OSNAME */
+		if (-1 == uname(&utsname)) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_UNAME);
+                        mdoc->meta.os = mandoc_strdup("UNKNOWN");
+                        return(post_prol(mdoc));
+                }
+
+		if (strlcat(buf, utsname.sysname, BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+		if (strlcat(buf, " ", BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+		if (strlcat(buf, utsname.release, BUFSIZ) >= BUFSIZ) {
+			mdoc_nmsg(mdoc, n, MANDOCERR_MEM);
+			return(0);
+		}
+#endif /*!OSNAME*/
+	}
+
+	mdoc->meta.os = mandoc_strdup(buf);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+post_std(POST_ARGS)
+{
+	struct mdoc_node *nn, *n;
+
+	n = mdoc->last;
+
+	/*
+	 * Macros accepting `-std' as an argument have the name of the
+	 * current document (`Nm') filled in as the argument if it's not
+	 * provided.
+	 */
+
+	if (n->child)
+		return(1);
+
+	if (NULL == mdoc->meta.name)
+		return(1);
+	
+	nn = n;
+	mdoc->next = MDOC_NEXT_CHILD;
+
+	if ( ! mdoc_word_alloc(mdoc, n->line, n->pos, mdoc->meta.name))
+		return(0);
+
+	mdoc->last = nn;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Concatenate a node, stopping at the first non-text.
+ * Concatenation is separated by a single whitespace.  
+ * Returns -1 on fatal (string overrun) error, 0 if child nodes were
+ * encountered, 1 otherwise.
+ */
+static int
+concat(char *p, const struct mdoc_node *n, size_t sz)
+{
+
+	for ( ; NULL != n; n = n->next) {
+		if (MDOC_TEXT != n->type) 
+			return(0);
+		if ('\0' != p[0] && strlcat(p, " ", sz) >= sz)
+			return(-1);
+		if (strlcat(p, n->string, sz) >= sz)
+			return(-1);
+		concat(p, n->child, sz);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static enum mdoc_sec 
+a2sec(const char *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)SEC__MAX; i++) 
+		if (secnames[i] && 0 == strcmp(p, secnames[i]))
+			return((enum mdoc_sec)i);
+
+	return(SEC_CUSTOM);
+}
+
+static size_t
+macro2len(enum mdoct macro)
+{
+
+	switch (macro) {
+	case(MDOC_Ad):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Ao):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_An):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Aq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Ar):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Bo):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Bq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Cd):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Cm):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Do):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Dq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Dv):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Eo):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Em):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Er):
+		return(17);
+	case(MDOC_Ev):
+		return(15);
+	case(MDOC_Fa):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Fl):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Fo):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Fn):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Ic):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Li):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Ms):
+		return(6);
+	case(MDOC_Nm):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_No):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Oo):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Op):
+		return(14);
+	case(MDOC_Pa):
+		return(32);
+	case(MDOC_Pf):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Po):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Pq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Ql):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Qo):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_So):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Sq):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Sy):
+		return(6);
+	case(MDOC_Sx):
+		return(16);
+	case(MDOC_Tn):
+		return(10);
+	case(MDOC_Va):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Vt):
+		return(12);
+	case(MDOC_Xr):
+		return(10);
+	default:
+		break;
+	};
+	return(0);
+}
diff --git a/msec.c b/msec.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd7d11c650f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*	$Id: msec.c,v 1.10 2011/12/02 01:37:14 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mandoc_a2msec(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "msec.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/msec.in b/msec.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f3aebb46a10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msec.in
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*	$Id: msec.in,v 1.6 2010/06/19 20:46:28 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * These are all possible manual-section macros and what they correspond
+ * to when rendered as the volume title.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ */
+
+LINE("1",		"General Commands Manual")
+LINE("2",		"System Calls Manual")
+LINE("3",		"Library Functions Manual")
+LINE("3p",		"Perl Library Functions Manual")
+LINE("4",		"Kernel Interfaces Manual")
+LINE("5",		"File Formats Manual")
+LINE("6",		"Games Manual")
+LINE("7",		"Miscellaneous Information Manual")
+LINE("8",		"System Manager\'s Manual")
+LINE("9",		"Kernel Developer\'s Manual")
+LINE("X11",		"X11 Developer\'s Manual")
+LINE("X11R6",		"X11 Developer\'s Manual")
+LINE("unass",		"Unassociated")
+LINE("local",		"Local")
+LINE("draft",		"Draft")
+LINE("paper",		"Paper")
diff --git a/out.c b/out.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8dbd68ac11a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/out.c
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/*	$Id: out.c,v 1.43 2011/09/20 23:05:49 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+
+static	void	tblcalc_data(struct rofftbl *, struct roffcol *,
+			const struct tbl *, const struct tbl_dat *);
+static	void	tblcalc_literal(struct rofftbl *, struct roffcol *,
+			const struct tbl_dat *);
+static	void	tblcalc_number(struct rofftbl *, struct roffcol *,
+			const struct tbl *, const struct tbl_dat *);
+
+/* 
+ * Convert a `scaling unit' to a consistent form, or fail.  Scaling
+ * units are documented in groff.7, mdoc.7, man.7.
+ */
+int
+a2roffsu(const char *src, struct roffsu *dst, enum roffscale def)
+{
+	char		 buf[BUFSIZ], hasd;
+	int		 i;
+	enum roffscale	 unit;
+
+	if ('\0' == *src)
+		return(0);
+
+	i = hasd = 0;
+
+	switch (*src) {
+	case ('+'):
+		src++;
+		break;
+	case ('-'):
+		buf[i++] = *src++;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if ('\0' == *src)
+		return(0);
+
+	while (i < BUFSIZ) {
+		if ( ! isdigit((unsigned char)*src)) {
+			if ('.' != *src)
+				break;
+			else if (hasd)
+				break;
+			else
+				hasd = 1;
+		}
+		buf[i++] = *src++;
+	}
+
+	if (BUFSIZ == i || (*src && *(src + 1)))
+		return(0);
+
+	buf[i] = '\0';
+
+	switch (*src) {
+	case ('c'):
+		unit = SCALE_CM;
+		break;
+	case ('i'):
+		unit = SCALE_IN;
+		break;
+	case ('P'):
+		unit = SCALE_PC;
+		break;
+	case ('p'):
+		unit = SCALE_PT;
+		break;
+	case ('f'):
+		unit = SCALE_FS;
+		break;
+	case ('v'):
+		unit = SCALE_VS;
+		break;
+	case ('m'):
+		unit = SCALE_EM;
+		break;
+	case ('\0'):
+		if (SCALE_MAX == def)
+			return(0);
+		unit = SCALE_BU;
+		break;
+	case ('u'):
+		unit = SCALE_BU;
+		break;
+	case ('M'):
+		unit = SCALE_MM;
+		break;
+	case ('n'):
+		unit = SCALE_EN;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* FIXME: do this in the caller. */
+	if ((dst->scale = atof(buf)) < 0)
+		dst->scale = 0;
+	dst->unit = unit;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Calculate the abstract widths and decimal positions of columns in a
+ * table.  This routine allocates the columns structures then runs over
+ * all rows and cells in the table.  The function pointers in "tbl" are
+ * used for the actual width calculations.
+ */
+void
+tblcalc(struct rofftbl *tbl, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_dat	*dp;
+	const struct tbl_head	*hp;
+	struct roffcol		*col;
+	int			 spans;
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate the master column specifiers.  These will hold the
+	 * widths and decimal positions for all cells in the column.  It
+	 * must be freed and nullified by the caller.
+	 */
+
+	assert(NULL == tbl->cols);
+	tbl->cols = mandoc_calloc
+		((size_t)sp->tbl->cols, sizeof(struct roffcol));
+
+	hp = sp->head;
+
+	for ( ; sp; sp = sp->next) {
+		if (TBL_SPAN_DATA != sp->pos)
+			continue;
+		spans = 1;
+		/*
+		 * Account for the data cells in the layout, matching it
+		 * to data cells in the data section.
+		 */
+		for (dp = sp->first; dp; dp = dp->next) {
+			/* Do not used spanned cells in the calculation. */
+			if (0 < --spans)
+				continue;
+			spans = dp->spans;
+			if (1 < spans)
+				continue;
+			assert(dp->layout);
+			col = &tbl->cols[dp->layout->head->ident];
+			tblcalc_data(tbl, col, sp->tbl, dp);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Calculate width of the spanners.  These get one space for a
+	 * vertical line, two for a double-vertical line. 
+	 */
+
+	for ( ; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+		col = &tbl->cols[hp->ident];
+		switch (hp->pos) {
+		case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+			col->width = (*tbl->len)(1, tbl->arg);
+			break;
+		case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+			col->width = (*tbl->len)(2, tbl->arg);
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tblcalc_data(struct rofftbl *tbl, struct roffcol *col,
+		const struct tbl *tp, const struct tbl_dat *dp)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+
+	/* Branch down into data sub-types. */
+
+	switch (dp->layout->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+		sz = (*tbl->len)(1, tbl->arg);
+		if (col->width < sz)
+			col->width = sz;
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_LONG):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_CENTRE):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_LEFT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_RIGHT):
+		tblcalc_literal(tbl, col, dp);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_NUMBER):
+		tblcalc_number(tbl, col, tp, dp);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_DOWN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tblcalc_literal(struct rofftbl *tbl, struct roffcol *col,
+		const struct tbl_dat *dp)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*str;
+
+	str = dp->string ? dp->string : "";
+	sz = (*tbl->slen)(str, tbl->arg);
+
+	if (col->width < sz)
+		col->width = sz;
+}
+
+static void
+tblcalc_number(struct rofftbl *tbl, struct roffcol *col,
+		const struct tbl *tp, const struct tbl_dat *dp)
+{
+	int 		 i;
+	size_t		 sz, psz, ssz, d;
+	const char	*str;
+	char		*cp;
+	char		 buf[2];
+
+	/*
+	 * First calculate number width and decimal place (last + 1 for
+	 * non-decimal numbers).  If the stored decimal is subsequent to
+	 * ours, make our size longer by that difference
+	 * (right-"shifting"); similarly, if ours is subsequent the
+	 * stored, then extend the stored size by the difference.
+	 * Finally, re-assign the stored values.
+	 */
+
+	str = dp->string ? dp->string : "";
+	sz = (*tbl->slen)(str, tbl->arg);
+
+	/* FIXME: TBL_DATA_HORIZ et al.? */
+
+	buf[0] = tp->decimal;
+	buf[1] = '\0';
+
+	psz = (*tbl->slen)(buf, tbl->arg);
+
+	if (NULL != (cp = strrchr(str, tp->decimal))) {
+		buf[1] = '\0';
+		for (ssz = 0, i = 0; cp != &str[i]; i++) {
+			buf[0] = str[i];
+			ssz += (*tbl->slen)(buf, tbl->arg);
+		}
+		d = ssz + psz;
+	} else
+		d = sz + psz;
+
+	/* Adjust the settings for this column. */
+
+	if (col->decimal > d) {
+		sz += col->decimal - d;
+		d = col->decimal;
+	} else
+		col->width += d - col->decimal;
+
+	if (sz > col->width)
+		col->width = sz;
+	if (d > col->decimal)
+		col->decimal = d;
+}
diff --git a/out.h b/out.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c18c6c3145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/out.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*	$Id: out.h,v 1.21 2011/07/17 15:24:25 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef OUT_H
+#define OUT_H
+
+enum	roffscale {
+	SCALE_CM, /* centimeters (c) */
+	SCALE_IN, /* inches (i) */
+	SCALE_PC, /* pica (P) */
+	SCALE_PT, /* points (p) */
+	SCALE_EM, /* ems (m) */
+	SCALE_MM, /* mini-ems (M) */
+	SCALE_EN, /* ens (n) */
+	SCALE_BU, /* default horizontal (u) */
+	SCALE_VS, /* default vertical (v) */
+	SCALE_FS, /* syn. for u (f) */
+	SCALE_MAX
+};
+
+struct	roffcol {
+	size_t		 width; /* width of cell */
+	size_t		 decimal; /* decimal position in cell */
+};
+
+struct	roffsu {
+	enum roffscale	  unit;
+	double		  scale;
+};
+
+typedef	size_t	(*tbl_strlen)(const char *, void *);
+typedef	size_t	(*tbl_len)(size_t, void *);
+
+struct	rofftbl {
+	tbl_strlen	 slen; /* calculate string length */
+	tbl_len		 len; /* produce width of empty space */
+	struct roffcol	*cols; /* master column specifiers */
+	void		*arg; /* passed to slen and len */
+};
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define	SCALE_VS_INIT(p, v) \
+	do { (p)->unit = SCALE_VS; \
+	     (p)->scale = (v); } \
+	while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+#define	SCALE_HS_INIT(p, v) \
+	do { (p)->unit = SCALE_BU; \
+	     (p)->scale = (v); } \
+	while (/* CONSTCOND */ 0)
+
+int	  	  a2roffsu(const char *, struct roffsu *, enum roffscale);
+void	  	  tblcalc(struct rofftbl *tbl, const struct tbl_span *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!OUT_H*/
diff --git a/preconv.1 b/preconv.1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c4cb8c5738f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/preconv.1
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+.\"	$Id: preconv.1,v 1.6 2011/12/25 19:35:44 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 25 2011 $
+.Dt PRECONV 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm preconv
+.Nd recode multibyte UNIX manuals
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm preconv
+.Op Fl D Ar enc
+.Op Fl e Ar enc
+.Op Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility recodes multibyte
+.Ux
+manual files into
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Po
+or other troff system supporting the
+.Sq \e[uNNNN]
+escape sequence
+.Pc
+input.
+.Pp
+By default, it parses from standard output, determining encoding as
+described in
+.Sx Algorithm .
+.Pp
+Its arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl D Ar enc
+The default encoding.
+.It Fl e Ar enc
+The document's encoding.
+.It Ar file
+The input file.
+.El
+.Pp
+The recoded input is written to standard output: Unicode characters in
+the ASCII range are printed as regular ASCII characters, while those
+above this range are printed using the
+.Sq \e[uNNNN]
+format documented in
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 .
+.Pp
+If input bytes are improperly formed in the current encoding, they're
+passed unmodified to standard output.
+For some encodings, such as UTF-8, unrecoverable input sequences will
+cause
+.Nm
+to stop processing and exit.
+.Ss Algorithm
+An encoding is chosen according to the following steps:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+From the argument passed to
+.Fl e Ar enc .
+.It
+If a BOM exists, UTF\-8 encoding is selected.
+.It
+From the coding tags parsed from
+.Qq File Variables
+on the first two lines of input.
+A file variable is an input line of the form
+.Pp
+.Dl \%.\e\(dq -*- key: val [; key: val ]* -*-
+.Pp
+A coding tag variable is where
+.Cm key
+is
+.Qq coding
+and
+.Cm val
+is the name of the encoding.
+A typical file variable with a coding tag is
+.Pp
+.Dl \%.\e\(dq -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*-
+.It
+From the argument passed to
+.Fl D Ar enc .
+.It
+If all else fails, Latin\-1 is used.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+utility recognises the UTF\-8, us\-ascii, and latin\-1 encodings as
+passed to the
+.Fl e
+and
+.Fl D
+arguments, or as coding tags.
+Encodings are matched case-insensitively.
+.\" .Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
+.\" Not used in OpenBSD.
+.\" .Sh RETURN VALUES
+.\" For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+.\" .Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.\" For sections 1, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+.\" .Sh FILES
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Explicitly page a UTF\-8 manual
+.Pa foo.1
+in the current locale:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ preconv \-e utf\-8 foo.1 | mandoc -Tlocale | less
+.\" .Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.\" For sections 1, 4, 6, 7, & 8 only.
+.\" .Sh ERRORS
+.\" For sections 2, 3, & 9 only.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+utility references the US-ASCII character set standard, ANSI_X3.4\-1968;
+the Latin\-1 character set standard, ISO/IEC 8859\-1:1998; the UTF\-8
+character set standard; and UCS (Unicode), ISO/IEC 10646.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility first appeared in the GNU troff
+.Pq Dq groff
+system in December 2005, authored by Tomohiro Kubota and Werner
+Lemberg.
+The implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility appeared in May 2011.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+utility was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
+.\" .Sh CAVEATS
+.\" .Sh BUGS
+.\" .Sh SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
+.\" Not used in OpenBSD.
diff --git a/preconv.c b/preconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0b2d6415e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/preconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/*	$Id: preconv.c,v 1.5 2011/07/24 18:15:14 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* 
+ * The read_whole_file() and resize_buf() functions are copied from
+ * read.c, including all dependency code (MAP_FILE, etc.).
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define	MAP_FILE	0
+#endif
+
+enum	enc {
+	ENC_UTF_8, /* UTF-8 */
+	ENC_US_ASCII, /* US-ASCII */
+	ENC_LATIN_1, /* Latin-1 */
+	ENC__MAX
+};
+
+struct	buf {
+	char		 *buf; /* binary input buffer */
+	size_t	 	  sz; /* size of binary buffer */
+	size_t		  offs; /* starting buffer offset */
+};
+
+struct	encode {
+	const char	 *name;
+	int		(*conv)(const struct buf *);
+};
+
+static	int	 cue_enc(const struct buf *, size_t *, enum enc *);
+static	int	 conv_latin_1(const struct buf *);
+static	int	 conv_us_ascii(const struct buf *);
+static	int	 conv_utf_8(const struct buf *);
+static	int	 read_whole_file(const char *, int, 
+			struct buf *, int *);
+static	void	 resize_buf(struct buf *, size_t);
+static	void	 usage(void);
+
+static	const struct encode encs[ENC__MAX] = {
+	{ "utf-8", conv_utf_8 }, /* ENC_UTF_8 */
+	{ "us-ascii", conv_us_ascii }, /* ENC_US_ASCII */
+	{ "latin-1", conv_latin_1 }, /* ENC_LATIN_1 */
+};
+
+static	const char	 *progname;
+
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s "
+			"[-D enc] "
+			"[-e ENC] "
+			"[file]\n", progname);
+}
+
+static int
+conv_latin_1(const struct buf *b)
+{
+	size_t		 i;
+	unsigned char	 cu;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	cp = b->buf + (int)b->offs;
+
+	/*
+	 * Latin-1 falls into the first 256 code-points of Unicode, so
+	 * there's no need for any sort of translation.  Just make the
+	 * 8-bit characters use the Unicode escape.
+	 * Note that binary values 128 < v < 160 are passed through
+	 * unmodified to mandoc.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = b->offs; i < b->sz; i++) {
+		cu = (unsigned char)*cp++;
+		cu < 160U ? putchar(cu) : printf("\\[u%.4X]", cu);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+conv_us_ascii(const struct buf *b)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * US-ASCII has no conversion since it falls into the first 128
+	 * bytes of Unicode.
+	 */
+
+	fwrite(b->buf, 1, b->sz, stdout);
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static int
+conv_utf_8(const struct buf *b)
+{
+	int		 state, be;
+	unsigned int	 accum;
+	size_t		 i;
+	unsigned char	 cu;
+	const char	*cp;
+	const long	 one = 1L;
+
+	cp = b->buf + (int)b->offs;
+	state = 0;
+	accum = 0U;
+	be = 0;
+
+	/* Quick test for big-endian value. */
+
+	if ( ! (*((const char *)(&one))))
+		be = 1;
+
+	for (i = b->offs; i < b->sz; i++) {
+		cu = (unsigned char)*cp++;
+		if (state) {
+			if ( ! (cu & 128) || (cu & 64)) {
+				/* Bad sequence header. */
+				return(0);
+			}
+
+			/* Accept only legitimate bit patterns. */
+
+			if (cu > 191 || cu < 128) {
+				/* Bad in-sequence bits. */
+				return(0);
+			}
+
+			accum |= (cu & 63) << --state * 6;
+
+			/*
+			 * Accum is held in little-endian order as
+			 * stipulated by the UTF-8 sequence coding.  We
+			 * need to convert to a native big-endian if our
+			 * architecture requires it.
+			 */
+
+			if (0 == state && be) 
+				accum = (accum >> 24) | 
+					((accum << 8) & 0x00FF0000) |
+					((accum >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) |
+					(accum << 24);
+
+			if (0 == state) {
+				accum < 128U ? putchar(accum) : 
+					printf("\\[u%.4X]", accum);
+				accum = 0U;
+			}
+		} else if (cu & (1 << 7)) {
+			/*
+			 * Entering a UTF-8 state:  if we encounter a
+			 * UTF-8 bitmask, calculate the expected UTF-8
+			 * state from it.
+			 */
+			for (state = 0; state < 7; state++) 
+				if ( ! (cu & (1 << (7 - state))))
+					break;
+
+			/* Accept only legitimate bit patterns. */
+
+			switch (state) {
+			case (4):
+				if (cu <= 244 && cu >= 240) {
+					accum = (cu & 7) << 18;
+					break;
+				}
+				/* Bad 4-sequence start bits. */
+				return(0);
+			case (3):
+				if (cu <= 239 && cu >= 224) {
+					accum = (cu & 15) << 12;
+					break;
+				}
+				/* Bad 3-sequence start bits. */
+				return(0);
+			case (2):
+				if (cu <= 223 && cu >= 194) {
+					accum = (cu & 31) << 6;
+					break;
+				}
+				/* Bad 2-sequence start bits. */
+				return(0);
+			default:
+				/* Bad sequence bit mask. */
+				return(0);
+			}
+			state--;
+		} else
+			putchar(cu);
+	}
+
+	if (0 != state) {
+		/* Bad trailing bits. */
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static void
+resize_buf(struct buf *buf, size_t initial)
+{
+
+	buf->sz = buf->sz > initial / 2 ? 
+		2 * buf->sz : initial;
+
+	buf->buf = realloc(buf->buf, buf->sz);
+	if (NULL == buf->buf) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+read_whole_file(const char *f, int fd, 
+		struct buf *fb, int *with_mmap)
+{
+	size_t		 off;
+	ssize_t		 ssz;
+
+#ifdef	HAVE_MMAP
+	struct stat	 st;
+	if (-1 == fstat(fd, &st)) {
+		perror(f);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're a regular file, try just reading in the whole entry
+	 * via mmap().  This is faster than reading it into blocks, and
+	 * since each file is only a few bytes to begin with, I'm not
+	 * concerned that this is going to tank any machines.
+	 */
+
+	if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode) && st.st_size >= (1U << 31)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: input too large\n", f);
+		return(0);
+	} 
+	
+	if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+		*with_mmap = 1;
+		fb->sz = (size_t)st.st_size;
+		fb->buf = mmap(NULL, fb->sz, PROT_READ, 
+				MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
+		if (fb->buf != MAP_FAILED)
+			return(1);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * If this isn't a regular file (like, say, stdin), then we must
+	 * go the old way and just read things in bit by bit.
+	 */
+
+	*with_mmap = 0;
+	off = 0;
+	fb->sz = 0;
+	fb->buf = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+		if (off == fb->sz && fb->sz == (1U << 31)) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: input too large\n", f);
+			break;
+		} 
+		
+		if (off == fb->sz)
+			resize_buf(fb, 65536);
+
+		ssz = read(fd, fb->buf + (int)off, fb->sz - off);
+		if (ssz == 0) {
+			fb->sz = off;
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (ssz == -1) {
+			perror(f);
+			break;
+		}
+		off += (size_t)ssz;
+	}
+
+	free(fb->buf);
+	fb->buf = NULL;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+cue_enc(const struct buf *b, size_t *offs, enum enc *enc)
+{
+	const char	*ln, *eoln, *eoph;
+	size_t		 sz, phsz, nsz;
+	int		 i;
+
+	ln = b->buf + (int)*offs;
+	sz = b->sz - *offs;
+
+	/* Look for the end-of-line. */
+
+	if (NULL == (eoln = memchr(ln, '\n', sz)))
+		return(-1);
+
+	/* Set next-line marker. */
+
+	*offs = (size_t)((eoln + 1) - b->buf);
+
+	/* Check if we have the correct header/trailer. */
+
+	if ((sz = (size_t)(eoln - ln)) < 10 || 
+			memcmp(ln, ".\\\" -*-", 7) ||
+			memcmp(eoln - 3, "-*-", 3))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* Move after the header and adjust for the trailer. */
+
+	ln += 7;
+	sz -= 10;
+
+	while (sz > 0) {
+		while (sz > 0 && ' ' == *ln) {
+			ln++;
+			sz--;
+		}
+		if (0 == sz)
+			break;
+
+		/* Find the end-of-phrase marker (or eoln). */
+
+		if (NULL == (eoph = memchr(ln, ';', sz)))
+			eoph = eoln - 3;
+		else
+			eoph++;
+
+		/* Only account for the "coding" phrase. */
+
+		if ((phsz = (size_t)(eoph - ln)) < 7 ||
+				strncasecmp(ln, "coding:", 7)) {
+			sz -= phsz;
+			ln += phsz;
+			continue;
+		} 
+
+		sz -= 7;
+		ln += 7;
+
+		while (sz > 0 && ' ' == *ln) {
+			ln++;
+			sz--;
+		}
+		if (0 == sz)
+			break;
+
+		/* Check us against known encodings. */
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)ENC__MAX; i++) {
+			nsz = strlen(encs[i].name);
+			if (phsz < nsz)
+				continue;
+			if (strncasecmp(ln, encs[i].name, nsz))
+				continue;
+
+			*enc = (enum enc)i;
+			return(1);
+		}
+
+		/* Unknown encoding. */
+
+		*enc = ENC__MAX;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int	 	 i, ch, map, fd, rc;
+	struct buf	 b;
+	const char	*fn;
+	enum enc	 enc, def;
+	unsigned char 	 bom[3] = { 0xEF, 0xBB, 0xBF };
+	size_t		 offs;
+	extern int	 optind;
+	extern char	*optarg;
+
+	progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+	if (progname == NULL)
+		progname = argv[0];
+	else
+		++progname;
+
+	fn = "<stdin>";
+	fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+	rc = EXIT_FAILURE;
+	enc = def = ENC__MAX;
+	map = 0;
+
+	memset(&b, 0, sizeof(struct buf));
+
+	while (-1 != (ch = getopt(argc, argv, "D:e:rdvh")))
+		switch (ch) {
+		case ('D'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('e'):
+			for (i = 0; i < (int)ENC__MAX; i++) {
+				if (strcasecmp(optarg, encs[i].name))
+					continue;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (i < (int)ENC__MAX) {
+				if ('D' == ch)
+					def = (enum enc)i;
+				else
+					enc = (enum enc)i;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad encoding\n", optarg);
+			return(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		case ('r'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('d'):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case ('v'):
+			/* Compatibility with GNU preconv. */
+			break;
+		case ('h'):
+			/* Compatibility with GNU preconv. */
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		default:
+			usage();
+			return(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+
+	argc -= optind;
+	argv += optind;
+	
+	/* 
+	 * Open and read the first argument on the command-line.
+	 * If we don't have one, we default to stdin.
+	 */
+
+	if (argc > 0) {
+		fn = *argv;
+		fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY, 0);
+		if (-1 == fd) {
+			perror(fn);
+			return(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( ! read_whole_file(fn, fd, &b, &map))
+		goto out;
+
+	/* Try to read the UTF-8 BOM. */
+
+	if (ENC__MAX == enc)
+		if (b.sz > 3 && 0 == memcmp(b.buf, bom, 3)) {
+			b.offs = 3;
+			enc = ENC_UTF_8;
+		}
+
+	/* Try reading from the "-*-" cue. */
+
+	if (ENC__MAX == enc) {
+		offs = b.offs;
+		ch = cue_enc(&b, &offs, &enc);
+		if (0 == ch)
+			ch = cue_enc(&b, &offs, &enc);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * No encoding has been detected.
+	 * Thus, we either fall into our default encoder, if specified,
+	 * or use Latin-1 if all else fails.
+	 */
+
+	if (ENC__MAX == enc) 
+		enc = ENC__MAX == def ? ENC_LATIN_1 : def;
+
+	if ( ! (*encs[(int)enc].conv)(&b)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s: Bad encoding\n", fn);
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	rc = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+out:
+#ifdef	HAVE_MMAP
+	if (map)
+		munmap(b.buf, b.sz);
+	else 
+#endif
+		free(b.buf);
+
+	if (fd > STDIN_FILENO)
+		close(fd);
+
+	return(rc);
+}
diff --git a/predefs.in b/predefs.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..70074bb617b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/predefs.in
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*	$Id: predefs.in,v 1.3 2011/07/31 11:36:49 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The predefined-string translation tables.  Each corresponds to a
+ * predefined strings from (e.g.) tmac/mdoc/doc-nroff.  The left-hand
+ * side corresponds to the input sequence (\*x, \*(xx and so on).  The
+ * right-hand side is what's produced by libroff.
+ *
+ * XXX - C-escape strings!
+ * XXX - update PREDEF_MAX in roff.c if adding more!
+ */
+
+PREDEF("Am", "&")
+PREDEF("Ba", "|")
+PREDEF("Ge", "\\(>=")
+PREDEF("Gt", ">")
+PREDEF("If", "infinity")
+PREDEF("Le", "\\(<=")
+PREDEF("Lq", "\\(lq")
+PREDEF("Lt", "<")
+PREDEF("Na", "NaN")
+PREDEF("Ne", "\\(!=")
+PREDEF("Pi", "pi")
+PREDEF("Pm", "\\(+-")
+PREDEF("Rq", "\\(rq")
+PREDEF("left-bracket", "[")
+PREDEF("left-parenthesis", "(")
+PREDEF("lp", "(")
+PREDEF("left-singlequote", "\\(oq")
+PREDEF("q", "\\(dq")
+PREDEF("quote-left", "\\(oq")
+PREDEF("quote-right", "\\(cq")
+PREDEF("R", "\\(rg")
+PREDEF("right-bracket", "]")
+PREDEF("right-parenthesis", ")")
+PREDEF("rp", ")")
+PREDEF("right-singlequote", "\\(cq")
+PREDEF("Tm", "(Tm)")
+PREDEF("Px", "POSIX")
+PREDEF("Ai", "ANSI")
+PREDEF("\'", "\\\'")
+PREDEF("aa", "\\(aa")
+PREDEF("ga", "\\(ga")
+PREDEF("`",  "\\`")
+PREDEF("lq", "\\(lq")
+PREDEF("rq", "\\(rq")
+PREDEF("ua", "\\(ua")
+PREDEF("va", "\\(va")
+PREDEF("<=", "\\(<=")
+PREDEF(">=", "\\(>=")
diff --git a/read.c b/read.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b14e357d2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,846 @@
+/*	$Id: read.c,v 1.28 2012/02/16 20:51:31 joerg Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define	MAP_FILE	0
+#endif
+
+#define	REPARSE_LIMIT	1000
+
+struct	buf {
+	char	 	 *buf; /* binary input buffer */
+	size_t		  sz; /* size of binary buffer */
+};
+
+struct	mparse {
+	enum mandoclevel  file_status; /* status of current parse */
+	enum mandoclevel  wlevel; /* ignore messages below this */
+	int		  line; /* line number in the file */
+	enum mparset	  inttype; /* which parser to use */
+	struct man	 *pman; /* persistent man parser */
+	struct mdoc	 *pmdoc; /* persistent mdoc parser */
+	struct man	 *man; /* man parser */
+	struct mdoc	 *mdoc; /* mdoc parser */
+	struct roff	 *roff; /* roff parser (!NULL) */
+	int		  reparse_count; /* finite interp. stack */
+	mandocmsg	  mmsg; /* warning/error message handler */
+	void		 *arg; /* argument to mmsg */
+	const char	 *file; 
+	struct buf	 *secondary;
+};
+
+static	void	  resize_buf(struct buf *, size_t);
+static	void	  mparse_buf_r(struct mparse *, struct buf, int);
+static	void	  mparse_readfd_r(struct mparse *, int, const char *, int);
+static	void	  pset(const char *, int, struct mparse *);
+static	int	  read_whole_file(const char *, int, struct buf *, int *);
+static	void	  mparse_end(struct mparse *);
+
+static	const enum mandocerr	mandoclimits[MANDOCLEVEL_MAX] = {
+	MANDOCERR_OK,
+	MANDOCERR_WARNING,
+	MANDOCERR_WARNING,
+	MANDOCERR_ERROR,
+	MANDOCERR_FATAL,
+	MANDOCERR_MAX,
+	MANDOCERR_MAX
+};
+
+static	const char * const	mandocerrs[MANDOCERR_MAX] = {
+	"ok",
+
+	"generic warning",
+
+	/* related to the prologue */
+	"no title in document",
+	"document title should be all caps",
+	"unknown manual section",
+	"date missing, using today's date",
+	"cannot parse date, using it verbatim",
+	"prologue macros out of order",
+	"duplicate prologue macro",
+	"macro not allowed in prologue",
+	"macro not allowed in body",
+
+	/* related to document structure */
+	".so is fragile, better use ln(1)",
+	"NAME section must come first",
+	"bad NAME section contents",
+	"manual name not yet set",
+	"sections out of conventional order",
+	"duplicate section name",
+	"section not in conventional manual section",
+
+	/* related to macros and nesting */
+	"skipping obsolete macro",
+	"skipping paragraph macro",
+	"skipping no-space macro",
+	"blocks badly nested",
+	"child violates parent syntax",
+	"nested displays are not portable",
+	"already in literal mode",
+	"line scope broken",
+
+	/* related to missing macro arguments */
+	"skipping empty macro",
+	"argument count wrong",
+	"missing display type",
+	"list type must come first",
+	"tag lists require a width argument",
+	"missing font type",
+	"skipping end of block that is not open",
+
+	/* related to bad macro arguments */
+	"skipping argument",
+	"duplicate argument",
+	"duplicate display type",
+	"duplicate list type",
+	"unknown AT&T UNIX version",
+	"bad Boolean value",
+	"unknown font",
+	"unknown standard specifier",
+	"bad width argument",
+
+	/* related to plain text */
+	"blank line in non-literal context",
+	"tab in non-literal context",
+	"end of line whitespace",
+	"bad comment style",
+	"bad escape sequence",
+	"unterminated quoted string",
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	"unexpected literal in equation",
+	
+	"generic error",
+
+	/* related to equations */
+	"unexpected equation scope closure",
+	"equation scope open on exit",
+	"overlapping equation scopes",
+	"unexpected end of equation",
+	"equation syntax error",
+
+	/* related to tables */
+	"bad table syntax",
+	"bad table option",
+	"bad table layout",
+	"no table layout cells specified",
+	"no table data cells specified",
+	"ignore data in cell",
+	"data block still open",
+	"ignoring extra data cells",
+
+	"input stack limit exceeded, infinite loop?",
+	"skipping bad character",
+	"escaped character not allowed in a name",
+	"skipping text before the first section header",
+	"skipping unknown macro",
+	"NOT IMPLEMENTED, please use groff: skipping request",
+	"argument count wrong",
+	"skipping end of block that is not open",
+	"missing end of block",
+	"scope open on exit",
+	"uname(3) system call failed",
+	"macro requires line argument(s)",
+	"macro requires body argument(s)",
+	"macro requires argument(s)",
+	"missing list type",
+	"line argument(s) will be lost",
+	"body argument(s) will be lost",
+
+	"generic fatal error",
+
+	"not a manual",
+	"column syntax is inconsistent",
+	"NOT IMPLEMENTED: .Bd -file",
+	"argument count wrong, violates syntax",
+	"child violates parent syntax",
+	"argument count wrong, violates syntax",
+	"NOT IMPLEMENTED: .so with absolute path or \"..\"",
+	"no document body",
+	"no document prologue",
+	"static buffer exhausted",
+};
+
+static	const char * const	mandoclevels[MANDOCLEVEL_MAX] = {
+	"SUCCESS",
+	"RESERVED",
+	"WARNING",
+	"ERROR",
+	"FATAL",
+	"BADARG",
+	"SYSERR"
+};
+
+static void
+resize_buf(struct buf *buf, size_t initial)
+{
+
+	buf->sz = buf->sz > initial/2 ? 2 * buf->sz : initial;
+	buf->buf = mandoc_realloc(buf->buf, buf->sz);
+}
+
+static void
+pset(const char *buf, int pos, struct mparse *curp)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Try to intuit which kind of manual parser should be used.  If
+	 * passed in by command-line (-man, -mdoc), then use that
+	 * explicitly.  If passed as -mandoc, then try to guess from the
+	 * line: either skip dot-lines, use -mdoc when finding `.Dt', or
+	 * default to -man, which is more lenient.
+	 *
+	 * Separate out pmdoc/pman from mdoc/man: the first persists
+	 * through all parsers, while the latter is used per-parse.
+	 */
+
+	if ('.' == buf[0] || '\'' == buf[0]) {
+		for (i = 1; buf[i]; i++)
+			if (' ' != buf[i] && '\t' != buf[i])
+				break;
+		if ('\0' == buf[i])
+			return;
+	}
+
+	switch (curp->inttype) {
+	case (MPARSE_MDOC):
+		if (NULL == curp->pmdoc) 
+			curp->pmdoc = mdoc_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+		assert(curp->pmdoc);
+		curp->mdoc = curp->pmdoc;
+		return;
+	case (MPARSE_MAN):
+		if (NULL == curp->pman) 
+			curp->pman = man_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+		assert(curp->pman);
+		curp->man = curp->pman;
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (pos >= 3 && 0 == memcmp(buf, ".Dd", 3))  {
+		if (NULL == curp->pmdoc) 
+			curp->pmdoc = mdoc_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+		assert(curp->pmdoc);
+		curp->mdoc = curp->pmdoc;
+		return;
+	} 
+
+	if (NULL == curp->pman) 
+		curp->pman = man_alloc(curp->roff, curp);
+	assert(curp->pman);
+	curp->man = curp->pman;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Main parse routine for an opened file.  This is called for each
+ * opened file and simply loops around the full input file, possibly
+ * nesting (i.e., with `so').
+ */
+static void
+mparse_buf_r(struct mparse *curp, struct buf blk, int start)
+{
+	const struct tbl_span	*span;
+	struct buf	 ln;
+	enum rofferr	 rr;
+	int		 i, of, rc;
+	int		 pos; /* byte number in the ln buffer */
+	int		 lnn; /* line number in the real file */
+	unsigned char	 c;
+
+	memset(&ln, 0, sizeof(struct buf));
+
+	lnn = curp->line; 
+	pos = 0; 
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)blk.sz; ) {
+		if (0 == pos && '\0' == blk.buf[i])
+			break;
+
+		if (start) {
+			curp->line = lnn;
+			curp->reparse_count = 0;
+		}
+
+		while (i < (int)blk.sz && (start || '\0' != blk.buf[i])) {
+
+			/*
+			 * When finding an unescaped newline character,
+			 * leave the character loop to process the line.
+			 * Skip a preceding carriage return, if any.
+			 */
+
+			if ('\r' == blk.buf[i] && i + 1 < (int)blk.sz &&
+			    '\n' == blk.buf[i + 1])
+				++i;
+			if ('\n' == blk.buf[i]) {
+				++i;
+				++lnn;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* 
+			 * Warn about bogus characters.  If you're using
+			 * non-ASCII encoding, you're screwing your
+			 * readers.  Since I'd rather this not happen,
+			 * I'll be helpful and replace these characters
+			 * with "?", so we don't display gibberish.
+			 * Note to manual writers: use special characters.
+			 */
+
+			c = (unsigned char) blk.buf[i];
+
+			if ( ! (isascii(c) && 
+					(isgraph(c) || isblank(c)))) {
+				mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_BADCHAR, curp,
+						curp->line, pos, NULL);
+				i++;
+				if (pos >= (int)ln.sz)
+					resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+				ln.buf[pos++] = '?';
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* Trailing backslash = a plain char. */
+
+			if ('\\' != blk.buf[i] || i + 1 == (int)blk.sz) {
+				if (pos >= (int)ln.sz)
+					resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+				ln.buf[pos++] = blk.buf[i++];
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Found escape and at least one other character.
+			 * When it's a newline character, skip it.
+			 * When there is a carriage return in between,
+			 * skip that one as well.
+			 */
+
+			if ('\r' == blk.buf[i + 1] && i + 2 < (int)blk.sz &&
+			    '\n' == blk.buf[i + 2])
+				++i;
+			if ('\n' == blk.buf[i + 1]) {
+				i += 2;
+				++lnn;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			if ('"' == blk.buf[i + 1] || '#' == blk.buf[i + 1]) {
+				i += 2;
+				/* Comment, skip to end of line */
+				for (; i < (int)blk.sz; ++i) {
+					if ('\n' == blk.buf[i]) {
+						++i;
+						++lnn;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* Backout trailing whitespaces */
+				for (; pos > 0; --pos) {
+					if (ln.buf[pos - 1] != ' ')
+						break;
+					if (pos > 2 && ln.buf[pos - 2] == '\\')
+						break;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* Some other escape sequence, copy & cont. */
+
+			if (pos + 1 >= (int)ln.sz)
+				resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+
+			ln.buf[pos++] = blk.buf[i++];
+			ln.buf[pos++] = blk.buf[i++];
+		}
+
+ 		if (pos >= (int)ln.sz)
+			resize_buf(&ln, 256);
+
+		ln.buf[pos] = '\0';
+
+		/*
+		 * A significant amount of complexity is contained by
+		 * the roff preprocessor.  It's line-oriented but can be
+		 * expressed on one line, so we need at times to
+		 * readjust our starting point and re-run it.  The roff
+		 * preprocessor can also readjust the buffers with new
+		 * data, so we pass them in wholesale.
+		 */
+
+		of = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * Maintain a lookaside buffer of all parsed lines.  We
+		 * only do this if mparse_keep() has been invoked (the
+		 * buffer may be accessed with mparse_getkeep()).
+		 */
+
+		if (curp->secondary) {
+			curp->secondary->buf = 
+				mandoc_realloc
+				(curp->secondary->buf, 
+				 curp->secondary->sz + pos + 2);
+			memcpy(curp->secondary->buf + 
+					curp->secondary->sz, 
+					ln.buf, pos);
+			curp->secondary->sz += pos;
+			curp->secondary->buf
+				[curp->secondary->sz] = '\n';
+			curp->secondary->sz++;
+			curp->secondary->buf
+				[curp->secondary->sz] = '\0';
+		}
+rerun:
+		rr = roff_parseln
+			(curp->roff, curp->line, 
+			 &ln.buf, &ln.sz, of, &of);
+
+		switch (rr) {
+		case (ROFF_REPARSE):
+			if (REPARSE_LIMIT >= ++curp->reparse_count)
+				mparse_buf_r(curp, ln, 0);
+			else
+				mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, curp,
+					curp->line, pos, NULL);
+			pos = 0;
+			continue;
+		case (ROFF_APPEND):
+			pos = (int)strlen(ln.buf);
+			continue;
+		case (ROFF_RERUN):
+			goto rerun;
+		case (ROFF_IGN):
+			pos = 0;
+			continue;
+		case (ROFF_ERR):
+			assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+			break;
+		case (ROFF_SO):
+			/*
+			 * We remove `so' clauses from our lookaside
+			 * buffer because we're going to descend into
+			 * the file recursively.
+			 */
+			if (curp->secondary) 
+				curp->secondary->sz -= pos + 1;
+			mparse_readfd_r(curp, -1, ln.buf + of, 1);
+			if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status)
+				break;
+			pos = 0;
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If we encounter errors in the recursive parse, make
+		 * sure we don't continue parsing.
+		 */
+
+		if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status)
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * If input parsers have not been allocated, do so now.
+		 * We keep these instanced between parsers, but set them
+		 * locally per parse routine since we can use different
+		 * parsers with each one.
+		 */
+
+		if ( ! (curp->man || curp->mdoc))
+			pset(ln.buf + of, pos - of, curp);
+
+		/* 
+		 * Lastly, push down into the parsers themselves.  One
+		 * of these will have already been set in the pset()
+		 * routine.
+		 * If libroff returns ROFF_TBL, then add it to the
+		 * currently open parse.  Since we only get here if
+		 * there does exist data (see tbl_data.c), we're
+		 * guaranteed that something's been allocated.
+		 * Do the same for ROFF_EQN.
+		 */
+
+		rc = -1;
+
+		if (ROFF_TBL == rr)
+			while (NULL != (span = roff_span(curp->roff))) {
+				rc = curp->man ?
+					man_addspan(curp->man, span) :
+					mdoc_addspan(curp->mdoc, span);
+				if (0 == rc)
+					break;
+			}
+		else if (ROFF_EQN == rr)
+			rc = curp->mdoc ? 
+				mdoc_addeqn(curp->mdoc, 
+					roff_eqn(curp->roff)) :
+				man_addeqn(curp->man,
+					roff_eqn(curp->roff));
+		else if (curp->man || curp->mdoc)
+			rc = curp->man ?
+				man_parseln(curp->man, 
+					curp->line, ln.buf, of) :
+				mdoc_parseln(curp->mdoc, 
+					curp->line, ln.buf, of);
+
+		if (0 == rc) {
+			assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* Temporary buffers typically are not full. */
+
+		if (0 == start && '\0' == blk.buf[i])
+			break;
+
+		/* Start the next input line. */
+
+		pos = 0;
+	}
+
+	free(ln.buf);
+}
+
+static int
+read_whole_file(const char *file, int fd, struct buf *fb, int *with_mmap)
+{
+	size_t		 off;
+	ssize_t		 ssz;
+
+#ifdef	HAVE_MMAP
+	struct stat	 st;
+	if (-1 == fstat(fd, &st)) {
+		perror(file);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're a regular file, try just reading in the whole entry
+	 * via mmap().  This is faster than reading it into blocks, and
+	 * since each file is only a few bytes to begin with, I'm not
+	 * concerned that this is going to tank any machines.
+	 */
+
+	if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+		if (st.st_size >= (1U << 31)) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: input too large\n", file);
+			return(0);
+		}
+		*with_mmap = 1;
+		fb->sz = (size_t)st.st_size;
+		fb->buf = mmap(NULL, fb->sz, PROT_READ, 
+				MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
+		if (fb->buf != MAP_FAILED)
+			return(1);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * If this isn't a regular file (like, say, stdin), then we must
+	 * go the old way and just read things in bit by bit.
+	 */
+
+	*with_mmap = 0;
+	off = 0;
+	fb->sz = 0;
+	fb->buf = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+		if (off == fb->sz) {
+			if (fb->sz == (1U << 31)) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "%s: input too large\n", file);
+				break;
+			}
+			resize_buf(fb, 65536);
+		}
+		ssz = read(fd, fb->buf + (int)off, fb->sz - off);
+		if (ssz == 0) {
+			fb->sz = off;
+			return(1);
+		}
+		if (ssz == -1) {
+			perror(file);
+			break;
+		}
+		off += (size_t)ssz;
+	}
+
+	free(fb->buf);
+	fb->buf = NULL;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static void
+mparse_end(struct mparse *curp)
+{
+
+	if (MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status)
+		return;
+
+	if (curp->mdoc && ! mdoc_endparse(curp->mdoc)) {
+		assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (curp->man && ! man_endparse(curp->man)) {
+		assert(MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL <= curp->file_status);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (curp->man || curp->mdoc)) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOTMANUAL, curp, 1, 0, NULL);
+		curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	roff_endparse(curp->roff);
+}
+
+static void
+mparse_parse_buffer(struct mparse *curp, struct buf blk, const char *file,
+		int re)
+{
+	const char	*svfile;
+
+	/* Line number is per-file. */
+	svfile = curp->file;
+	curp->file = file;
+	curp->line = 1;
+
+	mparse_buf_r(curp, blk, 1);
+
+	if (0 == re && MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL > curp->file_status)
+		mparse_end(curp);
+
+	curp->file = svfile;
+}
+
+enum mandoclevel
+mparse_readmem(struct mparse *curp, const void *buf, size_t len,
+		const char *file)
+{
+	struct buf blk;
+
+	blk.buf = UNCONST(buf);
+	blk.sz = len;
+
+	mparse_parse_buffer(curp, blk, file, 0);
+	return(curp->file_status);
+}
+
+static void
+mparse_readfd_r(struct mparse *curp, int fd, const char *file, int re)
+{
+	struct buf	 blk;
+	int		 with_mmap;
+
+	if (-1 == fd)
+		if (-1 == (fd = open(file, O_RDONLY, 0))) {
+			perror(file);
+			curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR;
+			return;
+		}
+	/*
+	 * Run for each opened file; may be called more than once for
+	 * each full parse sequence if the opened file is nested (i.e.,
+	 * from `so').  Simply sucks in the whole file and moves into
+	 * the parse phase for the file.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! read_whole_file(file, fd, &blk, &with_mmap)) {
+		curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	mparse_parse_buffer(curp, blk, file, re);
+
+#ifdef	HAVE_MMAP
+	if (with_mmap)
+		munmap(blk.buf, blk.sz);
+	else
+#endif
+		free(blk.buf);
+
+	if (STDIN_FILENO != fd && -1 == close(fd))
+		perror(file);
+}
+
+enum mandoclevel
+mparse_readfd(struct mparse *curp, int fd, const char *file)
+{
+
+	mparse_readfd_r(curp, fd, file, 0);
+	return(curp->file_status);
+}
+
+struct mparse *
+mparse_alloc(enum mparset inttype, enum mandoclevel wlevel, mandocmsg mmsg, void *arg)
+{
+	struct mparse	*curp;
+
+	assert(wlevel <= MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL);
+
+	curp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct mparse));
+
+	curp->wlevel = wlevel;
+	curp->mmsg = mmsg;
+	curp->arg = arg;
+	curp->inttype = inttype;
+
+	curp->roff = roff_alloc(curp);
+	return(curp);
+}
+
+void
+mparse_reset(struct mparse *curp)
+{
+
+	roff_reset(curp->roff);
+
+	if (curp->mdoc)
+		mdoc_reset(curp->mdoc);
+	if (curp->man)
+		man_reset(curp->man);
+	if (curp->secondary)
+		curp->secondary->sz = 0;
+
+	curp->file_status = MANDOCLEVEL_OK;
+	curp->mdoc = NULL;
+	curp->man = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+mparse_free(struct mparse *curp)
+{
+
+	if (curp->pmdoc)
+		mdoc_free(curp->pmdoc);
+	if (curp->pman)
+		man_free(curp->pman);
+	if (curp->roff)
+		roff_free(curp->roff);
+	if (curp->secondary)
+		free(curp->secondary->buf);
+
+	free(curp->secondary);
+	free(curp);
+}
+
+void
+mparse_result(struct mparse *curp, struct mdoc **mdoc, struct man **man)
+{
+
+	if (mdoc)
+		*mdoc = curp->mdoc;
+	if (man)
+		*man = curp->man;
+}
+
+void
+mandoc_vmsg(enum mandocerr t, struct mparse *m,
+		int ln, int pos, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char		 buf[256];
+	va_list		 ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	mandoc_msg(t, m, ln, pos, buf);
+}
+
+void
+mandoc_msg(enum mandocerr er, struct mparse *m, 
+		int ln, int col, const char *msg)
+{
+	enum mandoclevel level;
+
+	level = MANDOCLEVEL_FATAL;
+	while (er < mandoclimits[level])
+		level--;
+
+	if (level < m->wlevel)
+		return;
+
+	if (m->mmsg)
+		(*m->mmsg)(er, level, m->file, ln, col, msg);
+
+	if (m->file_status < level)
+		m->file_status = level;
+}
+
+const char *
+mparse_strerror(enum mandocerr er)
+{
+
+	return(mandocerrs[er]);
+}
+
+const char *
+mparse_strlevel(enum mandoclevel lvl)
+{
+	return(mandoclevels[lvl]);
+}
+
+void
+mparse_keep(struct mparse *p)
+{
+
+	assert(NULL == p->secondary);
+	p->secondary = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct buf));
+}
+
+const char *
+mparse_getkeep(const struct mparse *p)
+{
+
+	assert(p->secondary);
+	return(p->secondary->sz ? p->secondary->buf : NULL);
+}
diff --git a/roff.7 b/roff.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd32a45b290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/roff.7
@@ -0,0 +1,989 @@
+.\"	$Id: roff.7,v 1.37 2011/12/11 00:38:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 11 2011 $
+.Dt ROFF 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm roff
+.Nd roff language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm roff
+language is a general purpose text formatting language.
+Since traditional implementations of the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+manual formatting languages are based on it,
+many real-world manuals use small numbers of
+.Nm
+requests intermixed with their
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+code.
+To properly format such manuals, the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility supports a tiny subset of
+.Nm
+requests.
+Only these requests supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+are documented in the present manual,
+together with the basic language syntax shared by
+.Nm ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+and
+.Xr man 7 .
+For complete
+.Nm
+manuals, consult the
+.Sx SEE ALSO
+section.
+.Pp
+Input lines beginning with the control character
+.Sq \&.
+are parsed for requests and macros.
+Such lines are called
+.Dq request lines
+or
+.Dq macro lines ,
+respectively.
+Requests change the processing state and manipulate the formatting;
+some macros also define the document structure and produce formatted
+output.
+The single quote
+.Pq Qq \(aq
+is accepted as an alternative control character,
+treated by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+just like
+.Ql \&.
+.Pp
+Lines not beginning with control characters are called
+.Dq text lines .
+They provide free-form text to be printed; the formatting of the text
+depends on the respective processing context.
+.Sh LANGUAGE SYNTAX
+.Nm
+documents may contain only graphable 7-bit ASCII characters, the space
+character, and, in certain circumstances, the tab character.
+The back-space character
+.Sq \e
+indicates the start of an escape sequence for
+.Sx Comments ,
+.Sx Special Characters ,
+.Sx Predefined Strings ,
+and
+user-defined strings defined using the
+.Sx ds
+request.
+.Ss Comments
+Text following an escaped double-quote
+.Sq \e\(dq ,
+whether in a request, macro, or text line, is ignored to the end of the line.
+A request line beginning with a control character and comment escape
+.Sq \&.\e\(dq
+is also ignored.
+Furthermore, request lines with only a control character and optional
+trailing whitespace are stripped from input.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+\&.\e\(dq This is a comment line.
+\&.\e\(dq The next line is ignored:
+\&.
+\&.Sh EXAMPLES \e\(dq This is a comment, too.
+\&example text \e\(dq And so is this.
+.Ed
+.Ss Special Characters
+Special characters are used to encode special glyphs and are rendered
+differently across output media.
+They may occur in request, macro, and text lines.
+Sequences begin with the escape character
+.Sq \e
+followed by either an open-parenthesis
+.Sq \&(
+for two-character sequences; an open-bracket
+.Sq \&[
+for n-character sequences (terminated at a close-bracket
+.Sq \&] ) ;
+or a single one character sequence.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \e(em
+Two-letter em dash escape.
+.It Li \ee
+One-letter backslash escape.
+.El
+.Pp
+See
+.Xr mandoc_char 7
+for a complete list.
+.Ss Text Decoration
+Terms may be text-decorated using the
+.Sq \ef
+escape followed by an indicator: B (bold), I (italic), R (regular), or P
+(revert to previous mode).
+A numerical representation 3, 2, or 1 (bold, italic, and regular,
+respectively) may be used instead.
+The indicator or numerical representative may be preceded by C
+(constant-width), which is ignored.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \efBbold\efR
+Write in bold, then switch to regular font mode.
+.It Li \efIitalic\efP
+Write in italic, then return to previous font mode.
+.El
+.Pp
+Text decoration is
+.Em not
+recommended for
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+which encourages semantic annotation.
+.Ss Predefined Strings
+Predefined strings, like
+.Sx Special Characters ,
+mark special output glyphs.
+Predefined strings are escaped with the slash-asterisk,
+.Sq \e* :
+single-character
+.Sq \e*X ,
+two-character
+.Sq \e*(XX ,
+and N-character
+.Sq \e*[N] .
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \e*(Am
+Two-letter ampersand predefined string.
+.It Li \e*q
+One-letter double-quote predefined string.
+.El
+.Pp
+Predefined strings are not recommended for use,
+as they differ across implementations.
+Those supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1
+are listed in
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 .
+Manuals using these predefined strings are almost certainly not portable.
+.Ss Whitespace
+Whitespace consists of the space character.
+In text lines, whitespace is preserved within a line.
+In request and macro lines, whitespace delimits arguments and is discarded.
+.Pp
+Unescaped trailing spaces are stripped from text line input unless in a
+literal context.
+In general, trailing whitespace on any input line is discouraged for
+reasons of portability.
+In the rare case that a blank character is needed at the end of an
+input line, it may be forced by
+.Sq \e\ \e& .
+.Pp
+Literal space characters can be produced in the output
+using escape sequences.
+In macro lines, they can also be included in arguments using quotation; see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+for details.
+.Pp
+Blank text lines, which may include whitespace, are only permitted
+within literal contexts.
+If the first character of a text line is a space, that line is printed
+with a leading newline.
+.Ss Scaling Widths
+Many requests and macros support scaled widths for their arguments.
+The syntax for a scaled width is
+.Sq Li [+-]?[0-9]*.[0-9]*[:unit:] ,
+where a decimal must be preceded or followed by at least one digit.
+Negative numbers, while accepted, are truncated to zero.
+.Pp
+The following scaling units are accepted:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It c
+centimetre
+.It i
+inch
+.It P
+pica (~1/6 inch)
+.It p
+point (~1/72 inch)
+.It f
+synonym for
+.Sq u
+.It v
+default vertical span
+.It m
+width of rendered
+.Sq m
+.Pq em
+character
+.It n
+width of rendered
+.Sq n
+.Pq en
+character
+.It u
+default horizontal span
+.It M
+mini-em (~1/100 em)
+.El
+.Pp
+Using anything other than
+.Sq m ,
+.Sq n ,
+.Sq u ,
+or
+.Sq v
+is necessarily non-portable across output media.
+See
+.Sx COMPATIBILITY .
+.Pp
+If a scaling unit is not provided, the numerical value is interpreted
+under the default rules of
+.Sq v
+for vertical spaces and
+.Sq u
+for horizontal ones.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Bl -tag -width 2i" -offset indent -compact
+.It Li \&.Bl -tag -width 2i
+two-inch tagged list indentation in
+.Xr mdoc 7
+.It Li \&.HP 2i
+two-inch tagged list indentation in
+.Xr man 7
+.It Li \&.sp 2v
+two vertical spaces
+.El
+.Ss Sentence Spacing
+Each sentence should terminate at the end of an input line.
+By doing this, a formatter will be able to apply the proper amount of
+spacing after the end of sentence (unescaped) period, exclamation mark,
+or question mark followed by zero or more non-sentence closing
+delimiters
+.Po
+.Sq \&) ,
+.Sq \&] ,
+.Sq \&' ,
+.Sq \&"
+.Pc .
+.Pp
+The proper spacing is also intelligently preserved if a sentence ends at
+the boundary of a macro line.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+Do not end sentences mid-line like this.  Instead,
+end a sentence like this.
+A macro would end like this:
+\&.Xr mandoc 1 \&.
+.Ed
+.Sh REQUEST SYNTAX
+A request or macro line consists of:
+.Pp
+.Bl -enum -compact
+.It
+the control character
+.Sq \&.
+or
+.Sq \(aq
+at the beginning of the line,
+.It
+optionally an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
+.It
+the name of the request or the macro, which is one word of arbitrary
+length, terminated by whitespace,
+.It
+and zero or more arguments delimited by whitespace.
+.El
+.Pp
+Thus, the following request lines are all equivalent:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.ig end
+\&.ig    end
+\&.   ig end
+.Ed
+.Sh MACRO SYNTAX
+Macros are provided by the
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+languages and can be defined by the
+.Sx \&de
+request.
+When called, they follow the same syntax as requests, except that
+macro arguments may optionally be quoted by enclosing them
+in double quote characters
+.Pq Sq \(dq .
+Quoted text, even if it contains whitespace or would cause
+a macro invocation when unquoted, is always considered literal text.
+Inside quoted text, pairs of double quote characters
+.Pq Sq Qq
+resolve to single double quote characters.
+.Pp
+To be recognised as the beginning of a quoted argument, the opening
+quote character must be preceded by a space character.
+A quoted argument extends to the next double quote character that is not
+part of a pair, or to the end of the input line, whichever comes earlier.
+Leaving out the terminating double quote character at the end of the line
+is discouraged.
+For clarity, if more arguments follow on the same input line,
+it is recommended to follow the terminating double quote character
+by a space character; in case the next character after the terminating
+double quote character is anything else, it is regarded as the beginning
+of the next, unquoted argument.
+.Pp
+Both in quoted and unquoted arguments, pairs of backslashes
+.Pq Sq \e\e
+resolve to single backslashes.
+In unquoted arguments, space characters can alternatively be included
+by preceding them with a backslash
+.Pq Sq \e\~ ,
+but quoting is usually better for clarity.
+.Pp
+Examples:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It Li .Fn strlen \(dqconst char *s\(dq
+Group arguments
+.Qq const char *s
+into one function argument.
+If unspecified,
+.Qq const ,
+.Qq char ,
+and
+.Qq *s
+would be considered separate arguments.
+.It Li .Op \(dqFl a\(dq
+Consider
+.Qq \&Fl a
+as literal text instead of a flag macro.
+.El
+.Sh REQUEST REFERENCE
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+.Nm
+parser recognises the following requests.
+Note that the
+.Nm
+language defines many more requests not implemented in
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Ss \&ad
+Set line adjustment mode.
+This line-scoped request is intended to have one argument to select
+normal, left, right, or centre adjustment for subsequent text.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&am
+Append to a macro definition.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&de .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&ami
+Append to a macro definition, specifying the macro name indirectly.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&dei .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&am1
+Append to a macro definition, switching roff compatibility mode off
+during macro execution.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&de1 .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&de
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro.
+Its syntax can be either
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&de Ar name
+.Ar macro definition
+\&..
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&de Ar name Ar end
+.Ar macro definition
+.Pf . Ar end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Both forms define or redefine the macro
+.Ar name
+to represent the
+.Ar macro definition ,
+which may consist of one or more input lines, including the newline
+characters terminating each line, optionally containing calls to
+.Nm
+requests,
+.Nm
+macros or high-level macros like
+.Xr man 7
+or
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macros, whichever applies to the document in question.
+.Pp
+Specifying a custom
+.Ar end
+macro works in the same way as for
+.Sx \&ig ;
+namely, the call to
+.Sq Pf . Ar end
+first ends the
+.Ar macro definition ,
+and after that, it is also evaluated as a
+.Nm
+request or
+.Nm
+macro, but not as a high-level macro.
+.Pp
+The macro can be invoked later using the syntax
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Ar name Op Ar argument Op Ar argument ...
+.Pp
+Regarding argument parsing, see
+.Sx MACRO SYNTAX
+above.
+.Pp
+The line invoking the macro will be replaced
+in the input stream by the
+.Ar macro definition ,
+replacing all occurrences of
+.No \e\e$ Ns Ar N ,
+where
+.Ar N
+is a digit, by the
+.Ar N Ns th Ar argument .
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.de ZN
+\efI\e^\e\e$1\e^\efP\e\e$2
+\&..
+\&.ZN XtFree .
+.Ed
+.Pp
+produces
+.Pp
+.D1 \efI\e^XtFree\e^\efP.
+.Pp
+in the input stream, and thus in the output: \fI\^XtFree\^\fP.
+.Pp
+Since macros and user-defined strings share a common string table,
+defining a macro
+.Ar name
+clobbers the user-defined string
+.Ar name ,
+and the
+.Ar macro definition
+can also be printed using the
+.Sq \e*
+string interpolation syntax described below
+.Sx ds ,
+but this is rarely useful because every macro definition contains at least
+one explicit newline character.
+.Pp
+In order to prevent endless recursion, both groff and
+.Xr mandoc 1
+limit the stack depth for expanding macros and strings
+to a large, but finite number.
+Do not rely on the exact value of this limit.
+.Ss \&dei
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro, specifying the macro name indirectly.
+The syntax of this request is the same as that of
+.Sx \&de .
+It is currently ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+as are its children.
+.Ss \&de1
+Define a
+.Nm
+macro that will be executed with
+.Nm
+compatibility mode switched off during macro execution.
+This is a GNU extension not available in traditional
+.Nm
+implementations and not even in older versions of groff.
+Since
+.Xr mandoc 1
+does not implement
+.Nm
+compatibility mode at all, it handles this request as an alias for
+.Sx \&de .
+.Ss \&ds
+Define a user-defined string.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf . Cm \&ds Ar name Oo \(dq Oc Ns Ar string
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar name
+and
+.Ar string
+arguments are space-separated.
+If the
+.Ar string
+begins with a double-quote character, that character will not be part
+of the string.
+All remaining characters on the input line form the
+.Ar string ,
+including whitespace and double-quote characters, even trailing ones.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar string
+can be interpolated into subsequent text by using
+.No \e* Ns Bq Ar name
+for a
+.Ar name
+of arbitrary length, or \e*(NN or \e*N if the length of
+.Ar name
+is two or one characters, respectively.
+Interpolation can be prevented by escaping the leading backslash;
+that is, an asterisk preceded by an even number of backslashes
+does not trigger string interpolation.
+.Pp
+Since user-defined strings and macros share a common string table,
+defining a string
+.Ar name
+clobbers the macro
+.Ar name ,
+and the
+.Ar name
+used for defining a string can also be invoked as a macro,
+in which case the following input line will be appended to the
+.Ar string ,
+forming a new input line passed to the
+.Nm
+parser.
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.ds badidea .S
+\&.badidea
+H SYNOPSIS
+.Ed
+.Pp
+invokes the
+.Cm SH
+macro when used in a
+.Xr man 7
+document.
+Such abuse is of course strongly discouraged.
+.Ss \&el
+The
+.Qq else
+half of an if/else conditional.
+Pops a result off the stack of conditional evaluations pushed by
+.Sx \&ie
+and uses it as its conditional.
+If no stack entries are present (e.g., due to no prior
+.Sx \&ie
+calls)
+then false is assumed.
+The syntax of this request is similar to
+.Sx \&if
+except that the conditional is missing.
+.Ss \&EN
+End an equation block.
+See
+.Sx \&EQ .
+.Ss \&EQ
+Begin an equation block.
+See
+.Xr eqn 7
+for a description of the equation language.
+.Ss \&hy
+Set automatic hyphenation mode.
+This line-scoped request is currently ignored.
+.Ss \&ie
+The
+.Qq if
+half of an if/else conditional.
+The result of the conditional is pushed into a stack used by subsequent
+invocations of
+.Sx \&el ,
+which may be separated by any intervening input (or not exist at all).
+Its syntax is equivalent to
+.Sx \&if .
+.Ss \&if
+Begins a conditional.
+Right now, the conditional evaluates to true
+if and only if it starts with the letter
+.Sy n ,
+indicating processing in nroff style as opposed to troff style.
+If a conditional is false, its children are not processed, but are
+syntactically interpreted to preserve the integrity of the input
+document.
+Thus,
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if t .ig
+.Pp
+will discard the
+.Sq \&.ig ,
+which may lead to interesting results, but
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if t .if t \e{\e
+.Pp
+will continue to syntactically interpret to the block close of the final
+conditional.
+Sub-conditionals, in this case, obviously inherit the truth value of
+the parent.
+This request has the following syntax:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{\e
+BODY...
+\&.\e}
+.Ed
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{ BODY
+BODY... \e}
+.Ed
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{ BODY
+BODY...
+\&.\e}
+.Ed
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e
+BODY
+.Ed
+.Pp
+COND is a conditional statement.
+roff allows for complicated conditionals; mandoc is much simpler.
+At this time, mandoc supports only
+.Sq n ,
+evaluating to true;
+and
+.Sq t ,
+.Sq e ,
+and
+.Sq o ,
+evaluating to false.
+All other invocations are read up to the next end of line or space and
+evaluate as false.
+.Pp
+If the BODY section is begun by an escaped brace
+.Sq \e{ ,
+scope continues until a closing-brace escape sequence
+.Sq \.\e} .
+If the BODY is not enclosed in braces, scope continues until
+the end of the line.
+If the COND is followed by a BODY on the same line, whether after a
+brace or not, then requests and macros
+.Em must
+begin with a control character.
+It is generally more intuitive, in this case, to write
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.if COND \e{\e
+\&.foo
+bar
+\&.\e}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+than having the request or macro follow as
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.if COND \e{ .foo
+.Pp
+The scope of a conditional is always parsed, but only executed if the
+conditional evaluates to true.
+.Pp
+Note that the
+.Sq \e}
+is converted into a zero-width escape sequence if not passed as a
+standalone macro
+.Sq \&.\e} .
+For example,
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.Fl a \e} b
+.Pp
+will result in
+.Sq \e}
+being considered an argument of the
+.Sq \&Fl
+macro.
+.Ss \&ig
+Ignore input.
+Its syntax can be either
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&ig
+.Ar ignored text
+\&..
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Pf . Cm \&ig Ar end
+.Ar ignored text
+.Pf . Ar end
+.Ed
+.Pp
+In the first case, input is ignored until a
+.Sq \&..
+request is encountered on its own line.
+In the second case, input is ignored until the specified
+.Sq Pf . Ar end
+macro is encountered.
+Do not use the escape character
+.Sq \e
+anywhere in the definition of
+.Ar end ;
+it would cause very strange behaviour.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Ar end
+macro is a roff request or a roff macro, like in
+.Pp
+.D1 \&.ig if
+.Pp
+the subsequent invocation of
+.Sx \&if
+will first terminate the
+.Ar ignored text ,
+then be invoked as usual.
+Otherwise, it only terminates the
+.Ar ignored text ,
+and arguments following it or the
+.Sq \&..
+request are discarded.
+.Ss \&ne
+Declare the need for the specified minimum vertical space
+before the next trap or the bottom of the page.
+This line-scoped request is currently ignored.
+.Ss \&nh
+Turn off automatic hyphenation mode.
+This line-scoped request is currently ignored.
+.Ss \&rm
+Remove a request, macro or string.
+This request is intended to have one argument,
+the name of the request, macro or string to be undefined.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&nr
+Define a register.
+A register is an arbitrary string value that defines some sort of state,
+which influences parsing and/or formatting.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Cm \&nr Ar name Ar value
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar value
+may, at the moment, only be an integer.
+So far, only the following register
+.Ar name
+is recognised:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm nS
+If set to a positive integer value, certain
+.Xr mdoc 7
+macros will behave in the same way as in the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section.
+If set to 0, these macros will behave in the same way as outside the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section, even when called within the
+.Em SYNOPSIS
+section itself.
+Note that starting a new
+.Xr mdoc 7
+section with the
+.Cm \&Sh
+macro will reset this register.
+.El
+.Ss \&ns
+Turn on no-space mode.
+This line-scoped request is intended to take no arguments.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&ps
+Change point size.
+This line-scoped request is intended to take one numerical argument.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments,
+and the number of arguments is not checked.
+.Ss \&so
+Include a source file.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Cm \&so Ar file
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar file
+will be read and its contents processed as input in place of the
+.Sq \&.so
+request line.
+To avoid inadvertent inclusion of unrelated files,
+.Xr mandoc 1
+only accepts relative paths not containing the strings
+.Qq ../
+and
+.Qq /.. .
+.Pp
+This request requires
+.Xr man 1
+to change to the right directory before calling
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+per convention to the root of the manual tree.
+Typical usage looks like:
+.Pp
+.Dl \&.so man3/Xcursor.3
+.Pp
+As the whole concept is rather fragile, the use of
+.Sx \&so
+is discouraged.
+Use
+.Xr ln 1
+instead.
+.Ss \&ta
+Set tab stops.
+This line-scoped request can take an arbitrary number of arguments.
+Currently, it is ignored including its arguments.
+.Ss \&tr
+Output character translation.
+Its syntax is as follows:
+.Pp
+.D1 Pf \. Cm \&tr Ar [ab]+
+.Pp
+Pairs of
+.Ar ab
+characters are replaced
+.Ar ( a
+for
+.Ar b ) .
+Replacement (or origin) characters may also be character escapes; thus,
+.Pp
+.Dl tr \e(xx\e(yy
+.Pp
+replaces all invocations of \e(xx with \e(yy.
+.Ss \&T&
+Re-start a table layout, retaining the options of the prior table
+invocation.
+See
+.Sx \&TS .
+.Ss \&TE
+End a table context.
+See
+.Sx \&TS .
+.Ss \&TS
+Begin a table, which formats input in aligned rows and columns.
+See
+.Xr tbl 7
+for a description of the tbl language.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other other
+.Nm
+implementations, at this time limited to GNU troff
+.Pq Qq groff .
+The term
+.Qq historic groff
+refers to groff version 1.15.
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+In mandoc, the
+.Sx \&EQ ,
+.Sx \&TE ,
+.Sx \&TS ,
+and
+.Sx \&T& ,
+macros are considered regular macros.
+In all other
+.Nm
+implementations, these are special macros that must be specified without
+spacing between the control character (which must be a period) and the
+macro name.
+.It
+The
+.Cm nS
+register is only compatible with OpenBSD's groff-1.15.
+.It
+Historic groff did not accept white-space before a custom
+.Ar end
+macro for the
+.Sx \&ig
+request.
+.It
+The
+.Sx \&if
+and family would print funny white-spaces with historic groff when
+using the next-line syntax.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr eqn 7 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr tbl 7
+.Rs
+.%A Joseph F. Ossanna
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%I AT&T Bell Laboratories
+.%T Troff User's Manual
+.%R Computing Science Technical Report
+.%N 54
+.%C Murray Hill, New Jersey
+.%D 1976 and 1992
+.%U http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/cstr54.ps
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Joseph F. Ossanna
+.%A Brian W. Kernighan
+.%A Gunnar Ritter
+.%T Heirloom Documentation Tools Nroff/Troff User's Manual
+.%D September 17, 2007
+.%U http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/doctools/troff.pdf
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The RUNOFF typesetting system, whose input forms the basis for
+.Nm ,
+was written in MAD and FAP for the CTSS operating system by Jerome E.
+Saltzer in 1964.
+Doug McIlroy rewrote it in BCPL in 1969, renaming it
+.Nm .
+Dennis M. Ritchie rewrote McIlroy's
+.Nm
+in PDP-11 assembly for
+.At v1 ,
+Joseph F. Ossanna improved roff and renamed it nroff
+for
+.At v2 ,
+then ported nroff to C as troff, which Brian W. Kernighan released with
+.At v7 .
+In 1989, James Clarke re-implemented troff in C++, naming it groff.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv ;
+and
+.An Ingo Schwarze ,
+.Mt schwarze@openbsd.org .
diff --git a/roff.c b/roff.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b479cc298cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/roff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1768 @@
+/*	$Id: roff.c,v 1.172 2011/10/24 21:41:45 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHORS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+
+/* Maximum number of nested if-else conditionals. */
+#define	RSTACK_MAX	128
+
+/* Maximum number of string expansions per line, to break infinite loops. */
+#define	EXPAND_LIMIT	1000
+
+enum	rofft {
+	ROFF_ad,
+	ROFF_am,
+	ROFF_ami,
+	ROFF_am1,
+	ROFF_de,
+	ROFF_dei,
+	ROFF_de1,
+	ROFF_ds,
+	ROFF_el,
+	ROFF_hy,
+	ROFF_ie,
+	ROFF_if,
+	ROFF_ig,
+	ROFF_it,
+	ROFF_ne,
+	ROFF_nh,
+	ROFF_nr,
+	ROFF_ns,
+	ROFF_ps,
+	ROFF_rm,
+	ROFF_so,
+	ROFF_ta,
+	ROFF_tr,
+	ROFF_TS,
+	ROFF_TE,
+	ROFF_T_,
+	ROFF_EQ,
+	ROFF_EN,
+	ROFF_cblock,
+	ROFF_ccond,
+	ROFF_USERDEF,
+	ROFF_MAX
+};
+
+enum	roffrule {
+	ROFFRULE_ALLOW,
+	ROFFRULE_DENY
+};
+
+/*
+ * A single register entity.  If "set" is zero, the value of the
+ * register should be the default one, which is per-register.
+ * Registers are assumed to be unsigned ints for now.
+ */
+struct	reg {
+	int		 set; /* whether set or not */
+	unsigned int	 u; /* unsigned integer */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An incredibly-simple string buffer.
+ */
+struct	roffstr {
+	char		*p; /* nil-terminated buffer */
+	size_t		 sz; /* saved strlen(p) */
+};
+
+/*
+ * A key-value roffstr pair as part of a singly-linked list.
+ */
+struct	roffkv {
+	struct roffstr	 key;
+	struct roffstr	 val;
+	struct roffkv	*next; /* next in list */
+};
+
+struct	roff {
+	struct mparse	*parse; /* parse point */
+	struct roffnode	*last; /* leaf of stack */
+	enum roffrule	 rstack[RSTACK_MAX]; /* stack of !`ie' rules */
+	int		 rstackpos; /* position in rstack */
+	struct reg	 regs[REG__MAX];
+	struct roffkv	*strtab; /* user-defined strings & macros */
+	struct roffkv	*xmbtab; /* multi-byte trans table (`tr') */
+	struct roffstr	*xtab; /* single-byte trans table (`tr') */
+	const char	*current_string; /* value of last called user macro */
+	struct tbl_node	*first_tbl; /* first table parsed */
+	struct tbl_node	*last_tbl; /* last table parsed */
+	struct tbl_node	*tbl; /* current table being parsed */
+	struct eqn_node	*last_eqn; /* last equation parsed */
+	struct eqn_node	*first_eqn; /* first equation parsed */
+	struct eqn_node	*eqn; /* current equation being parsed */
+};
+
+struct	roffnode {
+	enum rofft	 tok; /* type of node */
+	struct roffnode	*parent; /* up one in stack */
+	int		 line; /* parse line */
+	int		 col; /* parse col */
+	char		*name; /* node name, e.g. macro name */
+	char		*end; /* end-rules: custom token */
+	int		 endspan; /* end-rules: next-line or infty */
+	enum roffrule	 rule; /* current evaluation rule */
+};
+
+#define	ROFF_ARGS	 struct roff *r, /* parse ctx */ \
+			 enum rofft tok, /* tok of macro */ \
+		 	 char **bufp, /* input buffer */ \
+			 size_t *szp, /* size of input buffer */ \
+			 int ln, /* parse line */ \
+			 int ppos, /* original pos in buffer */ \
+			 int pos, /* current pos in buffer */ \
+			 int *offs /* reset offset of buffer data */
+
+typedef	enum rofferr (*roffproc)(ROFF_ARGS);
+
+struct	roffmac {
+	const char	*name; /* macro name */
+	roffproc	 proc; /* process new macro */
+	roffproc	 text; /* process as child text of macro */
+	roffproc	 sub; /* process as child of macro */
+	int		 flags;
+#define	ROFFMAC_STRUCT	(1 << 0) /* always interpret */
+	struct roffmac	*next;
+};
+
+struct	predef {
+	const char	*name; /* predefined input name */
+	const char	*str; /* replacement symbol */
+};
+
+#define	PREDEF(__name, __str) \
+	{ (__name), (__str) },
+
+static	enum rofft	 roffhash_find(const char *, size_t);
+static	void		 roffhash_init(void);
+static	void		 roffnode_cleanscope(struct roff *);
+static	void		 roffnode_pop(struct roff *);
+static	void		 roffnode_push(struct roff *, enum rofft,
+				const char *, int, int);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_block(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_block_text(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_block_sub(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cblock(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_ccond(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cond(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cond_text(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_cond_sub(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_ds(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum roffrule	 roff_evalcond(const char *, int *);
+static	void		 roff_free1(struct roff *);
+static	void		 roff_freestr(struct roffkv *);
+static	char		*roff_getname(struct roff *, char **, int, int);
+static	const char	*roff_getstrn(const struct roff *, 
+				const char *, size_t);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_line_ignore(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_nr(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	void		 roff_openeqn(struct roff *, const char *,
+				int, int, const char *);
+static	enum rofft	 roff_parse(struct roff *, const char *, int *);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_parsetext(char *);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_res(struct roff *, 
+				char **, size_t *, int, int);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_rm(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	void		 roff_setstr(struct roff *,
+				const char *, const char *, int);
+static	void		 roff_setstrn(struct roffkv **, const char *, 
+				size_t, const char *, size_t, int);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_so(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_tr(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_TE(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_TS(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_EQ(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_EN(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_T_(ROFF_ARGS);
+static	enum rofferr	 roff_userdef(ROFF_ARGS);
+
+/* See roffhash_find() */
+
+#define	ASCII_HI	 126
+#define	ASCII_LO	 33
+#define	HASHWIDTH	(ASCII_HI - ASCII_LO + 1)
+
+static	struct roffmac	*hash[HASHWIDTH];
+
+static	struct roffmac	 roffs[ROFF_MAX] = {
+	{ "ad", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "am", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ami", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "am1", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "de", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "dei", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "de1", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ds", roff_ds, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "el", roff_cond, roff_cond_text, roff_cond_sub, ROFFMAC_STRUCT, NULL },
+	{ "hy", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ie", roff_cond, roff_cond_text, roff_cond_sub, ROFFMAC_STRUCT, NULL },
+	{ "if", roff_cond, roff_cond_text, roff_cond_sub, ROFFMAC_STRUCT, NULL },
+	{ "ig", roff_block, roff_block_text, roff_block_sub, 0, NULL },
+	{ "it", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ne", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "nh", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "nr", roff_nr, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ns", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ps", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "rm", roff_rm, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "so", roff_so, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "ta", roff_line_ignore, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "tr", roff_tr, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "TS", roff_TS, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "TE", roff_TE, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "T&", roff_T_, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "EQ", roff_EQ, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "EN", roff_EN, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ ".", roff_cblock, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ "\\}", roff_ccond, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+	{ NULL, roff_userdef, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL },
+};
+
+/* Array of injected predefined strings. */
+#define	PREDEFS_MAX	 38
+static	const struct predef predefs[PREDEFS_MAX] = {
+#include "predefs.in"
+};
+
+/* See roffhash_find() */
+#define	ROFF_HASH(p)	(p[0] - ASCII_LO)
+
+static void
+roffhash_init(void)
+{
+	struct roffmac	 *n;
+	int		  buc, i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < (int)ROFF_USERDEF; i++) {
+		assert(roffs[i].name[0] >= ASCII_LO);
+		assert(roffs[i].name[0] <= ASCII_HI);
+
+		buc = ROFF_HASH(roffs[i].name);
+
+		if (NULL != (n = hash[buc])) {
+			for ( ; n->next; n = n->next)
+				/* Do nothing. */ ;
+			n->next = &roffs[i];
+		} else
+			hash[buc] = &roffs[i];
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Look up a roff token by its name.  Returns ROFF_MAX if no macro by
+ * the nil-terminated string name could be found.
+ */
+static enum rofft
+roffhash_find(const char *p, size_t s)
+{
+	int		 buc;
+	struct roffmac	*n;
+
+	/*
+	 * libroff has an extremely simple hashtable, for the time
+	 * being, which simply keys on the first character, which must
+	 * be printable, then walks a chain.  It works well enough until
+	 * optimised.
+	 */
+
+	if (p[0] < ASCII_LO || p[0] > ASCII_HI)
+		return(ROFF_MAX);
+
+	buc = ROFF_HASH(p);
+
+	if (NULL == (n = hash[buc]))
+		return(ROFF_MAX);
+	for ( ; n; n = n->next)
+		if (0 == strncmp(n->name, p, s) && '\0' == n->name[(int)s])
+			return((enum rofft)(n - roffs));
+
+	return(ROFF_MAX);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Pop the current node off of the stack of roff instructions currently
+ * pending.
+ */
+static void
+roffnode_pop(struct roff *r)
+{
+	struct roffnode	*p;
+
+	assert(r->last);
+	p = r->last; 
+
+	r->last = r->last->parent;
+	free(p->name);
+	free(p->end);
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Push a roff node onto the instruction stack.  This must later be
+ * removed with roffnode_pop().
+ */
+static void
+roffnode_push(struct roff *r, enum rofft tok, const char *name,
+		int line, int col)
+{
+	struct roffnode	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct roffnode));
+	p->tok = tok;
+	if (name)
+		p->name = mandoc_strdup(name);
+	p->parent = r->last;
+	p->line = line;
+	p->col = col;
+	p->rule = p->parent ? p->parent->rule : ROFFRULE_DENY;
+
+	r->last = p;
+}
+
+
+static void
+roff_free1(struct roff *r)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*t;
+	struct eqn_node	*e;
+	int		 i;
+
+	while (NULL != (t = r->first_tbl)) {
+		r->first_tbl = t->next;
+		tbl_free(t);
+	}
+
+	r->first_tbl = r->last_tbl = r->tbl = NULL;
+
+	while (NULL != (e = r->first_eqn)) {
+		r->first_eqn = e->next;
+		eqn_free(e);
+	}
+
+	r->first_eqn = r->last_eqn = r->eqn = NULL;
+
+	while (r->last)
+		roffnode_pop(r);
+
+	roff_freestr(r->strtab);
+	roff_freestr(r->xmbtab);
+
+	r->strtab = r->xmbtab = NULL;
+
+	if (r->xtab)
+		for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
+			free(r->xtab[i].p);
+
+	free(r->xtab);
+	r->xtab = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+roff_reset(struct roff *r)
+{
+	int		 i;
+
+	roff_free1(r);
+
+	memset(&r->regs, 0, sizeof(struct reg) * REG__MAX);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < PREDEFS_MAX; i++) 
+		roff_setstr(r, predefs[i].name, predefs[i].str, 0);
+}
+
+
+void
+roff_free(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	roff_free1(r);
+	free(r);
+}
+
+
+struct roff *
+roff_alloc(struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct roff	*r;
+	int		 i;
+
+	r = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct roff));
+	r->parse = parse;
+	r->rstackpos = -1;
+	
+	roffhash_init();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < PREDEFS_MAX; i++) 
+		roff_setstr(r, predefs[i].name, predefs[i].str, 0);
+
+	return(r);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pre-filter each and every line for reserved words (one beginning with
+ * `\*', e.g., `\*(ab').  These must be handled before the actual line
+ * is processed. 
+ * This also checks the syntax of regular escapes.
+ */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_res(struct roff *r, char **bufp, size_t *szp, int ln, int pos)
+{
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+	const char	*stesc;	/* start of an escape sequence ('\\') */
+	const char	*stnam;	/* start of the name, after "[(*" */
+	const char	*cp;	/* end of the name, e.g. before ']' */
+	const char	*res;	/* the string to be substituted */
+	int		 i, maxl, expand_count;
+	size_t		 nsz;
+	char		*n;
+
+	expand_count = 0;
+
+again:
+	cp = *bufp + pos;
+	while (NULL != (cp = strchr(cp, '\\'))) {
+		stesc = cp++;
+
+		/*
+		 * The second character must be an asterisk.
+		 * If it isn't, skip it anyway:  It is escaped,
+		 * so it can't start another escape sequence.
+		 */
+
+		if ('\0' == *cp)
+			return(ROFF_CONT);
+
+		if ('*' != *cp) {
+			res = cp;
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&cp, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR != esc)
+				continue;
+			cp = res;
+			mandoc_msg
+				(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+				 ln, (int)(stesc - *bufp), NULL);
+			return(ROFF_CONT);
+		}
+
+		cp++;
+
+		/*
+		 * The third character decides the length
+		 * of the name of the string.
+		 * Save a pointer to the name.
+		 */
+
+		switch (*cp) {
+		case ('\0'):
+			return(ROFF_CONT);
+		case ('('):
+			cp++;
+			maxl = 2;
+			break;
+		case ('['):
+			cp++;
+			maxl = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			maxl = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		stnam = cp;
+
+		/* Advance to the end of the name. */
+
+		for (i = 0; 0 == maxl || i < maxl; i++, cp++) {
+			if ('\0' == *cp) {
+				mandoc_msg
+					(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, 
+					 r->parse, ln, 
+					 (int)(stesc - *bufp), NULL);
+				return(ROFF_CONT);
+			}
+			if (0 == maxl && ']' == *cp)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Retrieve the replacement string; if it is
+		 * undefined, resume searching for escapes.
+		 */
+
+		res = roff_getstrn(r, stnam, (size_t)i);
+
+		if (NULL == res) {
+			mandoc_msg
+				(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+				 ln, (int)(stesc - *bufp), NULL);
+			res = "";
+		}
+
+		/* Replace the escape sequence by the string. */
+
+		pos = stesc - *bufp;
+
+		nsz = *szp + strlen(res) + 1;
+		n = mandoc_malloc(nsz);
+
+		strlcpy(n, *bufp, (size_t)(stesc - *bufp + 1));
+		strlcat(n, res, nsz);
+		strlcat(n, cp + (maxl ? 0 : 1), nsz);
+
+		free(*bufp);
+
+		*bufp = n;
+		*szp = nsz;
+
+		if (EXPAND_LIMIT >= ++expand_count)
+			goto again;
+
+		/* Just leave the string unexpanded. */
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ROFFLOOP, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+	return(ROFF_CONT);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Process text streams: convert all breakable hyphens into ASCII_HYPH.
+ */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_parsetext(char *p)
+{
+	size_t		 sz;
+	const char	*start;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	start = p;
+
+	while ('\0' != *p) {
+		sz = strcspn(p, "-\\");
+		p += sz;
+
+		if ('\0' == *p)
+			break;
+
+		if ('\\' == *p) {
+			/* Skip over escapes. */
+			p++;
+			esc = mandoc_escape
+				((const char **)&p, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc)
+				break;
+			continue;
+		} else if (p == start) {
+			p++;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (isalpha((unsigned char)p[-1]) &&
+		    isalpha((unsigned char)p[1]))
+			*p = ASCII_HYPH;
+		p++;
+	}
+
+	return(ROFF_CONT);
+}
+
+enum rofferr
+roff_parseln(struct roff *r, int ln, char **bufp, 
+		size_t *szp, int pos, int *offs)
+{
+	enum rofft	 t;
+	enum rofferr	 e;
+	int		 ppos, ctl;
+
+	/*
+	 * Run the reserved-word filter only if we have some reserved
+	 * words to fill in.
+	 */
+
+	e = roff_res(r, bufp, szp, ln, pos);
+	if (ROFF_IGN == e)
+		return(e);
+	assert(ROFF_CONT == e);
+
+	ppos = pos;
+	ctl = mandoc_getcontrol(*bufp, &pos);
+
+	/*
+	 * First, if a scope is open and we're not a macro, pass the
+	 * text through the macro's filter.  If a scope isn't open and
+	 * we're not a macro, just let it through.
+	 * Finally, if there's an equation scope open, divert it into it
+	 * no matter our state.
+	 */
+
+	if (r->last && ! ctl) {
+		t = r->last->tok;
+		assert(roffs[t].text);
+		e = (*roffs[t].text)
+			(r, t, bufp, szp, ln, pos, pos, offs);
+		assert(ROFF_IGN == e || ROFF_CONT == e);
+		if (ROFF_CONT != e)
+			return(e);
+		if (r->eqn)
+			return(eqn_read(&r->eqn, ln, *bufp, pos, offs));
+		if (r->tbl)
+			return(tbl_read(r->tbl, ln, *bufp, pos));
+		return(roff_parsetext(*bufp + pos));
+	} else if ( ! ctl) {
+		if (r->eqn)
+			return(eqn_read(&r->eqn, ln, *bufp, pos, offs));
+		if (r->tbl)
+			return(tbl_read(r->tbl, ln, *bufp, pos));
+		return(roff_parsetext(*bufp + pos));
+	} else if (r->eqn)
+		return(eqn_read(&r->eqn, ln, *bufp, ppos, offs));
+
+	/*
+	 * If a scope is open, go to the child handler for that macro,
+	 * as it may want to preprocess before doing anything with it.
+	 * Don't do so if an equation is open.
+	 */
+
+	if (r->last) {
+		t = r->last->tok;
+		assert(roffs[t].sub);
+		return((*roffs[t].sub)
+				(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+				 ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Lastly, as we've no scope open, try to look up and execute
+	 * the new macro.  If no macro is found, simply return and let
+	 * the compilers handle it.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_MAX == (t = roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos)))
+		return(ROFF_CONT);
+
+	assert(roffs[t].proc);
+	return((*roffs[t].proc)
+			(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+			 ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+}
+
+
+void
+roff_endparse(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	if (r->last)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, r->parse,
+				r->last->line, r->last->col, NULL);
+
+	if (r->eqn) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, r->parse, 
+				r->eqn->eqn.ln, r->eqn->eqn.pos, NULL);
+		eqn_end(&r->eqn);
+	}
+
+	if (r->tbl) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEEXIT, r->parse, 
+				r->tbl->line, r->tbl->pos, NULL);
+		tbl_end(&r->tbl);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a roff node's type from the input buffer.  This must be in the
+ * form of ".foo xxx" in the usual way.
+ */
+static enum rofft
+roff_parse(struct roff *r, const char *buf, int *pos)
+{
+	const char	*mac;
+	size_t		 maclen;
+	enum rofft	 t;
+
+	if ('\0' == buf[*pos] || '"' == buf[*pos] || 
+			'\t' == buf[*pos] || ' ' == buf[*pos])
+		return(ROFF_MAX);
+
+	/*
+	 * We stop the macro parse at an escape, tab, space, or nil.
+	 * However, `\}' is also a valid macro, so make sure we don't
+	 * clobber it by seeing the `\' as the end of token.
+	 */
+
+	mac = buf + *pos;
+	maclen = strcspn(mac + 1, " \\\t\0") + 1;
+
+	t = (r->current_string = roff_getstrn(r, mac, maclen))
+	    ? ROFF_USERDEF : roffhash_find(mac, maclen);
+
+	*pos += (int)maclen;
+
+	while (buf[*pos] && ' ' == buf[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	return(t);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cblock(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * A block-close `..' should only be invoked as a child of an
+	 * ignore macro, otherwise raise a warning and just ignore it.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == r->last) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	switch (r->last->tok) {
+	case (ROFF_am):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_ami):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_am1):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_de):
+		/* ROFF_de1 is remapped to ROFF_de in roff_block(). */
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_dei):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_ig):
+		break;
+	default:
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	if ((*bufp)[pos])
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	roffnode_pop(r);
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+}
+
+
+static void
+roffnode_cleanscope(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	while (r->last) {
+		if (--r->last->endspan < 0)
+			break;
+		roffnode_pop(r);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_ccond(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == r->last) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	switch (r->last->tok) {
+	case (ROFF_el):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_ie):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (ROFF_if):
+		break;
+	default:
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	if (r->last->endspan > -1) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	if ((*bufp)[pos])
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	roffnode_pop(r);
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_block(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	int		sv;
+	size_t		sz;
+	char		*name;
+
+	name = NULL;
+
+	if (ROFF_ig != tok) {
+		if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos]) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOARGS, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+			return(ROFF_IGN);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Re-write `de1', since we don't really care about
+		 * groff's strange compatibility mode, into `de'.
+		 */
+
+		if (ROFF_de1 == tok)
+			tok = ROFF_de;
+		if (ROFF_de == tok)
+			name = *bufp + pos;
+		else
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_REQUEST, r->parse, ln, ppos,
+			    roffs[tok].name);
+
+		while ((*bufp)[pos] && ! isspace((unsigned char)(*bufp)[pos]))
+			pos++;
+
+		while (isspace((unsigned char)(*bufp)[pos]))
+			(*bufp)[pos++] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	roffnode_push(r, tok, name, ln, ppos);
+
+	/*
+	 * At the beginning of a `de' macro, clear the existing string
+	 * with the same name, if there is one.  New content will be
+	 * added from roff_block_text() in multiline mode.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_de == tok)
+		roff_setstr(r, name, "", 0);
+
+	if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos])
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	/* If present, process the custom end-of-line marker. */
+
+	sv = pos;
+	while ((*bufp)[pos] && ! isspace((unsigned char)(*bufp)[pos]))
+		pos++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Note: groff does NOT like escape characters in the input.
+	 * Instead of detecting this, we're just going to let it fly and
+	 * to hell with it.
+	 */
+
+	assert(pos > sv);
+	sz = (size_t)(pos - sv);
+
+	if (1 == sz && '.' == (*bufp)[sv])
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	r->last->end = mandoc_malloc(sz + 1);
+
+	memcpy(r->last->end, *bufp + sv, sz);
+	r->last->end[(int)sz] = '\0';
+
+	if ((*bufp)[pos])
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGSLOST, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_block_sub(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	enum rofft	t;
+	int		i, j;
+
+	/*
+	 * First check whether a custom macro exists at this level.  If
+	 * it does, then check against it.  This is some of groff's
+	 * stranger behaviours.  If we encountered a custom end-scope
+	 * tag and that tag also happens to be a "real" macro, then we
+	 * need to try interpreting it again as a real macro.  If it's
+	 * not, then return ignore.  Else continue.
+	 */
+
+	if (r->last->end) {
+		for (i = pos, j = 0; r->last->end[j]; j++, i++)
+			if ((*bufp)[i] != r->last->end[j])
+				break;
+
+		if ('\0' == r->last->end[j] && 
+				('\0' == (*bufp)[i] ||
+				 ' ' == (*bufp)[i] ||
+				 '\t' == (*bufp)[i])) {
+			roffnode_pop(r);
+			roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+
+			while (' ' == (*bufp)[i] || '\t' == (*bufp)[i])
+				i++;
+
+			pos = i;
+			if (ROFF_MAX != roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos))
+				return(ROFF_RERUN);
+			return(ROFF_IGN);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we have no custom end-query or lookup failed, then try
+	 * pulling it out of the hashtable.
+	 */
+
+	t = roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos);
+
+	/*
+	 * Macros other than block-end are only significant
+	 * in `de' blocks; elsewhere, simply throw them away.
+	 */
+	if (ROFF_cblock != t) {
+		if (ROFF_de == tok)
+			roff_setstr(r, r->last->name, *bufp + ppos, 1);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	assert(roffs[t].proc);
+	return((*roffs[t].proc)(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+				ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_block_text(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (ROFF_de == tok)
+		roff_setstr(r, r->last->name, *bufp + pos, 1);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cond_sub(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	enum rofft	 t;
+	enum roffrule	 rr;
+	char		*ep;
+
+	rr = r->last->rule;
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+
+	/*
+	 * If the macro is unknown, first check if it contains a closing
+	 * delimiter `\}'.  If it does, close out our scope and return
+	 * the currently-scoped rule (ignore or continue).  Else, drop
+	 * into the currently-scoped rule.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_MAX == (t = roff_parse(r, *bufp, &pos))) {
+		ep = &(*bufp)[pos];
+		for ( ; NULL != (ep = strchr(ep, '\\')); ep++) {
+			ep++;
+			if ('}' != *ep)
+				continue;
+
+			/*
+			 * Make the \} go away.
+			 * This is a little haphazard, as it's not quite
+			 * clear how nroff does this.
+			 * If we're at the end of line, then just chop
+			 * off the \} and resize the buffer.
+			 * If we aren't, then conver it to spaces.
+			 */
+
+			if ('\0' == *(ep + 1)) {
+				*--ep = '\0';
+				*szp -= 2;
+			} else
+				*(ep - 1) = *ep = ' ';
+
+			roff_ccond(r, ROFF_ccond, bufp, szp, 
+					ln, pos, pos + 2, offs);
+			break;
+		}
+		return(ROFFRULE_DENY == rr ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_CONT);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * A denied conditional must evaluate its children if and only
+	 * if they're either structurally required (such as loops and
+	 * conditionals) or a closing macro.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFFRULE_DENY == rr)
+		if ( ! (ROFFMAC_STRUCT & roffs[t].flags))
+			if (ROFF_ccond != t)
+				return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	assert(roffs[t].proc);
+	return((*roffs[t].proc)(r, t, bufp, szp, 
+				ln, ppos, pos, offs));
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cond_text(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	char		*ep;
+	enum roffrule	 rr;
+
+	rr = r->last->rule;
+	roffnode_cleanscope(r);
+
+	ep = &(*bufp)[pos];
+	for ( ; NULL != (ep = strchr(ep, '\\')); ep++) {
+		ep++;
+		if ('}' != *ep)
+			continue;
+		*ep = '&';
+		roff_ccond(r, ROFF_ccond, bufp, szp, 
+				ln, pos, pos + 2, offs);
+	}
+	return(ROFFRULE_DENY == rr ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_CONT);
+}
+
+static enum roffrule
+roff_evalcond(const char *v, int *pos)
+{
+
+	switch (v[*pos]) {
+	case ('n'):
+		(*pos)++;
+		return(ROFFRULE_ALLOW);
+	case ('e'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('o'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('t'):
+		(*pos)++;
+		return(ROFFRULE_DENY);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	while (v[*pos] && ' ' != v[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+	return(ROFFRULE_DENY);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_line_ignore(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (ROFF_it == tok)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_REQUEST, r->parse, ln, ppos, "it");
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_cond(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	int		 sv;
+	enum roffrule	 rule;
+
+	/* 
+	 * An `.el' has no conditional body: it will consume the value
+	 * of the current rstack entry set in prior `ie' calls or
+	 * defaults to DENY.  
+	 *
+	 * If we're not an `el', however, then evaluate the conditional.
+	 */
+
+	rule = ROFF_el == tok ?
+		(r->rstackpos < 0 ? 
+		 ROFFRULE_DENY : r->rstack[r->rstackpos--]) :
+		roff_evalcond(*bufp, &pos);
+
+	sv = pos;
+	while (' ' == (*bufp)[pos])
+		pos++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Roff is weird.  If we have just white-space after the
+	 * conditional, it's considered the BODY and we exit without
+	 * really doing anything.  Warn about this.  It's probably
+	 * wrong.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos] && sv != pos) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOARGS, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	roffnode_push(r, tok, NULL, ln, ppos);
+
+	r->last->rule = rule;
+
+	/*
+	 * An if-else will put the NEGATION of the current evaluated
+	 * conditional into the stack of rules.
+	 */
+
+	if (ROFF_ie == tok) {
+		if (r->rstackpos == RSTACK_MAX - 1) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_MEM, 
+				r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+			return(ROFF_ERR);
+		}
+		r->rstack[++r->rstackpos] = 
+			ROFFRULE_DENY == r->last->rule ?
+			ROFFRULE_ALLOW : ROFFRULE_DENY;
+	}
+
+	/* If the parent has false as its rule, then so do we. */
+
+	if (r->last->parent && ROFFRULE_DENY == r->last->parent->rule)
+		r->last->rule = ROFFRULE_DENY;
+
+	/*
+	 * Determine scope.  If we're invoked with "\{" trailing the
+	 * conditional, then we're in a multiline scope.  Else our scope
+	 * expires on the next line.
+	 */
+
+	r->last->endspan = 1;
+
+	if ('\\' == (*bufp)[pos] && '{' == (*bufp)[pos + 1]) {
+		r->last->endspan = -1;
+		pos += 2;
+	} 
+
+	/*
+	 * If there are no arguments on the line, the next-line scope is
+	 * assumed.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == (*bufp)[pos])
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	/* Otherwise re-run the roff parser after recalculating. */
+
+	*offs = pos;
+	return(ROFF_RERUN);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_ds(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	char		*name, *string;
+
+	/*
+	 * A symbol is named by the first word following the macro
+	 * invocation up to a space.  Its value is anything after the
+	 * name's trailing whitespace and optional double-quote.  Thus,
+	 *
+	 *  [.ds foo "bar  "     ]
+	 *
+	 * will have `bar  "     ' as its value.
+	 */
+
+	string = *bufp + pos;
+	name = roff_getname(r, &string, ln, pos);
+	if ('\0' == *name)
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+
+	/* Read past initial double-quote. */
+	if ('"' == *string)
+		string++;
+
+	/* The rest is the value. */
+	roff_setstr(r, name, string, 0);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+int
+roff_regisset(const struct roff *r, enum regs reg)
+{
+
+	return(r->regs[(int)reg].set);
+}
+
+unsigned int
+roff_regget(const struct roff *r, enum regs reg)
+{
+
+	return(r->regs[(int)reg].u);
+}
+
+void
+roff_regunset(struct roff *r, enum regs reg)
+{
+
+	r->regs[(int)reg].set = 0;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_nr(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*key;
+	char		*val;
+	int		 iv;
+
+	val = *bufp + pos;
+	key = roff_getname(r, &val, ln, pos);
+
+	if (0 == strcmp(key, "nS")) {
+		r->regs[(int)REG_nS].set = 1;
+		if ((iv = mandoc_strntoi(val, strlen(val), 10)) >= 0)
+			r->regs[(int)REG_nS].u = (unsigned)iv;
+		else
+			r->regs[(int)REG_nS].u = 0u;
+	}
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_rm(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	 *name;
+	char		 *cp;
+
+	cp = *bufp + pos;
+	while ('\0' != *cp) {
+		name = roff_getname(r, &cp, ln, (int)(cp - *bufp));
+		if ('\0' != *name)
+			roff_setstr(r, name, NULL, 0);
+	}
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_TE(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == r->tbl)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	else
+		tbl_end(&r->tbl);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_T_(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == r->tbl)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	else
+		tbl_restart(ppos, ln, r->tbl);
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+#if 0
+static int
+roff_closeeqn(struct roff *r)
+{
+
+	return(r->eqn && ROFF_EQN == eqn_end(&r->eqn) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+roff_openeqn(struct roff *r, const char *name, int line, 
+		int offs, const char *buf)
+{
+	struct eqn_node *e;
+	int		 poff;
+
+	assert(NULL == r->eqn);
+	e = eqn_alloc(name, offs, line, r->parse);
+
+	if (r->last_eqn)
+		r->last_eqn->next = e;
+	else
+		r->first_eqn = r->last_eqn = e;
+
+	r->eqn = r->last_eqn = e;
+
+	if (buf) {
+		poff = 0;
+		eqn_read(&r->eqn, line, buf, offs, &poff);
+	}
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_EQ(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	roff_openeqn(r, *bufp + pos, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_EN(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NOSCOPE, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_TS(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*t;
+
+	if (r->tbl) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SCOPEBROKEN, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		tbl_end(&r->tbl);
+	}
+
+	t = tbl_alloc(ppos, ln, r->parse);
+
+	if (r->last_tbl)
+		r->last_tbl->next = t;
+	else
+		r->first_tbl = r->last_tbl = t;
+
+	r->tbl = r->last_tbl = t;
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_tr(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	*p, *first, *second;
+	size_t		 fsz, ssz;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	p = *bufp + pos;
+
+	if ('\0' == *p) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_IGN);
+	}
+
+	while ('\0' != *p) {
+		fsz = ssz = 1;
+
+		first = p++;
+		if ('\\' == *first) {
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) {
+				mandoc_msg
+					(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+					 ln, (int)(p - *bufp), NULL);
+				return(ROFF_IGN);
+			}
+			fsz = (size_t)(p - first);
+		}
+
+		second = p++;
+		if ('\\' == *second) {
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) {
+				mandoc_msg
+					(MANDOCERR_BADESCAPE, r->parse, 
+					 ln, (int)(p - *bufp), NULL);
+				return(ROFF_IGN);
+			}
+			ssz = (size_t)(p - second);
+		} else if ('\0' == *second) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_ARGCOUNT, r->parse, 
+					ln, (int)(p - *bufp), NULL);
+			second = " ";
+			p--;
+		}
+
+		if (fsz > 1) {
+			roff_setstrn(&r->xmbtab, first, 
+					fsz, second, ssz, 0);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (NULL == r->xtab)
+			r->xtab = mandoc_calloc
+				(128, sizeof(struct roffstr));
+
+		free(r->xtab[(int)*first].p);
+		r->xtab[(int)*first].p = mandoc_strndup(second, ssz);
+		r->xtab[(int)*first].sz = ssz;
+	}
+
+	return(ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_so(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	char *name;
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SO, r->parse, ln, ppos, NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle `so'.  Be EXTREMELY careful, as we shouldn't be
+	 * opening anything that's not in our cwd or anything beneath
+	 * it.  Thus, explicitly disallow traversing up the file-system
+	 * or using absolute paths.
+	 */
+
+	name = *bufp + pos;
+	if ('/' == *name || strstr(name, "../") || strstr(name, "/..")) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_SOPATH, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		return(ROFF_ERR);
+	}
+
+	*offs = pos;
+	return(ROFF_SO);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static enum rofferr
+roff_userdef(ROFF_ARGS)
+{
+	const char	 *arg[9];
+	char		 *cp, *n1, *n2;
+	int		  i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Collect pointers to macro argument strings
+	 * and null-terminate them.
+	 */
+	cp = *bufp + pos;
+	for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
+		arg[i] = '\0' == *cp ? "" :
+		    mandoc_getarg(r->parse, &cp, ln, &pos);
+
+	/*
+	 * Expand macro arguments.
+	 */
+	*szp = 0;
+	n1 = cp = mandoc_strdup(r->current_string);
+	while (NULL != (cp = strstr(cp, "\\$"))) {
+		i = cp[2] - '1';
+		if (0 > i || 8 < i) {
+			/* Not an argument invocation. */
+			cp += 2;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		*szp = strlen(n1) - 3 + strlen(arg[i]) + 1;
+		n2 = mandoc_malloc(*szp);
+
+		strlcpy(n2, n1, (size_t)(cp - n1 + 1));
+		strlcat(n2, arg[i], *szp);
+		strlcat(n2, cp + 3, *szp);
+
+		cp = n2 + (cp - n1);
+		free(n1);
+		n1 = n2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Replace the macro invocation
+	 * by the expanded macro.
+	 */
+	free(*bufp);
+	*bufp = n1;
+	if (0 == *szp)
+		*szp = strlen(*bufp) + 1;
+
+	return(*szp > 1 && '\n' == (*bufp)[(int)*szp - 2] ?
+	   ROFF_REPARSE : ROFF_APPEND);
+}
+
+static char *
+roff_getname(struct roff *r, char **cpp, int ln, int pos)
+{
+	char	 *name, *cp;
+
+	name = *cpp;
+	if ('\0' == *name)
+		return(name);
+
+	/* Read until end of name. */
+	for (cp = name; '\0' != *cp && ' ' != *cp; cp++) {
+		if ('\\' != *cp)
+			continue;
+		cp++;
+		if ('\\' == *cp)
+			continue;
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_NAMESC, r->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		*cp = '\0';
+		name = cp;
+	}
+
+	/* Nil-terminate name. */
+	if ('\0' != *cp)
+		*(cp++) = '\0';
+
+	/* Read past spaces. */
+	while (' ' == *cp)
+		cp++;
+
+	*cpp = cp;
+	return(name);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Store *string into the user-defined string called *name.
+ * In multiline mode, append to an existing entry and append '\n';
+ * else replace the existing entry, if there is one.
+ * To clear an existing entry, call with (*r, *name, NULL, 0).
+ */
+static void
+roff_setstr(struct roff *r, const char *name, const char *string,
+	int multiline)
+{
+
+	roff_setstrn(&r->strtab, name, strlen(name), string,
+			string ? strlen(string) : 0, multiline);
+}
+
+static void
+roff_setstrn(struct roffkv **r, const char *name, size_t namesz,
+		const char *string, size_t stringsz, int multiline)
+{
+	struct roffkv	*n;
+	char		*c;
+	int		 i;
+	size_t		 oldch, newch;
+
+	/* Search for an existing string with the same name. */
+	n = *r;
+
+	while (n && strcmp(name, n->key.p))
+		n = n->next;
+
+	if (NULL == n) {
+		/* Create a new string table entry. */
+		n = mandoc_malloc(sizeof(struct roffkv));
+		n->key.p = mandoc_strndup(name, namesz);
+		n->key.sz = namesz;
+		n->val.p = NULL;
+		n->val.sz = 0;
+		n->next = *r;
+		*r = n;
+	} else if (0 == multiline) {
+		/* In multiline mode, append; else replace. */
+		free(n->val.p);
+		n->val.p = NULL;
+		n->val.sz = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == string)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * One additional byte for the '\n' in multiline mode,
+	 * and one for the terminating '\0'.
+	 */
+	newch = stringsz + (multiline ? 2u : 1u);
+
+	if (NULL == n->val.p) {
+		n->val.p = mandoc_malloc(newch);
+		*n->val.p = '\0';
+		oldch = 0;
+	} else {
+		oldch = n->val.sz;
+		n->val.p = mandoc_realloc(n->val.p, oldch + newch);
+	}
+
+	/* Skip existing content in the destination buffer. */
+	c = n->val.p + (int)oldch;
+
+	/* Append new content to the destination buffer. */
+	i = 0;
+	while (i < (int)stringsz) {
+		/*
+		 * Rudimentary roff copy mode:
+		 * Handle escaped backslashes.
+		 */
+		if ('\\' == string[i] && '\\' == string[i + 1])
+			i++;
+		*c++ = string[i++];
+	}
+
+	/* Append terminating bytes. */
+	if (multiline)
+		*c++ = '\n';
+
+	*c = '\0';
+	n->val.sz = (int)(c - n->val.p);
+}
+
+static const char *
+roff_getstrn(const struct roff *r, const char *name, size_t len)
+{
+	const struct roffkv *n;
+
+	for (n = r->strtab; n; n = n->next)
+		if (0 == strncmp(name, n->key.p, len) && 
+				'\0' == n->key.p[(int)len])
+			return(n->val.p);
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+roff_freestr(struct roffkv *r)
+{
+	struct roffkv	 *n, *nn;
+
+	for (n = r; n; n = nn) {
+		free(n->key.p);
+		free(n->val.p);
+		nn = n->next;
+		free(n);
+	}
+}
+
+const struct tbl_span *
+roff_span(const struct roff *r)
+{
+	
+	return(r->tbl ? tbl_span(r->tbl) : NULL);
+}
+
+const struct eqn *
+roff_eqn(const struct roff *r)
+{
+	
+	return(r->last_eqn ? &r->last_eqn->eqn : NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Duplicate an input string, making the appropriate character
+ * conversations (as stipulated by `tr') along the way.
+ * Returns a heap-allocated string with all the replacements made.
+ */
+char *
+roff_strdup(const struct roff *r, const char *p)
+{
+	const struct roffkv *cp;
+	char		*res;
+	const char	*pp;
+	size_t		 ssz, sz;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	if (NULL == r->xmbtab && NULL == r->xtab)
+		return(mandoc_strdup(p));
+	else if ('\0' == *p)
+		return(mandoc_strdup(""));
+
+	/*
+	 * Step through each character looking for term matches
+	 * (remember that a `tr' can be invoked with an escape, which is
+	 * a glyph but the escape is multi-character).
+	 * We only do this if the character hash has been initialised
+	 * and the string is >0 length.
+	 */
+
+	res = NULL;
+	ssz = 0;
+
+	while ('\0' != *p) {
+		if ('\\' != *p && r->xtab && r->xtab[(int)*p].p) {
+			sz = r->xtab[(int)*p].sz;
+			res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + sz + 1);
+			memcpy(res + ssz, r->xtab[(int)*p].p, sz);
+			ssz += sz;
+			p++;
+			continue;
+		} else if ('\\' != *p) {
+			res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + 2);
+			res[ssz++] = *p++;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Search for term matches. */
+		for (cp = r->xmbtab; cp; cp = cp->next)
+			if (0 == strncmp(p, cp->key.p, cp->key.sz))
+				break;
+
+		if (NULL != cp) {
+			/*
+			 * A match has been found.
+			 * Append the match to the array and move
+			 * forward by its keysize.
+			 */
+			res = mandoc_realloc
+				(res, ssz + cp->val.sz + 1);
+			memcpy(res + ssz, cp->val.p, cp->val.sz);
+			ssz += cp->val.sz;
+			p += (int)cp->key.sz;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Handle escapes carefully: we need to copy
+		 * over just the escape itself, or else we might
+		 * do replacements within the escape itself.
+		 * Make sure to pass along the bogus string.
+		 */
+		pp = p++;
+		esc = mandoc_escape(&p, NULL, NULL);
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc) {
+			sz = strlen(pp);
+			res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + sz + 1);
+			memcpy(res + ssz, pp, sz);
+			break;
+		}
+		/* 
+		 * We bail out on bad escapes. 
+		 * No need to warn: we already did so when
+		 * roff_res() was called.
+		 */
+		sz = (int)(p - pp);
+		res = mandoc_realloc(res, ssz + sz + 1);
+		memcpy(res + ssz, pp, sz);
+		ssz += sz;
+	}
+
+	res[(int)ssz] = '\0';
+	return(res);
+}
diff --git a/st.c b/st.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..70c21a269e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/st.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: st.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2st(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "st.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/st.in b/st.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ba41dd359d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/st.in
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$Id: st.in,v 1.19 2012/02/26 21:47:09 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file defines the .St macro arguments.  If you add a new
+ * standard, make sure that the left-and side corresponds to the .St
+ * argument (like .St -p1003.1) and the right-hand side corresponds to
+ * the formatted output string.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ * The non-breaking blanks prevent ending an output line right before 
+ * a number.  Groff prevent line breaks at the same places.
+ *
+ * REMEMBER TO ADD NEW STANDARDS TO MDOC.7!
+ */
+
+LINE("-p1003.1-88",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-90",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-96",	"ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-2001",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-2004",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-2004 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1-2008",	"IEEE Std 1003.1-2008 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1",	"IEEE Std 1003.1 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1b",	"IEEE Std 1003.1b (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1b-93",	"IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1c-95",	"IEEE Std 1003.1c-1995 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1g-2000",	"IEEE Std 1003.1g-2000 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.1i-95",	"IEEE Std 1003.1i-1995 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.2-92",	"IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.2a-92",	"IEEE Std 1003.2a-1992 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1387.2-95",	"IEEE Std 1387.2-1995 (\\(lqPOSIX.7.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1003.2",	"IEEE Std 1003.2 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-p1387.2",	"IEEE Std 1387.2 (\\(lqPOSIX.7.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC",		"ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (\\(lqISO\\~C90\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-90",	"ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (\\(lqISO\\~C90\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-amd1",	"ISO/IEC 9899/AMD1:1995 (\\(lqISO\\~C90, Amendment 1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-tcor1",	"ISO/IEC 9899/TCOR1:1994 (\\(lqISO\\~C90, Technical Corrigendum 1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-tcor2",	"ISO/IEC 9899/TCOR2:1995 (\\(lqISO\\~C90, Technical Corrigendum 2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-99",	"ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (\\(lqISO\\~C99\\(rq)")
+LINE("-isoC-2011",	"ISO/IEC 9899:2011 (\\(lqISO\\~C11\\(rq)")
+LINE("-iso9945-1-90",	"ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-iso9945-1-96",	"ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (\\(lqPOSIX.1\\(rq)")
+LINE("-iso9945-2-93",	"ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (\\(lqPOSIX.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ansiC",		"ANSI X3.159-1989 (\\(lqANSI\\~C89\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ansiC-89",	"ANSI X3.159-1989 (\\(lqANSI\\~C89\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ansiC-99",	"ANSI/ISO/IEC 9899-1999 (\\(lqANSI\\~C99\\(rq)")
+LINE("-ieee754",	"IEEE Std 754-1985")
+LINE("-iso8802-3",	"ISO 8802-3: 1989")
+LINE("-iso8601",	"ISO 8601")
+LINE("-ieee1275-94",	"IEEE Std 1275-1994 (\\(lqOpen Firmware\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg3",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~3 (\\(lqXPG3\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg4",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~4 (\\(lqXPG4\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg4.2",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~4, Version\\~2 (\\(lqXPG4.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xpg4.3",		"X/Open Portability Guide Issue\\~4, Version\\~3 (\\(lqXPG4.3\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xbd5",		"X/Open Base Definitions Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXBD5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xcu5",		"X/Open Commands and Utilities Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXCU5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xsh5",		"X/Open System Interfaces and Headers Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXSH5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xns5",		"X/Open Networking Services Issue\\~5 (\\(lqXNS5\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xns5.2",		"X/Open Networking Services Issue\\~5.2 (\\(lqXNS5.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xns5.2d2.0",	"X/Open Networking Services Issue\\~5.2 Draft\\~2.0 (\\(lqXNS5.2D2.0\\(rq)")
+LINE("-xcurses4.2",	"X/Open Curses Issue\\~4, Version\\~2 (\\(lqXCURSES4.2\\(rq)")
+LINE("-susv2",		"Version\\~2 of the Single UNIX Specification")
+LINE("-susv3",		"Version\\~3 of the Single UNIX Specification")
+LINE("-svid4",		"System\\~V Interface Definition, Fourth Edition (\\(lqSVID4\\(rq)")
diff --git a/style.css b/style.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee891f41ea9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* $Id: style.css,v 1.25 2011/08/26 09:03:17 kristaps Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * This is an example style-sheet provided for mandoc(1) and the -Thtml
+ * or -Txhtml output mode.
+ *
+ * It mimics the appearance of the traditional cvsweb output.
+ *
+ * See mdoc(7) and man(7) for macro explanations.
+ */
+
+html		{ max-width: 880px; margin-left: 1em; }
+body		{ font-size: smaller; font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }
+h1		{ margin-bottom: 1ex; font-size: 110%; margin-left: -4ex; } /* Section header (Sh, SH). */
+h2		{ margin-bottom: 1ex; font-size: 105%; margin-left: -2ex; } /* Sub-section header (Ss, SS). */
+table		{ width: 100%; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* All tables. */
+td		{ vertical-align: top; } /* All table cells. */
+p		{ } /* Paragraph: Pp, Lp. */
+blockquote	{ margin-left: 5ex; margin-top: 0ex; margin-bottom: 0ex; } /* D1. */
+div.section	{ margin-bottom: 2ex; margin-left: 5ex; } /* Sections (Sh, SH). */
+div.subsection	{ } /* Sub-sections (Ss, SS). */
+table.synopsis	{ } /* SYNOPSIS section table. */
+
+/* Preamble structure. */
+
+table.foot	{ font-size: smaller; margin-top: 1em; border-top: 1px dotted #dddddd; } /* Document footer. */
+td.foot-date	{ width: 50%; } /* Document footer: date. */
+td.foot-os	{ width: 50%; text-align: right; } /* Document footer: OS/source. */
+table.head	{ font-size: smaller; margin-bottom: 1em; border-bottom: 1px dotted #dddddd; } /* Document header. */
+td.head-ltitle	{ width: 10%; } /* Document header: left-title. */
+td.head-vol	{ width: 80%; text-align: center; } /* Document header: volume. */
+td.head-rtitle	{ width: 10%; text-align: right; } /* Document header: right-title. */
+
+/* General font modes. */
+
+i		{ } /* Italic: BI, IB, I, (implicit). */
+.emph		{ font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Emphasis: Em, Bl -emphasis. */
+b		{ } /* Bold: SB, BI, IB, BR, RB, B, (implicit). */
+.symb		{ font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; } /* Symbolic: Sy, Ms, Bf -symbolic. */
+small		{ } /* Small: SB, SM. */
+.lit		{ font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: monospace; } /* Literal: Dl, Li, Ql, Bf -literal, Bl -literal, Bl -unfilled. */
+
+/* Block modes. */
+
+.display	{ } /* Top of all Bd, D1, Dl. */
+.list		{ } /* Top of all Bl. */
+
+/* Context-specific modes. */
+
+i.addr		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Address (Ad). */
+i.arg		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Command argument (Ar). */
+span.author	{ } /* Author name (An). */
+b.cmd		{ font-style: normal; } /* Command (Cm). */ 
+b.config	{ font-style: normal; } /* Config statement (Cd). */
+span.define	{ } /* Defines (Dv). */
+span.desc	{ } /* Nd.  After em-dash. */
+b.diag		{ font-style: normal; } /* Diagnostic (Bl -diag). */
+span.env	{ } /* Environment variables (Ev). */
+span.errno	{ } /* Error string (Er). */
+i.farg		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Function argument (Fa, Fn). */
+i.file		{ font-weight: normal; } /* File (Pa). */
+b.flag		{ font-style: normal; } /* Flag (Fl, Cm). */
+b.fname		{ font-style: normal; } /* Function name (Fa, Fn, Rv). */
+i.ftype		{ font-weight: normal; } /* Function types (Ft, Fn). */
+b.includes	{ font-style: normal; } /* Header includes (In). */
+span.lib	{ } /* Library (Lb). */
+i.link-sec	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Section links (Sx). */
+b.macro		{ font-style: normal; } /* Macro-ish thing (Fd). */
+b.name		{ font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Nm). */
+span.opt	{ } /* Options (Op, Oo/Oc). */
+span.ref	{ } /* Citations (Rs). */
+span.ref-auth	{ } /* Reference author (%A). */
+i.ref-book	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference book (%B). */
+span.ref-city	{ } /* Reference city (%C). */
+span.ref-date	{ } /* Reference date (%D). */
+i.ref-issue	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference issuer/publisher (%I). */
+i.ref-jrnl	{ font-weight: normal; } /* Reference journal (%J). */
+span.ref-num	{ } /* Reference number (%N). */
+span.ref-opt	{ } /* Reference optionals (%O). */
+span.ref-page	{ } /* Reference page (%P). */
+span.ref-corp	{ } /* Reference corporate/foreign author (%Q). */
+span.ref-rep	{ } /* Reference report (%R). */
+span.ref-title	{ text-decoration: underline; } /* Reference title (%T). */
+span.ref-vol	{ } /* Reference volume (%V). */
+span.type	{ font-style: italic; font-weight: normal; } /* Variable types (Vt). */
+span.unix	{ } /* Unices (Ux, Ox, Nx, Fx, Bx, Bsx, Dx). */
+b.utility	{ font-style: normal; } /* Name of utility (Ex). */
+b.var		{ font-style: normal; } /* Variables (Rv). */
+
+a.link-ext	{ } /* Off-site link (Lk). */
+a.link-includes	{ } /* Include-file link (In). */
+a.link-mail	{ } /* Mailto links (Mt). */
+a.link-man	{ } /* Manual links (Xr). */
+a.link-ref	{ } /* Reference section links (%Q). */
+a.link-sec	{ } /* Section links (Sx). */
+
+/* Formatting for lists.  See mdoc(7). */
+
+dl.list-diag	{ }
+dt.list-diag	{ }
+dd.list-diag	{ }
+
+dl.list-hang	{ }
+dt.list-hang	{ }
+dd.list-hang	{ }
+
+dl.list-inset	{ }
+dt.list-inset	{ }
+dd.list-inset	{ }
+
+dl.list-ohang	{ }
+dt.list-ohang	{ }
+dd.list-ohang	{ margin-left: 0ex; }
+
+dl.list-tag	{ }
+dt.list-tag	{ }
+dd.list-tag	{ }
+
+table.list-col	{ }
+tr.list-col	{ }
+td.list-col	{ }
+
+ul.list-bul	{ list-style-type: disc; padding-left: 1em; }
+li.list-bul	{ }
+
+ul.list-dash	{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+li.list-dash:before { content: "\2014  "; }
+
+ul.list-hyph	{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+li.list-hyph:before { content: "\2013  "; }
+
+ul.list-item	{ list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0em; }
+li.list-item	{ }
+
+ol.list-enum	{ padding-left: 2em; }
+li.list-enum	{ }
+
+/* Equation modes.  See eqn(7). */
+
+span.eqn	{ }
+
+/* Table modes.  See tbl(7). */
+
+table.tbl	{ }
diff --git a/tbl.7 b/tbl.7
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ea3d2ba3a8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tbl.7
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+.\"	$Id: tbl.7,v 1.16 2011/09/03 00:29:21 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 3 2011 $
+.Dt TBL 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tbl
+.Nd tbl language reference for mandoc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm tbl
+language is a table-formatting language.
+It is used within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+and
+.Xr man 7
+.Ux
+manual pages.
+This manual describes the subset of the
+.Nm
+language accepted by the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility.
+.Pp
+Tables within
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Xr man 7
+are enclosed by the
+.Sq TS
+and
+.Sq TE
+macro tags, whose precise syntax is documented in
+.Xr roff 7 .
+Tables consist of a series of options on a single line, followed by the
+table layout, followed by data.
+.Pp
+For example, the following creates a boxed table with digits centred in
+the cells.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+tab(:) box;
+c5 c5 c5.
+1:2:3
+4:5:6
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When formatted, the following output is produced:
+.Bd -filled -offset indent -compact
+.TS
+tab(:) box;
+c5 c5 c5.
+1:2:3
+4:5:6
+.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+implementation in
+.Xr mandoc 1
+is
+.Ud
+.Sh TABLE STRUCTURE
+Tables are enclosed by the
+.Sq TS
+and
+.Sq TE
+.Xr roff 7
+macros.
+A table consists of an optional single line of table
+.Sx Options
+terminated by a semicolon, followed by one or more lines of
+.Sx Layout
+specifications terminated by a period, then
+.Sx Data .
+All input must be 7-bit ASCII.
+Example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+box tab(:);
+c | c
+| c | c.
+1:2
+3:4
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Table data is
+.Em pre-processed ,
+that is, data rows are parsed then inserted into the underlying stream
+of input data.
+This allows data rows to be interspersed by arbitrary
+.Xr roff 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+and
+.Xr man 7
+macros such as
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+tab(:);
+c c c.
+1:2:3
+\&.Ao
+3:2:1
+\&.Ac
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+in the case of
+.Xr mdoc 7
+or
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+\&.TS
+tab(:);
+c c c.
+\&.ds ab 2
+1:\e*(ab:3
+\&.I
+3:2:1
+\&.TE
+.Ed
+.Pp
+in the case of
+.Xr man 7 .
+.Ss Options
+The first line of a table consists of space-separated option keys and
+modifiers terminated by a semicolon.
+If the first line does not have a terminating semicolon, it is assumed
+that no options are specified and instead a
+.Sx Layout
+is processed.
+Some options accept arguments enclosed by parenthesis.
+The following case-insensitive options are available:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm center
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm centre .
+.It Cm delim
+Accepts a two-character argument.
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm expand
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm box
+Draw a single-line box around the table.
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm frame .
+.It Cm doublebox
+Draw a double-line box around the table.
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm doubleframe .
+.It Cm allbox
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm tab
+Accepts a single-character argument.
+This character is used as a delimiter between data cells, which otherwise
+defaults to the tab character.
+.It Cm linesize
+Accepts a natural number (all digits).
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm nokeep
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm decimalpoint
+Accepts a single-character argument.
+This character will be used as the decimal point with the
+.Cm n
+layout key.
+.It Cm nospaces
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.El
+.Ss Layout
+The table layout follows
+.Sx Options
+or a
+.Sq \&T&
+macro invocation.
+Layout specifies how data rows are displayed on output.
+Each layout line corresponds to a line of data; the last layout line
+applies to all remaining data lines.
+Layout lines may also be separated by a comma.
+Each layout cell consists of one of the following case-insensitive keys:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Cm c
+Centre a literal string within its column.
+.It Cm r
+Right-justify a literal string within its column.
+.It Cm l
+Left-justify a literal string within its column.
+.It Cm n
+Justify a number around its last decimal point.
+If the decimal point is not found on the number, it's assumed to trail
+the number.
+.It Cm s
+Horizontally span columns from the last
+.No non- Ns Cm s
+data cell.
+It is an error if spanning columns follow a
+.Cm \-
+or
+.Cm \(ba
+cell, or come first.
+This option is not supported by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.It Cm a
+Left-justify a literal string and pad with one space.
+.It Cm ^
+Vertically span rows from the last
+.No non- Ns Cm ^
+data cell.
+It is an error to invoke a vertical span on the first layout row.
+Unlike a horizontal spanner, you must specify an empty cell (if it not
+empty, the data is discarded) in the corresponding data cell.
+.It Cm \-
+Replace the data cell (its contents will be lost) with a single
+horizontal line.
+This may also be invoked with
+.Cm _ .
+.It Cm =
+Replace the data cell (its contents will be lost) with a double
+horizontal line.
+.It Cm \(ba
+Emit a vertical bar instead of data.
+.It Cm \(ba\(ba
+Emit a double-vertical bar instead of data.
+.El
+.Pp
+Keys may be followed by a set of modifiers.
+A modifier is either a modifier key or a natural number for specifying
+the minimum width of a column.
+The following case-insensitive modifier keys are available:
+.Cm z ,
+.Cm u ,
+.Cm e ,
+.Cm t ,
+.Cm d ,
+.Cm b ,
+.Cm i ,
+.Cm r ,
+and
+.Cm f
+.Po
+followed by
+.Cm b ,
+.Cm i ,
+.Cm r ,
+.Cm 3 ,
+.Cm 2 ,
+or
+.Cm 1
+.Pc .
+All of these are ignored by
+.Xr mandoc 1 .
+.Pp
+For example, the following layout specifies a centre-justified column of
+minimum width 10, followed by vertical bar, followed by a left-justified
+column of minimum width 10, another vertical bar, then a column
+justified about the decimal point in numbers:
+.Pp
+.Dl c10 | l10 | n
+.Ss Data
+The data section follows the last layout row.
+By default, cells in a data section are delimited by a tab.
+This behaviour may be changed with the
+.Cm tab
+option.
+If
+.Cm _
+or
+.Cm =
+is specified, a single or double line, respectively, is drawn across the
+data field.
+If
+.Cm \e-
+or
+.Cm \e=
+is specified, a line is drawn within the data field (i.e. terminating
+within the cell and not draw to the border).
+If the last cell of a line is
+.Cm T{ ,
+all subsequent lines are included as part of the cell until
+.Cm T}
+is specified as its own data cell.
+It may then be followed by a tab
+.Pq or as designated by Cm tab
+or an end-of-line to terminate the row.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+This section documents compatibility between mandoc and other
+.Nm
+implementations, at this time limited to GNU tbl.
+.Pp
+.Bl -dash -compact
+.It
+In GNU tbl, comments and macros are disallowed prior to the data block
+of a table.
+The
+.Xr mandoc 1
+implementation allows them.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mandoc 1 ,
+.Xr man 7 ,
+.Xr mandoc_char 7 ,
+.Xr mdoc 7 ,
+.Xr roff 7
+.Rs
+.%A M. E. Lesk
+.%T Tbl\(emA Program to Format Tables
+.%D June 11, 1976
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The tbl utility, a preprocessor for troff, was originally written by M.
+E. Lesk at Bell Labs in 1975.
+The GNU reimplementation of tbl, part of the groff package, was released
+in 1990 by James Clark.
+A standalone tbl implementation was written by Kristaps Dzonsons in
+2010.
+This formed the basis of the implementation that is part of the
+.Xr mandoc 1
+utility.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+.Nm
+reference was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .
diff --git a/tbl.c b/tbl.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b3d651be07a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tbl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl.c,v 1.26 2011/07/25 15:37:00 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+enum rofferr
+tbl_read(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int offs)
+{
+	int		 len;
+	const char	*cp;
+
+	cp = &p[offs];
+	len = (int)strlen(cp);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in the options section and we don't have a
+	 * terminating semicolon, assume we've moved directly into the
+	 * layout section.  No need to report a warning: this is,
+	 * apparently, standard behaviour.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_PART_OPTS == tbl->part && len)
+		if (';' != cp[len - 1])
+			tbl->part = TBL_PART_LAYOUT;
+
+	/* Now process each logical section of the table.  */
+
+	switch (tbl->part) {
+	case (TBL_PART_OPTS):
+		return(tbl_option(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_ERR);
+	case (TBL_PART_LAYOUT):
+		return(tbl_layout(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_IGN : ROFF_ERR);
+	case (TBL_PART_CDATA):
+		return(tbl_cdata(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_TBL : ROFF_IGN);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This only returns zero if the line is empty, so we ignore it
+	 * and continue on.
+	 */
+	return(tbl_data(tbl, ln, p) ? ROFF_TBL : ROFF_IGN);
+}
+
+struct tbl_node *
+tbl_alloc(int pos, int line, struct mparse *parse)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_node));
+	p->line = line;
+	p->pos = pos;
+	p->parse = parse;
+	p->part = TBL_PART_OPTS;
+	p->opts.tab = '\t';
+	p->opts.linesize = 12;
+	p->opts.decimal = '.';
+	return(p);
+}
+
+void
+tbl_free(struct tbl_node *p)
+{
+	struct tbl_row	*rp;
+	struct tbl_cell	*cp;
+	struct tbl_span	*sp;
+	struct tbl_dat	*dp;
+	struct tbl_head	*hp;
+
+	while (NULL != (rp = p->first_row)) {
+		p->first_row = rp->next;
+		while (rp->first) {
+			cp = rp->first;
+			rp->first = cp->next;
+			free(cp);
+		}
+		free(rp);
+	}
+
+	while (NULL != (sp = p->first_span)) {
+		p->first_span = sp->next;
+		while (sp->first) {
+			dp = sp->first;
+			sp->first = dp->next;
+			if (dp->string)
+				free(dp->string);
+			free(dp);
+		}
+		free(sp);
+	}
+
+	while (NULL != (hp = p->first_head)) {
+		p->first_head = hp->next;
+		free(hp);
+	}
+
+	free(p);
+}
+
+void
+tbl_restart(int line, int pos, struct tbl_node *tbl)
+{
+	if (TBL_PART_CDATA == tbl->part)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLBLOCK, tbl->parse, 
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+
+	tbl->part = TBL_PART_LAYOUT;
+	tbl->line = line;
+	tbl->pos = pos;
+
+	if (NULL == tbl->first_span || NULL == tbl->first_span->first)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLNODATA, tbl->parse,
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+}
+
+const struct tbl_span *
+tbl_span(struct tbl_node *tbl)
+{
+	struct tbl_span	 *span;
+
+	assert(tbl);
+	span = tbl->current_span ? tbl->current_span->next
+				 : tbl->first_span;
+	if (span)
+		tbl->current_span = span;
+	return(span);
+}
+
+void
+tbl_end(struct tbl_node **tblp)
+{
+	struct tbl_node	*tbl;
+
+	tbl = *tblp;
+	*tblp = NULL;
+
+	if (NULL == tbl->first_span || NULL == tbl->first_span->first)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLNODATA, tbl->parse, 
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+
+	if (tbl->last_span)
+		tbl->last_span->flags |= TBL_SPAN_LAST;
+
+	if (TBL_PART_CDATA == tbl->part)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLBLOCK, tbl->parse, 
+				tbl->line, tbl->pos, NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/tbl_data.c b/tbl_data.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..129695d8bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tbl_data.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_data.c,v 1.24 2011/03/20 16:02:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+static	int		 data(struct tbl_node *, struct tbl_span *, 
+				int, const char *, int *);
+static	struct tbl_span	*newspan(struct tbl_node *, int, 
+				struct tbl_row *);
+
+static int
+data(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_span *dp, 
+		int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	struct tbl_dat	*dat;
+	struct tbl_cell	*cp;
+	int		 sv, spans;
+
+	cp = NULL;
+	if (dp->last && dp->last->layout)
+		cp = dp->last->layout->next;
+	else if (NULL == dp->last)
+		cp = dp->layout->first;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Skip over spanners and vertical lines to data formats, since
+	 * we want to match data with data layout cells in the header.
+	 */
+
+	while (cp && (TBL_CELL_VERT == cp->pos || 
+				TBL_CELL_DVERT == cp->pos ||
+				TBL_CELL_SPAN == cp->pos))
+		cp = cp->next;
+
+	/*
+	 * Stop processing when we reach the end of the available layout
+	 * cells.  This means that we have extra input.
+	 */
+
+	if (NULL == cp) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLEXTRADAT, 
+				tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		/* Skip to the end... */
+		while (p[*pos])
+			(*pos)++;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	dat = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_dat));
+	dat->layout = cp;
+	dat->pos = TBL_DATA_NONE;
+
+	assert(TBL_CELL_SPAN != cp->pos);
+
+	for (spans = 0, cp = cp->next; cp; cp = cp->next)
+		if (TBL_CELL_SPAN == cp->pos)
+			spans++;
+		else
+			break;
+	
+	dat->spans = spans;
+
+	if (dp->last) {
+		dp->last->next = dat;
+		dp->last = dat;
+	} else
+		dp->last = dp->first = dat;
+
+	sv = *pos;
+	while (p[*pos] && p[*pos] != tbl->opts.tab)
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/*
+	 * Check for a continued-data scope opening.  This consists of a
+	 * trailing `T{' at the end of the line.  Subsequent lines,
+	 * until a standalone `T}', are included in our cell.
+	 */
+
+	if (*pos - sv == 2 && 'T' == p[sv] && '{' == p[sv + 1]) {
+		tbl->part = TBL_PART_CDATA;
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	assert(*pos - sv >= 0);
+
+	dat->string = mandoc_malloc((size_t)(*pos - sv + 1));
+	memcpy(dat->string, &p[sv], (size_t)(*pos - sv));
+	dat->string[*pos - sv] = '\0';
+
+	if (p[*pos])
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "_"))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_HORIZ;
+	else if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "="))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_DHORIZ;
+	else if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "\\_"))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_NHORIZ;
+	else if ( ! strcmp(dat->string, "\\="))
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ;
+	else
+		dat->pos = TBL_DATA_DATA;
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_HORIZ == dat->layout->pos ||
+			TBL_CELL_DHORIZ == dat->layout->pos ||
+			TBL_CELL_DOWN == dat->layout->pos)
+		if (TBL_DATA_DATA == dat->pos && '\0' != *dat->string)
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLIGNDATA, 
+					tbl->parse, ln, sv, NULL);
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+tbl_cdata(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	struct tbl_dat	*dat;
+	size_t	 	 sz;
+	int		 pos;
+
+	pos = 0;
+
+	dat = tbl->last_span->last;
+
+	if (p[pos] == 'T' && p[pos + 1] == '}') {
+		pos += 2;
+		if (p[pos] == tbl->opts.tab) {
+			tbl->part = TBL_PART_DATA;
+			pos++;
+			return(data(tbl, tbl->last_span, ln, p, &pos));
+		} else if ('\0' == p[pos]) {
+			tbl->part = TBL_PART_DATA;
+			return(1);
+		}
+
+		/* Fallthrough: T} is part of a word. */
+	}
+
+	dat->pos = TBL_DATA_DATA;
+
+	if (dat->string) {
+		sz = strlen(p) + strlen(dat->string) + 2;
+		dat->string = mandoc_realloc(dat->string, sz);
+		strlcat(dat->string, " ", sz);
+		strlcat(dat->string, p, sz);
+	} else
+		dat->string = mandoc_strdup(p);
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_DOWN == dat->layout->pos) 
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLIGNDATA, 
+				tbl->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static struct tbl_span *
+newspan(struct tbl_node *tbl, int line, struct tbl_row *rp)
+{
+	struct tbl_span	*dp;
+
+	dp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_span));
+	dp->line = line;
+	dp->tbl = &tbl->opts;
+	dp->layout = rp;
+	dp->head = tbl->first_head;
+
+	if (tbl->last_span) {
+		tbl->last_span->next = dp;
+		tbl->last_span = dp;
+	} else {
+		tbl->last_span = tbl->first_span = dp;
+		tbl->current_span = NULL;
+		dp->flags |= TBL_SPAN_FIRST;
+	}
+
+	return(dp);
+}
+
+int
+tbl_data(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	struct tbl_span	*dp;
+	struct tbl_row	*rp;
+	int		 pos;
+
+	pos = 0;
+
+	if ('\0' == p[pos]) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Choose a layout row: take the one following the last parsed
+	 * span's.  If that doesn't exist, use the last parsed span's.
+	 * If there's no last parsed span, use the first row.  Lastly,
+	 * if the last span was a horizontal line, use the same layout
+	 * (it doesn't "consume" the layout).
+	 */
+
+	if (tbl->last_span) {
+		assert(tbl->last_span->layout);
+		if (tbl->last_span->pos == TBL_SPAN_DATA) {
+			for (rp = tbl->last_span->layout->next;
+					rp && rp->first; rp = rp->next) {
+				switch (rp->first->pos) {
+				case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+					dp = newspan(tbl, ln, rp);
+					dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_HORIZ;
+					continue;
+				case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+					dp = newspan(tbl, ln, rp);
+					dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ;
+					continue;
+				default:
+					break;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		} else
+			rp = tbl->last_span->layout;
+
+		if (NULL == rp)
+			rp = tbl->last_span->layout;
+	} else
+		rp = tbl->first_row;
+
+	assert(rp);
+
+	dp = newspan(tbl, ln, rp);
+
+	if ( ! strcmp(p, "_")) {
+		dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_HORIZ;
+		return(1);
+	} else if ( ! strcmp(p, "=")) {
+		dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ;
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	dp->pos = TBL_SPAN_DATA;
+
+	/* This returns 0 when TBL_PART_CDATA is entered. */
+
+	while ('\0' != p[pos])
+		if ( ! data(tbl, dp, ln, p, &pos))
+			return(0);
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/tbl_html.c b/tbl_html.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e7dc05de0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tbl_html.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_html.c,v 1.9 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "html.h"
+
+static	void	 html_tblopen(struct html *, const struct tbl_span *);
+static	size_t	 html_tbl_len(size_t, void *);
+static	size_t	 html_tbl_strlen(const char *, void *);
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+html_tbl_len(size_t sz, void *arg)
+{
+	
+	return(sz);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+html_tbl_strlen(const char *p, void *arg)
+{
+
+	return(strlen(p));
+}
+
+static void
+html_tblopen(struct html *h, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct roffsu	 su;
+	struct roffcol	*col;
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & sp->flags) {
+		h->tbl.len = html_tbl_len;
+		h->tbl.slen = html_tbl_strlen;
+		tblcalc(&h->tbl, sp);
+	}
+
+	assert(NULL == h->tblt);
+	PAIR_CLASS_INIT(&tag, "tbl");
+	h->tblt = print_otag(h, TAG_TABLE, 1, &tag);
+
+	for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+		bufinit(h);
+		col = &h->tbl.cols[hp->ident];
+		SCALE_HS_INIT(&su, col->width);
+		bufcat_su(h, "width", &su);
+		PAIR_STYLE_INIT(&tag, h);
+		print_otag(h, TAG_COL, 1, &tag);
+	}
+
+	print_otag(h, TAG_TBODY, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+void
+print_tblclose(struct html *h)
+{
+
+	assert(h->tblt);
+	print_tagq(h, h->tblt);
+	h->tblt = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+print_tbl(struct html *h, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+	const struct tbl_dat *dp;
+	struct htmlpair	 tag;
+	struct tag	*tt;
+
+	/* Inhibit printing of spaces: we do padding ourselves. */
+
+	if (NULL == h->tblt)
+		html_tblopen(h, sp);
+
+	assert(h->tblt);
+
+	h->flags |= HTML_NONOSPACE;
+	h->flags |= HTML_NOSPACE;
+
+	tt = print_otag(h, TAG_TR, 0, NULL);
+
+	switch (sp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_SPAN_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ):
+		PAIR_INIT(&tag, ATTR_COLSPAN, "0");
+		print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 1, &tag);
+		break;
+	default:
+		dp = sp->first;
+		for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+			print_stagq(h, tt);
+			print_otag(h, TAG_TD, 0, NULL);
+
+			switch (hp->pos) {
+			case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+				continue;
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DATA):
+				if (NULL == dp)
+					break;
+				if (TBL_CELL_DOWN != dp->layout->pos)
+					if (dp->string)
+						print_text(h, dp->string);
+				dp = dp->next;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	print_tagq(h, tt);
+
+	h->flags &= ~HTML_NONOSPACE;
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_LAST & sp->flags) {
+		assert(h->tbl.cols);
+		free(h->tbl.cols);
+		h->tbl.cols = NULL;
+		print_tblclose(h);
+	}
+
+}
diff --git a/tbl_layout.c b/tbl_layout.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7601f146cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tbl_layout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_layout.c,v 1.22 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+struct	tbl_phrase {
+	char		 name;
+	enum tbl_cellt	 key;
+};
+
+/*
+ * FIXME: we can make this parse a lot nicer by, when an error is
+ * encountered in a layout key, bailing to the next key (i.e. to the
+ * next whitespace then continuing).
+ */
+
+#define	KEYS_MAX	 11
+
+static	const struct tbl_phrase keys[KEYS_MAX] = {
+	{ 'c',		 TBL_CELL_CENTRE },
+	{ 'r',		 TBL_CELL_RIGHT },
+	{ 'l',		 TBL_CELL_LEFT },
+	{ 'n',		 TBL_CELL_NUMBER },
+	{ 's',		 TBL_CELL_SPAN },
+	{ 'a',		 TBL_CELL_LONG },
+	{ '^',		 TBL_CELL_DOWN },
+	{ '-',		 TBL_CELL_HORIZ },
+	{ '_',		 TBL_CELL_HORIZ },
+	{ '=',		 TBL_CELL_DHORIZ },
+	{ '|',		 TBL_CELL_VERT }
+};
+
+static	int		 mods(struct tbl_node *, struct tbl_cell *, 
+				int, const char *, int *);
+static	int		 cell(struct tbl_node *, struct tbl_row *, 
+				int, const char *, int *);
+static	void		 row(struct tbl_node *, int, const char *, int *);
+static	struct tbl_cell *cell_alloc(struct tbl_node *, 
+				struct tbl_row *, enum tbl_cellt);
+static	void		 head_adjust(const struct tbl_cell *, 
+				struct tbl_head *);
+
+static int
+mods(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_cell *cp, 
+		int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	char		 buf[5];
+	int		 i;
+
+	/* Not all types accept modifiers. */
+
+	switch (cp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_DOWN):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_VERT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_DVERT):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+mod:
+	/* 
+	 * XXX: since, at least for now, modifiers are non-conflicting
+	 * (are separable by value, regardless of position), we let
+	 * modifiers come in any order.  The existing tbl doesn't let
+	 * this happen.
+	 */
+	switch (p[*pos]) {
+	case ('\0'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (' '):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('\t'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (','):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('.'):
+		return(1);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Throw away parenthesised expression. */
+
+	if ('(' == p[*pos]) {
+		(*pos)++;
+		while (p[*pos] && ')' != p[*pos])
+			(*pos)++;
+		if (')' == p[*pos]) {
+			(*pos)++;
+			goto mod;
+		}
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, 
+				tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Parse numerical spacing from modifier string. */
+
+	if (isdigit((unsigned char)p[*pos])) {
+		for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+			if ( ! isdigit((unsigned char)p[*pos + i]))
+				break;
+			buf[i] = p[*pos + i];
+		}
+		buf[i] = '\0';
+
+		/* No greater than 4 digits. */
+
+		if (4 == i) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		}
+
+		*pos += i;
+		cp->spacing = (size_t)atoi(buf);
+
+		goto mod;
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	} 
+
+	/* TODO: GNU has many more extensions. */
+
+	switch (tolower((unsigned char)p[(*pos)++])) {
+	case ('z'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_WIGN;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('u'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_UP;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('e'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_EQUAL;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('t'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_TALIGN;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('d'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_BALIGN;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('w'):  /* XXX for now, ignore minimal column width */
+		goto mod;
+	case ('f'):
+		break;
+	case ('r'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('b'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('i'):
+		(*pos)--;
+		break;
+	default:
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+				ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	switch (tolower((unsigned char)p[(*pos)++])) {
+	case ('3'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('b'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_BOLD;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('2'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('i'):
+		cp->flags |= TBL_CELL_ITALIC;
+		goto mod;
+	case ('1'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('r'):
+		goto mod;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+			ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+cell(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_row *rp, 
+		int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	enum tbl_cellt	 c;
+
+	/* Parse the column position (`r', `R', `|', ...). */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < KEYS_MAX; i++)
+		if (tolower((unsigned char)p[*pos]) == keys[i].name)
+			break;
+
+	if (KEYS_MAX == i) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse, 
+				ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	c = keys[i].key;
+
+	/*
+	 * If a span cell is found first, raise a warning and abort the
+	 * parse.  If a span cell is found and the last layout element
+	 * isn't a "normal" layout, bail.
+	 *
+	 * FIXME: recover from this somehow?
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_SPAN == c) {
+		if (NULL == rp->first) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		} else if (rp->last)
+			switch (rp->last->pos) {
+			case (TBL_CELL_VERT):
+			case (TBL_CELL_DVERT):
+			case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+			case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+				mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse,
+						ln, *pos, NULL);
+				return(0);
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If a vertical spanner is found, we may not be in the first
+	 * row.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_DOWN == c && rp == tbl->first_row) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Extra check for the double-vertical. */
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_VERT == c && '|' == p[*pos]) {
+		(*pos)++;
+		c = TBL_CELL_DVERT;
+	} 
+	
+	/* Disallow adjacent spacers. */
+
+	if (rp->last && (TBL_CELL_VERT == c || TBL_CELL_DVERT == c) &&
+			(TBL_CELL_VERT == rp->last->pos || 
+			 TBL_CELL_DVERT == rp->last->pos)) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLLAYOUT, tbl->parse, ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/* Allocate cell then parse its modifiers. */
+
+	return(mods(tbl, cell_alloc(tbl, rp, c), ln, p, pos));
+}
+
+
+static void
+row(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	struct tbl_row	*rp;
+
+row:	/*
+	 * EBNF describing this section:
+	 *
+	 * row		::= row_list [:space:]* [.]?[\n]
+	 * row_list	::= [:space:]* row_elem row_tail
+	 * row_tail	::= [:space:]*[,] row_list |
+	 *                  epsilon
+	 * row_elem	::= [\t\ ]*[:alpha:]+
+	 */
+
+	rp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_row));
+	if (tbl->last_row) {
+		tbl->last_row->next = rp;
+		tbl->last_row = rp;
+	} else
+		tbl->last_row = tbl->first_row = rp;
+
+cell:
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Safely exit layout context. */
+
+	if ('.' == p[*pos]) {
+		tbl->part = TBL_PART_DATA;
+		if (NULL == tbl->first_row) 
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLNOLAYOUT, tbl->parse, 
+					ln, *pos, NULL);
+		(*pos)++;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* End (and possibly restart) a row. */
+
+	if (',' == p[*pos]) {
+		(*pos)++;
+		goto row;
+	} else if ('\0' == p[*pos])
+		return;
+
+	if ( ! cell(tbl, rp, ln, p, pos))
+		return;
+
+	goto cell;
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+int
+tbl_layout(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	int		 pos;
+
+	pos = 0;
+	row(tbl, ln, p, &pos);
+
+	/* Always succeed. */
+	return(1);
+}
+
+static struct tbl_cell *
+cell_alloc(struct tbl_node *tbl, struct tbl_row *rp, enum tbl_cellt pos)
+{
+	struct tbl_cell	*p, *pp;
+	struct tbl_head	*h, *hp;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_cell));
+
+	if (NULL != (pp = rp->last)) {
+		rp->last->next = p;
+		rp->last = p;
+	} else
+		rp->last = rp->first = p;
+
+	p->pos = pos;
+
+	/*
+	 * This is a little bit complicated.  Here we determine the
+	 * header the corresponds to a cell.  We add headers dynamically
+	 * when need be or re-use them, otherwise.  As an example, given
+	 * the following:
+	 *
+	 * 	1  c || l 
+	 * 	2  | c | l
+	 * 	3  l l
+	 * 	3  || c | l |.
+	 *
+	 * We first add the new headers (as there are none) in (1); then
+	 * in (2) we insert the first spanner (as it doesn't match up
+	 * with the header); then we re-use the prior data headers,
+	 * skipping over the spanners; then we re-use everything and add
+	 * a last spanner.  Note that VERT headers are made into DVERT
+	 * ones.
+	 */
+
+	h = pp ? pp->head->next : tbl->first_head;
+
+	if (h) {
+		/* Re-use data header. */
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DATA == h->pos && 
+				(TBL_CELL_VERT != p->pos &&
+				 TBL_CELL_DVERT != p->pos)) {
+			p->head = h;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		/* Re-use spanner header. */
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DATA != h->pos && 
+				(TBL_CELL_VERT == p->pos ||
+				 TBL_CELL_DVERT == p->pos)) {
+			head_adjust(p, h);
+			p->head = h;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		/* Right-shift headers with a new spanner. */
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DATA == h->pos && 
+				(TBL_CELL_VERT == p->pos ||
+				 TBL_CELL_DVERT == p->pos)) {
+			hp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_head));
+			hp->ident = tbl->opts.cols++;
+			hp->prev = h->prev;
+			if (h->prev)
+				h->prev->next = hp;
+			if (h == tbl->first_head)
+				tbl->first_head = hp;
+			h->prev = hp;
+			hp->next = h;
+			head_adjust(p, hp);
+			p->head = hp;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		if (NULL != (h = h->next)) {
+			head_adjust(p, h);
+			p->head = h;
+			return(p);
+		}
+
+		/* Fall through to default case... */
+	}
+
+	hp = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct tbl_head));
+	hp->ident = tbl->opts.cols++;
+
+	if (tbl->last_head) {
+		hp->prev = tbl->last_head;
+		tbl->last_head->next = hp;
+		tbl->last_head = hp;
+	} else
+		tbl->last_head = tbl->first_head = hp;
+
+	head_adjust(p, hp);
+	p->head = hp;
+	return(p);
+}
+
+static void
+head_adjust(const struct tbl_cell *cellp, struct tbl_head *head)
+{
+	if (TBL_CELL_VERT != cellp->pos &&
+			TBL_CELL_DVERT != cellp->pos) {
+		head->pos = TBL_HEAD_DATA;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_VERT == cellp->pos)
+		if (TBL_HEAD_DVERT != head->pos)
+			head->pos = TBL_HEAD_VERT;
+
+	if (TBL_CELL_DVERT == cellp->pos)
+		head->pos = TBL_HEAD_DVERT;
+}
+
diff --git a/tbl_opts.c b/tbl_opts.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5bd67f80ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tbl_opts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_opts.c,v 1.12 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmandoc.h"
+#include "libroff.h"
+
+enum	tbl_ident {
+	KEY_CENTRE = 0,
+	KEY_DELIM,
+	KEY_EXPAND,
+	KEY_BOX,
+	KEY_DBOX,
+	KEY_ALLBOX,
+	KEY_TAB,
+	KEY_LINESIZE,
+	KEY_NOKEEP,
+	KEY_DPOINT,
+	KEY_NOSPACE,
+	KEY_FRAME,
+	KEY_DFRAME,
+	KEY_MAX
+};
+
+struct	tbl_phrase {
+	const char	*name;
+	int		 key;
+	enum tbl_ident	 ident;
+};
+
+/* Handle Commonwealth/American spellings. */
+#define	KEY_MAXKEYS	 14
+
+/* Maximum length of key name string. */
+#define	KEY_MAXNAME	 13
+
+/* Maximum length of key number size. */
+#define	KEY_MAXNUMSZ	 10
+
+static	const struct tbl_phrase keys[KEY_MAXKEYS] = {
+	{ "center",	 TBL_OPT_CENTRE,	KEY_CENTRE},
+	{ "centre",	 TBL_OPT_CENTRE,	KEY_CENTRE},
+	{ "delim",	 0,	       		KEY_DELIM},
+	{ "expand",	 TBL_OPT_EXPAND,	KEY_EXPAND},
+	{ "box",	 TBL_OPT_BOX,   	KEY_BOX},
+	{ "doublebox",	 TBL_OPT_DBOX,  	KEY_DBOX},
+	{ "allbox",	 TBL_OPT_ALLBOX,	KEY_ALLBOX},
+	{ "frame",	 TBL_OPT_BOX,		KEY_FRAME},
+	{ "doubleframe", TBL_OPT_DBOX,		KEY_DFRAME},
+	{ "tab",	 0,			KEY_TAB},
+	{ "linesize",	 0,			KEY_LINESIZE},
+	{ "nokeep",	 TBL_OPT_NOKEEP,	KEY_NOKEEP},
+	{ "decimalpoint", 0,			KEY_DPOINT},
+	{ "nospaces",	 TBL_OPT_NOSPACE,	KEY_NOSPACE},
+};
+
+static	int		 arg(struct tbl_node *, int, 
+				const char *, int *, enum tbl_ident);
+static	void		 opt(struct tbl_node *, int, 
+				const char *, int *);
+
+static int
+arg(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int *pos, enum tbl_ident key)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	char		 buf[KEY_MAXNUMSZ];
+
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Arguments always begin with a parenthesis. */
+
+	if ('(' != p[*pos]) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, 
+				ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	(*pos)++;
+
+	/*
+	 * The arguments can be ANY value, so we can't just stop at the
+	 * next close parenthesis (the argument can be a closed
+	 * parenthesis itself).
+	 */
+
+	switch (key) {
+	case (KEY_DELIM):
+		if ('\0' == p[(*pos)++]) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		} 
+
+		if ('\0' == p[(*pos)++]) {
+			mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse,
+					ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+			return(0);
+		} 
+		break;
+	case (KEY_TAB):
+		if ('\0' != (tbl->opts.tab = p[(*pos)++]))
+			break;
+
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse,
+				ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	case (KEY_LINESIZE):
+		for (i = 0; i < KEY_MAXNUMSZ && p[*pos]; i++, (*pos)++) {
+			buf[i] = p[*pos];
+			if ( ! isdigit((unsigned char)buf[i]))
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (i < KEY_MAXNUMSZ) {
+			buf[i] = '\0';
+			tbl->opts.linesize = atoi(buf);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	case (KEY_DPOINT):
+		if ('\0' != (tbl->opts.decimal = p[(*pos)++]))
+			break;
+
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, 
+				ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+		return(0);
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/* End with a close parenthesis. */
+
+	if (')' == p[(*pos)++])
+		return(1);
+
+	mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, *pos - 1, NULL);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static void
+opt(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p, int *pos)
+{
+	int		 i, sv;
+	char		 buf[KEY_MAXNAME];
+
+	/*
+	 * Parse individual options from the stream as surrounded by
+	 * this goto.  Each pass through the routine parses out a single
+	 * option and registers it.  Option arguments are processed in
+	 * the arg() function.
+	 */
+
+again:	/*
+	 * EBNF describing this section:
+	 *
+	 * options	::= option_list [:space:]* [;][\n]
+	 * option_list	::= option option_tail
+	 * option_tail	::= [:space:]+ option_list |
+	 * 		::= epsilon
+	 * option	::= [:alpha:]+ args
+	 * args		::= [:space:]* [(] [:alpha:]+ [)]
+	 */
+
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* Safe exit point. */
+
+	if (';' == p[*pos])
+		return;
+
+	/* Copy up to first non-alpha character. */
+
+	for (sv = *pos, i = 0; i < KEY_MAXNAME; i++, (*pos)++) {
+		buf[i] = (char)tolower((unsigned char)p[*pos]);
+		if ( ! isalpha((unsigned char)buf[i]))
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Exit if buffer is empty (or overrun). */
+
+	if (KEY_MAXNAME == i || 0 == i) {
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBL, tbl->parse, ln, *pos, NULL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	buf[i] = '\0';
+
+	while (isspace((unsigned char)p[*pos]))
+		(*pos)++;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Look through all of the available keys to find one that
+	 * matches the input.  FIXME: hashtable this.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < KEY_MAXKEYS; i++) {
+		if (strcmp(buf, keys[i].name))
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * Note: this is more difficult to recover from, as we
+		 * can be anywhere in the option sequence and it's
+		 * harder to jump to the next.  Meanwhile, just bail out
+		 * of the sequence altogether.
+		 */
+
+		if (keys[i].key) 
+			tbl->opts.opts |= keys[i].key;
+		else if ( ! arg(tbl, ln, p, pos, keys[i].ident))
+			return;
+
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * Allow us to recover from bad options by continuing to another
+	 * parse sequence.
+	 */
+
+	if (KEY_MAXKEYS == i)
+		mandoc_msg(MANDOCERR_TBLOPT, tbl->parse, ln, sv, NULL);
+
+	goto again;
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+int
+tbl_option(struct tbl_node *tbl, int ln, const char *p)
+{
+	int		 pos;
+
+	/*
+	 * Table options are always on just one line, so automatically
+	 * switch into the next input mode here.
+	 */
+	tbl->part = TBL_PART_LAYOUT;
+
+	pos = 0;
+	opt(tbl, ln, p, &pos);
+
+	/* Always succeed. */
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/tbl_term.c b/tbl_term.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f1928f02cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tbl_term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+/*	$Id: tbl_term.c,v 1.21 2011/09/20 23:05:49 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+
+static	size_t	term_tbl_len(size_t, void *);
+static	size_t	term_tbl_strlen(const char *, void *);
+static	void	tbl_char(struct termp *, char, size_t);
+static	void	tbl_data(struct termp *, const struct tbl *,
+			const struct tbl_dat *, 
+			const struct roffcol *);
+static	size_t	tbl_rulewidth(struct termp *, const struct tbl_head *);
+static	void	tbl_hframe(struct termp *, const struct tbl_span *, int);
+static	void	tbl_literal(struct termp *, const struct tbl_dat *, 
+			const struct roffcol *);
+static	void	tbl_number(struct termp *, const struct tbl *, 
+			const struct tbl_dat *, 
+			const struct roffcol *);
+static	void	tbl_hrule(struct termp *, const struct tbl_span *);
+static	void	tbl_vrule(struct termp *, const struct tbl_head *);
+
+
+static size_t
+term_tbl_strlen(const char *p, void *arg)
+{
+
+	return(term_strlen((const struct termp *)arg, p));
+}
+
+static size_t
+term_tbl_len(size_t sz, void *arg)
+{
+
+	return(term_len((const struct termp *)arg, sz));
+}
+
+void
+term_tbl(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head	*hp;
+	const struct tbl_dat	*dp;
+	struct roffcol		*col;
+	int			 spans;
+	size_t		   	 rmargin, maxrmargin;
+
+	rmargin = tp->rmargin;
+	maxrmargin = tp->maxrmargin;
+
+	tp->rmargin = tp->maxrmargin = TERM_MAXMARGIN;
+
+	/* Inhibit printing of spaces: we do padding ourselves. */
+
+	tp->flags |= TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+	tp->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	/*
+	 * The first time we're invoked for a given table block,
+	 * calculate the table widths and decimal positions.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & sp->flags) {
+		term_flushln(tp);
+
+		tp->tbl.len = term_tbl_len;
+		tp->tbl.slen = term_tbl_strlen;
+		tp->tbl.arg = tp;
+
+		tblcalc(&tp->tbl, sp);
+	}
+
+	/* Horizontal frame at the start of boxed tables. */
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_FIRST & sp->flags) {
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 1);
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts ||
+		    TBL_OPT_BOX  & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 0);
+	}
+
+	/* Vertical frame at the start of each row. */
+
+	if (TBL_OPT_BOX & sp->tbl->opts || TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+		term_word(tp, TBL_SPAN_HORIZ == sp->pos ||
+			TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ == sp->pos ? "+" : "|");
+
+	/*
+	 * Now print the actual data itself depending on the span type.
+	 * Spanner spans get a horizontal rule; data spanners have their
+	 * data printed by matching data to header.
+	 */
+
+	switch (sp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_SPAN_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ):
+		tbl_hrule(tp, sp);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DATA):
+		/* Iterate over template headers. */
+		dp = sp->first;
+		spans = 0;
+		for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next) {
+			/* 
+			 * If the current data header is invoked during
+			 * a spanner ("spans" > 0), don't emit anything
+			 * at all.
+			 */
+			switch (hp->pos) {
+			case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+				/* FALLTHROUGH */
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+				if (spans <= 0)
+					tbl_vrule(tp, hp);
+				continue;
+			case (TBL_HEAD_DATA):
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if (--spans >= 0)
+				continue;
+
+			/*
+			 * All cells get a leading blank, except the
+			 * first one and those after double rulers.
+			 */
+
+			if (hp->prev && TBL_HEAD_DVERT != hp->prev->pos)
+				tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, 1);
+
+			col = &tp->tbl.cols[hp->ident];
+			tbl_data(tp, sp->tbl, dp, col);
+
+			/* No trailing blanks. */
+
+			if (NULL == hp->next)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * Add another blank between cells,
+			 * or two when there is no vertical ruler.
+			 */
+
+			tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP,
+			    TBL_HEAD_VERT  == hp->next->pos ||
+			    TBL_HEAD_DVERT == hp->next->pos ? 1 : 2);
+
+			/* 
+			 * Go to the next data cell and assign the
+			 * number of subsequent spans, if applicable.
+			 */
+
+			if (dp) {
+				spans = dp->spans;
+				dp = dp->next;
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Vertical frame at the end of each row. */
+
+	if (TBL_OPT_BOX & sp->tbl->opts || TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+		term_word(tp, TBL_SPAN_HORIZ == sp->pos ||
+			TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ == sp->pos ? "+" : " |");
+	term_flushln(tp);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're the last row, clean up after ourselves: clear the
+	 * existing table configuration and set it to NULL.
+	 */
+
+	if (TBL_SPAN_LAST & sp->flags) {
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts ||
+		    TBL_OPT_BOX  & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 0);
+		if (TBL_OPT_DBOX & sp->tbl->opts)
+			tbl_hframe(tp, sp, 1);
+		assert(tp->tbl.cols);
+		free(tp->tbl.cols);
+		tp->tbl.cols = NULL;
+	}
+
+	tp->flags &= ~TERMP_NONOSPACE;
+	tp->rmargin = rmargin;
+	tp->maxrmargin = maxrmargin;
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Horizontal rules extend across the entire table.
+ * Calculate the width by iterating over columns.
+ */
+static size_t
+tbl_rulewidth(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_head *hp)
+{
+	size_t		 width;
+
+	width = tp->tbl.cols[hp->ident].width;
+	if (TBL_HEAD_DATA == hp->pos) {
+		/* Account for leading blanks. */
+		if (hp->prev && TBL_HEAD_DVERT != hp->prev->pos)
+			width++;
+		/* Account for trailing blanks. */
+		width++;
+		if (hp->next &&
+		    TBL_HEAD_VERT  != hp->next->pos &&
+		    TBL_HEAD_DVERT != hp->next->pos)
+			width++;
+	}
+	return(width);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Rules inside the table can be single or double
+ * and have crossings with vertical rules marked with pluses.
+ */
+static void
+tbl_hrule(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_span *sp)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+	char		 c;
+
+	c = '-';
+	if (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ == sp->pos)
+		c = '=';
+
+	for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next)
+		tbl_char(tp,
+		    TBL_HEAD_DATA == hp->pos ? c : '+',
+		    tbl_rulewidth(tp, hp));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Rules above and below the table are always single
+ * and have an additional plus at the beginning and end.
+ * For double frames, this function is called twice,
+ * and the outer one does not have crossings.
+ */
+static void
+tbl_hframe(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_span *sp, int outer)
+{
+	const struct tbl_head *hp;
+
+	term_word(tp, "+");
+	for (hp = sp->head; hp; hp = hp->next)
+		tbl_char(tp,
+		    outer || TBL_HEAD_DATA == hp->pos ? '-' : '+',
+		    tbl_rulewidth(tp, hp));
+	term_word(tp, "+");
+	term_flushln(tp);
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_data(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl *tbl,
+		const struct tbl_dat *dp, 
+		const struct roffcol *col)
+{
+
+	if (NULL == dp) {
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width);
+		return;
+	}
+	assert(dp->layout);
+
+	switch (dp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_DATA_NONE):
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width);
+		return;
+	case (TBL_DATA_HORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_DATA_NHORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '-', col->width);
+		return;
+	case (TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_DATA_DHORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '=', col->width);
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	
+	switch (dp->layout->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_HORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '-', col->width);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_DHORIZ):
+		tbl_char(tp, '=', col->width);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_LONG):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_CENTRE):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_LEFT):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (TBL_CELL_RIGHT):
+		tbl_literal(tp, dp, col);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_NUMBER):
+		tbl_number(tp, tbl, dp, col);
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_DOWN):
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width);
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_vrule(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_head *hp)
+{
+
+	switch (hp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_HEAD_VERT):
+		term_word(tp, "|");
+		break;
+	case (TBL_HEAD_DVERT):
+		term_word(tp, "||");
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_char(struct termp *tp, char c, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t		i, sz;
+	char		cp[2];
+
+	cp[0] = c;
+	cp[1] = '\0';
+
+	sz = term_strlen(tp, cp);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i += sz)
+		term_word(tp, cp);
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_literal(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl_dat *dp, 
+		const struct roffcol *col)
+{
+	size_t		 len, padl, padr;
+
+	assert(dp->string);
+	len = term_strlen(tp, dp->string);
+	padr = col->width > len ? col->width - len : 0;
+	padl = 0;
+
+	switch (dp->layout->pos) {
+	case (TBL_CELL_LONG):
+		padl = term_len(tp, 1);
+		padr = padr > padl ? padr - padl : 0;
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_CENTRE):
+		if (2 > padr)
+			break;
+		padl = padr / 2;
+		padr -= padl;
+		break;
+	case (TBL_CELL_RIGHT):
+		padl = padr;
+		padr = 0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, padl);
+	term_word(tp, dp->string);
+	tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, padr);
+}
+
+static void
+tbl_number(struct termp *tp, const struct tbl *tbl,
+		const struct tbl_dat *dp,
+		const struct roffcol *col)
+{
+	char		*cp;
+	char		 buf[2];
+	size_t		 sz, psz, ssz, d, padl;
+	int		 i;
+
+	/*
+	 * See calc_data_number().  Left-pad by taking the offset of our
+	 * and the maximum decimal; right-pad by the remaining amount.
+	 */
+
+	assert(dp->string);
+
+	sz = term_strlen(tp, dp->string);
+
+	buf[0] = tbl->decimal;
+	buf[1] = '\0';
+
+	psz = term_strlen(tp, buf);
+
+	if (NULL != (cp = strrchr(dp->string, tbl->decimal))) {
+		buf[1] = '\0';
+		for (ssz = 0, i = 0; cp != &dp->string[i]; i++) {
+			buf[0] = dp->string[i];
+			ssz += term_strlen(tp, buf);
+		}
+		d = ssz + psz;
+	} else
+		d = sz + psz;
+
+	padl = col->decimal - d;
+
+	tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, padl);
+	term_word(tp, dp->string);
+	if (col->width > sz + padl)
+		tbl_char(tp, ASCII_NBRSP, col->width - sz - padl);
+}
+
diff --git a/term.c b/term.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4ca15ed6fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/term.c
@@ -0,0 +1,736 @@
+/*	$Id: term.c,v 1.201 2011/09/21 09:57:13 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+static	void		 adjbuf(struct termp *p, int);
+static	void		 bufferc(struct termp *, char);
+static	void		 encode(struct termp *, const char *, size_t);
+static	void		 encode1(struct termp *, int);
+
+void
+term_free(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	if (p->buf)
+		free(p->buf);
+	if (p->symtab)
+		mchars_free(p->symtab);
+
+	free(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_begin(struct termp *p, term_margin head, 
+		term_margin foot, const void *arg)
+{
+
+	p->headf = head;
+	p->footf = foot;
+	p->argf = arg;
+	(*p->begin)(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_end(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	(*p->end)(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Flush a line of text.  A "line" is loosely defined as being something
+ * that should be followed by a newline, regardless of whether it's
+ * broken apart by newlines getting there.  A line can also be a
+ * fragment of a columnar list (`Bl -tag' or `Bl -column'), which does
+ * not have a trailing newline.
+ *
+ * The following flags may be specified:
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_NOBREAK: this is the most important and is used when making
+ *    columns.  In short: don't print a newline and instead expect the
+ *    next call to do the padding up to the start of the next column.
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_TWOSPACE: make sure there is room for at least two space
+ *    characters of padding.  Otherwise, rather break the line.
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_DANGLE: don't newline when TERMP_NOBREAK is specified and
+ *    the line is overrun, and don't pad-right if it's underrun.
+ *
+ *  - TERMP_HANG: like TERMP_DANGLE, but doesn't newline when
+ *    overrunning, instead save the position and continue at that point
+ *    when the next invocation.
+ *
+ *  In-line line breaking:
+ *
+ *  If TERMP_NOBREAK is specified and the line overruns the right
+ *  margin, it will break and pad-right to the right margin after
+ *  writing.  If maxrmargin is violated, it will break and continue
+ *  writing from the right-margin, which will lead to the above scenario
+ *  upon exit.  Otherwise, the line will break at the right margin.
+ */
+void
+term_flushln(struct termp *p)
+{
+	int		 i;     /* current input position in p->buf */
+	size_t		 vis;   /* current visual position on output */
+	size_t		 vbl;   /* number of blanks to prepend to output */
+	size_t		 vend;	/* end of word visual position on output */
+	size_t		 bp;    /* visual right border position */
+	size_t		 dv;    /* temporary for visual pos calculations */
+	int		 j;     /* temporary loop index for p->buf */
+	int		 jhy;	/* last hyph before overflow w/r/t j */
+	size_t		 maxvis; /* output position of visible boundary */
+	size_t		 mmax; /* used in calculating bp */
+
+	/*
+	 * First, establish the maximum columns of "visible" content.
+	 * This is usually the difference between the right-margin and
+	 * an indentation, but can be, for tagged lists or columns, a
+	 * small set of values. 
+	 */
+	assert  (p->rmargin >= p->offset);
+	dv     = p->rmargin - p->offset;
+	maxvis = (int)dv > p->overstep ? dv - (size_t)p->overstep : 0;
+	dv     = p->maxrmargin - p->offset;
+	mmax   = (int)dv > p->overstep ? dv - (size_t)p->overstep : 0;
+
+	bp = TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags ? mmax : maxvis;
+
+	/*
+	 * Calculate the required amount of padding.
+	 */
+	vbl = p->offset + p->overstep > p->viscol ?
+	      p->offset + p->overstep - p->viscol : 0;
+
+	vis = vend = 0;
+	i = 0;
+
+	while (i < p->col) {
+		/*
+		 * Handle literal tab characters: collapse all
+		 * subsequent tabs into a single huge set of spaces.
+		 */
+		while (i < p->col && '\t' == p->buf[i]) {
+			vend = (vis / p->tabwidth + 1) * p->tabwidth;
+			vbl += vend - vis;
+			vis = vend;
+			i++;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Count up visible word characters.  Control sequences
+		 * (starting with the CSI) aren't counted.  A space
+		 * generates a non-printing word, which is valid (the
+		 * space is printed according to regular spacing rules).
+		 */
+
+		for (j = i, jhy = 0; j < p->col; j++) {
+			if ((j && ' ' == p->buf[j]) || '\t' == p->buf[j])
+				break;
+
+			/* Back over the the last printed character. */
+			if (8 == p->buf[j]) {
+				assert(j);
+				vend -= (*p->width)(p, p->buf[j - 1]);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* Regular word. */
+			/* Break at the hyphen point if we overrun. */
+			if (vend > vis && vend < bp && 
+					ASCII_HYPH == p->buf[j])
+				jhy = j;
+
+			vend += (*p->width)(p, p->buf[j]);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Find out whether we would exceed the right margin.
+		 * If so, break to the next line.
+		 */
+		if (vend > bp && 0 == jhy && vis > 0) {
+			vend -= vis;
+			(*p->endline)(p);
+			p->viscol = 0;
+			if (TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags) {
+				vbl = p->rmargin;
+				vend += p->rmargin - p->offset;
+			} else
+				vbl = p->offset;
+
+			/* Remove the p->overstep width. */
+
+			bp += (size_t)p->overstep;
+			p->overstep = 0;
+		}
+
+		/* Write out the [remaining] word. */
+		for ( ; i < p->col; i++) {
+			if (vend > bp && jhy > 0 && i > jhy)
+				break;
+			if ('\t' == p->buf[i])
+				break;
+			if (' ' == p->buf[i]) {
+				j = i;
+				while (' ' == p->buf[i])
+					i++;
+				dv = (size_t)(i - j) * (*p->width)(p, ' ');
+				vbl += dv;
+				vend += dv;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (ASCII_NBRSP == p->buf[i]) {
+				vbl += (*p->width)(p, ' ');
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Now we definitely know there will be
+			 * printable characters to output,
+			 * so write preceding white space now.
+			 */
+			if (vbl) {
+				(*p->advance)(p, vbl);
+				p->viscol += vbl;
+				vbl = 0;
+			}
+
+			if (ASCII_HYPH == p->buf[i]) {
+				(*p->letter)(p, '-');
+				p->viscol += (*p->width)(p, '-');
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			(*p->letter)(p, p->buf[i]);
+			if (8 == p->buf[i])
+				p->viscol -= (*p->width)(p, p->buf[i-1]);
+			else 
+				p->viscol += (*p->width)(p, p->buf[i]);
+		}
+		vis = vend;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If there was trailing white space, it was not printed;
+	 * so reset the cursor position accordingly.
+	 */
+	if (vis)
+		vis -= vbl;
+
+	p->col = 0;
+	p->overstep = 0;
+
+	if ( ! (TERMP_NOBREAK & p->flags)) {
+		p->viscol = 0;
+		(*p->endline)(p);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (TERMP_HANG & p->flags) {
+		/* We need one blank after the tag. */
+		p->overstep = (int)(vis - maxvis + (*p->width)(p, ' '));
+
+		/*
+		 * Behave exactly the same way as groff:
+		 * If we have overstepped the margin, temporarily move
+		 * it to the right and flag the rest of the line to be
+		 * shorter.
+		 * If we landed right at the margin, be happy.
+		 * If we are one step before the margin, temporarily
+		 * move it one step LEFT and flag the rest of the line
+		 * to be longer.
+		 */
+		if (p->overstep < -1)
+			p->overstep = 0;
+		return;
+
+	} else if (TERMP_DANGLE & p->flags)
+		return;
+
+	/* If the column was overrun, break the line. */
+	if (maxvis <= vis +
+	    ((TERMP_TWOSPACE & p->flags) ? (*p->width)(p, ' ') : 0)) {
+		(*p->endline)(p);
+		p->viscol = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* 
+ * A newline only breaks an existing line; it won't assert vertical
+ * space.  All data in the output buffer is flushed prior to the newline
+ * assertion.
+ */
+void
+term_newln(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	if (p->col || p->viscol)
+		term_flushln(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Asserts a vertical space (a full, empty line-break between lines).
+ * Note that if used twice, this will cause two blank spaces and so on.
+ * All data in the output buffer is flushed prior to the newline
+ * assertion.
+ */
+void
+term_vspace(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	term_newln(p);
+	p->viscol = 0;
+	(*p->endline)(p);
+}
+
+void
+term_fontlast(struct termp *p)
+{
+	enum termfont	 f;
+
+	f = p->fontl;
+	p->fontl = p->fontq[p->fonti];
+	p->fontq[p->fonti] = f;
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontrepl(struct termp *p, enum termfont f)
+{
+
+	p->fontl = p->fontq[p->fonti];
+	p->fontq[p->fonti] = f;
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontpush(struct termp *p, enum termfont f)
+{
+
+	assert(p->fonti + 1 < 10);
+	p->fontl = p->fontq[p->fonti];
+	p->fontq[++p->fonti] = f;
+}
+
+
+const void *
+term_fontq(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	return(&p->fontq[p->fonti]);
+}
+
+
+enum termfont
+term_fonttop(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	return(p->fontq[p->fonti]);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontpopq(struct termp *p, const void *key)
+{
+
+	while (p->fonti >= 0 && key != &p->fontq[p->fonti])
+		p->fonti--;
+	assert(p->fonti >= 0);
+}
+
+
+void
+term_fontpop(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	assert(p->fonti);
+	p->fonti--;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle pwords, partial words, which may be either a single word or a
+ * phrase that cannot be broken down (such as a literal string).  This
+ * handles word styling.
+ */
+void
+term_word(struct termp *p, const char *word)
+{
+	const char	*seq, *cp;
+	char		 c;
+	int		 sz, uc;
+	size_t		 ssz;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+
+	if ( ! (TERMP_NOSPACE & p->flags)) {
+		if ( ! (TERMP_KEEP & p->flags)) {
+			if (TERMP_PREKEEP & p->flags)
+				p->flags |= TERMP_KEEP;
+			bufferc(p, ' ');
+			if (TERMP_SENTENCE & p->flags)
+				bufferc(p, ' ');
+		} else
+			bufferc(p, ASCII_NBRSP);
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (p->flags & TERMP_NONOSPACE))
+		p->flags &= ~TERMP_NOSPACE;
+	else
+		p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+
+	p->flags &= ~(TERMP_SENTENCE | TERMP_IGNDELIM);
+
+	while ('\0' != *word) {
+		if ((ssz = strcspn(word, "\\")) > 0)
+			encode(p, word, ssz);
+
+		word += (int)ssz;
+		if ('\\' != *word)
+			continue;
+
+		word++;
+		esc = mandoc_escape(&word, &seq, &sz);
+		if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc)
+			break;
+
+		if (TERMENC_ASCII != p->enc)
+			switch (esc) {
+			case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+				uc = mchars_num2uc(seq + 1, sz - 1);
+				if ('\0' == uc)
+					break;
+				encode1(p, uc);
+				continue;
+			case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+				uc = mchars_spec2cp(p->symtab, seq, sz);
+				if (uc <= 0)
+					break;
+				encode1(p, uc);
+				continue;
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+
+		switch (esc) {
+		case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+			encode1(p, '?');
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED):
+			c = mchars_num2char(seq, sz);
+			if ('\0' != c)
+				encode(p, &c, 1);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+			cp = mchars_spec2str(p->symtab, seq, sz, &ssz);
+			if (NULL != cp) 
+				encode(p, cp, ssz);
+			else if (1 == ssz)
+				encode(p, seq, sz);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTBOLD):
+			term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTITALIC):
+			term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONT):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTROMAN):
+			term_fontrepl(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_FONTPREV):
+			term_fontlast(p);
+			break;
+		case (ESCAPE_NOSPACE):
+			if ('\0' == *word)
+				p->flags |= TERMP_NOSPACE;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+adjbuf(struct termp *p, int sz)
+{
+
+	if (0 == p->maxcols)
+		p->maxcols = 1024;
+	while (sz >= p->maxcols)
+		p->maxcols <<= 2;
+
+	p->buf = mandoc_realloc
+		(p->buf, sizeof(int) * (size_t)p->maxcols);
+}
+
+static void
+bufferc(struct termp *p, char c)
+{
+
+	if (p->col + 1 >= p->maxcols)
+		adjbuf(p, p->col + 1);
+
+	p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+}
+
+/*
+ * See encode().
+ * Do this for a single (probably unicode) value.
+ * Does not check for non-decorated glyphs.
+ */
+static void
+encode1(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	enum termfont	  f;
+
+	if (p->col + 4 >= p->maxcols)
+		adjbuf(p, p->col + 4);
+
+	f = term_fonttop(p);
+
+	if (TERMFONT_NONE == f) {
+		p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+		return;
+	} else if (TERMFONT_UNDER == f) {
+		p->buf[p->col++] = '_';
+	} else
+		p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+
+	p->buf[p->col++] = 8;
+	p->buf[p->col++] = c;
+}
+
+static void
+encode(struct termp *p, const char *word, size_t sz)
+{
+	enum termfont	  f;
+	int		  i, len;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	len = sz;
+
+	/*
+	 * Encode and buffer a string of characters.  If the current
+	 * font mode is unset, buffer directly, else encode then buffer
+	 * character by character.
+	 */
+
+	if (TERMFONT_NONE == (f = term_fonttop(p))) {
+		if (p->col + len >= p->maxcols) 
+			adjbuf(p, p->col + len);
+		for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+			p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Pre-buffer, assuming worst-case. */
+
+	if (p->col + 1 + (len * 3) >= p->maxcols)
+		adjbuf(p, p->col + 1 + (len * 3));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		if (ASCII_HYPH != word[i] &&
+		    ! isgraph((unsigned char)word[i])) {
+			p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (TERMFONT_UNDER == f)
+			p->buf[p->col++] = '_';
+		else if (ASCII_HYPH == word[i])
+			p->buf[p->col++] = '-';
+		else
+			p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+
+		p->buf[p->col++] = 8;
+		p->buf[p->col++] = word[i];
+	}
+}
+
+size_t
+term_len(const struct termp *p, size_t sz)
+{
+
+	return((*p->width)(p, ' ') * sz);
+}
+
+
+size_t
+term_strlen(const struct termp *p, const char *cp)
+{
+	size_t		 sz, rsz, i;
+	int		 ssz, c;
+	const char	*seq, *rhs;
+	enum mandoc_esc	 esc;
+	static const char rej[] = { '\\', ASCII_HYPH, ASCII_NBRSP, '\0' };
+
+	/*
+	 * Account for escaped sequences within string length
+	 * calculations.  This follows the logic in term_word() as we
+	 * must calculate the width of produced strings.
+	 */
+
+	sz = 0;
+	while ('\0' != *cp) {
+		rsz = strcspn(cp, rej);
+		for (i = 0; i < rsz; i++)
+			sz += (*p->width)(p, *cp++);
+
+		c = 0;
+		switch (*cp) {
+		case ('\\'):
+			cp++;
+			esc = mandoc_escape(&cp, &seq, &ssz);
+			if (ESCAPE_ERROR == esc)
+				return(sz);
+
+			if (TERMENC_ASCII != p->enc)
+				switch (esc) {
+				case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+					c = mchars_num2uc
+						(seq + 1, ssz - 1);
+					if ('\0' == c)
+						break;
+					sz += (*p->width)(p, c);
+					continue;
+				case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+					c = mchars_spec2cp
+						(p->symtab, seq, ssz);
+					if (c <= 0)
+						break;
+					sz += (*p->width)(p, c);
+					continue;
+				default:
+					break;
+				}
+
+			rhs = NULL;
+
+			switch (esc) {
+			case (ESCAPE_UNICODE):
+				sz += (*p->width)(p, '?');
+				break;
+			case (ESCAPE_NUMBERED):
+				c = mchars_num2char(seq, ssz);
+				if ('\0' != c)
+					sz += (*p->width)(p, c);
+				break;
+			case (ESCAPE_SPECIAL):
+				rhs = mchars_spec2str
+					(p->symtab, seq, ssz, &rsz);
+
+				if (ssz != 1 || rhs)
+					break;
+
+				rhs = seq;
+				rsz = ssz;
+				break;
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if (NULL == rhs)
+				break;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < rsz; i++)
+				sz += (*p->width)(p, *rhs++);
+			break;
+		case (ASCII_NBRSP):
+			sz += (*p->width)(p, ' ');
+			cp++;
+			break;
+		case (ASCII_HYPH):
+			sz += (*p->width)(p, '-');
+			cp++;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(sz);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+size_t
+term_vspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 r;
+
+	switch (su->unit) {
+	case (SCALE_CM):
+		r = su->scale * 2;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_IN):
+		r = su->scale * 6;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PC):
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PT):
+		r = su->scale / 8;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_MM):
+		r = su->scale / 1000;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_VS):
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	default:
+		r = su->scale - 1;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (r < 0.0)
+		r = 0.0;
+	return(/* LINTED */(size_t)
+			r);
+}
+
+size_t
+term_hspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 v;
+
+	v = ((*p->hspan)(p, su));
+	if (v < 0.0)
+		v = 0.0;
+	return((size_t) /* LINTED */
+			v);
+}
diff --git a/term.h b/term.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..56d076e54a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/term.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*	$Id: term.h,v 1.90 2011/12/04 23:10:52 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifndef TERM_H
+#define TERM_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct	termp;
+
+enum	termenc {
+	TERMENC_ASCII,
+	TERMENC_LOCALE,
+	TERMENC_UTF8
+};
+
+enum	termtype {
+	TERMTYPE_CHAR,
+	TERMTYPE_PS,
+	TERMTYPE_PDF
+};
+
+enum	termfont {
+	TERMFONT_NONE = 0,
+	TERMFONT_BOLD,
+	TERMFONT_UNDER,
+	TERMFONT__MAX
+};
+
+#define	TERM_MAXMARGIN	  100000 /* FIXME */
+
+typedef void	(*term_margin)(struct termp *, const void *);
+
+struct	termp_tbl {
+	int		  width;	/* width in fixed chars */
+	int		  decimal;	/* decimal point position */
+};
+
+struct	termp {
+	enum termtype	  type;
+	struct rofftbl	  tbl;		/* table configuration */
+	int		  mdocstyle;	/* imitate mdoc(7) output */
+	size_t		  defindent;	/* Default indent for text. */
+	size_t		  defrmargin;	/* Right margin of the device. */
+	size_t		  rmargin;	/* Current right margin. */
+	size_t		  maxrmargin;	/* Max right margin. */
+	int		  maxcols;	/* Max size of buf. */
+	size_t		  offset;	/* Margin offest. */
+	size_t		  tabwidth;	/* Distance of tab positions. */
+	int		  col;		/* Bytes in buf. */
+	size_t		  viscol;	/* Chars on current line. */
+	int		  overstep;	/* See termp_flushln(). */
+	int		  flags;
+#define	TERMP_SENTENCE	 (1 << 1)	/* Space before a sentence. */
+#define	TERMP_NOSPACE	 (1 << 2)	/* No space before words. */
+#define	TERMP_NOBREAK	 (1 << 4)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_IGNDELIM	 (1 << 6)	/* Delims like regulars. */
+#define	TERMP_NONOSPACE	 (1 << 7)	/* No space (no autounset). */
+#define	TERMP_DANGLE	 (1 << 8)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_HANG	 (1 << 9)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_TWOSPACE	 (1 << 10)	/* See term_flushln(). */
+#define	TERMP_NOSPLIT	 (1 << 11)	/* See termp_an_pre/post(). */
+#define	TERMP_SPLIT	 (1 << 12)	/* See termp_an_pre/post(). */
+#define	TERMP_ANPREC	 (1 << 13)	/* See termp_an_pre(). */
+#define	TERMP_KEEP	 (1 << 14)	/* Keep words together. */
+#define	TERMP_PREKEEP	 (1 << 15)	/* ...starting with the next one. */
+	int		 *buf;		/* Output buffer. */
+	enum termenc	  enc;		/* Type of encoding. */
+	struct mchars	 *symtab;	/* Encoded-symbol table. */
+	enum termfont	  fontl;	/* Last font set. */
+	enum termfont	  fontq[10];	/* Symmetric fonts. */
+	int		  fonti;	/* Index of font stack. */
+	term_margin	  headf;	/* invoked to print head */
+	term_margin	  footf;	/* invoked to print foot */
+	void		(*letter)(struct termp *, int);
+	void		(*begin)(struct termp *);
+	void		(*end)(struct termp *);
+	void		(*endline)(struct termp *);
+	void		(*advance)(struct termp *, size_t);
+	size_t		(*width)(const struct termp *, int);
+	double		(*hspan)(const struct termp *,
+				const struct roffsu *);
+	const void	 *argf;		/* arg for headf/footf */
+	struct termp_ps	 *ps;
+};
+
+void		  term_eqn(struct termp *, const struct eqn *);
+void		  term_tbl(struct termp *, const struct tbl_span *);
+void		  term_free(struct termp *);
+void		  term_newln(struct termp *);
+void		  term_vspace(struct termp *);
+void		  term_word(struct termp *, const char *);
+void		  term_flushln(struct termp *);
+void		  term_begin(struct termp *, term_margin, 
+			term_margin, const void *);
+void		  term_end(struct termp *);
+
+size_t		  term_hspan(const struct termp *, 
+			const struct roffsu *);
+size_t		  term_vspan(const struct termp *,
+			const struct roffsu *);
+size_t		  term_strlen(const struct termp *, const char *);
+size_t		  term_len(const struct termp *, size_t);
+
+enum termfont	  term_fonttop(struct termp *);
+const void	 *term_fontq(struct termp *);
+void		  term_fontpush(struct termp *, enum termfont);
+void		  term_fontpop(struct termp *);
+void		  term_fontpopq(struct termp *, const void *);
+void		  term_fontrepl(struct termp *, enum termfont);
+void		  term_fontlast(struct termp *);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /*!TERM_H*/
diff --git a/term_ascii.c b/term_ascii.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2f114786f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/term_ascii.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*	$Id: term_ascii.c,v 1.20 2011/12/04 23:10:52 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#ifdef USE_WCHAR
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef USE_WCHAR
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "term.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+/* 
+ * Sadly, this doesn't seem to be defined on systems even when they
+ * support it.  For the time being, remove it and let those compiling
+ * the software decide for themselves what to use.
+ */
+#if 0
+#if ! defined(__STDC_ISO_10646__)
+# undef USE_WCHAR
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static	struct termp	 *ascii_init(enum termenc, char *);
+static	double		  ascii_hspan(const struct termp *,
+				const struct roffsu *);
+static	size_t		  ascii_width(const struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ascii_advance(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  ascii_begin(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ascii_end(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ascii_endline(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ascii_letter(struct termp *, int);
+
+#ifdef	USE_WCHAR
+static	void		  locale_advance(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  locale_endline(struct termp *);
+static	void		  locale_letter(struct termp *, int);
+static	size_t		  locale_width(const struct termp *, int);
+#endif
+
+static struct termp *
+ascii_init(enum termenc enc, char *outopts)
+{
+	const char	*toks[4];
+	char		*v;
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct termp));
+	p->enc = enc;
+
+	p->tabwidth = 5;
+	p->defrmargin = 78;
+
+	p->begin = ascii_begin;
+	p->end = ascii_end;
+	p->hspan = ascii_hspan;
+	p->type = TERMTYPE_CHAR;
+
+	p->enc = TERMENC_ASCII;
+	p->advance = ascii_advance;
+	p->endline = ascii_endline;
+	p->letter = ascii_letter;
+	p->width = ascii_width;
+
+#ifdef	USE_WCHAR
+	if (TERMENC_ASCII != enc) {
+		v = TERMENC_LOCALE == enc ?
+			setlocale(LC_ALL, "") :
+			setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "UTF-8");
+		if (NULL != v && MB_CUR_MAX > 1) {
+			p->enc = enc;
+			p->advance = locale_advance;
+			p->endline = locale_endline;
+			p->letter = locale_letter;
+			p->width = locale_width;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	toks[0] = "indent";
+	toks[1] = "width";
+	toks[2] = "mdoc";
+	toks[3] = NULL;
+
+	while (outopts && *outopts)
+		switch (getsubopt(&outopts, UNCONST(toks), &v)) {
+		case (0):
+			p->defindent = (size_t)atoi(v);
+			break;
+		case (1):
+			p->defrmargin = (size_t)atoi(v);
+			break;
+		case (2):
+			/*
+			 * Temporary, undocumented mode
+			 * to imitate mdoc(7) output style.
+			 */
+			p->mdocstyle = 1;
+			p->defindent = 5;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* Enforce a lower boundary. */
+	if (p->defrmargin < 58)
+		p->defrmargin = 58;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+void *
+ascii_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ascii_init(TERMENC_ASCII, outopts));
+}
+
+void *
+utf8_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ascii_init(TERMENC_UTF8, outopts));
+}
+
+
+void *
+locale_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+
+	return(ascii_init(TERMENC_LOCALE, outopts));
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+ascii_width(const struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+
+	return(1);
+}
+
+void
+ascii_free(void *arg)
+{
+
+	term_free((struct termp *)arg);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ascii_letter(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	
+	putchar(c);
+}
+
+static void
+ascii_begin(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	(*p->headf)(p, p->argf);
+}
+
+static void
+ascii_end(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	(*p->footf)(p, p->argf);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ascii_endline(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	putchar('\n');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ascii_advance(struct termp *p, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t	 	i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		putchar(' ');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static double
+ascii_hspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 r;
+
+	/*
+	 * Approximate based on character width.  These are generated
+	 * entirely by eyeballing the screen, but appear to be correct.
+	 */
+
+	switch (su->unit) {
+	case (SCALE_CM):
+		r = 4 * su->scale;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_IN):
+		r = 10 * su->scale;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PC):
+		r = (10 * su->scale) / 6;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PT):
+		r = (10 * su->scale) / 72;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_MM):
+		r = su->scale / 1000;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_VS):
+		r = su->scale * 2 - 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(r);
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_WCHAR
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+locale_width(const struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	int		rc;
+
+	return((rc = wcwidth(c)) < 0 ? 0 : rc);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+locale_advance(struct termp *p, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t	 	i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		putwchar(L' ');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+locale_endline(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	putwchar(L'\n');
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+locale_letter(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	
+	putwchar(c);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/term_ps.c b/term_ps.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8a906858a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/term_ps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1185 @@
+/*	$Id: term_ps.c,v 1.54 2011/10/16 12:20:34 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "out.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "term.h"
+
+/* These work the buffer used by the header and footer. */
+#define	PS_BUFSLOP	  128
+
+/* Convert PostScript point "x" to an AFM unit. */
+#define	PNT2AFM(p, x) /* LINTED */ \
+	(size_t)((double)(x) * (1000.0 / (double)(p)->ps->scale))
+
+/* Convert an AFM unit "x" to a PostScript points */
+#define	AFM2PNT(p, x) /* LINTED */ \
+	((double)(x) / (1000.0 / (double)(p)->ps->scale))
+
+struct	glyph {
+	unsigned short	  wx; /* WX in AFM */
+};
+
+struct	font {
+	const char	 *name; /* FontName in AFM */
+#define	MAXCHAR		  95 /* total characters we can handle */
+	struct glyph	  gly[MAXCHAR]; /* glyph metrics */
+};
+
+struct	termp_ps {
+	int		  flags;
+#define	PS_INLINE	 (1 << 0)	/* we're in a word */
+#define	PS_MARGINS	 (1 << 1)	/* we're in the margins */
+#define	PS_NEWPAGE	 (1 << 2)	/* new page, no words yet */
+	size_t		  pscol;	/* visible column (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  psrow;	/* visible row (AFM units) */
+	char		 *psmarg;	/* margin buf */
+	size_t		  psmargsz;	/* margin buf size */
+	size_t		  psmargcur;	/* cur index in margin buf */
+	char		  last;		/* character buffer */
+	enum termfont	  lastf;	/* last set font */
+	size_t		  scale;	/* font scaling factor */
+	size_t		  pages;	/* number of pages shown */
+	size_t		  lineheight;	/* line height (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  top;		/* body top (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  bottom;	/* body bottom (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  height;	/* page height (AFM units */
+	size_t		  width;	/* page width (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  left;		/* body left (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  header;	/* header pos (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  footer;	/* footer pos (AFM units) */
+	size_t		  pdfbytes; 	/* current output byte */
+	size_t		  pdflastpg;	/* byte of last page mark */
+	size_t		  pdfbody;	/* start of body object */
+	size_t		 *pdfobjs;	/* table of object offsets */
+	size_t		  pdfobjsz;	/* size of pdfobjs */
+};
+
+static	double		  ps_hspan(const struct termp *,
+				const struct roffsu *);
+static	size_t		  ps_width(const struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ps_advance(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  ps_begin(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_closepage(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_end(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_endline(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_fclose(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_growbuf(struct termp *, size_t);
+static	void		  ps_letter(struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ps_pclose(struct termp *);
+static	void		  ps_pletter(struct termp *, int);
+static	void		  ps_printf(struct termp *, const char *, ...);
+static	void		  ps_putchar(struct termp *, char);
+static	void		  ps_setfont(struct termp *, enum termfont);
+static	struct termp	 *pspdf_alloc(char *);
+static	void		  pdf_obj(struct termp *, size_t);
+
+/*
+ * We define, for the time being, three fonts: bold, oblique/italic, and
+ * normal (roman).  The following table hard-codes the font metrics for
+ * ASCII, i.e., 32--127.
+ */
+
+static	const struct font fonts[TERMFONT__MAX] = {
+	{ "Times-Roman", {
+		{ 250 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 408 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 833 },
+		{ 778 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 250 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 250 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 564 },
+		{ 444 },
+		{ 921 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 667 },
+		{ 667 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 556 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 389 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 889 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 556 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 667 },
+		{ 556 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 944 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 722 },
+		{ 611 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 278 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 469 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 333 },
+		{ 444 },
+		{ 500 },
+		{ 444 },
+		{  500},
+		{  444},
+		{  333},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  278},
+		{  278},
+		{  500},
+		{  278},
+		{  778},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  333},
+		{  389},
+		{  278},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  722},
+		{  500},
+		{  500},
+		{  444},
+		{  480},
+		{  200},
+		{  480},
+		{  541},
+	} },
+	{ "Times-Bold", {
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 555  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 1000 },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 570  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 930  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 389  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 944  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 1000 },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 581  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 444  },
+		{  556 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  333 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  333 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  833 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  333 },
+		{  556 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  722 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  394 },
+		{  220 },
+		{  394 },
+		{  520 },
+	} },
+	{ "Times-Italic", {
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 420  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 778  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 250  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 675  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 920  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 444  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 667  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 722  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 833  },
+		{ 611  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 556  },
+		{ 389  },
+		{ 278  },
+		{ 389  },
+		{ 422  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 333  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 500  },
+		{ 444  },
+		{  500 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  722 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  278 },
+		{  500 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  667 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  444 },
+		{  389 },
+		{  400 },
+		{  275 },
+		{  400 },
+		{  541 },
+	} },
+};
+
+void *
+pdf_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	if (NULL != (p = pspdf_alloc(outopts)))
+		p->type = TERMTYPE_PDF;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+void *
+ps_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	if (NULL != (p = pspdf_alloc(outopts)))
+		p->type = TERMTYPE_PS;
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+static struct termp *
+pspdf_alloc(char *outopts)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+	unsigned int	 pagex, pagey;
+	size_t		 marginx, marginy, lineheight;
+	const char	*toks[2];
+	const char	*pp;
+	char		*v;
+
+	p = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct termp));
+	p->enc = TERMENC_ASCII;
+	p->ps = mandoc_calloc(1, sizeof(struct termp_ps));
+
+	p->advance = ps_advance;
+	p->begin = ps_begin;
+	p->end = ps_end;
+	p->endline = ps_endline;
+	p->hspan = ps_hspan;
+	p->letter = ps_letter;
+	p->width = ps_width;
+	
+	toks[0] = "paper";
+	toks[1] = NULL;
+
+	pp = NULL;
+
+	while (outopts && *outopts)
+		switch (getsubopt(&outopts, UNCONST(toks), &v)) {
+		case (0):
+			pp = v;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+	/* Default to US letter (millimetres). */
+
+	pagex = 216;
+	pagey = 279;
+
+	/*
+	 * The ISO-269 paper sizes can be calculated automatically, but
+	 * it would require bringing in -lm for pow() and I'd rather not
+	 * do that.  So just do it the easy way for now.  Since this
+	 * only happens once, I'm not terribly concerned.
+	 */
+
+	if (pp && strcasecmp(pp, "letter")) {
+		if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "a3")) {
+			pagex = 297;
+			pagey = 420;
+		} else if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "a4")) {
+			pagex = 210;
+			pagey = 297;
+		} else if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "a5")) {
+			pagex = 148;
+			pagey = 210;
+		} else if (0 == strcasecmp(pp, "legal")) {
+			pagex = 216;
+			pagey = 356;
+		} else if (2 != sscanf(pp, "%ux%u", &pagex, &pagey))
+			fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unknown paper\n", pp);
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * This MUST be defined before any PNT2AFM or AFM2PNT
+	 * calculations occur.
+	 */
+
+	p->ps->scale = 11;
+
+	/* Remember millimetres -> AFM units. */
+
+	pagex = PNT2AFM(p, ((double)pagex * 2.834));
+	pagey = PNT2AFM(p, ((double)pagey * 2.834));
+
+	/* Margins are 1/9 the page x and y. */
+
+	marginx = /* LINTED */
+		(size_t)((double)pagex / 9.0);
+	marginy = /* LINTED */
+		(size_t)((double)pagey / 9.0);
+
+	/* Line-height is 1.4em. */
+
+	lineheight = PNT2AFM(p, ((double)p->ps->scale * 1.4));
+
+	p->ps->width = (size_t)pagex;
+	p->ps->height = (size_t)pagey;
+	p->ps->header = pagey - (marginy / 2) - (lineheight / 2);
+	p->ps->top = pagey - marginy;
+	p->ps->footer = (marginy / 2) - (lineheight / 2);
+	p->ps->bottom = marginy;
+	p->ps->left = marginx;
+	p->ps->lineheight = lineheight;
+
+	p->defrmargin = pagex - (marginx * 2);
+	return(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+pspdf_free(void *arg)
+{
+	struct termp	*p;
+
+	p = (struct termp *)arg;
+
+	if (p->ps->psmarg)
+		free(p->ps->psmarg);
+	if (p->ps->pdfobjs)
+		free(p->ps->pdfobjs);
+
+	free(p->ps);
+	term_free(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_printf(struct termp *p, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list		 ap;
+	int		 pos, len;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're running in regular mode, then pipe directly into
+	 * vprintf().  If we're processing margins, then push the data
+	 * into our growable margin buffer.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_MARGINS & p->ps->flags)) {
+		len = vprintf(fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+		p->ps->pdfbytes += /* LINTED */
+			len < 0 ? 0 : (size_t)len;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * XXX: I assume that the in-margin print won't exceed
+	 * PS_BUFSLOP (128 bytes), which is reasonable but still an
+	 * assumption that will cause pukeage if it's not the case.
+	 */
+
+	ps_growbuf(p, PS_BUFSLOP);
+
+	pos = (int)p->ps->psmargcur;
+	vsnprintf(&p->ps->psmarg[pos], PS_BUFSLOP, fmt, ap);
+
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	p->ps->psmargcur = strlen(p->ps->psmarg);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_putchar(struct termp *p, char c)
+{
+	int		 pos;
+
+	/* See ps_printf(). */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_MARGINS & p->ps->flags)) {
+		/* LINTED */
+		putchar(c);
+		p->ps->pdfbytes++;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ps_growbuf(p, 2);
+
+	pos = (int)p->ps->psmargcur++;
+	p->ps->psmarg[pos++] = c;
+	p->ps->psmarg[pos] = '\0';
+}
+
+
+static void
+pdf_obj(struct termp *p, size_t obj)
+{
+
+	assert(obj > 0);
+
+	if ((obj - 1) >= p->ps->pdfobjsz) {
+		p->ps->pdfobjsz = obj + 128;
+		p->ps->pdfobjs = realloc
+			(p->ps->pdfobjs, 
+			 p->ps->pdfobjsz * sizeof(size_t));
+		if (NULL == p->ps->pdfobjs) {
+			perror(NULL);
+			exit((int)MANDOCLEVEL_SYSERR);
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->ps->pdfobjs[(int)obj - 1] = p->ps->pdfbytes;
+	ps_printf(p, "%zu 0 obj\n", obj);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_closepage(struct termp *p)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	size_t		 len, base;
+
+	/*
+	 * Close out a page that we've already flushed to output.  In
+	 * PostScript, we simply note that the page must be showed.  In
+	 * PDF, we must now create the Length, Resource, and Page node
+	 * for the page contents.
+	 */
+
+	assert(p->ps->psmarg && p->ps->psmarg[0]);
+	ps_printf(p, "%s", p->ps->psmarg);
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS != p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, "ET\n");
+
+		len = p->ps->pdfbytes - p->ps->pdflastpg;
+		base = p->ps->pages * 4 + p->ps->pdfbody;
+
+		ps_printf(p, "endstream\nendobj\n");
+
+		/* Length of content. */
+		pdf_obj(p, base + 1);
+		ps_printf(p, "%zu\nendobj\n", len);
+
+		/* Resource for content. */
+		pdf_obj(p, base + 2);
+		ps_printf(p, "<<\n/ProcSet [/PDF /Text]\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Font <<\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)TERMFONT__MAX; i++) 
+			ps_printf(p, "/F%d %d 0 R\n", i, 3 + i);
+		ps_printf(p, ">>\n>>\n");
+
+		/* Page node. */
+		pdf_obj(p, base + 3);
+		ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Type /Page\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Parent 2 0 R\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "/Resources %zu 0 R\n", base + 2);
+		ps_printf(p, "/Contents %zu 0 R\n", base);
+		ps_printf(p, ">>\nendobj\n");
+	} else
+		ps_printf(p, "showpage\n");
+
+	p->ps->pages++;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->top;
+	assert( ! (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags));
+	p->ps->flags |= PS_NEWPAGE;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+ps_end(struct termp *p)
+{
+	size_t		 i, xref, base;
+
+	/*
+	 * At the end of the file, do one last showpage.  This is the
+	 * same behaviour as groff(1) and works for multiple pages as
+	 * well as just one.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags)) {
+		assert(0 == p->ps->flags);
+		assert('\0' == p->ps->last);
+		ps_closepage(p);
+	}
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Trailer\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Pages: %zu\n", p->ps->pages);
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%EOF\n");
+		return;
+	} 
+
+	pdf_obj(p, 2);
+	ps_printf(p, "<<\n/Type /Pages\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/MediaBox [0 0 %zu %zu]\n",
+			(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->width),
+			(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->height));
+
+	ps_printf(p, "/Count %zu\n", p->ps->pages);
+	ps_printf(p, "/Kids [");
+
+	for (i = 0; i < p->ps->pages; i++)
+		ps_printf(p, " %zu 0 R", i * 4 +
+				p->ps->pdfbody + 3);
+
+	base = (p->ps->pages - 1) * 4 + 
+		p->ps->pdfbody + 4;
+
+	ps_printf(p, "]\n>>\nendobj\n");
+	pdf_obj(p, base);
+	ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/Type /Catalog\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/Pages 2 0 R\n");
+	ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+	xref = p->ps->pdfbytes;
+	ps_printf(p, "xref\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "0 %zu\n", base + 1);
+	ps_printf(p, "0000000000 65535 f \n");
+
+	for (i = 0; i < base; i++)
+		ps_printf(p, "%.10zu 00000 n \n", 
+				p->ps->pdfobjs[(int)i]);
+
+	ps_printf(p, "trailer\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "/Size %zu\n", base + 1);
+	ps_printf(p, "/Root %zu 0 R\n", base);
+	ps_printf(p, "/Info 1 0 R\n");
+	ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "startxref\n");
+	ps_printf(p, "%zu\n", xref);
+	ps_printf(p, "%%%%EOF\n");
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_begin(struct termp *p)
+{
+	time_t		 t;
+	int		 i;
+
+	/* 
+	 * Print margins into margin buffer.  Nothing gets output to the
+	 * screen yet, so we don't need to initialise the primary state.
+	 */
+
+	if (p->ps->psmarg) {
+		assert(p->ps->psmargsz);
+		p->ps->psmarg[0] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	/*p->ps->pdfbytes = 0;*/
+	p->ps->psmargcur = 0;
+	p->ps->flags = PS_MARGINS;
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->header;
+
+	ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+
+	(*p->headf)(p, p->argf);
+	(*p->endline)(p);
+
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->footer;
+
+	(*p->footf)(p, p->argf);
+	(*p->endline)(p);
+
+	p->ps->flags &= ~PS_MARGINS;
+
+	assert(0 == p->ps->flags);
+	assert(p->ps->psmarg);
+	assert('\0' != p->ps->psmarg[0]);
+
+	/* 
+	 * Print header and initialise page state.  Following this,
+	 * stuff gets printed to the screen, so make sure we're sane.
+	 */
+
+	t = time(NULL);
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, "%%!PS-Adobe-3.0\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%CreationDate: %s", ctime(&t));
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Orientation: Portrait\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%Pages: (atend)\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%PageOrder: Ascend\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%DocumentMedia: "
+				"Default %zu %zu 0 () ()\n",
+				(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->width),
+				(size_t)AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->height));
+		ps_printf(p, "%%%%DocumentNeededResources: font");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)TERMFONT__MAX; i++)
+			ps_printf(p, " %s", fonts[i].name);
+
+		ps_printf(p, "\n%%%%EndComments\n");
+	} else {
+		ps_printf(p, "%%PDF-1.1\n");
+		pdf_obj(p, 1);
+		ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+		ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+		ps_printf(p, "endobj\n");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)TERMFONT__MAX; i++) {
+			pdf_obj(p, (size_t)i + 3);
+			ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Type /Font\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Subtype /Type1\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Name /F%zu\n", i);
+			ps_printf(p, "/BaseFont /%s\n", fonts[i].name);
+			ps_printf(p, ">>\n");
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->ps->pdfbody = (size_t)TERMFONT__MAX + 3;
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+	p->ps->psrow = p->ps->top;
+	p->ps->flags |= PS_NEWPAGE;
+	ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_pletter(struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+	int		 f;
+
+	/*
+	 * If we haven't opened a page context, then output that we're
+	 * in a new page and make sure the font is correctly set.
+	 */
+
+	if (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags) {
+		if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type) {
+			ps_printf(p, "%%%%Page: %zu %zu\n", 
+					p->ps->pages + 1, 
+					p->ps->pages + 1);
+			ps_printf(p, "/%s %zu selectfont\n", 
+					fonts[(int)p->ps->lastf].name, 
+					p->ps->scale);
+		} else {
+			pdf_obj(p, p->ps->pdfbody + 
+					p->ps->pages * 4);
+			ps_printf(p, "<<\n");
+			ps_printf(p, "/Length %zu 0 R\n", 
+					p->ps->pdfbody + 1 +
+					p->ps->pages * 4);
+			ps_printf(p, ">>\nstream\n");
+		}
+		p->ps->pdflastpg = p->ps->pdfbytes;
+		p->ps->flags &= ~PS_NEWPAGE;
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * If we're not in a PostScript "word" context, then open one
+	 * now at the current cursor.
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_INLINE & p->ps->flags)) {
+		if (TERMTYPE_PS != p->type) {
+			ps_printf(p, "BT\n/F%d %zu Tf\n", 
+					(int)p->ps->lastf,
+					p->ps->scale);
+			ps_printf(p, "%.3f %.3f Td\n(",
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->pscol),
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->psrow));
+		} else
+			ps_printf(p, "%.3f %.3f moveto\n(", 
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->pscol),
+					AFM2PNT(p, p->ps->psrow));
+		p->ps->flags |= PS_INLINE;
+	}
+
+	assert( ! (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags));
+
+	/*
+	 * We need to escape these characters as per the PostScript
+	 * specification.  We would also escape non-graphable characters
+	 * (like tabs), but none of them would get to this point and
+	 * it's superfluous to abort() on them.
+	 */
+
+	switch (c) {
+	case ('('):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (')'):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case ('\\'):
+		ps_putchar(p, '\\');
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the character and adjust where we are on the page. */
+
+	f = (int)p->ps->lastf;
+
+	if (c <= 32 || (c - 32 >= MAXCHAR)) {
+		ps_putchar(p, ' ');
+		p->ps->pscol += (size_t)fonts[f].gly[0].wx;
+		return;
+	} 
+
+	ps_putchar(p, (char)c);
+	c -= 32;
+	p->ps->pscol += (size_t)fonts[f].gly[c].wx;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_pclose(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	/* 
+	 * Spit out that we're exiting a word context (this is a
+	 * "partial close" because we don't check the last-char buffer
+	 * or anything).
+	 */
+
+	if ( ! (PS_INLINE & p->ps->flags))
+		return;
+	
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS != p->type) {
+		ps_printf(p, ") Tj\nET\n");
+	} else
+		ps_printf(p, ") show\n");
+
+	p->ps->flags &= ~PS_INLINE;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_fclose(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Strong closure: if we have a last-char, spit it out after
+	 * checking that we're in the right font mode.  This will of
+	 * course open a new scope, if applicable.
+	 *
+	 * Following this, close out any scope that's open.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' != p->ps->last) {
+		if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_NONE) {
+			ps_pclose(p);
+			ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+		}
+		ps_pletter(p, p->ps->last);
+		p->ps->last = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if ( ! (PS_INLINE & p->ps->flags))
+		return;
+
+	ps_pclose(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_letter(struct termp *p, int arg)
+{
+	char		cc, c;
+
+	/* LINTED */
+	c = arg >= 128 || arg <= 0 ? '?' : arg;
+
+	/*
+	 * State machine dictates whether to buffer the last character
+	 * or not.  Basically, encoded words are detected by checking if
+	 * we're an "8" and switching on the buffer.  Then we put "8" in
+	 * our buffer, and on the next charater, flush both character
+	 * and buffer.  Thus, "regular" words are detected by having a
+	 * regular character and a regular buffer character.
+	 */
+
+	if ('\0' == p->ps->last) {
+		assert(8 != c);
+		p->ps->last = c;
+		return;
+	} else if (8 == p->ps->last) {
+		assert(8 != c);
+		p->ps->last = '\0';
+	} else if (8 == c) {
+		assert(8 != p->ps->last);
+		if ('_' == p->ps->last) {
+			if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_UNDER) {
+				ps_pclose(p);
+				ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_UNDER);
+			}
+		} else if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_BOLD) {
+			ps_pclose(p);
+			ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_BOLD);
+		}
+		p->ps->last = c;
+		return;
+	} else {
+		if (p->ps->lastf != TERMFONT_NONE) {
+			ps_pclose(p);
+			ps_setfont(p, TERMFONT_NONE);
+		}
+		cc = p->ps->last;
+		p->ps->last = c;
+		c = cc;
+	}
+
+	ps_pletter(p, c);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_advance(struct termp *p, size_t len)
+{
+
+	/*
+	 * Advance some spaces.  This can probably be made smarter,
+	 * i.e., to have multiple space-separated words in the same
+	 * scope, but this is easier:  just close out the current scope
+	 * and readjust our column settings.
+	 */
+
+	ps_fclose(p);
+	p->ps->pscol += len;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_endline(struct termp *p)
+{
+
+	/* Close out any scopes we have open: we're at eoln. */
+
+	ps_fclose(p);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we're in the margin, don't try to recalculate our current
+	 * row.  XXX: if the column tries to be fancy with multiple
+	 * lines, we'll do nasty stuff. 
+	 */
+
+	if (PS_MARGINS & p->ps->flags)
+		return;
+
+	/* Left-justify. */
+
+	p->ps->pscol = p->ps->left;
+
+	/* If we haven't printed anything, return. */
+
+	if (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * Put us down a line.  If we're at the page bottom, spit out a
+	 * showpage and restart our row.
+	 */
+
+	if (p->ps->psrow >= p->ps->lineheight + 
+			p->ps->bottom) {
+		p->ps->psrow -= p->ps->lineheight;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ps_closepage(p);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ps_setfont(struct termp *p, enum termfont f)
+{
+
+	assert(f < TERMFONT__MAX);
+	p->ps->lastf = f;
+	
+	/*
+	 * If we're still at the top of the page, let the font-setting
+	 * be delayed until we actually have stuff to print.
+	 */
+
+	if (PS_NEWPAGE & p->ps->flags)
+		return;
+
+	if (TERMTYPE_PS == p->type)
+		ps_printf(p, "/%s %zu selectfont\n", 
+				fonts[(int)f].name, 
+				p->ps->scale);
+	else
+		ps_printf(p, "/F%d %zu Tf\n", 
+				(int)f, 
+				p->ps->scale);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static size_t
+ps_width(const struct termp *p, int c)
+{
+
+	if (c <= 32 || c - 32 >= MAXCHAR)
+		return((size_t)fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[0].wx);
+
+	c -= 32;
+	return((size_t)fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[c].wx);
+}
+
+
+static double
+ps_hspan(const struct termp *p, const struct roffsu *su)
+{
+	double		 r;
+	
+	/*
+	 * All of these measurements are derived by converting from the
+	 * native measurement to AFM units.
+	 */
+
+	switch (su->unit) {
+	case (SCALE_CM):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 28.34);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_IN):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 72);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PC):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 12);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_PT):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 100);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_EM):
+		r = su->scale *
+			fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[109 - 32].wx;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_MM):
+		r = PNT2AFM(p, su->scale * 2.834);
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_EN):
+		r = su->scale *
+			fonts[(int)TERMFONT_NONE].gly[110 - 32].wx;
+		break;
+	case (SCALE_VS):
+		r = su->scale * p->ps->lineheight;
+		break;
+	default:
+		r = su->scale;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	return(r);
+}
+
+static void
+ps_growbuf(struct termp *p, size_t sz)
+{
+	if (p->ps->psmargcur + sz <= p->ps->psmargsz)
+		return;
+
+	if (sz < PS_BUFSLOP)
+		sz = PS_BUFSLOP;
+
+	p->ps->psmargsz += sz;
+
+	p->ps->psmarg = mandoc_realloc
+		(p->ps->psmarg, p->ps->psmargsz);
+}
+
diff --git a/test-fgetln.c b/test-fgetln.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90869cd89fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test-fgetln.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main(void)
+{
+	char *cp;
+	size_t sz;
+	cp = fgetln(stdin, &sz);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/test-getsubopt.c b/test-getsubopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..25e11246e67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test-getsubopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__MINT__)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE /* getsubopt() */
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	getsubopt(argv, argv, argv);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/test-mmap.c b/test-mmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..db8fd8732e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test-mmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+
+	mmap(0, 0, PROT_READ, MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED, -1, 0);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/test-strlcat.c b/test-strlcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5d450dd04d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test-strlcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#include <string.h>
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	strlcat(argv[0], argv[1], 10);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/test-strlcpy.c b/test-strlcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c7d182aaf27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test-strlcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#include <string.h>
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	strlcpy(argv[0], argv[1], 10);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/test-strptime.c b/test-strptime.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..976e9c8066a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test-strptime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__MINT__)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE /* strptime(), getsubopt() */
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct tm tm;
+	strptime(*argv, "%D", &tm);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/tree.c b/tree.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1430c737e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*	$Id: tree.c,v 1.47 2011/09/18 14:14:15 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, 2011 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "man.h"
+#include "main.h"
+
+static	void	print_box(const struct eqn_box *, int);
+static	void	print_man(const struct man_node *, int);
+static	void	print_mdoc(const struct mdoc_node *, int);
+static	void	print_span(const struct tbl_span *, int);
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+tree_mdoc(void *arg, const struct mdoc *mdoc)
+{
+
+	print_mdoc(mdoc_node(mdoc), 0);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+tree_man(void *arg, const struct man *man)
+{
+
+	print_man(man_node(man), 0);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_mdoc(const struct mdoc_node *n, int indent)
+{
+	const char	 *p, *t;
+	int		  i, j;
+	size_t		  argc, sz;
+	char		**params;
+	struct mdoc_argv *argv;
+
+	argv = NULL;
+	argc = sz = 0;
+	params = NULL;
+	t = p = NULL;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		t = "root";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		t = "block";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		t = "block-head";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		if (n->end)
+			t = "body-end";
+		else
+			t = "block-body";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		t = "block-tail";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_ELEM):
+		t = "elem";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		t = "text";
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MDOC_TEXT):
+		p = n->string;
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BODY):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_HEAD):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TAIL):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_ELEM):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		if (n->args) {
+			argv = n->args->argv;
+			argc = n->args->argc;
+		}
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_BLOCK):
+		p = mdoc_macronames[n->tok];
+		if (n->args) {
+			argv = n->args->argv;
+			argc = n->args->argc;
+		}
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MDOC_EQN):
+		break;
+	case (MDOC_ROOT):
+		p = "root";
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (n->span) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_span(n->span, indent);
+	} else if (n->eqn) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_box(n->eqn->root, indent);
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+			putchar('\t');
+
+		printf("%s (%s)", p, t);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)argc; i++) {
+			printf(" -%s", mdoc_argnames[argv[i].arg]);
+			if (argv[i].sz > 0)
+				printf(" [");
+			for (j = 0; j < (int)argv[i].sz; j++)
+				printf(" [%s]", argv[i].value[j]);
+			if (argv[i].sz > 0)
+				printf(" ]");
+		}
+		
+		for (i = 0; i < (int)sz; i++)
+			printf(" [%s]", params[i]);
+
+		printf(" %d:%d\n", n->line, n->pos);
+	}
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_mdoc(n->child, indent + 1);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_mdoc(n->next, indent);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_man(const struct man_node *n, int indent)
+{
+	const char	 *p, *t;
+	int		  i;
+
+	t = p = NULL;
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		t = "root";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_ELEM):
+		t = "elem";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		t = "text";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		t = "block";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		t = "block-head";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		t = "block-body";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TAIL):
+		t = "block-tail";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	switch (n->type) {
+	case (MAN_TEXT):
+		p = n->string;
+		break;
+	case (MAN_ELEM):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_BLOCK):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_HEAD):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_TAIL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_BODY):
+		p = man_macronames[n->tok];
+		break;
+	case (MAN_ROOT):
+		p = "root";
+		break;
+	case (MAN_TBL):
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case (MAN_EQN):
+		break;
+	default:
+		abort();
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	if (n->span) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_span(n->span, indent);
+	} else if (n->eqn) {
+		assert(NULL == p && NULL == t);
+		print_box(n->eqn->root, indent);
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+			putchar('\t');
+		printf("%s (%s) %d:%d\n", p, t, n->line, n->pos);
+	}
+
+	if (n->child)
+		print_man(n->child, indent + 1);
+	if (n->next)
+		print_man(n->next, indent);
+}
+
+static void
+print_box(const struct eqn_box *ep, int indent)
+{
+	int		 i;
+	const char	*t;
+
+	if (NULL == ep)
+		return;
+	for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+		putchar('\t');
+
+	t = NULL;
+	switch (ep->type) {
+	case (EQN_ROOT):
+		t = "eqn-root";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_LIST):
+		t = "eqn-list";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_SUBEXPR):
+		t = "eqn-expr";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_TEXT):
+		t = "eqn-text";
+		break;
+	case (EQN_MATRIX):
+		t = "eqn-matrix";
+		break;
+	}
+
+	assert(t);
+	printf("%s(%d, %d, %d, %d, %d, \"%s\", \"%s\") %s\n", 
+		t, EQN_DEFSIZE == ep->size ? 0 : ep->size,
+		ep->pos, ep->font, ep->mark, ep->pile, 
+		ep->left ? ep->left : "",
+		ep->right ? ep->right : "",
+		ep->text ? ep->text : "");
+
+	print_box(ep->first, indent + 1);
+	print_box(ep->next, indent);
+}
+
+static void
+print_span(const struct tbl_span *sp, int indent)
+{
+	const struct tbl_dat *dp;
+	int		 i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+		putchar('\t');
+
+	switch (sp->pos) {
+	case (TBL_SPAN_HORIZ):
+		putchar('-');
+		return;
+	case (TBL_SPAN_DHORIZ):
+		putchar('=');
+		return;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	for (dp = sp->first; dp; dp = dp->next) {
+		switch (dp->pos) {
+		case (TBL_DATA_HORIZ):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (TBL_DATA_NHORIZ):
+			putchar('-');
+			continue;
+		case (TBL_DATA_DHORIZ):
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case (TBL_DATA_NDHORIZ):
+			putchar('=');
+			continue;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+		printf("[\"%s\"", dp->string ? dp->string : "");
+		if (dp->spans)
+			printf("(%d)", dp->spans);
+		if (NULL == dp->layout)
+			putchar('*');
+		putchar(']');
+		putchar(' ');
+	}
+
+	printf("(tbl) %d:1\n", sp->line);
+}
diff --git a/vol.c b/vol.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ea7441a421
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*	$Id: vol.c,v 1.9 2011/03/22 14:33:05 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "mdoc.h"
+#include "mandoc.h"
+#include "libmdoc.h"
+
+#define LINE(x, y) \
+	if (0 == strcmp(p, x)) return(y);
+
+const char *
+mdoc_a2vol(const char *p)
+{
+
+#include "vol.in"
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/vol.in b/vol.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7650b57a14d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vol.in
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*	$Id: vol.in,v 1.6 2010/06/19 20:46:28 kristaps Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file defines volume titles for .Dt.
+ *
+ * Be sure to escape strings.
+ */
+
+LINE("USD",		"User\'s Supplementary Documents")
+LINE("PS1",		"Programmer\'s Supplementary Documents")
+LINE("AMD",		"Ancestral Manual Documents")
+LINE("SMM",		"System Manager\'s Manual")
+LINE("URM",		"User\'s Reference Manual")
+LINE("PRM",		"Programmer\'s Manual")
+LINE("KM",		"Kernel Manual")
+LINE("IND",		"Manual Master Index")
+LINE("MMI",		"Manual Master Index")
+LINE("LOCAL",		"Local Manual")
+LINE("LOC",		"Local Manual")
+LINE("CON",		"Contributed Software Manual")
diff --git a/whatis.1 b/whatis.1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..500b0b6c34d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/whatis.1
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+.\"	$Id: whatis.1,v 1.8 2012/03/24 01:54:43 kristaps Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011, 2012 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 24 2012 $
+.Dt WHATIS 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm whatis
+.Nd search for manual pages by page names
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl C Ar file
+.Op Fl M Ar manpath
+.Op Fl m Ar manpath
+.Op Fl S Ar arch
+.Op Fl s Ar section
+.Ar name ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility searches databases generated by
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+for manuals containing the word
+.Ar name
+in their page name, ignoring case.
+It returns the header lines from all matching pages.
+You can then use the
+.Xr man 1
+command to get more information.
+.Pp
+By default,
+.Nm
+searches for
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+databases in the default paths stipulated by
+.Xr man 1 .
+If standard output is a TTY, a result may be selected from a list and
+its manual displayed with the pager.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl C Ar file
+Specify an alternative configuration
+.Ar file
+in
+.Xr man.conf 5
+format.
+.It Fl M Ar manpath
+Use the colon-separated
+.Ar manpath
+instead of the default list of paths searched for
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+databases.
+Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored.
+.It Fl m Ar manpath
+Prepend the colon-separated
+.Ar manpath
+to the list of paths searched for
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+databases.
+Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored.
+.It Fl S Ar arch
+Search only for a particular architecture.
+.It Fl s Ar cat
+Search only for a manual section.
+See
+.Xr man 1
+for a listing of manual sections.
+.El
+.Pp
+Results are sorted by manual title, with output formatted as
+.Pp
+.D1 title(sec) \- description
+.Pp
+Where
+.Qq title
+is the manual's title (note multiple manual names may exist for one
+title),
+.Qq sec
+is the manual section, and
+.Qq description
+is the manual's short description.
+If an architecture is specified for the manual, it is displayed as
+.Pp
+.D1 title(cat/arch) \- description
+.Pp
+If on a TTY, results are prefixed with a numeric identifier.
+.Pp
+.D1 [index] title(cat) \- description
+.Pp
+One may choose a manual be entering the index at the prompt.
+Valid choices are displayed using
+.Ev MANPAGER ,
+or failing that ,
+.Ev PAGER
+or just
+.Xr more 1 .
+Source pages are formatted with
+.Xr mandoc 1 ;
+preformatted pages with
+.Xr cat 1 .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+is identical to running
+.Xr apropos 1
+as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl $ apropos -- -i 'Nm~[[:<:]]term[[:>:]]'
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ev MANPAGER
+Default pager for manuals.
+If this is unset, falls back to
+.Ev Pager .
+.It Ev PAGER
+The second choice for a manual pager.
+If this is unset, use
+.Xr more 1 .
+.It Ev MANPATH
+Colon-separated paths modifying the default list of paths searched for
+manual databases.
+Invalid paths, or paths without manual databases, are ignored.
+Overridden by
+.Fl M .
+If
+.Ev MANPATH
+begins with a
+.Sq \&: ,
+it is appended to the default list;
+else if it ends with
+.Sq \&: ,
+it is prepended to the default list; else if it contains
+.Sq \&:: ,
+the default list is inserted between the colons.
+If none of these conditions are met, it overrides the default list.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width "/etc/man.conf" -compact
+.It Pa whatis.db
+name of the
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+keyword database
+.It Pa whatis.index
+name of the
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+filename database
+.It Pa /etc/man.conf
+default
+.Xr man 1
+configuration file
+.El
+.Sh EXIT STATUS
+.Ex -std
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr apropos 1 ,
+.Xr man 1 ,
+.Xr man.conf 5 ,
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+utility first appeared in
+.Bx 2 .
+It was rewritten from scratch as part of the
+.Xr mandocdb 8
+project for
+.Ox 5.1 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.An Bill Joy
+wrote the original
+.Bx
+.Nm
+in 1979.
+The current version was written by
+.An Kristaps Dzonsons ,
+.Mt kristaps@bsd.lv .